Home

User Guide - Oracle Documentation

1. Home A Company Scheduler Creator Company Food Markets Monitor Events Overview Promotions Promotion Items ell _ Calendar List Create e y Summary E E Event Name Event ID System Den fone Event Category Assortment Change Metrics Begin Date Reports E ne Extracts End End Date O Number Of Days Preferences Event Theme Help Event Description Logout Comment Details Stream Set Events v Set Sales Impacts Y Set Order Impacts Y Partner Exclusivity v Target Audience URL Test Link Commit Date 16 Create Cancel v 2 Assign a Name to your Event 3 The Event forms are populated without any predetermined value This implies that the default value is taken as lt space gt As the field is mandatory the user is compelled to enter the valid event promotion id a specific Event ID in the box 4 Select the Category to include the Event in 5 Enter the Begin Date and select when you would like the Event to terminate The End can be a specific date or a set Number of Days from the Begin Date you establish 10 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Events 6 Enter an Event Description Comment These fields are optional 7 Enter the final creation Details by selecting your Stream Set from the drop down and selecting or clearing the Impact check boxes 8 If you wish the promotion to be shared only with one partner company check the
2. Stream Sets Labels Label Type Common v ls Save Default New Label Process TA Promotions null Tactics Total Base Promotion Items null Event Category Tota Pro Promotion User Defined21 mult Total ActujPromotion User Defined22 null Promotion User Defined23 i Total DC GPpromotion User Defined24 nul Promotion User Defined25 Total DSD Promotion User Defined26 ous Total Forw Promotion User Defined27 null Promotion User Defined28 f Total Crosjpromotion User Defined29 null Total On Promotion User Defined30 Promotion Item User Defined21 L Total MondPromotion Item User Defined22 null Promotion Item User Defined23 r Last Totaldpromotion Item User Defined24 null Dc Order q Promotion Item User Defined25 Promotion Item User Defined26 l DSD Order Promotion Item User Defined27 mul Promotion Item User Defined283 r Forward BYU Promotion Item User Defined29 Promotion Item User Defined30 null null Crossdock null Number Of Locations null Number Of Partners null Number Of Products null 5 The Events Labels comprises of the following Label Types or categories within the Events module Common Labels that are common throughout the Events module Changing these labels makes a global Events module change a Events Labels that appear at the Events level Promotions Labels that appear at the Promotions level on Promotions screens a Tactics Labels concerning tactics Prom
3. Use to separate consecutive E mail addresses Save 3 Under the Labels section highlight the default text or double click in the text box for any given label and type your desired label name 4 Click the Save button at the bottom of the screen Setting Export Compression Size Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin File compression is a way of reducing file size so that download time for larger files can be shortened Setting the Export Compression for files allows you to determine the format of a file based on file size Files under the limit is sent in un compressed format files that are above the limit when uncompressed is then zipped and sent The default compression size is set to 100 Kb To change the Export Compression setting 1 Select Configuration from the menu 2 Select the General tab 3 Under the Export Compression section type a new number in the Compress file if greater than text box Select an increment size from the drop down list Screens that are affected by the export compression you set appears to users with the Export Data icon in the upper right part of the screen Users can open or decompress the zipped files with unzip programs such as WinZip or PKZIP 4 Change the size limit of Events documents by selecting the Reject file if greater than text box and entering a new number Select the size increment from the drop down 5 Click the Save button 14 36 Oracle Retail Val
4. Note Do not clear a lock until you verify that the locked process has terminated by viewing the appropriate log file Clearing a lock does not halt the activity which generated the lock Though the lock is no longer listed it continues blocking until processing has completed You can view clear and monitor Data Stream locks in the same way you do Process Server Locks The Data Stream subtab displays data stream server locks as seen below Figure 23 7 Data Stream Server Locks Pane Jobs Usage Current Connections Server Locks 2 TD Process Data Stream No Records Found Job ID Location Stream Type Sub Type Status Click the Printer Icon to obtain a Printer Friendly View of the screen 23 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 24 Managing the Scheduler This chapter includes the following topics About the Scheduler Working with the Scheduler Interface Working with Scheduler Events Adding an Event a Deleting events Working with Tasks Adding a Task a Editing a Task Deleting a Task About the Scheduler Oracle Retail VCC provides the Scheduler user interface to allow you to instruct the Scheduler Server to execute any predefined Oracle Retail VCC tasks and any Windows or Unix command you specify These commands are called Tasks The Scheduler Server processes these commands at a designated execution time Each task scheduled becomes an Event Only a superuser se
5. Type 1 is Local Y Type 2 Average Price x Subtype Average Price Type 2 is Local Offset None Generational Absolute Threshold Change i Percent Threshold Change v Severity None x Medium Severity High Severity O Trigger even if part of group C Treat missing value as zero Create Cancel Advanced 6 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 3 Enter a name 40 character maximum in the Name text box 4 The Group To Display drop down allows you to select froma list of groups that have already been created Groups are created in the Company General Config Groups tab a group called All which includes all streams assigned to that company The All group gets automatically updated whenever a new stream is assigned a the None option which does not display any groups Note Only company specific groups are displayed in the Group to Display drop down User specific groups are not available in this list 5 Enter the Start and End Effectivity Dates manually or through the calendar icon Click the calendar icon and a pop up calendar appears allowing you to choose the dates Double click a date in the pop up calendar and it automatically appears in the Start or End Effectivity Date text box Figure 6 4 Calendar 3 VCC Microsof io m 12 17 18 19 24 25
6. English Term Function Module Definition Collapsed View Exception A display mode for the exception inbox where exceptions with the same value for certain fields are displayed as a single line item collapsed Commitment Report Report that provides a daily snapshot of Report yesterday s actual sales vs one week ago yesterday s actual orders vs one week ago the current forecast for today and a snapshot of how much inventory is in the store context General The combination of Local Location Partner Location Product and Time Period that is used to view data streams Context General The Context Chooser is a pane in the main Oracle Chooser Retail VCC interface that allows users specify the data view The specification identifies which data to display by context Le local location partner location product and data stream as well as format comparison type UOM expand by mode Cyclic Decay Demand The degree to which cyclical effects in the data decrease over time Daily Disaggregation A specification of the proportion of weekly data Allocation that is attributed to each daily time bucket during the week during the data disaggregation process Extract General A tool that allows the user to retrieve data stored the VCC Server s database as a delimited file Data types included stream data as well as other types such as hierarchies etc Data Stream General Time series supply chain data The data can represent various metric
7. If you do not enter a Filename your file is given a default filename For example lt username gt _ lt xxxx gt dat Extracts 4 3 Introduction where lt username gt would be for example Dave_Wilson and lt xxxx gt would be depending on the Extraction type as follows Period per a Product prod a Location loc a Partner part a Collaboration Product clp So if you were retrieving a period hierarchy the default filename would be dave_ wilson_per dat and the file would be contained in a zip file named dave_wilson_ per zip You can enter a name for the file in the Filename field e g Myfile and the file would be Myfile dat and the zip file would be Myfile zip Note In case of non ASCII characters in the username the default filename is converted to a temporary filename that contains a time stamp in the format temp1023806054789 dat The zip file temporary filename with time stamp format is temp1023806054789 zip Enter a Time and or an End Date The default Start Date is today s date and is the only required date field Configure the Repeat Frequency options which allow repetitive processing of the same job The default is Once but the job can also be scheduled to run daily weekly monthly or always For more information on Repeat Frequency see About Repeat Frequency If you selected Period Hierarchies from the Type drop down select a period by clicking
8. Selecting this check box brings up a field to let you schedule the Event to repeat at designated intervals A Repeating Event remains in the Events screen until you delete it Once you select an interval type enter the name for your Event from the Task menu and define how often to run it Points to remember Allow enough time for each event to process before the next event begins Schedule at times when processing loads are light Click the Create button to save the Event The Events screen opens displaying the new Event The Event created can be edited and deleted Click the Cancel button to exit the Add Event screen without saving 24 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working with Tasks When scheduling events be aware of the Repeat Frequency configured for processing times in Reports Extracts Disagg Setup Supply Batch Demand Batch and Safety Stock screens a Processing on a particular feature may or may not occur when a Scheduler Event is executed Those configuring Repeat Frequency for a feature shoudl be aware of scheduled repeating Events affecting the feature Deleting events Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Superadmin To delete an Event 1 Click Scheduler from the VCC menu 2 Click the Events tab to display all scheduled events 3 Click the Delete check box next to an Event 4 Click the Delete Selected button to delete the checked Event Working with Tasks The VCC
9. onininininionninnnnninnnnnnmncncncnrnrnaccncororornncnco ro ron cnn oro coronarse 22 4 Roles amp E A A NT 22 4 Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen 22 6 Copying a US tricolor nbd neha 22 7 Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen 22 8 ACCESS Control iomgain Cal eade i E 22 9 Assigning Users Data Stream ACCESS ccccccscessessseessessneesssesesessesesescssececseseseseesssesenseeseeessenaees 22 9 Assigning Modules to the Users oonocncnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnncncnnncnnonncnrncnnononarnrnrononoro nono nnn oro rn coran nina rannnnos 22 10 Examining a User with the Company Roles and Users ScreeN onicinnononicicnnnnoninnncnononcncnoos 22 10 Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen oooocicninncnnonicncinncnnncnanacanncnnno 22 11 Moving a User to a New Role with the Company Roles and Users Screen ooccicnicnninnnonos 22 12 Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen oonocicininncnnnocincnnnns 22 12 Managing the Monitor About the Oracle Retail VCC Monitor oocooncncncnonicicacacannnonnnncnnonononan non rnonnn cano coronan conan anar cnn anar nncnno ninos 23 1 Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC JobS oooiciconinininnconnmcmmrrrernararnrnreraranannn ro rnrnrnrnarananancnoos 23 1 Monitoring Usage Statistics o onnicicnnnnnnnnnincnnoncncnanconanonanaconononnnonnnncnn conan conn irket andere
10. 1 Click Configuration in the VCC menu The Configuration screen appears Note that you can click any column heading to sort the list by that attribute Click the Stream Types tab The Stream Types screen appears listing current data streams On this screen you can click any column heading to sort the list by that attribute a refresh the screen by clicking the refresh icon print the screen by clicking the print icon 14 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuration Stream Types Tab Figure 14 4 Stream Types Tab a Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods pn o List Assign Create Displaying 1 20 of 164 oH Stream Name Stream Type Accumulation Rule Revision History Edit by Edit When Substreams o 103 Balance No Seller Never al o Aged Inventory 104 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Always 3 e Available to Promise 49 Balance No Seller Always 1 o Average Days Past Due 158 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Past 1 o Average Payment Days 161 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Past 1 Average Price 106 Measure No Buyer Past 1 o Base Unit Factor 124 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Future a e Calculated Stream 12 141 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Future al 9 Calculated Stream 13 142 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Future al e Calculated Stream 14 143 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Future al e Calculated Stream 15 144 Balance Yes Buyer amp Seller Future 3 O Calculated Stream 20 14
11. 1 2 3 Go to Company Roles amp Users In the Search field type Jane Click the Search button or hit the Enter key If there is only one Jane the tree displays her information immediately If there is more than one Jane in the user tree a list of all the people with the first name of Jane is displayed You can use the asterisk for a wildcard search at any point in a person s name The following combinations are all viable searches Jane Smith Jane Smith Smi Server Level Configuration and Management 14 17 Roles amp Users Search Figure 14 15 Search Users and Roles Display Active Users Search Lisa Q User Lisa Hill Role super_admin Company AB Corp all limited_admin reviewer 33 planner upervisor si E manager admin Creating Users Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin 83 super_admin Dave Wilson HS Friar Tuck 3 Lisa Hill Molly Fitz H Rich Fitz HS Rishi Krotha H Sherry Wood Multiple search results are returned on a user search and a list is then presented with all the users listed who fit the search criteria Search results are displayed in a list format if there are multiple results found Click the name to select it and a new tree view with the user s name highlighted in the tree hierarchy is displayed Their Name Role and Company is displayed above the tree If there
12. 11 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Demand Policy Figure 11 2 Demand Policy Screen Context py Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers AIl Products gt ES Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder a KAW Y Select Bookmark List Create Aggregate On O Product Stream Set Name Monetary Method Expert System Smoothing Pre Filter Seasonal Pre Filter Period Overlay None vj End of Life Date No Use Lift Factor No Use Like Item No Dates History Start Roling j 1 End lo Forecast Start Rolling v 1 End fa C Advanced 3 For each context dimension that is at folder level an Aggregate On check box appears giving you the choice of aggregating on that dimension If you choose not to check any of the boxes the policy is created for all leaf level contexts If you do not have a folder level selected None is displayed for Aggregate On Aggregate On check boxes do not appear for and All level All Locations All Partners or All Products but only at the folder levels beneath it 4 Select the Stream Set Name for which you want to create the policy from the drop down list see Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company Choose a forecasting method from the Method drop down list C
13. 14 Enter a URL to associate with this product optional 16 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies Note The URL should appear in the format http www Oracle com and not www oracle com Make sure to begin your links with http and that you test them by clicking on the Test Link button Some links may not need www 15 Click Create The new node is added to your highlighted category Click Cancel to return to the tree without adding a new node 16 Click Stop Editing Master Data 16 15 Working With Tree Hierarchies 16 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 17 Managing Company Module Configuration This chapter includes the following topics Managing Events Module Configurations Configuring Labels in the Events Module Configuring the User Defined Fields in Promotions and Promotion Items Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module Managing Events Module Configurations Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Events Stream Set Configuration With the Company Module Config Events Stream Set Configuration tab you can you can add delete or edit stream sets for the Events module To
14. 26 al This is an optional feature You may choose not to enter any effectivity dates or you may choose to enter a start date only or an end date only Note The effectivity end date cannot be prior to the current date 6 If your context includes folder level items you may check any of Product Local or Partner to Aggregate On Once you check one of the boxes a text field next to Number of Levels Down is activated You can enter a number in the box though it is not required If you do not select a specific number of levels down your criteria is created at that aggregate context When the Aggregate On check box is checked the Number of Levels below text box appears this option allows you to create multiple criteria all at once For example if you select Aggregate On Product an additional text box Number of Levels below appears This gives you the option of indicating at what level below the product context the exception criteria is created The maximum number allowed in the Number of Levels below text box is 99 Exception Criteria 6 7 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 7 Select the UOM unit of measure Base Units Stat Units Loads or Currency 8 Choose the Partner Company you would like to share the Exceptions with if any by selecting from the Share with drop down The list of partner companies available in the Shar
15. 65 Can dl MY 0340103 0940203 030303 09 04 03 030503 030603 030703 09 08 03 03 09103_ a a a a Doggy Bag Treats y a 7 a a a a a a a a Flavor Snacks a a a a a a a a Original Milkbone Biscuits Total y Maj 44 gt gt pol 4 Table Graph 7 Enter data for the products you selected 8 Click Save Viewing Data Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer You can view data streams in table or graph view for individual products or product categories Both views allow you to review and compare data values in the following comparison modes Local Current Local Previous compares your current local data stream with your previous local data stream a Partner Current Partner Previous compares your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream a Local Current Partner Current compares your current local data stream to your partner s current data stream To view a data stream 1 Select your context 2 Select Data View Edit from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The data stream appears in Table or Graph format depending on how you configured your default data stream view in Preferences Layout Data Defaults subtab see Table Graph Preferences for details 3 Click the tab of the view table format or graph format that you want 3 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Data 4 Click Context Chooser
16. Calendar List Edit Items Copy Event Change Status Delete Promotion Status History Add Comment Examine Promotion Create User and Role Permissions B 3 Table B 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action View Attributes Tactics Items Upload Download Documents Promotion Items List Delete Item Edit Item Examine Edit Item View Data Documents A List View Edit Delete Demand Policy List Delete Edit All View Edit Create Interactive NONE Batch e List Apply Changes View Edit Create Lift Factor Edit weekly DB only View Supply Policy B 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table B 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action List Delete Edit All View Edit Create Interactive NONE Batch List Apply Changes View Edit Create Safety Stock List Apply Changes View Edit Create Links NONE NONE Exception Inbox ALL but these Individual View Comments Edit Comments Change Status Group View Comments Edit Comments Change Status Read Only Delete View Comments Criteria Individual List Delete User and
17. Clearing all cells empties the table of data and replaces it with empty cells Clear All Cells does not replace previously saved data only those cells that were modified prior to clicking Save You do not need to select a particular row to clear all cells but you must have some cell selected in the Table in order to access the right click menu with the Clear All Cells option Figure 3 1 Clear All Cells Option 120902 12 16 02 a a a Clear All Cells Ctrl W Note The option to Clear All Cells is only available in the Data Mass Entry Table view and is not accessible in View Edit mode Cut Copy Paste To Cut Copy or Paste using the Right Click Menu Utility 1 Set your context Click Data View Edit and click the Table mode tab 2 When the data stream data appears in table mode select the cell s that you want to cut copy 3 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Right Click Menu Utility Figure 3 2 Select Cells Save UOM E Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Price Base Price Current Retail Sales Units Promo Sales Units Total Sales Units Yr g0 Retail Sales Units Yr go Total Sales Units Retail Sales Yr Ago Retail Sales POS Forecast Base 010205 01 16 05 01 23 05 01 3005 020605 POS Forecast Prom a a a a a 66 149 85 046 88 238 66 186 74 292 66 149 85 046 88 238 a a J a 129 597 164 905 155 307
18. Created By Created Date Last Changed Date Last Changed By Event ID Promotion Item ID Promotion Item User Defined 4 Promotion Item User Defined 1 Promotion Item User Defined 2 Y UDFs on the appropriate List screens Sort Column s 4 Enter the number of results to be displayed by page 5 Enter the number of columns to freeze 6 Use the arrow buttons to order or hide columns lt To order the columns Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to move Click the up or down arrows to move the selected column to the Visible list Each click moves the column one position When saved the order you choose is how the columns appear To hide a column Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to hide Click the right arrow to add the selected column to the Hidden list When saved the columns you moved to the Hidden list does not appear in the list To show a column that is hidden Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and select the column you want to show Click the left arrow to add the selected column to the Visible list When saved the columns you moved to the Visible list appears in the list 7 Use the arrow buttons to set the Multi Column Sort Order To add a column to the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of column s on the right and select the co
19. To use View Exceptions 1 Mark the exceptions that you wish to view by checking the boxes in the Show column 2 Click the View Exceptions button The Exceptions Data View Edit screen appears Figure 5 4 Exceptions Data View Edit Screen Context Display Mode Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product gt Suppliers All Products gt NGSC Pilot gt Department 04 gt 04 09 OIL amp SHORTENING gt 04 09 10 Shortening gt CRISCO 3LB BTTR SHO rodut n e LO Select Bookmark vi Mode Default j Save Back Criteria Name Low Margin Item Sales Comment g E Status Supersedes Resolution Code None Y UOM EA Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Deviation 8 00 Percent 53 33 28 Jan 06 04 Feb 06 11 Feb 06 18 Feb 06 25 Feb 06 04 Mar 06 11 Mar 06 18 Mar 06 3 Using the yellow paging buttons you can page forward 1 record back 1 record return to the first record or skip to the final record in the data display Only the records that you selected to Show are displayed in this paging sequence 4 When you have finished viewing editing data click Save to save changes and Back to return to Exceptions List screen View Collapsed Expanded If you are viewing an Exceptions List in collapsed view the View Expanded button appears If viewing in expanded mode t
20. UOM E Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr 01 08 05 01 15 05 01 2205 01 2905 020505 02 1205 02 19 05 02 2605 03 05 05 a a a a a a a 39 425 41 326 33 970 38 613 39 207 38 608 38 334 39 85 The table rows are displayed in alphanumeric ascending order in Expand mode The table display includes a Total row The Total row totals all the data stream values displayed in the Expanded view The totals are updated automatically whenever any value in the data stream is modified 3 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Data Stream Revision History Note The Total row is included in the CSV export file For more information on exporting data see General Icons Figure 3 16 Display Pane Grid with Totals Save UOM Currency Test 08726402 08727002 08 29 02 08 30 02 08 31 02 Total Row Viewing Data Stream Revision History Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer If a data stream s attribute Maintain Revision History is activated Oracle Retail VCC maintains a complete revision history of specific products partners and time periods for that data stream The data stream history maintains a record of each change made to a particular data stream Note Data stream comments are not visible in Revision History To view a data stream s revision history 1 Select Data Revision History from the Oracle Retail
21. decrease only or change either Percent Threshold the percentage value of the deviation that must be exceeded to trigger an exception Also indicates whether the exception is triggered if the value is an increase only decrease only or change either won Comparison the comparison type current to current current to previous or current to threshold If your comparison type is current to current with one stream being your partners the comparison description depends on the formula you select for the criteria a Seller to Buyer Buyer to Seller a MaxtoMin If your comparison type is current to current with period offset the comparison description depends on whether the streams are local or partner a Local Current To Partner Period Offset a Local Current To Local Period Offset a Partner Current To Local Period Offset a Partner Current To Partner Period Offset If your comparison type is current to previous with generational offset the comparison description depends on whether the streams are local or partner Local Current To Partner Generational Offset Local Current To Local Generational Offset a Partner Current To Partner Generational Offset Partner Current To Local Generational Offset About Generation Offset Generation Offset allows you to compare a current Data Stream with a previously saved generation of the same Data Stream It can only be accessed when the comparison type is
22. 02 05 05 02 13 05 02 19 05 FRS 2005 MAR E 02 20 05 02 26 05 02 27 05 03 05 05 7 A message appears telling you that the aggregates are being created Check Monitor Jobs to make sure your job request has finished running Data 3 13 Working with Aggregates Note Ifthe no aggregate data exists for your selected context message reappears when you return to Data View Edit the reason could be that no data exists for the selected periods or if the job has not finished data does not exist for all the selected periods in which case click the Refresh icon a few times and the aggregates should appear You can see if the job is still processing by selecting Monitor Jobs from the Oracle Retail VCC menu If an aggregate data stream existed previously for a context is removed and then recreated at a later date you must run Recalc Aggs to display aggregated data Working with Aggregates Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Reviewer cannot edit read only There are three ways in which you can disaggregate data F or information on how to create aggregates see Creating Aggregates This section covers See Using a Disaggregation Profile See Using Proportional Disaggregation See Using Period Overlays Using a Disaggregation Profile Two items must be created before you can use a disaggregation profile in Data View Edit agg
23. Display Mode Figure 3 7 Context Chooser Display Mode Context Expand Type SubType Mode Display Mode L En 4 gt 8 None v Group jab Y UOM Stat Units View by Period Weeks v Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Y E ea Y Default x If you have previously saved Display Mode settings click the View saved display modes icon and a list of your saved display modes appears in the Display pane Saved Display Modes include Stream View displays in table default or graph Group displays All default or some other group you have created or have access to a View by Period displays Base Period default or period overlay you have created or have access to Comparison displays Local Current Partner Current default Local Current Local Previous or Partner Current Partner Previous a UOM displays Base Units default Stat Units Currency Truckload or any conversion units you have loaded using the VCC Integrator For descriptions of the standard Oracle Retail VCC supplied UOMs refer to Introduction For details about creating custom UOMs refer to the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide Expand when used displays all the leaf level items for the selected folder even items not available for your collaboration See Viewing Data in Expand Mode Type displays stream type used for the Expand feature a Subtype displays substream type used for the Ex
24. Enter the Multiplier The multiplier must be a numeric value 10 Click Save Deleting UOM Factors UOM Factors can be deleted by accessing the Company UOM List screen To delete a UOM Factor 1 Select Company from the menu 2 Select UOM The List screen appears 3 Select the Product name from the Product selector and click Set The UOM Factors assigned to that Product name appear in the list below 4 Inthe Delete column choose the factors you wish to remove by clicking the check boxes individually or by clicking on the delete icon which selects all check boxes for delete The Delete button appears 5 Click Delete 26 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide PartlV Appendices Part IV consists of the following chapters VCC Supported Platforms User and Role Permissions Browser Settings Sample PDF Report Screens Geneva Forecast Engine VCC Locks and Jobs Safety Stock Calculation Language Encoding for Files Generated Data Stream Type Codes A VCC Supported Platforms This appendix provides the platform support information for systems set up for English language and contains the following sections Supported Platforms a VCC Database Server VCC Application Server a Web Browser and Client requirements Supported Platforms The diagram below applies to the English OS only See Platforms supported by Oracle Retail VCC Figure A 1 Platforms supported by Oracle Retail VC
25. Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Context Only Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Mixed Nuts MYR Period Only 4 To view the individual exceptions that caused the group exception to be triggered Displaying 1 5 of 5 K Criteria Period Product Local Partner View Created Status Status ot Name Criteria History Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active E o Sroupi 04 12 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston o 19 00 31 Active 9 o Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 active 18 Groupi 04 11 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 45 00 31 Active 9 Q Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 active E 9 eroupi 04 14 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 9 19 00 31 Active 9 Q Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 active El Groupi 04 10 02 Nite Pisquatuck Boston io 00 01 Active 9 o Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 ate El o Groupt 04 13 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston o 19 00 31 Activa z 9 Q click the colored dot under the View this exception icon Figure 5 20 Individual Exceptions of Group Context Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Mixed Nuts Individual Exceptions Of Group Displaying 1 1 of 1 Criteria lt Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status Status Severity UOM Typel Type2 Name wy Criteria History Planters wabisco at Speedy 10 15 02
26. Result 100 Error Any two streams Any measure stream of generations back to take the forecast value Text entry restricted to integers gt 0 default 0 i e current stream N in above formula Yes Yes Yes If an overlay then the horizon number of periods to average is automatically set to the number of periods in each period overlay item If value is null it is treated as 0 Simple Math The Simple Math metric is a collection of the four simple mathematical operators m Sum Ratio a Product a Difference Difference The Difference Metric finds the difference between two streams Table 8 14 Difference Metric Item Details Formula Result A B Percent Formula N A Input Streams Output Stream Offset Type Offset Quantity Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Treat Null as Zero Option Any two stream s Streams should use same accumulation rule Any stream Must use same accumulation rule as Input Stream N A N A Yes Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Yes The inputs are the overlay values If value is null it is treated as 0 If Treat Null as Zero is checked and if either one or both inputs are null treat null as zero If unchecked and if either input is null then ignore those periods 8 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Ratio The Ratio type of Metric calculates the rat
27. Role Hierarchy Access Stream Access Preferences Groups Overlays It does not copy the display modes of the user To create a new user by copying an existing user 1 2 Click Company Roles amp Users from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Highlight the user you want to copy and right click the user Figure 22 6 Oracle Retail VCC Menu Copy User User Andy Platt Role reviewer Company Food Markets Sy all HHA limited_admin E reviewer 3 H O planner Andy Plat E Ann Jok BeccaF Ben Dris Bob May 3 Carrie Green f Carrie Hall 3 Chris Greenfelder Christine Park Corey Flasco Dale Leibert Cut Examine User Access Control Copy User Select Copy User from the pop up menu The Copy User screen appears Figure 22 7 Copy User Screen Copy User Role User Name Password Confirm Password Copy From reviewer Carrie Green Create Cancel 4 In the User Name and Password fields enter the user name and password for the new user Confirm the password by entering it again in the Confirm Password field Click Create Managing Roles and Users 22 7 Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Oracle Retail VCC allows you t
28. a a o a oO 9 c o o D E E 0 v 2 2 a 3 TZ E o 2 E 2 QQ 6 0 O S T G 5 a o A O lt o O E New v v Proposed v v v Proposed v v Acknowledged Planned v v Active v v v Change v Requested Modified v Modified v v Acknowledged Active Modified v v 10 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Table 10 3 Promotion Status Transitions and Ownership Change Allowed From Change To By Partner New Proposed Proposed Acknowledged Planned Active Change Requested Modified Modified Acknowledged Active Modified Proposed Proposed Acknowledged Planned Change Requested Modified Modified Acknowledged Active Modified Rejected Cancelled Terminated Table 10 4 Promotion Status Transitions and Ownership Change From New Proposed Proposed Acknowledged Planned Active Change Requested Modified Modified Acknowledged Active Modified Change To By System ke 2 E El he e 0 os 2 2 2 o Oo Oo fe x lt lt O wi Modified Events 10 19 Promotions Table 10 5 Promotion Status Transitions for a Planned Promotion From Status To Status Transition Allowed by Planned Planned ChangeRequest Partner Planned ChangeRequest Planned Modified Creator Planned Modified Planned Partner When the creator company makes modifications to a planned promotion through the VCC Integrator Loader the
29. absolute Decrease v Price Impact 10 00 Absolute Increase Sales Impact Qty 20 00 Cl Entire Promotion a Delivery Date se Promotional Item Definition Date While accessing the events promotion promotion items screens for view edit delete the Ul view should meet the access control criteria as mentioned in Editability Rules in the Table below Table 10 6 Edit Rules for Promotion Work Flow Status Creator Editable Partner Editable New Proposed ZKK Planned Modified Z K Change_Req Rej Cancelled Z Z Complete Expired Prop_Acknowledge Mod_Acknowledge Active Terminated Non_Local_Planned Active_Modified Z ZZZZZZZZZZSZZZ AZ KK ZAK KK Events 10 21 Promotions The following general rules apply for the various status states All Promotions are initially created as new The states of proposed accepted change requested rejected and cancelled are all set manually as per the above table The status of modified is automatically set whenever the Promotion creator saves modifications to an existing Promotion other than new Promotions which remain new Promotion Items are also considered Modified whenever Impact Type or Impact Value are changed The status of completed is automatically set when the end period of a accepted Promotion has passed The status of expired is automatical
30. stream subtype leaf period a stream total leaf period a stream subtype period overlay stream total period overlay a standard UOM is applied if selected from the General Config Real Time Extract tab Aggregate Stream Data Managing Company General Information and Preferences 15 9 Using the Stream Types Tab When Product is at aggregate level leaf period stream subtype leaf period stream total period overlay subtype period overlay total only Base Units value is extracted UOM is not applied a Only Local and or Partner at aggregate level stream subtype leaf period stream total leaf period stream subtype period overlay stream total period overlay standard UOM is applied if selected from the General Config Real Time Extract tab Using the Stream Types Tab The Stream Types tab is located under Company General Config and allows you to configure some or all of the following options for each stream type Decimal Places Apply UOM Fill Bucket To view and configure stream types 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 Select the Stream Types tab The Stream Types screen appears Figure 15 12 Stream Types Screen Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays RealTime Extract Stream Types E mail Save Displaying 1 2 of 2 Stream Name Stream Type Accumulation Rule Revision History Edit by Edit When Substreams Decimal Places Apply UOM F
31. tasks 24 5 template delete 7 18 time aggregate demand forecast 11 14 time average 8 18 time period hierarchies 16 4 title bar 2 4 transaction data 14 26 tree behavior 16 6 16 8 collapse 16 6 copy and paste 16 8 create category 16 9 creating links 16 9 cut and paste 16 8 examine 16 9 expanding 16 6 leaf node 16 10 multi select 16 7 single select 16 6 tree display 22 4 select 14 16 tree hierarchies 16 7 right click menu 16 7 start editing button 16 7 U usage statistics 23 4 user hierarchy access rights edit 22 8 set 22 8 user interface 2 4 context chooser 2 10 display pane 2 22 general icons 2 5 list view icons 2 8 menus and submenus 2 9 required fields 2 28 title bar 2 4 V variability 8 19 view active exceptions 6 21 aggregates 19 4 data in expand mode 3 15 data stream revision history 3 17 demand policies 11 5 documents 10 39 exception criteria 6 20 6 22 group exception criteria 5 19 group exception status history 5 20 individual exception criteria 5 14 individual exception status history 5 16 metrics 8 1 promotion items 10 32 promotions 10 11 UOM list 26 2 view data 3 6 view exception status history active exceptions screen 6 22 view exceptions 5 7 collapsed view 5 8 context only subtab 5 17 Index 5 expanded view 5 8 group inbox 5 16 individual collapsed view 5 12 individual expanded view 5 9 individual inbox 5 9 partn
32. 5 In the E Mail list box enter the e mail address or addresses separated by a semicolon to the users to be notified 6 Click Save Monitoring Current Connections Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Administrators can monitor the users who are currently logged in to VCC how long they have been logged in and the time of their last activity To monitor user connection time 1 Click Monitor from the VCC menu 2 Click the Current Connections tab The Current Connections pane appears showing the users who are logged in the date and time they logged in and the time of the user s last activity 3 To view details on a specific user click the user s name in the User Name column 23 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Monitoring Server Locks Figure 23 5 Current Connections Pane Jobs Usage Current Connections Server Lacks User ID PPP Pe BPP BP Pe ee Pe eh User Name superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser superuser Displaying 1 20 of 20 Login Time 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19 00 00 08 15 08 19
33. A N A Offset Purge End Is Period 12 111 N A N A Offset Purge Actual Sales Actual Sales Sales Forecast Sales Forecast Purge Type Leaf Aggregate Leaf Aggregate 4 To reject a purge request check the check box next to the request you want to reject and click Reject 14 38 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 15 Managing Company General Information and Preferences This chapter includes the following topics About Your Company General Information Managing Company General Preferences Managing Groups for a Company Managing Links for a Company The Period Overlays Tab Using the Real Time Extract Tab Using the Stream Types Tab Configuring E mail Alerts About Your Company General Information Once a superuser or serveradmin creates your company in Oracle Retail VCC you can begin creating the framework for it When your company information changes you must make the changes using the administrator tasks The company information you must define for your company includes 1 General company specific configuration information including Groups Links Period Overlays Real Time Extract Stream Types and E mail Master data which includes products your trading partners your company locations data stream time periods and period overlays if applicable You can create master data manually using the administrator tasks or you can load master data from a file
34. Active Exceptions can be viewed by clicking on the number link that appears in Active Exceptions column of the Group List screen This displays Active Group Exception Criteria as seen in the list below Figure 6 11 Active Group Exception Criteria Context Local ab_padkro All Locations Partner ab_padkro All Partners Product ab_padkro All Products Apply Changes View Expanded Displaying 1 1 of 1 EN Criteria Period Product Local Partner Created Status Status 4 Collapsed Y C Name History f Count 11111111111 111 localco artnerco c 15656 multiple gt 1111 EGYPT FLFLT Kaaa P multiple ura 0 O is YELLOW eg Reg_Hier Exception Severity Levels Oracle Retail VCC allows you to assign severity levels to exceptions to help you quickly identify the severity of an exception in the exception inbox To create severity levels for an exception you set a medium severity limit and a high severity limit The low severity limit automatically sets itself as being any value that is below medium severity and above the deviation threshold Note All exceptions that are generated from criteria where the medium and high thresholds were not provided always trigger exceptions with a Low severity The severity for all Current to Threshold exceptions is based on the base quantity and not on the deviation For example you create an absolute exception criteria with an exception deviation of 100 a medium severity
35. Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 04 28 03 05 04 03 25 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 26 03 06 01 03 21 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 02 03 06 08 03 20 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 23 03 06 29 03 17 Belance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Ax at Boston Planters Cashews 05 19 03 05 25 03 22 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 16 03 06 22 03 18 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx et Boston Planters Cashews 06 09 03 06 15 03 19 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Ax at Boston Planters Cashews 06 30 03 07 06 03 16 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 05 03 05 11 03 1 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 o laos peat zs er Fonar A E Bo sr Com ajos Ea as nens TI Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 26 03
36. In the login screen enter superuser and the default superuser password lemonyellow You can use the default password initially to log in and then you can change the password For details on creating new users and roles see Managing Roles and Users 4 Click Login The Oracle Retail VCC Home page for the superuser role appears 5 To exit Oracle Retail VCC click Logout If you do not log out of Oracle Retail VCC using the logout button and your session is idle your session information is maintained until it expires the default is 15 minutes If you return before your session information has expired Oracle Retail VCC continues your previous session 6 To stop Oracle Retail VCC go to the VCC program group and select VCC VCC Server Stop Where To Begin Before you can begin to import data into Oracle Retail VCC you must configure VCC and create a basic framework for it that includes creating all companies creating hierarchy folders and leaf nodes that contains your data creating time periods and users and other basic configuration information These functions are divided between the superuser super admin and the administrators superadmin and admin The superuser has the responsibility for the overall configuration of Oracle Retail VCC for all companies the administrators are responsible for company specific configuration To create a framework with Oracle Retail VCC follow the guidelines below The steps outlined
37. Inbox Individual screen Viewing Exceptions in the Group Inbox In the Exceptions Inbox Group screen you have the options of selecting either the Context Only or Period Only subtab This controls the display of exceptions that are grouped by either Period or Context When you create a group exception the Display Matched option on the Exceptions Criteria Group Create screen allows you to select whether you wish to use this option The group exceptions that are not assigned Period or Context matching is default to context and period and appears in the Context Only subtab Both subtabs offer the following choices Viewing a Group Exception in Group Expanded View a Viewing a Group Exception in Collapsed View a Viewing a Group Exception s Criteria Viewing a Group Exception s Status History 5 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Viewing Exceptions in the Context Only Subtab The Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only screen displays exceptions that are triggered by a group criteria with a comparison type set to Context amp Period or Context Only Figure 5 18 Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Screen Context Nabisco at Pisquatuck artner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Mixed Nuts LOM Y Context Only Period Only Displaying 1 5 of 5 S Criteria Period Product Local Partner View Created Status Status Name
38. No Edited By either the seller buyer or both Edited When either the past future or always Substreams the number of substreams for the data stream Printer Friendly View Clicking this button opens the printer friendly view You can then generate a printed list of your current stream information by selecting Print List View Icons The following icons appear most frequently in tabbed List views in Oracle Retail VCC They are located in the Display Pane section of the screen As a convenience you can click some of these icons to allow for mass selection For instance clicking the Delete or Override Execute Time icons allow you to select or deselect all the check boxes in the column below the icon Figure 2 10 List View Icons List Icons ZN Context Display Mode Local Suppliers All Locations Partner Suppliers AII Paring d Event Name Status C somes JEBE New E e O Created By Created Date Last Changet 08 11 08 y Supplier 19 00 00 Supplier Table 2 2 List View Icons Icon Icon Name Description Drilldown Dot Indicates that there is additional data that can be viewed or edited on the next screen by drilling down through the link The drilldown has a variety of uses such as viewing comments accessing printer friendly views viewing editing item details etc When the dot appears grey such as in the Comment column this indicates an
39. Period Overlays are company specific and once created are accessible by all users of the company Period overlays cannot be deleted if they are currently in use within the application Period overlays created through Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlays are available only to the user who created them Note The default period overlay is Base Period Base Period is your only choice if you have not created any period overlays For details about how to create period overlays see Creating and Editing Period Overlays About Accumulation Rules 3 8 Associated with each data stream is an Accumulation Rule which is a fixed attribute of the data stream that indicates how it behaves when aggregated There are three accumulation rules that can apply to a data stream movement balance and measure a A Movement stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local and across time dimensions period overlays When viewed in an aggregate context data is totaled across each dimension chosen at folder level Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments When viewed in an aggregate period period overlay data is totaled across the period defined Any kind of exception criteria can be created for a Movement stream A Balance stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local but not ac
40. Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays RealTime Extract StreamTypes E mail Name AB Corp Company ID 123 ID Type Alternate ID 3 ID Type Role Seller Local Freeze Future Periods o Auto Create Collaborations Yes Display period for Balance Streams Last Results per page 500 Decimal places displayed 2 Start Day of Week Sunday Y Days in 1st Week of Year 4 vw Proportional Disaggregation UI only Factor base for Subtype1 None Y Factor base for Subtype2 None v Factor base for Subtype3 None v Straight Line Disaggregation Dataload only Enable Straight Line No Save The upper section contains the current Name ID ID Type Alternate ID Alternate ID Type and Role configuration for your company You can revise the 15 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Company General Preferences Name and or ID but the Role configuration is permanently assigned when your company is created The lower section contains a set of the following parameters that affect various Oracle Retail VCC features and are applied for every user of your company Allow Partner Company to Edit Calendar Affects the Shipping Receiving Calendars in the Supply module Select Yes to allow your partner company to edit your shipping or receiving calendar or No to disallow it Note that either you or your partner may edit the calendar but not both If
41. Promotion Status Changes Drop down List UDFs Each UDF contains an editable text box to enter a label If this field is blank the default name is displayed For example Promotion Item User Defined 21 a Each UDF contains a drop down list with twenty configurable values a Each UDF contains a Show check box to configure display on the appropriate create Edit screen a Each UDF contains a Mandatory check box to configure required usage on the appropriate Create Edit screen UDF Drop down List Values Each drop down list value contains an editable text box to enter a label If this field is blank the default name is displayed For example Option 1 a Each drop down list value contains a Show check box to configure display in the drop down list After setting preferences for these fields they can be viewed in the Promotions and Promotion Items create edit screens as shown below Figure 10 41 User Defined Fields in Promotions Module Ppa URLs oal rE _TestLink Gone Event User Defined 1 testnull Event User Defined 2 null Event User Defined 3 null ON e Defined Half priced sale Promotion User Defined 2 F Promotionen Danann Promotion User Defined 4 rail tle Promotion User DE Promotion User Defined 6 ae Promotion User PETER Promotion User Defined 8 Exceptions piel eile sae Herned Yes Promotion User Defined 10 ves o Promotion iiser Defined g Promotion User Defined 12 ee emotion ser Pease
42. Report that shows metrics in terms of product availability and product waste Glossary 5 Glossary 6 English Term Function Module Definition period overlay Periods supply plan horizon Planner Point of Sales POS Poisson distribution Primary promotion promotional event supply policy Reviewer Rolling Period Overlay Root Mean Square Error RMS safety stock safety stock calculator scenario planning Scheduler Scorecard General Supply Supply Role and Users General Supply General Promotion Promotion Supply Role and Users General Demand Supply Supply Supply Scheduler Scorecard An aggregate time series For example a user can create a monthly overlay that can total all weekly data into a set of monthly totals Period overlays are flexible they can include time periods of varying lengths and can be for a fixed timeframe or on a rolling basis A measure of the number of periods of demand that could be supplied by the given inventory The number of days to perform supply planning A type of user role where she has read and write access to Oracle Retail VCC to create and edit data streams and create promotional events A planner has read only access to exception criteria and metrics Measurement of quantity or value of units sold to the consumer in stores A probability density function that models the number of outcomes obtained
43. Reports Sees O wk Holiday oef11f08 09 20 08 SupplierCo O O e o Preferences Test Event Location A He e aes 08 12 08 08 21 08 Supplier Co a 9 9 o Logout sar o Test Event Holiday 08 12 08 08 21 08 Supplier Co a ar e Wk44 Joint Promotion 08 15 08 09 27 08 Supplier Co O 7 1 0 D wk46 Joint Promotion 08 17 08 10 01 08 Supplier Co ejej 0 Changing the Status of a Promotion Promotions have a status Status can be changed manually or automatically Any change of status automatically updates the last changed by field to the user who changed the status The following are the various status states Promotions are non editable by the creator company when the status of the promotion is Planned a New Promotion is in creation process only visible to creator company and does not impact promo forecast All possible changes are allowed Proposed Effect of Promotion is reflected in the creator s promo forecast stream Promotion is made visible to partner with status of awaiting approval but does not impact partner forecast stream a Planned Effect of Promotion applied to partner forecast stream a Modified Modified effect of Promotion is reflected in the creator s promo forecast line Modified Promotional event is made visible to partner but does not change partner forecast until accepted a Change Request A change is requested no changes are made to either forecast
44. Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu The disaggregation screen appears Select the Create tab This screen shows the Context Based subtab as selected The Manual Entry radio button is also selected by default When you enter disaggregation profiles manually you must enter a numeric value or a percent value for each leaf in the hierarchy context location partner product you select For example if your context resembled the one below you might have up to twenty four Collaboration Items Figure 20 5 Manual Disaggregation Factors Location Partner Product 9 4 VAO B 1 XB 2 XB 3 XB 4 X B 1 YB 2 YB 3 YB 4 Y A 1 XA 2 XA 3 XA 4 X A 1 YA 2 YA 3 YA 4 Y C 1 XC 2 XC 3 XC 4 X C 1 YC 2 YC 3 YC 4 Y Any value entered for disaggregation at the aggregate context would be multiplied by the factors assigned to each of the partner leaves to determine what value to assign to each leaf level context If you enter a zero value for one of the factors zero is multiplied by the disaggregation value and the result would be that zero is the value assigned to that leaf Note Note that the Time Only subtab and the Daily Allocation tab appear only if your base time periods are daily For Manual Entry disaggregation 1 Choose one or more Type Sub Type s from the selection box by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on individual types or by holding down the Shift key and selecting multiple types Note that measure
45. Table Mode Oracle Retail VCC allows you to view and edit data stream data in a table mode Figure 2 28 Display Pane Table Mode UOM Comparison Type N Save UOM E Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr 010205 01 09 05 0171605 01 23 05 0173005 02 06 05 02 13 05 02 2005 02 2705 Inventory Target a a a a a a al n Gross Margin 30 904 39 425 41 326 33 970 38 613 39 207 39 207 38 334 39 85 5 Ago Gross Margin DC Inventory Days Table Area The following items comprise the table format in the Display pane Time Periods Each column represents a time bucket e g daily or weekly base periods or monthly quarterly yearly or anything else period overlay a Comment Box Each local editable cell contains a gray blue box that when clicked allows you to create or view a comment Gray indicates there are no comments Blue indicates there are comments Anyone in your company with access to the data stream can read and delete the comment associated with a changed field Comments are limited to 100 characters Substream Name The name of each substream appearing in the table area for a context display a Process Indicator A blue diamond indicates that changes have not been processed When the process is completed the blue diamond disappears a View Tabs Tabs allow you to toggle between Table and Graph view a Table Area Area where the time series data for a context appears a Navi
46. Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion User Defined 10 Promotion ID Event Category w Multi Column Sort Order Select Sales Impact Qty A Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date End Date Sales Impact Type Condition KI P Status Price Impact Total Actual Sales Created Date Y 10 To hide the UDFs move the fields to the Hidden section The above graphic displays hidden UDF fields Figure 9 29 Setting Preferences for the Promotion sublist Table Graph Inbox Filters _ Lists Promotion Sublist Results Per Page 20 Number of columns to freeze 0 Hide Columns Visible Hidden DC Order Offset A Promotion User Defined 11 A Total DC Order Forecast Promotion User Defined 12 Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion User Defined 13 Comment Promotion User Defined 14 a Status History 4 Dl Promotion User Defined 15 v Printer Friendly View Promotion User Defined 16 Created By Promotion User Defined 17 Created Date Promotion User Defined 18 Last Changed Date Promotion User Defined 19 Last Changed By Mi Promotion User Defined 20 Ml Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Status a Condition Number Of Items Partner Company Sales Impact Type Sales Impact Qty d P Price Impact Type Price Impact Total Actual Sales Total Base Sales Forecast Y Setting Preferences for Copy Promotions This functionality allows the user t
47. VCC_12 505 00 Mabiaco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Platere Holiday Pak 09 29 03 10 27 03 This ts Iten Coment VCC_13 338 00 1 010 00 5 25 2 15 338 00 34 00 239 00 10 1 010 00 5 50 3 0 505 00 24 00 176 00 a 1 010 00 5 75 1 2 34 00 378 00 19 Promotion Detail Report tul Life gt 4 25 E 32 65 2 101 61 A o feommenee O OOO O nia 2003 10 24 OZ pave wisn Pronstion Level comme This da the threaded comment Hapiaco APT A A E PP AP za sara 10 06 03 10 06 03 11 wom Tia 18 coment tor tactics Display Display ipera 10 06 03 10 06 03 22 wom as da cement for tactics commer Incentive BOGO Buy x Get y 10 06 03 10 06 03 33 uom3 Sample PDF Report Screens D 5 Promotion Detail D 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide E Geneva Forecast Engine This appendix provides information on the Geneva forecasting engine How Does Geneva Work The Geneva algorithm seeks to optimize forecasts by minimizing a Mean Squared Error MSE This is completed by conducting a competition between combinations of data filters and forecasting models each of which is optimized over its relevant parameter vector The optimal model is derived by a two stage optimization process At one level different combinations of data filters and models are compared At another level each model is optimized according to its own specific parameters each of which is adjusted to hone the individual method to yield its best results The competition is
48. You set the bucket size for a new database when you add periods for the first time After that bucket size cannot be changed Subsequent period additions can only be allowed for this selected bucket size You cannot create periods prior to the first existing date for example you cannot create a period for January when the first period is February Click Create Creating Time Period Folders Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Use folders to organize data stream time periods Time periods in your database can be in either weekly increments or daily increments No matter which type you use you can organize the time increments into weeks months and years to create a period category you can expand and collapse Note If your periods include more than one year the labels for subfolders created under any year should include that year s number If year labels are not added to subfolders confusion can result when the same month and different years are selected anytime you use periods for example when you create exception criteria or trading partner metrics To create a period category 1 2 Select Company Master Data from the VCC menu Click the Periods tab and highlight any period category where you want to insert a category Server Level Configuration and Management 14 33 Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab 3 Click Start Editi
49. alphanumeric characters Select the Type of location ID from the Type drop down Standard options are GLN DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SCAC SELLER_ASSIGNED BUYER_ ASSIGNED UN_LOCATION_CODE a Inthe Company ID field enter a company ID A company ID can be from 1 to 40 alphanumeric characters Click Create to add a partner or Cancel to exit Click Stop Editing after you have finished adding your partner Select Company Master Data from the VCC menu Select the Product tab Click Start Editing Highlight the category folder under which the new Product is created Right click the highlighted category and select Add Product from pop up menu The Add Product screen appears Master Data 16 13 Working With Tree Hierarchies Figure 16 10 Add Product Screen Add Product Name Global Item Number GIN Type GTIN x Local Item Number LIN Type GTIN vi Unit of Measure ea Stat Factor Units per Case Weight Volume URL Test Link Create Cancel 6 Enter the Product Name 7 Enter the product s GIN Global Item Number and select its type from the drop down 8 Enter the product s Local Item Number optional 9 Enter the product s unit of measure in the UOM field 10 Enter the product s Stat Factor optional A stat factor is a multiplier that you specify as a product attribute that you can use to convert base units to common statistical units Stat Factors allow you
50. and Measure streams are not disaggregated So when attempting to save a policy if the selected stream set has a Measure stream for Projected Inventory Receipt FC or Shipment FC and the context has a sum on any dimension an error message is displayed Measure streams cannot be used as output streams for a leaf level policy that uses a telescoping overlay because accumulation across time would be required However Measure streams CAN be output streams for leaf level policies that do not use a telescoping period overlay because no disaggregation is required a Balance streams cannot be used for Receipt or Shipment Forecasts for a leaf or aggregate level policy that uses a telescoping overlay because accumulation across time would be required and Balance streams cannot be accumulated across time The Supply Policy List screen shown below allows you to view sort and delete supply policies you have created at and below the currently selected context 12 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Supply Policy Figure 12 1 Supply Policy List Screen Context icy Y E i bo AE Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product v Name OGIN OLIN v Folder Q JU KAY Select Bookmark x 7 List Create Edit All Displaying 1 20 0f
51. but a metric s repeat frequency specifies processing on a less frequent schedule once monthly or weekly for instance the scheduled event passes over this job until the time elapsed coincides with the repeat frequency To process the selected Metrics during the next scheduled cycle select the Override Execute Time check box under the clock icon on the Metrics List This happens regardless of when the selected Metrics were last processed Metrics Error Messages The following table describes the messages you may encounter upon processing Metrics Table 8 1 Error Message Metrics Error Messages Description Completed Successfully Output stream not editable by Local Company Output stream should be a measure stream Disaggregation failed for some contexts Please check the reject details for more information Dates do not fall within Period Overlay Periods out of range Please check to see if Current Begin and End dates are defined in the system Processing completed successfully Please check output and the number of items processed The Output stream type code defined for the metric should be editable by the metric creator company The Output stream type code defined for the metric should be a Measure Stream Disaggregation failed while trying to disaggregate the output The reject log has the disaggregation error message for each of the failed contexts The Begin End Dates used in the
52. each truck load etc A report of the current consumption of collaboration units that is visible in the Oracle Retail VCC usage monitor The amount a source data stream varies from its comparison The comparison could be another data stream or a fixed threshold The percentage difference between the high values and low values for a selected stream within a period range collected for a context A about repeat frequency 4 2 scheduler 24 1 UOM factors 26 1 VCC monitor 23 1 about aggregates 19 1 about collaborations 21 1 about roles and users 22 1 access control 8 20 22 9 hierarchy 14 21 module 14 22 stream 14 22 accumulation rules 3 8 14 7 add event 24 3 local location 16 11 partner location 16 12 product 16 13 promotions 10 22 tasks 24 9 administration 13 1 administrator 13 3 advanced parameters 11 4 aggregates about 19 1 create 19 2 delete 19 5 export 19 6 view 19 4 assign data stream access 22 9 assign data streams 14 11 assign modules 22 10 auto status options 6 14 automated exception resolution 6 11 average 8 10 average periods of supply 8 13 batch request demand 11 16 lift factor 11 17 scheduler tasks 11 17 browser compatibility 2 1 Index C change data stream exception 5 22 change password 9 28 14 24 change promotion status 10 17 change user password 22 12 check purge process 14 30 collaboration item comments
53. each value represents a URL the URL to any link For example it can be a URL to a product image or product information Guidelines for Creating Product Folders Products are for the most part grouped under product folders for convenience and ease of use Folders help you identify and locate products quickly and easily For example if you are a clothing manufacturer you might construct a product folder containing the folder Clothing under which you would create Shirts Pants Jackets etc Under shirts you might create additional folders for Casual Shirts Dress Shirts Polo Shirts Superusers can create products and product folders for trading partners as long as they are local superadmin can create products and product folders for her own company as long as it is local A sample product hierarchy is shown below You have the option of creating product folders a manually by using administrator tasks automatically by using the VCC Integrator For details on the VCC Master Data Hierarchy loader see the VCC Operations Guide Retailers tend to plan to a greater level of detail by location It is typical for a retailer to produce store level forecasts while it is not the usual practice for suppliers to produce them Suppliers plan to a greater level of detail by product A retailer may plan promotional sales for a product folder but the supplier needs to know how much of each product in the folder actually needs to be
54. if allowed Figure 24 6 Edit a Task Screen SS SSS Se Edit Task Name Test bat file Command D wwhelp bat ser 3 Click Set to set the edit or Cancel to return to the Scheduler screen Deleting a Task Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin A user created Task is listed with a Delete check box next to it User created tasks can be deleted at any time Preloaded tasks cannot be deleted To delete a user created task 1 Click the Delete check box next to the user created Task 2 Click the Delete Selected button to delete the checked Task Managing the Scheduler 24 11 Deleting a Task 24 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 25 Managing Company Data Purges This chapter contains the following topics About Data Purge Requests a Creating Purge Requests About Data Purge Requests Oracle Retail VCC allows you to create purge requests for a specific company that you then can display and manage in the Purge Data pane A purge request specifies the data stream type you want to delete purge from your database and the time frame purge date of the data to be deleted There are four types of Purge Requests Transaction a Event Promotions a Collaboration Item Comments Exceptions For both Transaction and Comments purges all data in the data stream created before the date specified is deleted when the purge request is executed Purging Event Promotions does not
55. if the comparison type is a Local Current to Local Previous the Primary data stream is your local current data stream and the Secondary data stream is your local previous data stream a Local Current to Partner Current the Primary data stream is your local current data stream the Secondary data stream is your partner s current data stream and the Year Ago data stream is either your local or your partner s year ago data stream Year Ago streams are only editable by the buyer or seller Year Ago streams are not available for streams editable by both a Partner Current to Partner Previous the Primary data stream is your partner s current data stream and the Secondary data stream is your partner s previous data stream In the Edit pane you can rename the group no more than 40 alphanumeric characters Use the left right arrows to select deselect streams and or use the up down arrows to arrange the order of the streams when they are displayed Note In order for your group to display properly in Data View for each substream selected make sure that the selected designations are in this order primary secondary and year ago For example if your group includes stream types sales forecast actual sales and seller inventory your ordering of selected subtypes should show a First sales base primary sales promo primary sales seasonal primary Then sales base secondary sales promo secondary sales season
56. order forecast for the Item Some of the Event Item attributes is inherited from the Promotion itself However establishing a local value for the attribute can override the inherited Item attributes This allows pricing timing and quantities to vary by location and product Note If Entire Promotion is turned in use and some Items are deleted the Sales Impact Qty for the Items is not re adjusted The Events Promotion items screen appears as shown Promotion Item attributes include a Price Impact Type Price Impact a Sales Impact Type a Sales Impact Qty a DSD Order Forecast Qty a DC Order Forecast Qty Events 10 31 Promotion Items a Foreward Buy Forecast Qty a Item Type The impact of events is applied according to the rules shown in Rules for Applying Event Impact For absolute impacts the specified impact is applied uniformly to all Item time periods specified For instance if the you specify an absolute increase of 500 units 500 is entered in the promo line for all time periods and all Items specified There is no disaggregation of the entered value Table 10 7 Rules for Applying Event Impact Impact Type POS FC Impact Price Impact Percent Increase Promo Qty Base Impact QTY Promo Price Base 1 Impact 100 QTY 100 Percent Decrease Promo Qty 1 Base Impact QTY Promo Price Base 1 Impact 100 QTY 100 Absolute Increase Promo Qty Impact QTY Promo Price Base Im
57. product name a Promotion Item ID ID number assigned to the Promotion This ID is assigned by the system if not specified while creating the Promotion a Event Name User defined name of the Event a Event Category category the Event belongs to Category indicates the reason for planning the Event i e Holiday Price Change Retailer Promotion etc Begin Date date the Item s Promotion begins a End Date date the Item s Promotion ends a Promotion Status status of the Promotion for which the Item is a part Events 10 33 Promotion Items Condition OK displays when Promotion condition is okay a Entire Promotion hidden a Sales Impact quantity hidden Price Impact Type hidden a Price Impact hidden a DC Order Offset hidden a DC Order quantity hidden Created By Name of the User who created the Event hidden Created Date Date the Promotion Item was created hidden a Last Changed Date Date the Promotion Item was last modified hidden a Last Changed By Name of the User who last modified the Promotion Item hidden a Comment Item specific comments can be viewed and edited by clicking the dots in this column Grey dots indicate that a comment has not yet been made for the Item Promotion Item Type can be either Promoted or Cannibalized a Printer Friendly View dots in this column can be clicked to display a screen formatted specificall
58. rolling exception criteria move forward relative to the current time period and persist indefinitely until deleted For fixed and rolling exception criteria you can create the following comparison types Current to Current Comparison allows you to compare the current versions of two streams These streams can be local partner or one of each They can be compared within the same period or across offset period Current to Previous Comparison compares your local current data stream with your local previous data stream or your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream You can compare your current and previous streams with or without a generational offset If your criterion is a generational offset you can compare for example your current POS forecast data stream e g weekly data to any of its previous versions So you can compare Week 6 data offset 0 with Week 3 offset 3 For criteria without a generational offset you can only compare your current data stream with the last previous version You can also compare the current version of one stream to a version of another stream with generational offset Current to Threshold Comparison compares your local current data stream or your partner s current data stream with an absolute threshold value Exception Criteria 6 1 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria The method you use to create
59. 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 Eriteria Name Creator partner Product Name Period Je of Periods from Current Base Stream Name Compare Stream Namelpercent Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx st Boston Planters Cashews 05 19 03 05 25 03 22 Belance28 Belence28 Threshold 100 00 ixceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuek Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 16 03 06 22 03 18 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 ixceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 09 03 06 15 03 19 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 ixceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 30 03 07 06 03 16 Belance28 Belence28 Threshold 100 00 Distributed Exception Report leviation Primary Value Secondary Value Severity Status 1 000 00 1 000 00 HR EA 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 Sample PDF Report Screens D 3 Extract Extract Figure D 4 Extract x EAEra EL EE 68 Eile Edt view Insert Format Tools Data Window Help soft Excel Extract csy Arial Al Lisa Hill E Lisa Hi ASpeedy Ry 30 333 332 30 333 332 10 124 11010 124 11C 1 69E 08 Balance28 DC Invento 10 AR HAHAHA Base Units 0 Lisa Hill Speedy R 30 333 332 390 333 333 10 124 11010 124 11C 1 69E 08 Balance28 DC Invento 20 se HAHAH Bas
60. 00 212 00 6 551 00 In Graph format the value that triggered the exception is highlighted by a vertical blue line in graph mode as shown below 5 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 10 Exception Highlighted by a Vertical Blue Line in Graph Mode Context Display Mode Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Mixed Nuts EN bo Comment Status N A z Resolution Code None UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr HB Local Current Sales Forecast SalesFestBase To HI Partner Current Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base 7 000 DB Loc SalesBase i Loc Sales Prom 6 000 Loc SalesSeas HA Loc SalesTot HI Part Ship Fest B FY Part Ship Fest P d Part Ship Adjstmt 3 000 D 4 Part Ship Fest T 5 000 4 000 460000000 2 000 1 000 Oct Now L 2003 J B a Rescale Rescale Visible Zoom In M All Enable All Configure Note If you change a value in the data stream view the change is not reflected in the Inbox until the changes have been processed by the Scheduler Until processing a blue processing indicator appears next to the changed exception Both the Table and the Graph view contain additional fields under the context chooser area These fields include a Comment field only editable when the Inbox is expanded a Resolution Code drop down onl
61. 02 b22 foza freon so jeso feo fonas o 08 05 02 Jooo ooo fooo fooo fooo ooo fo oo OD 2 08 12 02 boo fooo foo foo fooo Jooo eoo T 08 19 02 jooo fooo Jooo fooo foo0o ooo fo 00 T 08 26 02 Jaco foco faoo fooo fooo fooo o oo o 09 02 02 jooo Jooo fooo ooo fooo ooo o oo T 09 09 02 0 00 looo fooo ooo ooo 0 00 0 00 T 09 16 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D B Last Modified By Dave Wilson Last Modified On 10 14 02 17 12 37 Save All Periods in Display Range Save First Row for All Periods in Display Range Save First Row for All Periods Make your modifications additions Select the actions to be performed by clicking on one of the following radio buttons Save All Periods in Display Range this saves the values as shown for the display period Note that the display period can be longer than what is actually on the screen at one time you may need to scroll down to see the entire display period Save First Row for All Periods this copies the values in the first row to every week of the display period and then saves Save First Row for All Periods in Display Range this copies the values in the first row to every week in the entire database Note The earliest period that the Lift Factor screen displays is the first full week starting with Monday that exists in the database If the database contains a partial week prior to the first full week the partial week cannot be displayed However they can be manu
62. 1 Set your context 2 Click Supply Batch Create The following screen appears Figure 12 7 Supply Batch Create Screen List Create Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 08 14 08 J End Date A mm dd yy _ i mm dd yy Recurrence Monthly Day of every months OThe First Sunday of every month s Time Start Any Time O Start At HH mm Aggregate On O Product Save Cancel 3 Set the Repeat Frequency or how often the batch job is to repeat by selecting from the Recurrence drop down You can select either one time or repeating calculations 4 If your context has folder level items the check boxes for Local Partner or Product are displayed in the Aggregate On area If there are no folder level items None is displayed If None is displayed Oracle Retail VCC groups into a batch all policies but not below that context dimension If you do not check any of the boxes Oracle Retail VCC groups into a batch all policies at and below the context 5 Click Save All other required parameters are read from the permanent supply policy The job is executed by the Scheduler A completed batch job creates an entry in Monitor Jobs with details about what the job contained and the completion status Using the Safety Stock Feature The Safety Stock feature provides an estimate of the inventory required to support a specified service level For details about safety stock calculation s
63. 10 8 Events Promotions List Home Context Display Mode Lr E Gs Company Scheduler Local Suppliers All Locations Monitor Partner amp Suppliers All Partners Spite Product amp Suppliers All Products vents Overview Search Product Product Y Name OGIN OLIN Folder a RU iy Promotions All Events Select Bookmark Promotion Items Documents Demand Supply Links Exceptions E gt Data oH Event ID Event Name Status Copy XxX Status History Process Totals A Created By Created Date Last Changer Metrics Reports Test Event lua E i 08 11 08 i Saas 40 MmMG 3 3 New M 2 O O O O Supplier 19 00 00 Supplier Preferences O 4ome3 Stent Vw Miel o o o O Supplier 08 11 08 Supplier Help 3 AAA 19 00 00 Logout y z SYNCRA_164 WK41 New Manolo o O O Supplier 98 11 08 a Similarly Promotions can be viewed by accessing the Examine Events screen where a Number of Promotions link exists in the Context Chooser area Click this number to get a display a list of Promotions for that Event Figure 10 9 Number of Promotions Link in the Context Chooser Area Context PETESEES Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt E Pilot Search Product v Name OGIN LIN Folder Oe y KA Y Select Bookmark Number Of Promotio
64. 14 29 company manage groups 15 5 manage links 15 5 company chooser 13 4 company general information 15 1 company general preferences 15 2 company level roles and users 22 1 company link create 15 5 delete 15 7 edit 15 6 hide 15 7 company locations 16 2 company products 16 2 company trading partners 16 4 configuration general tab 14 35 language tab 14 34 links tab 14 13 modules tab 14 4 server 14 1 stream types tab 14 8 configure email alerts 15 10 real time extract 15 9 configure disaggregation automatically 20 7 configure disaggregation factors 20 6 configure e mail for the exception module 17 14 configure language 14 34 configure time only disaggregation 20 8 configuring labels 17 2 consumption forecast 17 10 context at aggregate level 20 4 context at leaf level 20 5 context chooser 2 10 copy event 10 7 Index 1 copy and paste 16 8 copy user 14 25 22 7 count missing 8 10 create aggregates 3 13 batch requests 11 16 category 16 9 collaborations between trading partners 21 1 company 14 2 company link 15 5 data aggregate 19 2 data stream types 14 13 demand policy 11 6 metrics 8 5 new UOM factors 26 3 new user 22 6 period overlays 9 4 periods 14 32 product folders 16 3 promotion items 10 34 purge requests 25 2 supply policy 12 2 time period folders 14 33 create groups 9 14 create period overlays fixed 9 5 rolling 9 6 telescoping 9
65. 225 xX oH Product Local Partner Safety Stock Total Lead Time Minimum Order Qty Created By Last Updated Last Plan La A o 07 10 08 07 10 08 O Nese Pilot Supplier 0 00 2 1 00 Supplier 53 08 54 23 09 35 2 SM 15 5 OZ LOWSUG Supplier Supplier 07 07 08 O smrawp aon 2 1 00 SARRAR 01 24 34 2779 SM 15 5 OZ O 0 Lowsus Supplier 0 00 2 1 00 Supplier Ba RDRASP 2781 E SMUCKER S i O STRWBRRYJELLY Supplier 0 00 2 1 00 Supplier 07 07 08 7171 ee SM 12 02 SDL A o e STRAWBERRY J Supplier 0 00 2 1 00 Supplier oror 7172 Su a Delete deletes the policy when checked and Delete is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted a Edit View displays an editable view of the policy when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked a Product displays the selected product a Local displays the selected location a Partner displays the selected partner Safety Stock displays the safety stock value if the policy is using fixed safety stock or the words from stream If the safety stock values are coming from a designated stream in the stream set Total Lead Time displays the total order processing time and transit lead time combined Minimum Order Qty displays the minimum number of items that can be ordered a Created By the user who created the policy The user s nam
66. 45 Sigma sqrt mu t sigma d 2 mu d 2 sigma t 2 197 35 Optimal Safety Stock SS k sigma 325 Days Supply SS Mean Demand 3 3 Future Safety Stock sum current next 2 periods 0 3 4th period 352 350 344 341 Safety Stock Calculation Rules The following rules apply in the creation of safety stock calculations 12 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Safety Stock Feature Matching supply policies should exist in the database for the safety stock job request Ifthe safety stock job is created at an aggregate context by selecting aggregate on None it applies to all at and below contexts a For Single Value jobs the safety stock quantities are written into the supply policy overwriting any previous value For Time Series Type jobs create safety stock streams based on the edit rules of the safety stock stream selected in the Stream Set Ifthe policy is at leaf level the safety stock writes into the stream tables Based on the Revision History of the safety stock stream Ifthe Policy is at aggregate level the safety stock stream is a Non Measure stream and the exact matching disagg profile exists the safety stock writes into the stream tables Based on the Revision History of the safety stock stream Ifthe policy is at an aggregate level and the safety stock stream is a Local Measure stream the safety stock writes into the Aggregate table If the safety stock
67. 7 hub level roles and users 22 2 inbox filter preferences 9 20 individual exception criteria components 6 2 create 6 6 list 6 2 view 5 14 individual exception status history view 5 16 integrator user 13 2 interactive demand 11 10 interactive supply 12 6 inventory turns 8 12 J job monitor 14 28 L layout 7 6 9 2 lift factors 11 18 lift patterns 11 18 specify 11 19 list screen preferences 9 21 list view icons 2 8 local location 16 11 localize 9 1 login 2 1 log out 2 3 M manage company creation 14 2 manage company locations 16 2 manage company products 16 2 manage data purge 14 26 manage data streams exceptions 5 21 automatically 5 21 manage demand module stream 17 13 manage groups 15 5 manage links 14 13 15 5 manage product hierarchies 16 2 manage time periods 14 32 manage users and roles 14 15 master data 14 28 16 1 master data folders 16 4 Index 3 master data hierarchies 16 5 master data search 16 5 menus 2 9 metrics average 8 10 average periods of supply 8 13 count missing 8 10 create 8 5 delete 8 6 edit 8 1 exception count 8 11 forecast error 8 11 growth 8 12 inventory turns 8 12 output 8 8 period offsets 8 9 period to date 8 13 periods of supply 8 14 perpetual inventory 8 14 process ondemand 8 6 product 8 17 rolling error 8 15 simple math 8 16 time average 8 18 types 8 8 variability 8 19 view 8 1 weig
68. CAKE 153889 0 51500 70180 153889 EA case pill butter case 36 00 O To change the Product you are viewing UOM factors for 1 Click the product name The Product selection tree appears 2 Choose a new Product 3 Click Set Figure 26 2 Product Selection Tree ust A 8 amp 4 Product Eall Products Set Displaying 1 3 of 3 sy Product Global Item Number Local Item Number UOM Other GIN Other UOM Multiplier Xx o producti 0001 prod0001 EA 0001Double Double 2 00 o product2 0002 prod0002 EA DOD2SIXPACKS SIXPACKS 6 00 J o product3 0003 prod0003 EA OOOSTENCASES TENCASES 10 00 7 The List screen contains a column of links that allows you to view and edit specific details for each UOM by clicking on the colored dots under the binoculars column UOM properties that can be modified though the List Detail View include a Other GIN This is the new Global Item Number for the converted product 26 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating New UOM Factors Other UOM New check box Rather than selecting from a pre existing Other UOM you can enter a new UOM not already in the list by clicking the check box and entering the name in the text field provided Other UOM This is the name of the new unit of measure into which you are converting the product It is the name that appears in the data stream Display Mode tab under UOM For example if you are converting from each to case this new UOM can
69. Click Create to proceed The Examine Event screen appears Events 10 7 Promotions 6 All of the fields that were filled from the original Event appears with the same information in the copy Modify the Event its Items and Tactics For more information on adding and configuring Items see Creating Promotion Items Note Ifthe dates applied to the original Event do not relate directly to the new copy some Items may not be included in the copied event For instance if the original Event span is 12 16 12 22 with Items that begin on dates12 17 12 19 12 21 and the copy specifies a span from 12 16 12 18 then the copied Event would only include the first Item Promotions This section details on the following topics About Promotion Attributes About Promotional Tactics Viewing Promotions Viewing the User Defined Fields Adding Promotions a Deleting Promotions Copy Promotions During the Promotion creation process you define the Promotion with specific data such as which partner company you share the Promotion with a brief description of the Promotion how long it should run which sale category the Promotion falls under a holiday sale a regular Promotion etc how much the Promotion affects the original price of the Item and so on About Promotion Attributes The above mentioned terms or descriptors are called Attributes After you have created a Promotional event many of its attributes are visib
70. Company General Config Period Overlays for company level overlays Figure 9 12 Table Graph Period Overlay Screen Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups Create Displaying 1 2 of 2 X oH Name Type O e Rolling6 LLF Rolling O roll123 Roling Preferences 9 11 Layout 2 Click the colored dot next to the overlay you want to view a A fixed overlay is displayed showing its name and a period tree with its period highlighted You can rename the overlay or change the time period Click Save to save your edits Figure 9 13 Period Tree Name Fixed_overlay Save All Periods EHS Fiscal 2002 2004 2002 ar Half 2002 589 Qtr 2002 EHS Feb 2002 EE Febw2 2002 02 04 02 02 04 02 02 05 02 02 05 02 02 06 02 02 06 02 f 02 07 02 02 07 02 02 08 02 02 08 02 02 09 02 02 09 02 02 10 02 02 10 02 FHE Febw3 2002 E 02 11 02 02 11 02 02 12 02 02 12 02 2 02 13 02 02 13 02 E 02 14 02 02 14 02 S 02 15 02 02 15 02 02 16 02 02 16 02 5 02 17 02 02 17 02 i a A rolling overlay is displayed showing the display bucket size number of consecutive buckets each bucket color and each bucket s column prefix as it appears in the Data View screen You can rename the overlay change the display bucket size change the number of consecutive display buckets change the display bucket color ch
71. Dita ci it N uaan E E A IA AE E N 4 2 About Repeat AAA A 4 2 Extracting Other Data Ty pes ccciine cian dia hina chen iba aa ta 4 5 Extracts File Formats A A Ses 4 8 Exceptions Tritrod UCA a Bee a N 5 1 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data oonicniinnnnnnonononinonocanananonononananonononononanononon oran ononononananononononos 5 7 Viewing Exceptions in the Individual Inbox coccococononcnonnnnnnoncnncrencnnrnnnnnrnrnnnenncanararorrararancnnnnanoso 5 9 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded VieW cicinininonmmmmm 5 9 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Collapsed View oconcccnnoncnonoss 5 12 Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria ss ssssesssisressessssiesesstsstestestentestnniesteneesness 5 14 Viewing an Individual Exception s Status History cococococicinononacannonaranononanananonononcncnononcncnoos 5 16 Viewing Exceptions in the Group InboX cccconicicnnnnnnnnincnnonononncanononancn cinco non cnnnnnano ron connonanananononono 5 16 Viewing a Group Exception in Group Expanded VieW eooococononononrnnncncnncnererrancannrnrnnos 5 17 Viewing a Group Exception in Collapsed View sssssssssessesssssisissesssesieseestessesnesneneesness 5 19 Viewing a Group Exception s Criteria oooonnonoonononnnonenonccnnnorenncnonoranarnnnonarerocarnonanarannonanarea 5 19 Viewing a Group Exception s Status History cooononociccononannnnaninannnnarorenanannnnananonnnnnnarinannonararesa 5 20
72. End dates or number of periods When selecting rolling periods entering a 0 indicates the current period Use negative numbers for past periods and positive numbers for future periods The Repeat Frequency section configures how often the calculation is repeated The default is today s Start Date with a recurrence of once which means that the calculation is not repeated If you wish the calculation to repeat change the Recurrence drop down to the desired frequency Other options include always daily weekly and monthly a Streams Configure the input and output streams and options for each metric The options available depend on the Metric Type selected To Edit or View Metrics Details 1 Select a context 2 Select Metrics List The List screen appears 3 Click the appropriate colored dot under the binoculars icon to View Edit pre existing metrics The View Edit screen appears Figure 8 2 View Edit Screen Creator List Create Metric Name Dave s Metric Metric Type Simple Math y Operation Type Difference o Aggregate On O Product Treat Null Value as Zero Fi Processing Order 3 4 Period Overlay None v Periods OFixed Rolling Start o End 1 Repeat frequency Dates Start Date losj10 08 End Date mm dd yy mm dd yy Recurrence Once Time Start Any Time O Start At HH mm Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Streami v Move
73. FEB 2005 MAR After selecting the period click the Checkmark in the top right hand corner of the Period Tree screen For Disagg Profiles Disagg Factors and Exceptions you can choose either Fixed as described above or Rolling periods For rolling periods enter the Start Period and End Period For Events only an optional On or After date field is available By selecting a date here you can specify that data beginning on and after a certain date be extracted This excludes any data prior to the date specified For Exceptions and Events the Created by drop down allows you to select which data you wish the file to contain If you select Partner the data extracted only contains stream data entered by your partner Likewise selecting Local gives you a file containing only locally created streams If you select Both your file contains both your and your partner s data If you are extracting Exceptions select the Exception Status es to be extracted Multi select by holding down the Shift and Ctrl keys Select the language Character Set that the extracted file contains Options include ASCII UTF 8 UNICODE and SJIS The Directory Path field is available to superadmin users This field defaults to the path designated in the VCC Configuration Client tab under File Path This Extracts 4 7 Extracts File Formats default path can be overwritten for individual extracts by entering a new path where you wish the file
74. Figure 17 20 Company Module Config Exceptions Screen E mail Alert Configuration Default Format HTML Plain Text Hide Columns Visible Hidden Criteria Name A Severity Inbox 4 P w View Exception Period xl Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Columns Criteria Name a Severity Period El gt Product Local y Save The E mail Alert Configuration section of the Exceptions tab permits the following to be configured a Default Format Select whether you wish the e mail to be Plain Text or HTML format See Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts a Hidden Columns Select which columns you do not want to display in the e mail by moving column header names from the Visible to Hidden select box with the left right arrows Note View Exception Criteria Name and Inbox columns cannot be moved to the Hidden and is visible in all exception e mail alerts a Reorder Columns Reorder columns by moving selected column headers up or down with the up down arrows a Multi Column Sort Order Select which column contents should be sorted in what order Note that columns must first be in the Visible box in order to be appear in the Multi Column Sort Order Select box 17 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Note E mail alerts contains both Group Exceptions and Individual Exceptions Most of the E mail Alert Confi
75. Filter feature 1 Set your context 2 Select Exceptions Inbox Individual 3 Select Context Chooser Display Mode Figure 5 22 Context Chooser Display Mode Screen Context Display Mode ay i A C Filter Select A Filter v C Search choose Seach Type v 1D 4 Select either the Filter or Search option a If you wish to Filter select the filter name from the drop down list For example if you have created a filter to display only exceptions that are by percentages greater than 20 select that filter If you would like to Search select the search criteria from the drop down list For example search for Percent gt 20 5 Click the Apply Changes icon and a list matching your selected search or filter is displayed Exceptions 5 25 Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features 5 26 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 6 Exception Criteria This chapter includes the following topics Data Stream Exception Criteria Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Exception Severity Levels Viewing Exception Criteria Copying Exception Criteria Deleting Exception Criteria Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Data Stream Exception Criteria Oracle Retail VCC allows you to create and manage fixed exception criteria and rolling exception criteria Fixed exception criteria apply to specific time periods and automatically expire with the time period
76. Group exception and Individual Exceptions that triggered the Group Exception 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Collapsed see Setting List Screen Preferences 2 Select your context 3 Select Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only The group exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane 4 Being at a multiple level you cannot click the colored dot under the View icon to view the exception You must select a group exception from the drop down lists under the Period or Created column and then click the colored dot under the View icon to view the individual exceptions that caused the group exception to trigger 5 Now that you are at this individual exception level you can perform all the operations that can be performed in the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen a Viewing exceptions See Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View to view the value that triggered the individual exception click the colored dot under the View this exception icon You can view the exception in either table mode or graph mode The data stream containing the exception is displayed and the figure that produced the exception is highlighted in table mode with a blue square in the appropriate cell a Viewing criteria See Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria column to view the details of the crite
77. Introduction Introduction Events Promotions Promotion Items Documents Promotion Status Changes Copy Promotions Viewing the User Defined Fields Note The Events module is a separately priced option and access to it as a menu Item appears only if you have obtained an Events license The Event Collaboration module provides visibility and collaboration on Promotions Promotions are sale occurrences such as introductory offers seasonal sales etc They contain attributes have a status and can also contain multiple tactics and Items Items within a Promotion occur at the collaboration Item level The Events module allows you to Create an Event from scratch or by copying a previous Event Add and remove Products Locations for the Promotion Attach Documents to the Event Download Documents attached to the Event Change the Promotion Status Apply sales and order volume estimates and pricing Report on the actual performance of the Promotion vs plans for it A Promotion has a status and attributes and contain tactics something that contributes to the event like an ad or a display and Items collaboration Items that are included in the Promotion The tactics and Items also have their own attributes Some Item attributes are initially populated from the corresponding Promotion attributes Events 10 1 Events Events Although Items within an event occur at the collaboration Item level Promotions themselves
78. Layout a Setting Preferences for the User Defined Fields a Setting Preferences for Copy Promotions Changing Your Password Introduction Any option that you can choose to view you can set as a personal preference so that it appears by default when you use Oracle Retail VCC This allows you to personalize Oracle Retail VCC according to your requirements You can choose the layout you desire and localize the display for your language number and date format and time zone You can even set your home page to display a particular screen within the product Some of the layout preferences you can configure include the general appearance and source indicator for data streams display of the period columns in Data screen views the look and feel of the Exception Inbox the look and feel of the Exception Criteria List view the look and feel of the Promotions List view the look and feel of the Extract List view a the look and feel of the Metrics List view General Preferences The General preferences feature allows you to select the Language Number Format Date Format Time Format Detected Time Zone Time Zone Product Label for Tree Display Default Context Default Screen and Themes To set the general preferences 1 Select Preferences General The General screen appears Preferences 9 1 Layout Figure 9 1 General Screen Language American English Y Number Format 123 456 78 Dat
79. Managing Data Stream Exceptions a Creating and Viewing Exception Comments Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features Introduction Data stream exceptions are differences between two data streams or between two versions of the same data stream or a stream and a fixed value that exceed the threshold you set for a specific context locations partner product and period Data stream exceptions appear in the Exceptions Inbox tabs individual group partner or external as data streams are received and processed from your trading partners You can receive and process data streams during off peak hours or receive and process them as they arrive in real time In any case once the data stream is processed generated exceptions appear in the inbox based on the context you have selected Exceptions you have viewed are highlighted in yellow Along with viewing basic individual and group exception information described below the Inbox allows you to a View the data streams that triggered the exception s view the exception s status history and view the criteria that triggered the exception see Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Manage exceptions automatically or manually and change the status of an exception see Managing Data Stream Exceptions a Create or edit exception comments and set resolution codes see Creating and Viewing Exception Comments a Filter and search exceptions in the Inbox See Exception Inbox Filter and
80. Monitor Last Updated 02 28 07 19 00 00 Max Number of Users 9999 Ma Purge Data Displaying 1 3 of 3 Roles amp Users Configuration ick Company Name Locations Partners Products Aggregates Single Collab Items Shared Collab Items Total Collab Units Streams Substreams Ac inks Preferences Help oe Mts 1 1 205 o o 806 s06 49 49 Logout The 1 al 291 D D 271 271 49 49 Company Food Markets 1 2 1 130 355 a 1 077 1 077 70 70 2 Click Monitor from the VCC menu The Monitor pane appears 3 Click the Usage tab to display the usage statistics for the companies to which you have access in your database 4 The Aggregates column and the Shared Collaboration Items column contain hyperlinks that allow you to view the aggregates and the shared collaboration items respectively 5 Click the Refresh icon to see any changes that have been made since you entered this screen 6 Click the Printer Icon to obtain a Printer Friendly View of this screen 7 Click the Export Icon to export the information displayed on the screen Choose from HTML and CVS file format options 8 To send an e mail notification each time the Report Usage event is executed in the Scheduler see Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification Superusers and serveradmins have two additional informational items on the screen from the VCC license maximum number of users and the maximum number of collaboration units These numbers are set in the license generated for the hub Sen
81. My Store at Boston Enter the company Location ID number and change its type if desired Standard options include GLN Default DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SELLER_ ASSIGNED SCAC BUYER_ASSIGNED and UN_LOCATION_CODE About ID Fields A Location Name ID or Alternate ID can be any combination of 1 to 40 alphanumeric characters a Ifyou use a DUNS plus 4 number it must be in the format nn nnn nnnn nnnn the first nine numbers the DUNS number must be the same as the DUNS number defined as the parent company ID the last four numbers must be unique Master Data 16 11 Working With Tree Hierarchies 7 you must include the hyphens In the Alternate ID field enter the company s alternate location ID number and change its type if desired Standard options include GLN Default DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SELLER_ASSIGNED SCAC BUYER_ASSIGNED and UN_ LOCATION_CODE This attribute is a convenience intended primarily for internal company use though partners are able to see the Alternate ID if one has been created If a unique Alternate ID is not assigned the system assumes it to be the same as the Location ID Click Create The new node is added to your highlighted category Click Cancel to return to the tree without adding a new node Click Stop Editing Adding a Partner Location You can add a Local or Non Local Trading Partner Location under the Partner tab 1 gt N Select Company Master Data f
82. Parameters Load_Summary o Parameters 7 Click the Refresh icon to see End Time and Status Updates 8 Click the Printer Friendly Icon to obtain a Printer Friendly View of this screen or click the Export Data icon to extract the job list as an HTML or CSV file Monitoring Usage Statistics Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Manager A tab to this screen is only available to superusers serveradmins superadmins admins and managers It is not displayed when users in other roles access the Monitor For each local company in a collaboration usage statistics display the number of a locations m partners products aggregates single collab items shared collab items a total collab units m streams substreams active users inactive users system users Additional details are available through links for aggregates and collaboration items Usage information is initially generated and subsequently updated by executing a Scheduler event for the Report Usage task Also each time this event executes an e mail can be sent 23 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification To view company usage statistics 1 Generate the initial Usage Report by using the Scheduler to execute an event for the Report Usage task Figure 23 3 Report Usage Task Screen Home Company Jobs Usage Current Connections Server Lacks Scheduler
83. Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search OName OGIN OLN Folder All Events Select Bookmark v 2 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Viewing Local Partner and Product Details The small diamond shaped icon to the left of the context links can also be selected By clicking on this icon you can drill down for detailed information on the current local partner or product By clicking the Examine icon the detail view appears as seen below Figure 2 12 Examine Location screen Examine Location Name Test Company Name The Company 51500000007 Location ID 77890000007 Type Alternate ID SYNCRA_1 Type URL Done When you are finished viewing the component s information click Done Bookmarking a Context Click the Bookmark this context icon in the lower right hand corner of the Context Chooser to bookmark the context You can later access the bookmarked contexts without having to reselect Local Partner and Product levels For information on retrieving your bookmarked contexts see Selecting and Removing a Bookmark It is possible to select your context in the Context tab three different ways a Clicking the links a Selecting a bookmark Using the Search feature Clicking the Links To select the context components by clicking the links 1 Selec
84. Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product Y Name OGIN OLIN Folder 2 JURO Select Bookmark v List Create Displaying 1 14 of 14 X oH Local Partner Product Metric Type Metric Name Processing Order Last Updated By Last Updated Process On Demat k P Department Simple Category r 12 30 06 1 09 Supplier Pilotcker 04 Math Share 3 Supplier 15 57 00 O m h g Department Simple Share of 12 30 06 O Supplier Pilotcker 04 Math Market BoE 16 00 51 O gt Share of a Supplier Pilotcker rra ee Market 3 Supplier oe O Category o A Share of O 9 Supplier Pilotcker ere aue Category 3 Supplier P O Category aed gt Vendor Department Simple Supplier 12 30 06 O Supplier Pilotcker 54 RAR gree 3 Supplier 16 35 27 O The Metrics List Detail View is used to view and edit the details of each metric Note Metrics List may contain collaborations that no longer exist Attempting to access a collaboration that has been removed results in an Invalid context error To avoid this problem click the Set button after changing your context The Detail View allows you to configure the following a Metric Name User defined name for each metric The name does not have to be unique a Metric Type Displays a list of available metric types Some metric types Simple Math operations Ratio Growth Variability Weighted Average Forec
85. Promotion User Defined 14 Preferences Pil aa PENTEL Promotion User Defined 16 LY Ps Erne eer BEE Promotion User Defined 18 Promotion User Defined 19 Promotion User Defined 20 necio Bar Defined loptiont Promotion User Defined 22 loption1 pd metinsel optionl Promotion User Defined 24 option v Promouoniusag Defined optioni Promotion User Defined 26 loptioni Y Promotion User Defined optionl Promotion User Defined 28 option Paton Defined option Promotion User Defined 30 option v As shown in the graphic above the labels entered for the User Defined Fields starting from User Defined Field 1 through User 30 is shown In the picture below note that the following user defined fields 9 21 26 27 28 30 29 25 are drop down lists and all the other fields are Text fields 10 44 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Status Changes Figure 10 42 User Defined Fields in Promotion Module o PETR Event User Defined 1 testnull Event User Defined 2 Scheduler Event User Defined 3 null Moni ae Fi al user Eien Half priced sale Promotion User Defined 2 TES peel ad Defines Promotion User Defined 4 Belem ei panned Promotion User Defined 6 ee promononuser beamed Promotion User Defined 8 eal Pll aca Defined Ves E Promotion User Defined 10 Ereasdane
86. Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Supported Platforms VCC Database Server The general requirements for a database server running VCC include Table A 2 Requirements for a Database Server Supported On Versions Supported Database Server OS UNIX based OS certified with Oracle RDBMS 10g Enterprise Edition AIX5 2 AIX5 3 Solaris 9 and HP UX 11 11 Database Server Oracle RDBMS 10g Release 2 Enterprise Edition minimum 10 2 0 1 0 patchset required with the following patches and components Patch a 4516865 WRONG PERMISSIONS AFTER INSTALLATION IN OH AND SUBSEQUENT DIRECTORIES Components Oracle Database 10g Oracle Partitioning Oracle Net Services a Oracle Call Interface a Oracle Programmer a Oracle XML Development Kit VCC Application Server The general requirements for an application server capable of running the VCC application include Table A 3 Requirements for an Application Server Supported On Versions Supported Application Server OS Following UNIX based systems certified with Oracle Application Server 10g Release 10 1 3 IBMAIX5 2 or AIX 5 3 Sun Solaris 9 a HP UX 11 11 Application Server Oracle Application Server 10g Release 10 1 3 with the following patches 4992357 ILLEGAL ACCESS ERROR WHEN ATTEMPTING TO LOAD ORACLE SQL CHARACTERSET CLASS 4959854 CANNOT RESTART MDB THROUGH OC4J AS CONSOLE a 4645524 RETEK RMIINITIA
87. Role Permissions B 5 Table B 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Create Create Advanced Apply Changes Copy New Delete Group List Delete Create Data View Edit NONE Create Aggregates Create NONE Revision NONE History Metrics NONE List Apply Changes Create Reports NONE List Template Create Extracts NONE List Create Preferences General NONE Layout ALL but one Lists Report Password NONE Help ALL NONE Logout NONE NONE Home NONE NONE Company 4 Create NONE Master Data ALL B 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table B 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Aggregates Create List NONE Collaborations Price Profile ALL Roles amp NONE Users Disagg Setup 4 List Create Context Based Time Only Create Daily New Edit Save Allocation Module Config A Events Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration General Demand Add Edit Delete Supply Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration DAILY Db Shipping Calendar DAILY Db Receiving Calendar Although this table broadly defines Role access and editing privileges Events module promotion editabili
88. S7 S7 S7 Partner Current Threshold 3 S1 S9 S9 S9 S9 The following rules apply when using auto status adjustment a If the Local Stream to Adjust is equal to 1 the stream specified for Type 1 is adjusted 2 the stream specified for Type 2 is adjusted 3 some other specified stream is changed a If Local Current is changed to eliminate the exception the status is Resolved Ifa third stream is changed as a result of the exception the status is In Process fno data is changed the status remains Active 6 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Table 4 shows the status codes used in Table 3 Table 3 also provides the reason codes and their description that appear in the Comments screen when that status option is triggered Table 6 3 Status Codes Status Type S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 Status Active Auto Resolved If the change is made Auto Resolved Otherwise Auto In Process Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Active Auto In Process If the change is made Auto Resolved Otherwise Auto In Process Auto In Process Auto In Process Set Resolution Description none Local issue changed value The local value was adjusted to match the partner s value because a local error was discovered If the change is made local issue changed value The local value was adjusted to match the partner s value
89. Scheduler is preloaded with the tasks commands required to facilitate basic VCC processing needs Ordinarily you do not have to add new tasks for any VCC processing requirements You can however add any other system task command and schedule it for processing using the scheduler Note Superadmin can view the list of Tasks associated with company assigned Modules Superuser and ServerAdmin can view a list of Tasks associated with Modules licensed to the Hub See Scheduler Task Descriptions lists a brief description of each preloaded Task Table 24 1 Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 1 Complete Exception Creates a new aggregate stream or links to an existing Criteria Creation aggregate stream Changes the aggregate exception criteria Status from Pending to Active 2 Extract Supply Blocked Extracts Supply Blocked Dates from the Oracle Retail VCC Dates Database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Extraction Scheduler machine 3 Extract UOMs Extracts the current Unit of Measure UOM options from the Oracle Retail VCC database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Extraction Scheduler machine Or to directory path configured in the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator UI Managing the Scheduler 24 5 Working with Tasks Table 24 1 Cont Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 4 Extract Users 5 Pro
90. Search Features The Exceptions Inbox Individual screen shown below provides the following individual exception information in the Display pane Exceptions 5 1 Introduction Figure 5 1 Exceptions Inbox Individual Screen Context Display Mode diz Ty a Er oo O Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product gt Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot gt Department 04 gt G04 06 FLOUR duct Name OGIN OLIN Mrolder 2 LURO Search Product v Select Bookmark v Individual Group External Partner Apply Changes View Collapsed Displaying 1 20 of 32 oH Criteria Name Severity Period Product Status Deviation Percent View Criteria Created A ENE A O ajos FOOD zaag Supersedes Y 1900 12667 0 Sooo o gn oy o a BRNE ees ao y R o poni ow ASE RTE mees ao a 3065 o pon w o E BRUTE mee so com o BA MA a MM 200 aa zo The inbox initially shows all exceptions generated at or below the context you have selected However you may customize your view in the following ways Apply a default filter to see only the exceptions important to you a To create a filter see Setting Inbox Filters Preferences for details a Toseta filter as your default see Setting List Screen Preferences for details When you select Exceptions Inbox from the Menu the Context Chooser Display Mode tab shows your
91. Smucker s Valid 4 Click Process On Demand 6 24 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts The number format date format time format time zone and decimal places specified in the Company General Config E mail tab is applied to the Exception E mail Alert Default E mail format visible columns and multi column sort order rules specified in the Company Module Config Exceptions tab is applied to Exception E mail Alerts In addition to the individual and group exceptions that are displayed in the E Mail alert there are links Both Plain text and HTML formats provide access to the following screens Inbox Opens the Exception Inbox screen that displays the selected context and exceptions a View Exception Opens the Exception Detail screen Group Inbox Opens the Group Inbox screen that displays the selected context and exceptions These links return you to different Oracle Retail VCC exception views You need to log into the application to view the details for each link if you are not already logged in Sample HTML E Mail Alert Figure 6 17 Sample HTML E Mail Alert Individual Exceptions orn Severity Go To Go To Product Local Partner Variance Source Compared Percent Created Status UOM Typel Type2 7 POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Medium Inbox STA m Paner k Nabisco i speedy Rx 90 0 62 0 42 0 47 62 OS Active are Units POS Uni
92. The Purge Data screen appears 3 Click the Master Data Purge check box Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen 4 Click the Purge button to purge all data in the VCC recycle bin Purging Event Promotions Event Promotions data includes the information stored in promotion periods where the product is offered at a changed or reduced price The items that appear on the purge event promotions data screen are those transactions that were specified in the Purge Requests pane Prior to purging data jobs must first be created in Company Purge Requests See Creating Purge Requests To initiate the purge procedure for purging event promotions 1 Click Purge Data from the VCC menu The Purge Data screen appears 2 Click the Event Promotions Purge check box Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen 3 Click the Purge button to purge promotional events Purging Collaboration Item Comments Collaboration Item Comments refers to the data contained in context level collaboration item comments The comments that appear on the purge comments data screen are those comments that were specified in the Purge Requests pane Prior to purging data jobs must first be created in Company Purge Requests See Creating Purge Requests To initiate the purge procedure for purging collab
93. These attributes further describe the tactic with the exception of Other and Trade Funds These two categories only have a Value Unit Of Measure Begin and End Date and Comment option when they are selected Selecting any other tactics from the drop down produces a new list that appears in the next drop down immediately to its right that is when a selection is made in the Category column the Tactic column becomes active with the appropriate choices All categories includes a numeric Value text UOM Begin Date End Date and a text Comment can be entered for every activity Comments can be up to 255 characters The table below shows a list of all the available options that can be selected for a tactic The Value Unit Of Measure and Comment fields are always available for each category regardless of what is selected in the drop downs Events 10 9 Promotions Table 10 1 Promotion Tactics Category Tactic Ad Billboard Direct Mail Ad Direct Mail Blow In Flyer Free Standing Insert Handbill Internet Ad Line Ad Magazine Ad Mobile Ad Newspaper Ad Radio Ad Retail Circular Shelf Talker Television Ad Display Display general Dump Bin Display End Cap Display Floor Stack Display In Store Dispenser Module Display On Counter Display Rack Display Shelf Extender Display Shipper Display Transparency Temporary Outpost 10 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Table 10 1 Cont
94. To use this feature you must 1 Configure Extracts using the Oracle Retail VCC configuration tool For details on configuring the Oracle Retail VCC Servlet see the Oracle Retail VCC Installation Guide Schedule the event to perform extract For details on scheduling events see Managing the Scheduler Optionally define the format for extracted files For details see the Oracle RetailVCC Operations Guide Once you or the system administrator completes these procedures you can use the Extracts tool by selecting Extracts from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Retrieving Extracted Data To extract specific data you must specify a context for extraction The Extracts tool obtains the data at the time the extraction event is scheduled When the data you requested is processed it is available to you as a hyperlink in compressed zip format from the Extracts List screen Click the link and save the data on your computer Extracts 4 1 Introduction The Extracts List screen contains the following Delete deletes an extraction job access to this feature is limited to superadmin admin manager and supervisor Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Extract Type extract types Master Data or Other modular data View Edit drilldown dot that allows you to examine extract details Local the loc
95. Types from the selection box by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on individual types or by holding down the Shift key and selecting multiple types 2 Select specific Source Data from the Type and Sub Type drop downs below and whether or not the dates should encompass a fixed or rolling time period Note that measure streams cannot be disaggregated so they are not included in the drop down list 3 Select the context Location Partner Product Period on which you want to disaggregate Note that one of location partner or product must be at the folder level and the other two must be at the leaf level since disaggregation progresses from the folder level to the leaf level and you cannot disaggregate on two folders at once You cannot use the root folder for any of these three dimensions to create a disaggregation profile If you select a Partner category all the leaf partners in the category with whom you collaborate are assigned a disaggregation value based on the factor 4 Click the Create button The screen displaying the requested Collaboration appears Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 20 7 Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab Figure 20 7 Screen Displaying the Requested Collaboration Disagg Setupe Nabisco 10 124 1107 Context Location Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product amp Planters Effectivity gt Dec 2004
96. VCC User Interface Figure 2 23 Bookmark Product Comparisons Partner Product Compare Product Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Ax at Boston Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Ax at Boston Planters Cashews Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partner Planters Holiday Pack q Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partner Planters Cashews REE Holiday Pack Display Mode Context Chooser Display Mode allows you to choose how you display data streams to search for exceptions to customize how you view criteria or to select a promotion event comparison type and time period depending on what you select from the Menu Below are examples of how the Context Chooser Display Mode screen appears when you have selected one of the following from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Data View Edit Exceptions Inbox Exceptions Criteria or Promotions Plan Data View Edit Display Mode shown below lets you customize how your data streams are displayed Make your selections and click the Set icon Figure 2 24 Data View Edit Display Mode Screen Context Display Mode r ae 43 we e Expand None Type SubType y Group all UOM Stat Units v View by Period Weeks v Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr x E a aaa O Mode Default You can also save your display modes for future use by clicking the Save this display mode icon To save a display mode 1 Choose you
97. Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Note If you delete a leaf or all leaves from a folder that has exception criteria either Sum or Any with active exceptions the old exceptions for this criteria are not to be removed Additionally for aggregate exceptions Sum the drilled down Grid View cannot be displayed Expanded View You can view individual or group exceptions in expanded view or collapsed view Expanded view shows each exception individually at or below a given context as shown below Figure 5 7 Exception Inbox Expanded View Individual Group External Partner Apply Changes View Collapsed Displaying 1 20 of 31 oH Criteria Name Severity mt Period Product Status Partner Deviation Percent View Criteria Created o oro Medium O eae PURPOSE FLOUR Supersedes Y Buyer 10 00 66 67 o e2010 o gwia meam OSUD PURPOSERLOUR Supersedes W Buyer a00 e867 RES o gwan medm O CES Pose Supersedes W Buyer 1300 a857 AS o owMagn Medium ae ae PURPOSE FLOUR Supersedes Y Buyer 13 00 86 67 e bdo o Ear Medun Decne PURPOSE FLOUR Supersedes Y Buyer 13 00 2667 12 26 06 o ee Medium O e es FLOUR Supersedes v Buyer 13 00 86 67 pie 314024 Collapsed View The collapsed view collapses multiple exceptions to a single entry in the Inbox The exceptions are collapsed on the following fields a Local Partner a Product a UOM a Base stream type code Ty
98. Viewing Exceptions in the Partner INDOX oncncninnnnnnicnnnnnnnonincnnnnaroronnnnonnaroronnncnnro ro ron ninio rorancnoss 5 20 Managing Data Stream Exceptions cccccseesecssesessscneeeesesesesesssescseseececsssesesesseecseeeeesscsesesesseaees 5 21 Exception Statuses annasa iii Er ei al Men lhe ANA EA ARA IRE 5 21 Managing Data Stream Exceptions Automatically cccccccccscsescsssteeseseeteeseecenesesesneeneneees 5 21 Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually cccccccecccesseseensnesesesteeseeeees 5 22 Creating and Viewing Exception Comments oconioicicinnnnnnincnnnnncnnncncoronnncanon coro rnn cn nrn raro ran cion ronca 5 22 Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features oooioiininnnnnininnnnncncnncncnrornnnoncoro ro rnnc crono ro ronccroro rancios 5 23 About Exception Inbox Filter and Search cccccccesessesssssesesesesesssesesescsssesesescssssseseecssessneseseeees 5 23 Using the Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features ococococionocononinnnocanananonononananononononananonononoos 5 25 Exception Criteria Data Stream Exception Criteria cccceesecsseeessseseeeceesesesesseececseneeeseesesesssesesesseesessesseesesessesenaeeeees 6 1 Creating Data Stream Exception Criterla oooccconcinnnnnmmnmrrrrrrrrrererarerrerararnrnareres 6 2 Individual Exception Criteria oocicoconoinnnnnnnnncnnononnonnnonennnannnononananonononananonononon anar onononananonononanaronononos 6 2 Individual Exception
99. aggregates are available for the selected context they appear in a list The aggregates can be displayed either at and below the location partner product or at the location partner product context Multi selecting on the Type and UOM options gives you the ability to limit the list to only aggregates of a specific UOM or a specific set of UOMs The list may be sorted by location partner product type number of aggregates or UOM by clicking on the appropriate column header The Company Aggregates List screen displays a list of items that are unique at the Local Partner Stream Type Product and UOM combination level Periods can be viewed by drilling down through the number link located in the Number Of Aggregates column The number link indicates the number of periods you can see upon drilling down It is also possible to delete aggregates from this screen The total number of items displayed in the list can not exceed 50 000 However it is possible to set the number of items to be displayed per page This is configured in the Results per page field on the Company General Config Preferences screen Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To delete aggregates in the list 1 Select your company superuser serveradmin only 2 Select Company Aggregates from the VCC menu and click the List tab Set the context for the aggregates you want to
100. all_periods day 2 DataValues Sum of data stream values of all the periods in Count all_periods History The History selection calculates the lift pattern based on history For each day the value is the average for that day of week in the history period compared to all days of the week in the selected input period according to the following formula Figure 11 13 Formula to Calculate History X DataValues all _ periods all _ periods day y DataValues all _ periods Count History y Count all _ periods day where the history day is equal to the count of all periods divided by the count of all periods equal to day times the sum of data values for all periods equal to day divided by the sum of data values for all periods see below Figure 11 14 Definition of Terms Used in the History Calculation Example Total number of Mondays in a 7 Day Period Example For 2 Periods in a 7 Day Period total value of 2 Mondays Specifying Lift Patterns Lift Patterns are specified very much like the way time only disaggregation is specified with a few exceptions Each week set has a normalize check box which functions as follows When the box is empty the values entered in the edit boxes is saved as is When the box is selected the values entered in the edit boxes is normalized so that their average is equal to 1 0 This is done by calculating their average and dividing each number by the average so t
101. appropriate radio button option Click Buyer amp Seller if valid users from both the buyer and the seller trading partner companies can edit in this Data Stream Click Buyer if valid users from only the buyer trading partner companies can edit in this Data Stream Click Seller if valid users from only the seller trading partner companies can edit in this Data Stream When either Buyer or Seller is selected the substreams display an option to establish Year Ago substream designations for the subtypes Under that condition a check box for Year Ago appears next to each substream If you select the option you can view a data stream containing Year Ago data for the subtype In the Streams View Edit When section choose the appropriate radio button option Click Never Editable if editing in the Data View is not to be allowed under any circumstance for any user Click Editable in Future if editing in the Data View is only to be allowed in future time periods by valid users Click Editable in Past if editing in the Data View is only to be allowed in past time periods by valid users Click Always Editable if editing in the Data View is only to be allowed in both past and future time periods by valid users The Assigned to field lists the trading partner companies who are assigned this stream After you click the Save button and select the Real Time Export box the changes that are made to the data stream in the Data View Edit screen is aut
102. are no multiple results found and only one user who fits the search criteria there is no list only the user name is highlighted If there is only one search result match the user tree appears with the user s name highlighted Once you create a new user you must set the access control for the user For details on setting the access control for a new user see Setting and Editing User Access Control To create a new user in a specific role 1 2 Click Roles amp Users from the VCC menu wo woe n n Highlight reviewer planner supervisor manager admin super_admin or server_admin depending on the role to which you want to assign the user Right click the Role folder to access the Create User pop up 14 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Figure 14 16 Create User option Role admin 23 all ERS limited_admin E reviewer I E planmer E supervisor E anager m E admir Create User E Dave Wilson HE Friar Tuck Lisa Hill Molly Fitz Rich Fitz H Rishi Krotha Sherry Wood 4 Left click the Create User pop up The Create User screen appears Figure 14 17 Create User Screen Create User Role manager User Name Real Name E Mail Address Telephone Number Fax Number Password Confirm Password Language Ameri
103. as part of total on hand Number gt 0 Apply Frozen Period Takes Total Lead Time sum of Order Processing Time and Transit Lead Time into account in the supply calculation The projected inventory cells in the table are highlighted based on comparing the inventory to certain parameters Blue Projected ending inventory lt min inventory Yellow Projected ending inventory gt max inventory Red Projected ending inventory lt 0 Orange Projected beginning inventory lt consumption forecast for the next period None All other Supply 12 7 Using Interactive Supply Figure 12 5 Cells in the table highlighted based on the inventory compared to certain parameters Parameters Order Proc Lead Time Periods fz Min Order Qty 2 00 Min Inventory 100 096 I apply Frozen Period Transit Lead Time Periods E Order Increment Qty 1 00 Max Inventory 150 096 Receiving Lead Time Periods o Safety Stock 0 00 Unavail Stock 0 00 M inv lt Min Inv Ml inv lt Zero OD inv gt Max Inv M inv lt Cons Next period Save All Recalculate Save Data Stream Restore Policy Save Policy Planning Horizon 5 10 18 03 10 19 03 10 2003 10 2103 10 2203 10 23 03 10 24 03 10 25 03 10 26 03 Local a a a a a a SalesFostBase 333 00 444 00 555 00 666 00 777 00 888 00 a a a a a a Sales FostProm a a a a a a Sales FostSeas a a a a Ship Forecast Base a a a a a a Ship Fore
104. available from Visual Numerics Inc Alternatively a lookup table can be generated using the normsinv function in Microsoft Excel Safety Stock Calculation G 3 Safety Stock Logic Item Description Source o Estimator of Calculated using the given basis date range and error Standard Deviation estimator of demand during the lead time Sigma in the above equation is calculated as follows Figure G 5 Formula to Calculate Estimator of Standard Deviation of Demand gt gt O 1 03 uyo Item Description Source c Standard deviationof Calculated demand during the lead time Mean demand Calculated during the lead time Standard deviationof Calculated Ga demand during a period E Standard deviation of Read from Supply J lead time in terms of Policy periods Lt Mean of demand Calculated l during a period calculated u Mean lead time in Read from Supply terms of periods Policy For a basis other than forecast error the actual standard deviation of the given data stream is used Figure G 6 Formula to Calculate Mean of Demand during a period G 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Logic Figure G 7 Formula to Calculate Standard deviation of demand during a period Tn ae gt D a o d n 1 Item Description Source Standard deviation per period Calculated G4 i time period i Counter n number of time periods Calculated D Dema
105. company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to delete and click Delete Hiding Links Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To hide an existing link or make a hidden link visible 1 Select Configuration from the VCC menu to hide links for all companies on the Server select Company Configuration to hide links for a specific company 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 14 13 Links Screen Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Visible Hidden 7 a 7 Save Edit Delete Ada 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to hide and click the arrow to move it into the Hidden category To make a hidden link visible click the arrow to move it into the Visible category Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level with the Roles and Users Screen Managing users involves tasks that include a Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display a Roles amp Users Search a Creating Users a Setting and Editing User Access Control a Examining a User a Disabling a User a Moving a User to a New Role Server Level Configuration and Management 14 15 Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display Changing a User Password Copying a User Designating a System User Oracle Retail VCC defines the following roles into which you can group users Servera
106. company or multiple companies for which you want to assign modules 4 Select the check boxes next to the module you want active for the company 5 If you select a single company click the View Selected button The modules assigned to that company appear You can assign or unassign modules Figure 14 3 View and Assign Modules Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Selected Company Name AB Corp Events Demand Supply Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts BHR HH HAA Save Cancel 6 Click Save Server Level Configuration and Management 14 5 About Data Stream Types and Data Streams About Data Stream Types and Data Streams A Data Stream Type is a configured group of fixed and modifiable attributes that define the way you can view and manipulate data in Oracle Retail VCC When a Data Stream Type is combined with a set of time series data it is called a Data Stream You can create view or edit a Data Stream depending on your role when a The agreed upon time series Period hierarchy is established and available to the trading partner companies The Data Stream module is licensed to the user s company The Stream Type is assigned to the user s company a Hierarchies for the context items Product Partner and Local are established and available to the administrators in the Master Data screens for each trading partner company a Collaborations are established between
107. configure Stream Sets 1 2 3 4 Click Company Module Config in the VCC menu Pick a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Click the Events tab Select the Stream Set Configuration subtab under Events The Events Stream Set Configuration screen appears Figure 17 1 Events Stream Set Configuration screen Labels Configured stream sets PENE c Stream Sets Managing Company Module Configuration 17 1 Configuring Labels in the Events Module 5 Figure 17 2 Events Stream Set Configuration Screen If no Stream Sets are configured click Add The Event Stream Set Configuration screen appears sco 10 124 1107 Event Stream Set Configuration Name AAA 1 0 Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Creator Enable Totals Base Price Input Price Measure Price Base Local Promo Price Output Price Measure Price Current Local Base Sales Forecast Input Calculated Stream 19 7 Movement Calculated stri9 1 local a Promo Sales Forecast Output Calculated Stream 19 Movement Calculated Str19 1 Local O Actual Sales Input calculated Stream 19 Movement Calculated stri9 1 7 Local O DC Order Forecast Output none El None Local a DSD Order Forecast Output None El None Local Li Forward Buy Forecast Output None none ll Lotil r On Hand Inventory N A one None None 7 E Monata Salesi wa mme Rone E ra E 6 7 8 9 Enter a Name for the stream set Select f
108. context those columns are collapsed Preferences 9 3 Layout Unlike when you and your partner use uniform data periods in the past are not collapsed This prevents locking out daily product activity data edits for past periods by inadvertently collapsing them a Number of Digits is used to specify the default width of each column in the table view This does not apply to the data contained in the column only to the width of the column containing the data Maximum column width is 22 digits wide To set your preferences in Defaults 1 Select the Preferences Layout Data Defaults subtab The following screen appears in the Display pane Figure 9 2 Table Graph Screen Preferences Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups Display Mode Default M Stream Period Display Begin Date OEnd Date Start Period Current Period O periods in the past periods in the future Number of Period Display Columns 2o Graph y axis M scale To Fit Collapse empty columns Number of Digits Save Din past Cin future 8 2 Choose your data stream default settings 3 Click Save and your data stream preferences are set Creating and Editing Period Overlays In Oracle Retail VCC your data is displayed across time Depending on how your Oracle Retail VCC database is configured the data displayed in a time series where the base periods are either weekly or
109. data change 7 11 data stream 7 12 delete 7 18 distribution exception 7 13 exception log 7 14 extract 7 14 last transaction 7 15 no transaction 7 15 promotion detail 7 16 promotion item 7 16 send 7 17 view 7 2 report templates create 7 3 required fields 2 28 responsibilities administrator 13 6 superuser 13 5 retrieve extracted data 4 1 right click menu utility 3 1 roles overview 22 3 roles and users search 22 4 rolling error 8 15 rules safety stock calculation 12 14 S safety stock feature 12 10 sample exception e mail alerts 17 15 scheduler events 24 2 scheduler interface 24 2 scheduler task descriptions 24 5 search roles and users 14 17 server admin 13 2 server locks 23 7 server level configuration 14 1 set export compression size 14 36 highlight source 9 13 inbox filter preferences 9 20 list screen preferences 9 21 usage statistics 14 37 set user access 14 20 shipping receiving calendar 17 11 simple math 8 16 difference 8 16 ratio 8 17 sum 8 17 status codes 6 15 straight line disaggregation 20 3 enable 20 4 stream types tab 15 10 streams 7 9 submenus 2 9 superuser 13 1 supply 12 1 batch jobs 12 9 supply module stream set 17 9 supply policy create 12 2 supported platforms 2 1 system user 14 25 T table graph preferences 9 3 create period overlays 9 4 edit period overlays 9 4 set 9 3 set highlight source 9 13 table graph view 10 38
110. data stream exception criteria is essentially the same no matter what data stream condition you are trying to detect The type of exception criteria is determined by the data stream comparison type you specify Exceptions are not generated until a change or edit is made to the data stream that meets the exception criteria specified or the exception criteria is processed on demand There are two types of exception criteria Individual and Group When you select Exceptions Criteria from the Oracle Retail VCC menu two tabs appear in the Display pane that allow you to view and create individual and group exception criteria Individual Exception Criteria The Exceptions Criteria Individual screen contains the following components Individual Exception Criteria List Creating Individual Exception Criteria Individual Exception Criteria List Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer However planners and reviewers cannot delete exception criteria or process exception criteria On Demand Click Exceptions Criteria Individual List and the following screen appears in the Display pane Figure 6 1 Individual Exception Criteria List Exceptions Criteria Context Display Mode i za 4 Local TestSellerCo Partner Test Buyer Co Product Test Product Show criteria at and below this context v Y Individual Group List Create Displaying 1 1 of 1 Xx SH Name Active E
111. default filter in the Select A Filter drop down seen below Figure 5 2 Select A Filter Drop down List Context Display Mode L2 y E E 5 C Filter Select A Filter v C Search Choose Search Type v You can view all the exceptions generated on your selected context by clicking Unfiltered View on the Display Mode tab This also changes the Display Mode to display the filter and search features For details see Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features a Arrange the order of the columns to suit your needs For details see Setting List Screen Preferences a Specify a multi column sort order Inbox View Buttons There are two buttons that appear on the Inbox List screen which provide conveniences while viewing exceptions 5 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction Figure 5 3 Inbox View Buttons Select Bopkerark dividual Group External Partner View Collapsed Apply Changes Displaying 1 20 of 3 oH Criteria Name Severity t Period Product Status Deviation 15 Jae CRISCO 3LB O AN Medium BTTR Supersedes 8 00 ioe SHORTENIN 06 View Exceptions The View Exceptions button appears whenever the Show column is displayed This column of check boxes allows you to select exception data that you wish to view consecutively in more detail The View Exceptions button appears disabled until at least one check box is selected to show
112. different levels of abstraction For example one trading partner may provide values at the product category level while another provides forecasts at the product leaf level The data stream disaggregation feature makes it easy for a trading partner who only provides data streams at the category level to assign forecast values to leaf items and then compare them with a trading partner who uses a leaf level method For example you have a product category called All Natural Potato Chips The forecast value for it is 100 You collaborate with your trading partner on this item but your trading partner further refines the All Natural Potato Chips category into several leaf items 16 oz potato chips 32 oz potato chips and Jumbo Pack Your problem is to take the forecast value for the entire category 100 which represents an aggregate value for all subfolders and to allocate it among the leaf items so you can collaborate with your partner on individual product items such as Jumbo Pack Once you have defined the disaggregation profile for the product category Oracle Retail VCC calculates and assigns the appropriate values for you On the other hand data stream aggregation allows a trading partner who uses the leaf level forecasting method to roll up total or aggregate individual forecast values for any category and compare them with a trading partner who forecasts at the category level Data stream disaggregation and aggregation provide the com
113. exception criteria and metrics VCC Integrator General A facility in Oracle Retail VCC that maps validates and loads data into a VCC database Task Scheduler A command executed by the Scheduler telescoping General Similar to a rolling period overlay This type of overlay overlay automatically rounds up any extra time buckets in the overlay to get to the next size Threshold Exception A value specified in an exception criterion that is used as the point of comparison for determining whether an exception has occurred time bucket General A period of time in which quantities of data should be summed up For example if you are creating a period overlay for weekly data then you specify a bucket size of 4 to total 4 weeks of data for each column that you are creating transit lead Supply The travel time between the seller location and time buyer location Glossary 7 Glossary 8 English Term Function Module Definition Trend Hold Demand trials Demand unavailable Supply stock Unitof Measure General UOM Usage Report General Deviation Exception Volatility Scorecard The degree to which the periodic trend has held steady in recent periods The number of times a statistical model is calculated to optimize the model s parameters The number of inventory items that cannot be used but must be counted as part of the total The scalar type used to measure quantities of the item e g kilograms meters
114. exclusive access to Company creation The superuser must create all companies that will do business on the server The Configuration screen not to be confused with the specific Company Configuration pane in the Oracle Retail VCC menu allows the superuser to modify attributes of the data streams available to all companies specify the Oracle Retail VCC program modules that can be used by all companies set up links that are displayed in the Links menu specify the language to be used and configure billing usage report information Time period creation The superuser must create the time periods to be used by companies on the server a Database purge functions Company administrators can submit purge requests to the superuser to purge their transaction data The superuser can also purge all master data hierarchy folders that has been placed in recycle bins The Server Admin The server admin has the same access rights as superuser with only one exception The server admin cannot create other superusers or server administrators All other roles can be created by the server admin Refer to The Superuser for full details The Integrator User In addition to the superuser and server admin an Integrator user role exists with the username integratoruser and the default password pinkrhino The Integrator user is independent of any company and cannot log in to the Client The Integrator user is the default user for the VCC Integr
115. exist independent of context because many different Items may be tied in to the same Promotion For instance you could have a Holiday Clearance Sale that included both candy and toys These Items would share the same Promotion Holiday Clearance Sale but could exist at different contexts because you may have different partners associated with different Items candy and toys Therefore in order to view all the Items relevant to a particular Promotion you would need to select a folder level partner in the Context Chooser when viewing a specific Promotion Figure 10 1 Events and Promotions Promotion ____ A e ames Y Note When selecting from the Partner tree you may not select a folder that contains locations from more than one company Attempting to do so prompts the VCC to display an error message The Events Overview is comprised of three tabbed views a Events Calendar Tab a Events List Tab Events Create Tab Note Before editing an Event that has been loaded in an Edit Operation using the Integrator check the Monitor Job screen to verify that the job is complete before trying to edit the Event This avoids creation of any data discrepancy Check the Monitor jobs screen to see if the jobs corresponding to that event is completed and then allow the user for editing Events Calendar Tab The Events Calendar screen provides a calendar view of the Events you have created The calendar
116. for an Item is lowered due to a particular type of Promotion This could include a substitute item being promoted because a complimentary item is out of stock or discontinued 7 If you want to create your own ID Prefix for the Items created clear the System Generated ID check box This allows you to set a Sequence Begin Number default is 1 and Item ID Prefix or to Manually enter the ID information for each item If you clear this box a Select the Manual radio button and enter the IDs manually on the next Item List screen The Promotion Item ID column is left blank so that you can enter each Item ID yourself Select the Generated radio button and enter an Item ID Prefix and or a Sequence Begin Number The Item ID Prefix allows you the option of entering your own sequence of 10 alphanumeric characters that helps you customize and identify the Items you create The Sequence Begin Number allows you to enter up to 5 numeric Characters that determine with which number the Item ID sequence begins For instance if you create 3 Items and have entered 2000 as the Sequence Begin Number your Items are numbered 2000 2001 and 2002 Each consecutive number is incremented by 1 Note If you have opted to manually assign Promotion Item IDs by clearing the System Generated check box you are required to assign unique alphanumeric Item IDs to each Item prior to clicking the Create button on the Promotion Item List scre
117. have been calculated This is useful if you want to use the output of one metric as the input for another a Last Updated By The name of the last user who updated the Metric Last Updated The date and time the metric definition was last updated a Last Run The date and time the metric was last calculated Last Run By The name of the last user to run processing a Status Status of metric Status includes both Active and Processed metrics When a metric is created it is assigned an Active status After job processing is completed status changes to Processed a Sum If your context contains a folder that you choose to aggregate on all the leaves under the selected folder are summed On the list screen this column can be blank or contains either Local Partner Product or a combination of the three a Copy Copy an existing metric This takes you to a screen duplicating the original metric s settings where you can name the metric change the context make adjustments or save it as is Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Metrics 8 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing and Editing Metrics Figure 8 1 Metrics List Detail View Context Display Mode tL ie 4 FRI DS Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt
118. inprocess escalated auto escalated auto incomplete supersedes or in process exception is removed from the inbox if you delete the criterion that triggered it after the next processing round Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Oracle Retail VCC allows you to manually change the status of Active In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes exceptions by Dismissing an exception removes the exception from the inbox a Marking an exception Unresolvable removes the exception from the inbox a Resolving an exception it is not deleted marks the exception as resolved and removes it from the inbox Managing the status of an exception from Active to In Process the exception as being worked on See Exception Statuses for a list of valid exception statuses and their descriptions To change the status of an exception 1 Select the appropriate status In Process Resolved Unresolved Dismissed or Escalated from the drop down list in the Exceptions Inbox screen 2 Click the Apply Changes icon Note When an exception is marked Resolved Unresolvable or Dismissed it disappears from the Exceptions Inbox Creating and Viewing Exception Comments Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer Oracle Retail VCC all
119. is not able to view any data Setting and Editing User Access Control Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Accessing the User Access Control Screens All user Access Control are managed through a right click menu in the Roles amp Users screen To access this screen 1 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC menu 2 Highlight the user whom you want to add or change Access Control for and right click Select Access Control from the menu 14 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Figure 14 19 Assign User Access Control E manager E admin g super_admin HE Dave Wilson HE Friar Tuo LE LisaHil Ct La Molly F Examine User Molly L Rich Fi LE Rishi Kh 2 Shery Wood Access Control Copy User 3 The Hierarchy Access screen appears by default This is a tabbed view which allows access to a Hierarchy access control Stream access control Module access control Select the appropriate tab s to modify access control for that user Hierarchy Access Oracle Retail VCC allows you to grant a user access to any category or leaf level item in a location hierarchy partner hierarchy and or product hierarchy You cannot however grant a user access to the company root folder for any hierarchy If you want to do this when creating the company you must create a dummy root folder and then create the real root folder All Products for example b
120. link that appears under Links in the VCC menu 5 In the URL field enter the URL for the link and click Test Link to ensure it works 6 Click Save Editing a Company Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To edit an existing link 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 15 7 Link Screen Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Visible Hidden MyProduct El D Save Edt Delete Ada 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to edit and click Edit The Update Link screen appears 15 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Links for a Company Figure 15 8 Update Link Screen Link Name MyProduct Rename Link MyProduct URL http yahoo com Test Link Save Cancel 4 Inthe Rename Link field enter a new name for the link if required 5 Inthe URL field enter the new URL if required 6 Click Save Deleting a Company Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To delete an existing link 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 15 9 Links Screen Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Visible Hidden 3
121. lists Figure 7 10 Streams Selection Sections Type Subtype Creator Average Price v Average Price v Coca None be N A N A Y None i N A N A None v Nia v N A Y None v N A y N A Y None v N A y N A Y None v N A Y N A Y None v N A Y N A Y None b N A Y N A Y None y N A y N A Click the Compare check box to specify which comparison to show if any On a weekly database you can select from None Week Ago prior period or Year Ago 52 periods ago On a Daily database select from None Yesterday prior period Week Ago 7 periods ago or Year Ago 365 periods ago Click Save The created report appears in the Reports List screen Reports 7 11 Creating Reports Figure 7 11 Compare Section Compare Yesterda Iv Year Ago Yesterday IV week Ago Year Ago rc m Formula applied to all five streams Change Prior Period 100 current period prior period prior period Change Year Ago 100 current period year ago year ago Data Stream A Data Stream report contains no calculations other than summation it extracts and formats multiple data streams for multiple contexts Note Ifthe specified horizon falls outside of the Period Overlay you select the report is not to be rejected but is to be reported at the period overlay If records processed in a report have duplicate UOM or Offset and either of these c
122. metric are outside of the period overlay No period overlay items were found within the range specified Current Date may not correspond to any period in the system or no periods are defined in the system for the Range specified Metric Types The Metrics module allows for the calculation of fourteen fixed business metrics Some of the metrics are available at leaf level and folder level contexts and some only at folder level as shown below In addition some metrics can be calculated according to Metric Output period overlays The output of a metric calculation is written to the chosen output stream which is editable by the company creating the metric The output is either at leaf level or at the aggregate level based on the sum on option chosen at the time of metric creation as well as the Period option If any of the four dimensions Creator Location Partner Location Product Period are at a folder level the output is written at an aggregate level for Measure Stream output only 8 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types If a fixed period overlay which has folder period items is used then the output is written at folder periods This applies to all but Balance streams Period Overlays with Period Offsets When Period Overlays have Period Offsets the offset refers to the overlay periods not the base periods For instance if you set up a monthly overlay and specify an offset o
123. must be defined as running from Monday through Sunday a This is only available for movement streams Viewing Data in Expand Mode Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer Oracle Retail VCC allows you to select a combination of folder and leaf level context items to display data When your context contains a folder level component the Display pane normally shows the total of all the items in the folder The Expand function displays the figures for each item within the folders you selected except items not available for your collaboration You can now select combinations of leaf and folder levels such as two folders and one leaf or two leaves and one folder However at least one folder must be selected in order to use the Expand feature The Display pane shows the data stream values for each of the active items currently in the folder For inactive items there are no values shown Expand Mode is available in the Data View Edit Display Mode screen when multiple context items Product Partner or Local are at a folder level The selected Comparison Mode affects what is displayed Only the Primary comparator is in effect while in Expand Mode For example a Inthe Partner Current Partner Previous Comparison mode only the Partner Current comparator is in effect in Expand Mode This is used to view read only the folder items in a data stream that only your partner can edit a neither
124. name a Deviation lt gt or and a value You can filter your exception inbox based on deviation values you specify This allows you to display all exceptions with specific deviations from the original data stream value You can specify a deviation value that is greater than gt less than lt or equal to a specific deviation value For example if you want to display all exceptions that vary by at least 10 than the original data stream value you would specify a deviation value of gt 10 a Percent lt gt or and a percentage or Infinity Note Infinity displays all exceptions where the percentage deviation is equal to infinity Created Before After or Between a Period format MM DD YYYY Note Between includes both start amp end dates a Status Active In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes or Auto In Process Severity Low Medium or High a UOM Base Units Stat Units Loads or Currency Type 1 type 1 stream name Type 2 type 2 stream name 5 24 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features Criteria Name The above search filter criteria allow you to display specific exceptions or broad categories of exceptions based on your requirements Using the Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features To locate an individual exception using the Exception Inbox Search or
125. number of list items that can be displayed per page The default is 500 Decimal places displayed Affects how numerical values are displayed In the Decimal places displayed field enter the number of decimal places you want displayed The default is two decimal places Start Day of Week allows selection of which day to begin the calendar week with If your business week begins on Wednesday you have the ability to change the starting weekday that appears in the pop up calendar Figure 15 2 Pop up Calendar lt September v gt Managing Company General Information and Preferences 15 3 Managing Company General Preferences Days in 1st Week of Year indicate the number of days that should be counted in the first week of the new year Setting this option maintains accuracy in the Events calendar as well as the pop up calendar used throughout Oracle Retail VCC Example The first week of the new year contains N number of days N is configurable from 1 7 On a Sunday Saturday week where January 1st falls on a Thursday 3 is selected from the Days in 1st Week of Year drop down This syncs up the first week of the year with the traditional first day of the year Figure 15 3 Pop up Calendar lt January a gt lt 2004 gt If however your calendar s Start Day of Week b
126. of the Context Chooser When this overlay is selected your data stream table view would appear as below 9 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Figure 9 8 Data Stream Table View POS Forecast Base i POS Forecast Prom POS Forecast Seas E POS Forecast Total Partner Curr POS Forecast Base POS Forecast Prom POS Forecast Seas POS Forecast Total Local Curr Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total Partner Curr Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj Ship Forecast Total t AgoPOS Base Creating a Telescoping Period Overlay Telescoping period overlays are similar to rolling period overlays except the time buckets are not fixed They allow you to specify the number of time buckets in the overlay but the telescoping period overlay automatically rounds up any extra time buckets in the overlay to get to the next size To create a telescoping period overlay 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click Company General Config Period Overlays for company level overlays 2 Click the Create button and the create period overlay screen appears in the Display pane 3 Select the Telescoping button and the telescoping period overlay screen appears in the Display pane Figure 9 9 Telescoping Period Overlay Screen Name OFixed ORolling Telescopi
127. of the Display pane to save the comment Note You can only delete a comment while in the Base Units UOM The other UOMs are read only To read a comment rest the cursor on the blue box in the upper right corner of the cell The comment text appears within a yellow tooltip To delete a comment 1 Access the comment by clicking the blue square 2 Delete all text and spaces associated with the comment 3 Set the Reason to lt none specified gt 4 Click Save Note Both you and your partner can read a comment you create However only you or your company users can delete or modify it Editing a Data Stream Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Oracle Retail VCC allows you to edit your local data stream only You cannot edit a data stream received from a trading partner To edit a local data stream in table format 1 Select your context 2 Click Context Chooser Display Mode and choose your settings with regards to groups time period comparison type and UOM from the drop down lists Figure 3 9 Context Chooser Display Mode Context Display Mode L ll e gt a Expand None Group all x UOM Stat Units x Type View by Period Weeks Mi SubType Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr sv E ea seats Y Mode Default v 3 Click the Set icon 4 Select Data View Edit from the Oracle Retail VCC menu and click the Table
128. only 12 streams is displayed in the applet Those streams ordered in the top 12 of your group are displayed Figure 2 31 Graph Key BH Loc Inv Target Loc Margin Yr Ago Margin ES Loc DC Inv Days H Part DC Inv Days Fw Loc Lead Time 4 r Ago Lead Time b 4 Loc Gross Margin Loc Penetration 3 5 Part Penetration gt gt Loc Order Fill Part Order Fill aan LAIA 2 26 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Your comparison mode available data and selected stream groups determines which data streams are visible by default The 12 streams shown in the column can indicate a combination of both primary and or secondary streams The primary and secondary streams you see depend on the comparison mode you have selected For example if you choose as your comparison mode a Local Current to Local Previous the primary stream is your local current stream and the secondary stream is your local previous stream a Local Current to Partner Current the primary stream is your local current stream and the secondary stream is your partner s current stream Note Year Ago streams data streams containing year ago data for the subtype can only be viewed if they are editable by the seller or the buyer but not by both Year ago streams appear in the secondary streams column regardless of whether they are editable by the seller or the buyer When displayed
129. overlay is weekly Column Prefix defaults to the existing period labels which are configured in the Company Master Data Period tree 13 If you want to show more than one display bucket in the same overlay click the button and a new display bucket characteristic entry line appears Enter the characteristics of the new display bucket To remove a display bucket click the button 14 Click Save The new overlay appears in your period overlay list Once an overlay has been created it appears in the View by Period drop down under the Display Mode tab of the Context Chooser When this overlay is selected your data stream table view would appear highlighted as seen below Figure 9 11 Data Stream Table View osas Tharams 0s oanens os Joanams o4 Joseoma os mayzos Jun 2009 ezooa cxs2000 mariano murz20os Local Curr _ e Sales Fost Dase 33 00 84 00 63 00 412 00 161 00 199 00 471 00 61 00 201 00 Sales Fost Prom Sale Forecast Seas 0 00 5 00 80 00 0 00 Sates Fost Tota 23 00 84 00 153 00 112 00 161 00 199 00 226 00 151 00 201 00 Paitne Curs Sales Fost Daze Sales Fost Pem o Sale Forecast Seas Ml a Sales Fost Total Editing Renaming and Viewing a Period Overlay To select delete view rename or create a new period overlay 1 Click Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click
130. periods less than three times the number of forecast periods a forecast is generated with a warning Forecasts are most accurate when the number of history periods is greater than three times the number of forecast periods f history contains nulls you receive a warning showing the number of nulls in the history period a If your Forecast Start date is not the current period the message Warning Adjusted Forecast Periods appears informing you that the forecast was adjusted to accommodate the new range f there is a gap between your History End date and the Forecast Start date the current period the message Warning Adjusted Forecast Periods appears informing you that the forecast was adjusted to accommodate the new range Demand 11 13 Using Interactive Demand a If your history period contains nulls at the beginning or the end the message Warning Adjusted History Periods appears informing you that the history range has been truncated as described above a If your history period contains nulls at the end the message Warning Adjusted History Periods Warning Adjusted Forecast Periods appears because the history period end nulls are added to the forecast period and both periods are adjusted Below is an example of a warning message in Demand Interactive Figure 11 10 Example of a Warning Message in the Demand Interactive Screen Context Parameters Pl History Start os 01 02 His
131. periods previous 10 09 2003 11 59 59 PM Since the First revision of the data stream is on 10 10 2003 11 00 00 there were no revisions for this offset Therefore this offset results in a NULL quantity In this example any generation offset greater than or equal to 6 yields a NULL quantity a Product name of product a Local the local location for the exception Partner the partner location for the exception a Active Exceptions displays a count of the Active In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Auto In Process and Supersedes exceptions related to the criterion Click the number in the Active Exceptions column which takes you to an inbox view that contains only the active exceptions statuses listed above for that criteria You can perform all the operations view exception view criteria view status history and change exception status that can be performed in the Exceptions Inbox If you change an exception s status in the Exceptions Criteria List Active Exception you must refresh the screen before the new Active Exception Count appears a Delete deletes an exception criterion access to this feature is limited to superadmin admin manager and supervisor Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted See Deleting Exception Criteria a Status the status of the except
132. position When saved the order chosen determines how the columns are displayed To hide a column Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to hide Click the right arrow to add the selected column to the Hidden list When saved the columns you moved to the Hidden list does not appear in the list To show a column that is hidden Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and select the column you want to show Click the left arrow to add the selected column to the Visible list When saved the columns you moved to the Visible list appears in the list 6 Use the arrow buttons to set the Multi Column Sort Order To add a column to the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of column s on the right and select the column you want to sort Click the right arrow to add the selected column s to the multi column sort list You can add as many columns as you wish When saved items in the list are sorted automatically by the column s you selected To remove a column from the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and select the column s you want to remove Click the left arrow to move the selected column to the Available list When saved items are not sorted automatically by the column you removed 7 Click Save Note Streams that have been hidden do not appear when they are selected to be part of a group If you are using Ora
133. processed for aggregates only For details on processing exceptions see Managing the Scheduler 3 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Aggregates Creating Aggregates Access to this feature superadmin admin and manager Oracle Retail VCC allows you to aggregate data for local partner and or product folder level contexts To aggregate data for local partner and or product folder level contexts 1 Select your context 2 Click Data View Edit 3 Ifno aggregate data exist for your selected context the following message appears Figure 3 12 No Aggregate Data Message No aggregate data available at this context Create Aggregates Note Ifno Create Aggregates button appears it is because you cannot create aggregates when a context folder is at root level Check your context to verify that no All Locations All Partners or All Products are selected 4 Click Create Aggregates 5 Ifaggregates can be created the Context Chooser Context displays a Period Link Click the link to choose the time period s for the aggregates 6 Select the time period from the Period Tree screen and Click the Create Aggregates icon to begin creating aggregates Figure 3 13 Period Tree Screen EHS All Periods EhB 4 4 5 Months_NEW me 2005 ERS 2005 JAN 2 01 02 05 01 08 05 HS 01 09 05 01 15 05 43 01 16 05 01 22 05 ES 2005 FEB HE 01 23 05 01 29 05 E 01 30 05
134. produced A supplier may have forecasts for multiple generations that it identifies differently while the retailer continues to assign each generation the same SKU To be able to compare forecasts produced at different levels of granularity create an additional folder in the product or location folder for the higher level element that is being planned For example if a brand offers four varieties of one liter fruit flavored sparkling water but the retailer does not forecast each flavor the supplier can enter forecasts for each flavor and Oracle Retail VCC aggregates and compares them with the retailer s single flavored number The resulting products folder is shown in the figure below Master Data 16 3 Managing Time Period Hierarchies Figure 16 1 Resulting Products Folder Compare Forecasts _ Supplier Aggregate Flavored Sparkling Water Cherry Lime Lemon Orange Supplier Data Y Retail Aggregate a a Flavored Retailer Data Managing Time Period Hierarchies The superuser creates adds periods that are appended to the root node of a period hierarchy for each company on a hub Each company s administrator must create and maintain their own company s category folders allowing collaborating companies to have different hierarchies End users see only their own company s tree Managing Company Trading Partners It is the administrator s responsibility to add the name DUNS number or
135. results include Gamma The seasonal parameter in Holt Winters Trend Hold The degree to which the trend has held steady in recent periods Cyclic Decay The degree to which cyclical effects in the data decrease over time Alpha The level parameter in Single Exponential Smoothing Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing Period Overlay The period overlay name selected Default is none RMS Root Mean Square Error A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the square root of the average squared error MAD Mean Absolute Deviation Mean Absolute Deviation a measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the average error in absolute value MAPE Mean Absolute Percent Error A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the average percentage error Beta The trend parameter in Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing Moving Period Decay The degree to which the trend has held steady in recent periods Method The forecasting method selected i e linear regression Holt Winters etc either by the user or if the user selected expert then by the system Smoothing Type of smoothing used Transform Seasonal transform used To use t
136. run through the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler See Managing the Scheduler The reports continue to run at the frequency you choose until the report is deleted or the Scheduler job is deleted The time frame for reports rolls forward in time Sample report screens formats are shown in Appendix F Sample PDF Report Screens There are 10 report types See Comment displays all data stream comments See Data Change reports Data Stream values for the period selected and compares them to last period last week and the same period last year The report also includes data stream local location partner location and product See Data Stream report contains no calculations other than summation it extracts and formats multiple data streams for multiple contexts and multiple periods See Distributed Exception report shows some or all existing exceptions depending on the context You can choose to see all exceptions or only exceptions with a certain status You may choose to view exceptions of all severities or only exceptions of a particular severity See Exception Log counts the exceptions under a given context See Extract creates CSV and pipe delimited reports for data streams This report can be used to load data back into the Oracle Retail VCC system Reports 7 1 About Reports About Reports Rep Viewing Reports The See Last Transaction report is used to identify those products that might be purged based on lack of activi
137. running in the Execute Time text box Use the format mm dd yy hh mm ss 6 To repeat the report generation task check the Repeats check box Enter the frequency that the task is to be repeated in the Repeats Every text box and select a time period from the drop down list For example Repeats Every 2 Weeks 7 Click Create 8 The new event appears in the Scheduler Events screen Deleting a Report To delete a report from the List screen 1 Select the Delete check box next to the report to be deleted Note Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted 2 Click Apply Changes Deleting a Template To delete a template from the Template screen 1 Select a template from the drop down list 2 Click Delete 7 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 8 Metrics This chapter includes the following topics a Introduction Viewing and Editing Metrics Creating Metrics Processing Metrics Metric Types Access Control a Deleting Metrics Introduction The Metrics module provides a way to configure and calculate business metrics by performing mathematical operations on existing data streams The computed results are then stored as a separate data stream Viewing and Editing Metrics The Metrics module has three main screens List View Edit Details Copy and Create The List view is used to view and manage the most important detail
138. stream The Inventory input stream and output stream can be the same stream Managing Company Module Configuration 17 9 Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Balance and Measure streams cannot be used for the shipment forecast or receipt forecast output streams for policies using telescoping period overlays Measure streams cannot be used as input or output streams for policies at the aggregate level To select streams for a Supply calculation 1 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu and click the Supply tab Figure 17 13 Company Module Config Screen Se gt ETA Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Configured Stream Sets 2 Click Add to create a new stream set or Edit to edit an existing one Figure 17 14 Company Module Config Edit Screen Supply Stream Set Configuration Name Consumption Forecast Consumption Actual Inventory Expected Arrivals Safety Stock Projected Inventory Receipt Forecast Shipment Forecast 1 0 Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Creator Input Actual Sales z Movement ActualSales Base x A Local z Input Actual Sales Movement actualsales Base X A Local z Input Actual Sales al Movement actualsales Base X A Local Input None al za N A al None El na al N A None A nza z N A z None na z N A None d wa wa 2 Both None z na N A y Output None al nea al Local Output None
139. streams cannot be disaggregated so they are not included in the drop down list 2 Select the context Location Partner Product Period on which you want to disaggregate Note that one of location partner or product must be at the folder level and the other two must be at the leaf level since disaggregation progresses from the folder level to the leaf level and you cannot disaggregate on two folders at once You cannot use the root folder for any of these three dimensions to create a disaggregation profile If you select a Partner category all the leaf partners in the category with whom you collaborate are assigned a disaggregation value based on the factor 20 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Disaggregation Factors Figure 20 6 For Manual Entry Disaggregation List J Create Daily Allocation Context Based Time Only Create Factor Type Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base manual Actual Sales ActualSales Promo DC Inventory DC Inventory C Computed DC Receipts DC Receipts DC Shipments DC Shipments xl All Locations e USA 5 Nabisco at Denver fe Nabisco at Pisquatuck Oracle Retail VCC automatically calculates the appropriate disaggregation factors for a context based on the historical data for the context To configure disaggregation automatically for a context For disaggregation based on Computed Data 1 a Choose one or more Type Sub
140. sure the URL you have entered is valid Server Level Configuration and Management 14 13 Managing Links 6 Click Save Editing a Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To edit an existing link 1 Select Company Configuration from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Figure 14 10 Link Screen Visible Hidden Per Dl E Save Edit Delete Ada 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to edit and click Edit The Update Link screen appears Figure 14 11 Update Link Screen Link Name MyProduct Rename Link MyProduct URL http yahoo com _ Test Link Save Cancel 4 Inthe Rename Link field enter a new name for the link if required 5 Inthe URL field enter the new URL if required 6 Click Save Deleting a Link Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To delete an existing link 1 Select Company Configuration from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears 14 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level with the Roles and Users Screen Figure 14 12 Links Screen _ Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods _ Visible Hidden MyProduct a gt Save Edit Delete Adaf 3 Select a
141. tab when the stream appears in the display pane Data 3 11 Editing a Data Stream Figure 3 10 Display Pane Grid UOM E Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr UOM EA Inventory Target Gross Margin Ago Gross Margin DC Inventory Days DC Inventory Days Lead Time Days Avg Yr Ago Lead Time Days Gross Margin Penetration 3 01 08 05 01 15 05 01 22 05 01 29 05 020505 02 1205 02 19 05 02 2605 03 05 05 a a a a a a a a 30 904 39 425 41 326 33 970 38 613 39 207 38 608 38 334 39 85 a a a a a a a a 5 Double click an editable cell to change a value or add a comment 6 Click Save and the changes to the stream are saved 7 The message Successfully Saved appears below the table This indicates that your data was saved successfully Figure 3 11 Saved Successfully Message Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr 01 02 05 01 1605 01 23 05 01 3005 02 06 05 02 1305 02 2005 02 2705 a 3 a a a a a 30 904 39 425 41 326 33 970 38 613 39 207 39 207 38 334 39 85 a a a a a a a a A colored diamond process indicator appears to the left of the relevant folder or stream name to indicate whether aggregates exceptions or neither have been processed Indicator colors include Blue Data has not been processed for either exceptions or aggregates Appears whenever you make a change to a data stream Yellow Data has been processed for exceptions only Orange Data has been
142. task for processing batch jobs runs regardless of the frequency of the job Note Once a job has been scheduled and processed you can view the job details in Monitor Jobs by clicking in the link for that entry s job ID number See Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs for details a Examine Details opens the edit view at the context of the selected Supply policy a Product displays product name a Local displays local name a Partner displays partner name a Safety Stock Type displays selected type single value or time series a Safety Stock Method displays selected method Normal Poisson Period Supply Forward or Period Supply Back a Safety Stock Basis displays selected basis Actual Consumption Forecast Consumption or Forecast Error a Created By displays the creator s user name a Last Updated displays the last update date Process On Demand allows you to process immediately an individual Safety Stock calculation job You can only Process On Demand one job at a time See Processing Safety Stock Jobs On Demand Not available for planners and reviewers Supply 12 11 Using the Safety Stock Feature Note Once a job has been processed On Demand you can view the job details in Monitor Jobs by clicking in the link for that entry s job ID number See Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs for details The job is executed by the scheduler similar to the way a report
143. that describes the characteristics of products locations companies and periods that controls how Oracle Retail VCC processes data streams A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the average percentage error A data stream that measures key performance indicators or ratios that cannot be aggregated A specific type of demand policy filter that employs a median number The minimum number of items that can be ordered Related groups of screens and features that can be enabled or disabled in Oracle Retail VCC based upon a company s license or usage preference A data stream that measures a flow of material or value through a location during a period which can be aggregated across products locations and periods The degree to which the annual trend has held steady in recent periods Report that identifies products that never had any transactions for any data streams The Seller s required internal processing lead time to get an order in transit to the buyer Partner location of their organization business which can include specific stores warehouses distribution centers factories etc or logical regions tiers or other location categories that contain many specific locations Comparison of partner s current data with partner s previous data
144. the date of running the job If rolling is selected specify how often you want to run the job e g run the job every five days a History End number of periods back from the period in which the job is run Any integer greater than or equal to 0 a History Periods number of history periods to use An integer greater than 0 Forecast Start number of periods forward from the period in which the job is run An integer greater than 0 Forecast Periods number of forecast periods to use An integer greater than 0 Note If your start period is rolling your end period must also be rolling but you may have a fixed start and a rolling end period 16 Click Save The new policies are displayed in the List screen Figure 11 5 Demand Policy List Screen Context 2 r Ppi FI p amp Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers AIl Products gt E Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder Select Bookmark Mi List Create Edit All Displaying 1 20 0 xX oH Product Local Partner Method End Of Life Lift Factor Created By Last Updated Process On Demand Last Plan PILL BANANA Expert c 08 14 08 L ca Supplier System No Supplier 01 40 53 O gt PILL GOLDEN Expert 08 14 08 O purer care Supplier System No Supplier 9
145. the Period link and selecting the period from the Period Tree screen After selecting the period click the checkmark in the top right hand corner of the Period Tree screen to close the tree Figure 4 3 Period Tree EHS All Periods SES 445M 83 2005 Ee 8 ty 10 fe 02 13 05 02 19 05 HE 02 20 05 02 26 05 lonths_NEW 2005 JAN 3 01 02 05 01 08 05 01 09 05 01 15 05 01 16 05 01 22 05 2005 FEB 01 23 05 01 29 05 2 01 30 05 02 05 05 2005 MAR 3 02 27 05 03 05 05 Select the language Character Set that the extracted file contains Options include ASCII UTF 8 UNICODE and SJIS 4 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction 11 The Directory Path field is available to superadmin users This field defaults to the path designated in the VCC Configuration Client tab under File Path This default path can be overwritten for individual extracts by entering a new path where you wish the file to be stored Note If no path is specified in the VCC Configuration dialog box you are not able to create an extract request and Oracle Retail VCC displays an error message upon accessing the Extracts screen 12 Click Save The data stream request appears in the Extracts pane After processing a hyperlink is available to access the data stream To delete a file that has been extracted with the Extracts tool select the check box nex
146. the report was last updated a Type report type Location Partner Product context at which report was created a Process on Demand check check boxes to execute the reports selected Download clicking on one of the icons in this column allows for downloading of the report in that specific file format Formats include Excel RTF CSV Pipe delimited and PDF This column contains file icons only if the Create screen s Download option has been selected from the Destination drop down Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Reports Creating Reports Templates The Reports Template screen allows you to view create and delete report type templates These templates can be plugged into a report as they are created to save time Each template and its selections can be saved to different versions of the same base report This enables each trading relationship to have unique versions of each report based on their business requirements In the Reports Template screen you can select an existing template from the drop down list and view its attributes To view a template 1 Click Reports Template 2 Select an existing template from the Name drop down list 3 You can create templates by clicking New Creating report templates is the same as creating actual reports see Creating Reports The only difference is that a templa
147. the user s company s contexts and its trading partners contexts Access rights to the contexts are assigned to the user Oracle Retail VCC provides over 100 data stream types Each Data Stream Type contains fixed attributes and modifiable attributes If none of the existing stream types can be modified to meet your requirements additional stream types can be created Fixed attributes include Stream Type Code An ID that allows sorting and helps to identify the stream type data stream in the database and elsewhere in Oracle Retail VCC Accumulation Rule Each Stream Type is governed by one of three accumulation rules Movement Balance or Measure This rule indicates how data in the Data Stream behaves if and when its context and or time series is aggregated and how that affects the types of exception criteria you can create for it For details see About Accumulation Rules Number of Subtypes Each Stream Type has a fixed number of subtype substreams either one two or three If there are two or three subtypes there are a Total substream included as well Modifiable attributes include a Revision History Defines whether or not the stream type maintains a revision history when data is changed in any of the subtypes in the Data View a Edit When Defines whether or when substreams can be edited in the Data View Choose among the options Never Past Future or Always a Edit By Indicates whic
148. to be stored 15 If no path is specified in the VCC Configuration dialog box you are not able to create an extract request and Oracle Retail VCC displays an error message upon accessing the Extracts screen 16 Click Save The data stream request appears in the Extracts pane After processing a hyperlink is available to access the data stream To delete a file that has been extracted with the Extracts tool select the check box next to the stream that you want to delete If you delete it directly from your system directory and try to extract the file again from the Extracts screen an error message is displayed Extracts File Formats The Extracts tool produces a zip file When you extract the zip file the file name by default is username_ lt gt dat which is contained inside the zip file and the zip file name is username_ lt gt zip For details on configuring Extracts see the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide The default format of the data extracted in the username_ lt gt dat file is translated from Oracle Retail VCC Configuration Extractor Configuration for the various extractors contained in Extracts Depending on your choice the output file configuration can be modified in such ways as file format column definitions etc 4 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 5 Exceptions This chapter contains the following topics Introduction a Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data
149. to create a uniform unit of measure across all products by allowing you to multiply the unit of measure for the product by a stat factor that you determine to be appropriate There are no hard and fast guidelines for what stat factor to use This must be determined by your company policy and the factor you determine to be appropriate for your requirements Creating a stat factor is particularly useful when aggregating across product lines Simply aggregating units of measure that are different for several products would produce a meaningless aggregate amount If you determine an appropriate stat factor for each product and aggregate using the stat factor the aggregate has meaning for your context Do not confuse the stat factor with unit of measure conversion which you can specify when loading product information Unit of measure conversion allows you to convert units of measure from one unit of measure to another usually a large number to a smaller number For example if you want to create cases to individual units each and there are 12 units in a case the unit of measure conversion factor would be 12 11 Enter the product s maximum Load capacity optional The Units per Loads field allows you to enter a rough cut transportation capacity estimate for this product This is the number of units expected to be shipped per load for this product 12 Enter the product s load Weight optional 13 Enter the product s load Volume optional
150. to retain any changes you made while on the screen Setting Highlight Source Preferences Highlight Source allows you to color tag data streams to indicate how that number was created The list below shows the possible data stream sources that can be color tagged Each data stream source displays in color Data Load Leaf Level Data Stream Promotional Event Price Profile Aggregate Level Data Stream Manual Entry Leaf Level Data Stream Promotional Event Price Profile Aggregate Level Data Stream Exceptions Module Exception Action Processing Metrics Module Metrics Calculation Demand Module Demand Calculation Lift Factor Calculation Preferences 9 13 Layout Migrated from Oracle Retail VCC Demand a Supply Module Supply Calculation Safety Stock Calculation Migrated from Oracle Retail VCC Supply Note If you do not have access to the appropriate modules the Highlight Source page does not display the Exceptions Module Metrics Module Demand Module or Supply Module sections To highlight data streams 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Highlight Source The Highlight Source screen appears Figure 9 16 Highlight Source Screen _ Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists 2 Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups Show Source of data stream a z a ad o a 3 Data Load O E E Leaf Level Data Stream O sa Promotional Event O z P
151. transformations and statistical methods A named set of data streams that can be displayed together in the grid or graph An exception generated from a Group Exception Criterion An exception criterion that is composed of more than one Individual exception criterion grouped together by a Boolean expression Group criteria allow users to set up compound rules that more closely match their business needs A tree like taxonomy composed of leaf nodes and categories Categories can contain leaf nodes and other categories In VCC there are four primary master data hierarchies product partner location and period An exception generated from an Individual Exception Criterion A rule for triggering an exception based upon the comparison of a data stream with another data stream or a constant threshold Individual exception criteria can be used as part of a Group Criteria The average in stock quantities for the period specified Report that shows how inventory turns have or have not improved over time at both leaf and aggregate levels for both the buyer and the seller Report that identifies those products that might be purged based on sales activity A specific data object in the dimension of product partner location or period hierarchy Unlike categories folders leaves cannot have child objects The impact of a promotion expressed as the positive deviation from the base forecast Factor that indicates how each per
152. us oracle com harm your computer If you do not trust the source do not open or Y While files from the Internet can be useful some files can potentially save this file What s the risk Click Save and you are prompted for the location that you wish to save the file to Figure 2 7 Save As Dialog Box Save in 4 My Computer f Local Disk C Se Local Disk D My Recent 2 DVD RW Drive F Documents Shared Documents My Documents My Computer Fiename ET x My Network Save as type Microsoft Excel worksheet v Cancel a In csv format file is downloaded as a comma delimited flat file to the location you specify If HTML format was selected the file is formatted as HTML Note If you decide to open the file directly rather than saving to a file you need to click the Open button on two consecutive dialog windows 2 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Stream Info Stream Info screen displays the data stream types available to you based on company and user stream assignments a Company Assignments assigned in Configuration Stream Types Assign screen User Assignments assigned in Roles and Users company or hub level Edit Stream Access screen Users see a list of assigned company streams Check the Full Access column to see if you have Full Y or Read Only N access to the company st
153. using the Scheduler Check the Process on Demand check box on the Reports List screen and click the Process Selected Items button Next schedule the Run Report task to generate the reports in the Scheduler Click Send Reports to send the reports to the addresses entered for the report and Run and Send Report to generate and send the report through the Scheduler To schedule the Report Usage task 1 Select Scheduler Events 2 When the Scheduler Events screen appears click the Add Event button Figure 7 16 Scheduler Events Screen Displaying 1 1 of 1 X SH Name Task Name Company Name Execute Time Repeats F 0 Process Leaves Process Leaf Exceptions Food Markets 08 11 08 01 40 39 Every 1 Days 3 Inthe Scheduler Add Event screen enter a name for the event Reports 7 17 Deleting a Report Figure 7 17 Add Event Screen Add Event Name Task Complete Criteria Creation Execute Time 08 11 08 01 43 08 Cl Repeats Create Cancel 4 Select Run Reports Send Reports Run and Send Reports from the Task drop down list a Run Reports processes the reports and displays the HTML through the UI only a Send Reports distributes sends the reports to the destination selected e g e mail FTP and or extraction a Run and Send Reports processes and sends reports simultaneously and displays the HTML through the UI 5 Enter the date and time for the task to begin
154. when you view the exception from the Inbox Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer About Exception Inbox Filter and Search Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer You can create multiple Exception Inbox Filters and apply them as needed Filters apply to any context Filters can be thought of as saved searches because they are searches that you have configured for repeat usage For details about creating filters see Setting Inbox Filters Preferences The Exception Inbox Search feature allows you to quickly locate any individual exception without having to manually page through numerous exceptions A Search is a temporary single use setting that you configure in the Display Mode tab It is a convenient option if you would like to quickly find specific data without going through the process of setting up a Filter in user preferences If you think that the particular Search setting you select may be used on a regular basis it would save time to create a Filter instead which can be reused as and when required Note When you search for exceptions in the collapsed mode the results are displayed in collapsed mode If you do a search on Partner column providing the string Drug Oracle Retail VCC displays all records in the database that match the string Drug anywhere in the Partner t
155. z N A x Local Output None N A y Local If you are creating a new stream set for the Supply module enter its name in the Name field When you are creating the Supply Policy for this module the stream set name appears in the Supply Policy screen in the stream set drop down list In the Consumption Forecast drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are using as your Consumption forecast Note that if a yellow triangle with a black exclamation point appears next to the creator column for a stream it means you have selected a creator who does not have edit access to the stream For example if only a buyer company is allowed to edit a stream and the partner you have selected is the seller company you must change your creator Alternately though less likely the supervisor for the hub may need to change the configuration for whomever edits that stream In the Consumption Actual drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are using as your Consumption Actual stream 17 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply 6 Inthe Inventory drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are using as your Inventory stream 7 Inthe Expected Arrivals drop down list select the stream subtype and creator or streams you are using as your Expected Arrivals forecast You can specify none for this field These streams a
156. 00 00 Last Activity 08 16 08 09 46 22 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 08 16 08 12 19 13 4 Click the Refresh icon to see any changes that have been made since you entered this screen 5 Click the Printer Icon to obtain aPrinter Friendly View of this screen Monitoring Server Locks Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Whenever a task or job requires exclusive access VCC acquires a lock for it This lock may block other VCC activity For a complete list of server locks their descriptions and behavior refer to VCC Locks and Jobs To monitor server locks 1 Select Monitor from the VCC menu 2 Click the Server Locks tab The Server Locks Process screen appears Figure 23 6 Server Locks Process Screen Jobs Usage Current Connections Server Locks Process Name Data Stream Job ID 3 Location No Records Found Stream Type Sub Type Status Click the Refresh icon If a job has been completed the lock is no longer displayed Managing the Monitor 23 7 Monitoring Server Locks 4 Ifa server lock is retained inadvertently or occurs due to a contention for system resources you can clear the lock by clicking the Clear Lock button
157. 000 items for deletion at any given time Note Aggregates associated with disaggregation profiles or exception criteria cannot be deleted They display without a check box in the delete column Exporting Aggregates Aggregates can be exported using the Export Data icon This is located on the Company Aggregates List screen By selecting this icon you export Aggregate definitions in the following order Creator company Id Creator Location Id Partner company Id Partner Location Id Global Item Number Period Begin Period End Stream Type code UOM Creator Aggregate type partner aggregate type product aggregate type The file you export resembles the following sample 111 111 001 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020120 20041225 5 1 0 1 1 111 Loc_Test1 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020204 20020331 2 1 1 1 1 111 Loc_Test1 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020204 20020331 5 1 1 1 1 111 Loc_Test1 111 PartLoc_Test1 Prod_Test1 20020204 20020210 15 1 1 1 1 19 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 20 Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation This chapter contains the following topics About Data Stream Disaggregation Profile Based Disaggregation Proportional Disaggregation Straight Line Disaggregation About Disaggregation Profiles Configuring Disaggregation Factors Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab Daily Allocation with th
158. 06 01 03 21 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Ax et Boston Planters Cashews 06 02 03 06 08 03 20 Belance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 23 03 06 29 03 17 Belance29 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Ax et Boston Planters Cashews 05 19 03 05 25 03 22 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nebisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Ax et Boston Planters Cashews 06 16 03 06 22 03 18 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 09 03 06 15 03 19 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 30 03 07 06 03 16 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Distributed Exception Report 1 000 00 1 000 00 HER superceded 1 000 00 1 000 00 MA EEE 1 000 00 1 000 00 HR suverceded 1 000 00 1 000 00 o AS 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000 00 1 000
159. 1 23 Active PO 01 12 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 Active Managing Company Module Configuration 17 15 Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Figure 17 22 Sample Plain Text E Mail Alert Individual Exceptions Criteria Name 13 Severity Medium View Inbox https diana 1 estrella jsp commonfframes do screen 3DexceptionInbox 26subscreen 3Dindividual_exception_inbox 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D01254687 12 View Exception https fdiana estrella isp commoniframes do screen 3DdatastreamsDefaultView 26exceptionld 3D282 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Variance 20 0 Source 70 0 Compared 50 0 Percent 40 0 Created 01 09 03 14 04 59 Status Active UOM Base Units Type1 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Type2 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Offset Period 01 10 03 Group Exceptions View Group Inbox https diana1 estrellafisp cormmon frames do screen 3Dexceptioninbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup_ exception inbox 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 10 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active View Group Inbox httos diana1 estrella isp commoniframes do screen
160. 1 40 53 O PILL FRNCH Supplier Expert 08 14 08 VaNILL CAKE pp System Wo Supplier 01 40 53 PILL Expert 08 14 08 O STRAWBERRY Supplier FEET No Supplier 01 40 53 a PILL GERMAN A Expert 08 14 08 O OCOLATE Supplier pier No Supplier gi4o53 O PILL CHOC Expert 08 14 08 T FUDGE UTL Supplier EN No Supplier 01 40 53 2 v 2 A Click the View Edit dot to take you to a screen similar to the Create screen where you may edit the policy options Demand 11 9 Using Interactive Demand Figure 11 6 View Edit Screen with Editable Policy Options Aggregate On Stream Set Name Method Smoothing Pre Filter Seasonal Pre Filter Trials Period Overlay End of Life Date Use Lift Factor Use Like Item Like Item End Date Like Item Multiplier Dates History Forecast Local Demand Nonlinear Regi x log x y log y z Moving Periodic Total v None aj Yes 11 30 02 Yes y wes Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 11 30 02 o 2 Start Rolling z i9 End R olling zj o Start Rolling al 1 End Roll ng s Using Interactive Demand Interactive Demand allows you to modify policy parameters and immediately see the resulting forecast You can also enter manual overrides to the statistically generated demand policy before saving the forecast Note If you do not have access to all the streams in t
161. 11030 333 33230 333 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 202 HHHHHHE HHRHHHH Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 332 30 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 309 0 ARA HHHHHHHY Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11C10 124 11030 333 33330 333 337 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 15 Hae aH Base Units This is a C 13 0 Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 333 30 333 3 69E 08 Movement POS Fest ELO HHH AREA Base Units This is a C 15 Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33 30 333 3 9E 08 Movement POS Fest 202 HANA dHHHHHHE Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 08 Movement POS Fest 223 0 HAHAHAHA FERRERA Base Units This is a C MULTI O MULT Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 3 69E 08 Balance29 DC Receip 101 save HHHH Base Units This is a 8 5 Dave Wils Nabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 69E 08 EA PK Me EA PK Me 33 HAHAHA HHHHHHHHE Base Units This is a 3 5 Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 33330 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 20 sie dH Base Units This is a 11 0 Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33330 333 3397 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 6 0 HRHHHHHE PERRA Base Units This is a 17 Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11 10 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 202 HHHHHHHE HHHHHHH Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 228 0 H HHHH Base Unite This is a C MULTI O MULT Dave
162. 2 9 Assigning Modules to the Users To assign a user access to selected data streams for a company 1 Select Company Roles Users from the VCC menu 2 Highlight the user to whom you want to grant access rights and right click Select Edit Stream Access Figure 22 11 Oracle Retail VCC Menu Edit Stream Access Option User Linda Williams Role reviewer Company Speedy Rx E all ERS reviewer Gi planner E Linda Wiliams Cut Examine User Edit Hierarchy Access Copy User Ei 3 The Edit Stream Access screen appears From the Available Streams list box select the streams you want to assign to the user and add them to either the Full Access list or the Read Only list 4 Click Save Assigning Modules to the Users Examining a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Examining a user allows you to view and update the user s e mail address login status exception notification settings and URL and to change a user s password To examine a user 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the Administrator main page 2 Select a user and right click the highlighted user 3 Click Examine The user s Profile screen appears 22 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Figure 22 12 User s Profile Screen Home Company S
163. 2006 09 21 Number Of Items 159 mybuy 7 Oo Copy Cancel 3 Demo1234 Demo1234 7 After selecting the Search button a list of valid target events are displayed The search results contains a radio button for selection of a target event Only one target event can be selected at a time When you have selected the desired target event the Copy button must be selected to execute the copy promotion process 8 Now by selecting the Copy button you are directed to the Promotions List screen The refresh button must be selected and then the newly created promotion is displayed in the Promotions List along with the original source promotion Events 10 29 Promotions Note a The newly copied promotion s attributes default to Promotion ID system generated ID Start Date and End Date target event s start date and end date Status New Create Date date that the copy promotion process was executed Created By username of the user that executed the copy promotion process All other attributes are identical to the source promotion s attributes a The newly copied promotion s attributes can be edited by selecting the Examine button on the Promotions List 9 The Preferences Configuration screen needs to be modified to allow the Copy field visible like other fields on the Promotion List screen In the screenshot below the Copy field is configured to be visible Figure 10
164. 22 Group Inbox co Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox co Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox co Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox PO 01 10 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox PO 01 11 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 Group Inbox PO 01 12 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 Exception Criteria 6 25 Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Sample Text E Mail Alert Figure 6 18 Sample Text E Mail Alert Individual Exceptions Criteria Name 13 Severity Medium View Inbox httos diana estrella isp commonfframes do screen 3DexceptionInbox 26subscreen 3Dindividual_ exception inbox 26location 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 View Exception https diana1 estrella jsp commonsframes do screen 3DdatastreamsDefaultView 26exceptionld 3D282 26location 3D9 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Variance 20 0 Source 70 0 Compared 50 0 Percent 40 0 Created 01 09 03 14 04 59 Status Active UOM Base Units Type1 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Type2 POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas Offset Period 01 10 03 Group Exceptions View Group Inbox https diana1 estrella jsp commonframes do screen 3Dexceptioninbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup excepti
165. 27 Setting the Preferences to the Copy tab in Promotions Home 5 A Company Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists ee F Scheduler Monitor Promotions Events Pel Number of columns to freeze fo Links Exceptions Visible Hidden Data Copy Al Price Impact Type Metrics Delete al Total DC Order Forecast Reports Event Pi tion Item Sublist Process Totals aj Total Forward Buy Forecast g Extracts is F des a a k e E bast Examine Total On Hand Inventory e ile WSUS e Sales Impact Qty 4 gt Total Monetary Sales Preferences Event ID DC Order Offset General Begin Date Actual Sales Lift Layout Total DSD Order Forecast Category Lift Password Promotion ID Sales Forecast Accuracy Help Event Category Mi Sales Forecast Error 4 Logout eee a gt Multi Column Sort Order Select o Sort Column s Sales Impact Oty A Event ID Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date End Date Sales Impact Type 4 Condition Status Price Impact Total Actual Sales Created Date x v 10 The user can also opt to hide the Copy field The screen below shows the Copy field in the Hidden list 10 30 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items Figure 10 28 Setting the Copy tab Preference to Hidden Home 7 z A Company Table Graph Inbox Filters _ List
166. 3Dexceptioninbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup exception inbox 26location 3D9 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 11 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active 17 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 18 Creating Product Price Profiles This chapter contains the following topics About Product Price Profiles a Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tab About Product Price Profiles A product price profile defines the base price of a product for a specific time period for a specific collaboration You can create multiple profiles for a product reflecting different prices for different time periods For example you might want to create a specific price for snow shovels during the winter that differs from the price of snow shovels during the summer Before creating a price profile you should define the time periods in your forecast as well as your trading partner and trading partner locations A product price profile is always defined in terms of a collaboration between your local company location and your partner s location You can select any leaf level location or location folder and any leaf level product or product folder partner location or partner location folder Only users with administrative privileges can cr
167. 40 20 58 gt p Freight Flow Absolute 03 09 06 9 5 00 vecoo1 03 09 06 SYNCRA_379 Test Event Allocation 04 07 06 Bonn 16 34 10 2 a gt Promotions Editability In certain promotion status the promotion promotion item is not editable by one partner or both the partners Thus the content is grayed out as shown in the following screen view In creator editable promotions promotions can be edited and promotion items can be added deleted or modified In partner editable promotions only comments can be edited at promotion level 10 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Figure 10 17 Edit Promotions Context Display Mode Pe Br Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product Y Name OGIN Oun Folder a LORI vv Select Bookmark Examine Promotion Summary Status Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date Event Description Event Theme Objective E Mail E Mail Notification E Mail Language Details Price Impact Type Sales Impact Type First Ship Date Store Invoice Date New Condition Late SYNCRA_171 Partner Company The Company Location Opening Partner Promotion ID 08 12 08 End Date 08 21 08 null use to separate consecutive addresses American English
168. 5 Forecast Seas 1S Forecast Total 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 ner Curr 5 Forecast Base 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 JS Forecast From JS Forecast Seas 1S Forecast Total 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 al Curr ip Forecast Base 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 nl ip Forecast Promo ip Forecast Adj ip Forecast Total 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 30 00 ner Curr TT ENA 05AT osms z osmam2 os s z osmewz os arwaz Planters Mixed Nuts al Curr 5 Forecast Base 16 00 16 00 16 00 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 1 Forecast Prom S Forecast Seas 5 Forecast Total 16 00 16 00 16 00 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 ner Curr S Forecast Base 16 00 16 00 16 00 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 1S Forecast Prom JS Forecast Seas 5 Forecast Total 16 00 16 00 16 00 14 00 16 00 18 00 19 00 17 00 al Curr p Forecast Base 15 00 15 00 15 00 18 00 18 00 18 00 ip Forecast Promo p Forecast Adj p Forecast Total 15 00 15 00 15 00 18 00 18 00 18 00 ner Curr p Forecast Base 6 When you have finished comparing products you can return to single product view by clicking the Go to Normal View icon You can bookmark product comparisons by clicking the bookmark icon while in comparison mode This bookmark is displayed with a comparison arrow when you retrieve bookmarks 2 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail
169. 5 T apply Frozen Period pply Transit Lead Time Periods fiz Order Increment Qty 1 00 Max Inventory 150 0 Receiving Lead Time Periods Jo Safety Stock o 00 Unavail Stock 0 00 b Percentage of Safety Stock to use as minimum allowable inventory Number gt 0 lt Max Inventory expressed as a percentage Max Inventory Percentage of Safety Stock to use as maximum desired inventory Number gt 100 expressed as a percentage Order Processing Lead Time Seller s required internal processing lead time to get an order in transit to the buyer Integer gt 0 Transit Lead Time Travel time between the seller location and buyer location Integer gt 0 Receiving Lead Time Time allowed for receiving prior to consumption For example if a chemical requires a 2 day quality assurance test after it is received prior to allowing it to be consumed the consumption plan is to use it on Wednesday the material must be received on Monday These additional 2 days would be the Receiving Lead Time Integer gt 0 Min Order Quantity The minimum quantity that may be ordered Number gt 0 Order Increment Oty After the minimum quantity the increment by which that order quantity may be increased Number gt 0 Safety Stock Target inventory level for the item in terms of base units If SS Type Fixed then Number gt 0 otherwise n a Unavailable Stock Unusable inventory that must be counted
170. 8 11 08 O mm dd yy Displaying 1 20 of 469 X User Name Company Job ID Job Name Start Time End Time Status m Sumter suppier O cet acne F Supplier Supplier 949 paka corce Completed O Supplier Supplier 948 Modify Product Hierarchy ee pare Completed integratoruser All Companies 913 Int Load Demand Policy ei ee wi ae i Sad with no rejects and no integratoruser All Companies 912 Int Load Demand Policy oi ay oi ae comnieted with no rejects and no integratoruser All Companies 911 Int Load Demand Policy HEL PSE competed with no rejects and no integratoruser All Companies 210 Int Load Demand Policy eee alee ao with no rejects and no integratoruser All Companies 209 Int Load Demand Policy vee rau competed with no rejects and no superuser All Companies 908 Modify Access Rights o ae at a Completed superuser All Companies 897 Modify Access Rights E Ze uzy a Completed 6 Click the Job ID link in the Monitor Jobs tab to view a detailed log containing the Name Start and End Time number of Data Stream Items Processed and Rejected counts and Status If the metric has an output stream that needs to be disaggregated you may view disaggregation related messages in case of failure Metrics 8 7 Metric Types Batch Processing Although Metrics can be scheduled for processing at any desired frequency each Metric only processes if the specified period has elapsed since the last processing If a scheduler job is set to process the metrics
171. 9 create product price profile 18 1 create report comment 7 10 data change 7 11 data stream 7 12 distribution exception 7 13 exception log 7 14 extract 7 14 last transaction 7 15 no transaction 7 15 promotion detail 7 16 promotion item 7 16 create time periods guidelines 14 32 create users 14 18 creating links 16 9 current connections 23 6 cut and paste 16 8 D daily allocation 20 9 data mass entry 3 4 data purge requests 25 1 data stream edit 3 11 types 14 6 data stream comments add 3 9 delete 3 9 read 3 9 data stream exception Index 2 formulas 6 26 data stream exception criteria 6 1 create 6 2 data streams assign 14 11 delete aggregates 19 5 company link 15 7 events 24 5 link 14 14 metrics 8 6 promotion items 10 37 promotions 10 26 tasks 24 11 UOM factors 26 4 demand 11 1 create policy 11 6 interactive 11 10 view policies 11 5 demand batch jobs batch forecast jobs 11 15 lift factor 11 15 demand parameters advanced 11 4 policy 11 2 disable a user 22 11 disable user 14 23 disaggregate data using disaggregation profile 3 14 using period overlays 3 15 using proportional disaggregation 3 14 disaggregation profile based 20 1 proportional 20 3 straight line 20 3 disaggregation factors 20 1 disaggregation profiles 20 5 edit 20 11 list 20 11 view 20 11 display pane 2 22 graph mode 2 23 table mode 2 22 E edit company link 15 6 lin
172. 9 02 POS Forecast Base 22 00 11 00 1 00 10 00 4 00 23 00 Return to List button Click on a Column Heading 5 Click a column heading to view all changes made for that period The headings show the dates when changes were made Figure 3 19 Display Pane Grid with the Back Link Revisions for Period 11 14 02 11 1002 1 00 pras N Back button 91 00 8 00 1 00 6 Click the Back button shown above to return to the Revision History pane 7 Click the Return to List button shown above to return to the Revision History pane 3 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 4 Extracts This chapter contains the following topics Introduction Introduction Retrieving Extracted Data Extracting Master Data Extracting Other Data Types Extracts File Formats Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer The Extracts tool allows you to obtain the following data items in your Oracle Retail VCC s database as a text file that you then can process using any other third party tool Master Data including Location Partner Product and Period Hierarchies as well as Collaboration Products Other including Collaboration Items Price profiles Exception Criteria Events Exceptions Exception Criteria Disagg Profiles Disagg Factors Metrics Supply Policies and Demand Policies based on modules assigned to your company
173. 9 Movement Yes Buyer amp Seller Future 3 LJ O Canceled Orders 83 Movement No Buyer amp Seller Past al Capacity 52 Movement No Seller Always al e Case Fill Rate 160 Measure No Buyer amp Seller Past 1 Case Fill Rate Goal 114 Measure No Buyer Always I 3 Click the colored dot under the binocular icon next to the stream type you want to modify or view The data stream View Edit screen appears that allows you to change the characteristics of any stream type Figure 14 5 Data Stream View Edit Screen Type Average Pice Y Name Average Price Stream Type 106 Description Average actual price paid per item Sub Types Average Price Avg Price O Average price paid per item Accumulation Rule Measure O Maintain Revision History Create Edit By O Buyer amp Seller Buyer O Seller Streams View Edit When Assigned To O Never editable The Company Editable in the future Test Buyer Co O Editable in the past Test Seller O Always editable Save Revert Back 4 Select a stream Type from the pulldown 5 Inthe Name field enter a name for the data stream or change the data stream name if required Server Level Configuration and Management 14 9 Configuration Stream Types Tab 10 11 12 13 14 The name change is reflected in the Stream Type drop box and anywhere the Stream Type is listed throughout Oracle Retail VCC DO NOT CHANGE THE MEANING of
174. A AA e 2 23 Required Fields ii a codec A A aa 2 28 3 Data Introd Gt Once A Ge eed eal Ln ae eee Bee ees 3 1 Using the Right Click Menu Utility oonicnionnnnnnnicnnoninnnnnonananononononanononononononononon anar onononononanononononos 3 1 Clear AllColliuuiucorni aia tallo stew bird aa iaa 3 2 Cut Copy ei Pa Steni thsi a e Ai al ees Sel E Re has 3 2 Zero li A A A AA ee 3 3 Mass Entry of Datas uiiiiai ii ii lt ibi aan 3 4 Viewing Data iii iii l nidad IN A A ais 3 6 About Period OverlayS iii aii 3 8 About Accumulation Rules cornisas e A E EE Eaa 3 8 Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments coociccininicionnnnnnninnoninninnnananinconinnonanancnanono 3 9 Editing a Data Stree ann cuucoicidatna diodes dolorido estoi e ae oa aa oi ic ici 3 11 Creating Aggregates ini a oli 3 13 Working with Aggregates imc cai a a ia a ica 3 14 Using a Disaggregation Profile cin iii i k ia aa aE arii 3 14 Using Proportional Disaggregati0N cocicicinononionnnnnenncocinnencncanonanananononananononononananononononananononenoso 3 14 Using Period Overlays rrei egi tai E E EEE E E ER 3 15 Viewing Data in Expand Mod n etoient a arenaen E EE ESE A a dE eA edee e 3 15 Viewing Data Stream Revision History s ss sessesessessssesesesiesesieserteserensertesetesieesiseeseneeseseesesess 3 17 Extracts Introduction enei a ll a n Soe ned EEn S 4 1 Retrieving Extracted Data s is2ca siete otigidud a ie iat Apa apa a a A St 4 1 Extracting Master
175. AF PERIODS_NOT_CONTIGUOUS COMPLETION_FAIL_DATES_NOT IN_PO_RANGE COMPLETION_FAIL_PO_ITEMS NOT_CONTIGUOUS COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ HIST_START_PERIOD COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ HIST_END_PERIOD COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ FORECAST_START_PERIOD COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ FORECAST_END_PERIOD Triggered When Either the demand streams configuration is incomplete in the stream set or there is no lift factor configured and the policy uses the lift factor The output stream does not have a valid disaggregation profile for the policy forecast periods History begin and Forecast begin cannot both be in the same Period Overlay Item Invalid leaves in Period Overlay either non unique base periods or non contiguous base periods Period Overlay range is less than the history begin to forecast end Period overlay items in PO are not contiguous Invalid History Start Date History Start specified with is_rolling true is out of range Invalid History End Date History End specified with is_rolling true is out of range Invalid Forecast Start Date Forecast Start specified with is_rolling true is out of range Invalid Forecast End Date Forecast End specified with is_rolling true is out of range These error conditions can be found under Error Count in the log file For more details on viewing a Batch Forecast Job Error log see Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Using Lift Fact
176. Assign Companies Modules Links Language General Periods I Create AB Corp ABC Corp Test compi comp2 Available Streams Accessible Streams WOOIOOPRONMHO Price POS Prelim Units Retail Sales Units Store On hand Store DC On hand Store Receipts Store Shipments Unsaleables Goal Store Waste Shrink Units Retail Sales POS Retail Sales POS Retail Sales POS Retail Sales Y Lost Sales Open to Buy v Highlight a company or multiple companies by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking the companies in the Company box and click View Selected Note that View Selected only displays after you have selected a company Server Level Configuration and Management 14 11 Assigning Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types Assign Figure 14 7 Stream Types Tab Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Selected Company Name AB Corp Available Streams Accessible Streams D Price A 34 Mfg Consumption 1 POS Prelim Units T 53 Mfg Org Fest 2 Retail Sales Units 3 Store On hand A 4 Store DC On hand 5 Store Receipts 6 Store Shipments 7 Unsaleables Goal 8 Store Waste 9 Shrink Units 10 Retail Sales a P 11 POS Retail Sales 12 POS Retail Sales 13 POS Retail Sales 14 Lost Sales 15 Open to Buy 16 Store Open Orders 17
177. Average Days Past Due Past Due Days P Average Days Past Due Past Due Days S Average Payment Days Average Payment Days P Average Payment Days Average Payment Days S Average Price Average Price P Average Price Average Price S Average Price Average Price Y Case Fill Rate Case Fill Rate P Case Fill Rate Case Fill Rate S Case Fill Rate Goal Case Fill Rate Goal P Case Fill Rate Goal Case Fill Rate Goal S Category Growth Category Growth P Category Growth Category Growth S Category Growth Goal Category Growth Goal P Category Growth Goal Category Growth Goal S Category Sales Category Sales P d e a y P Primary S Secondary Y Year Ago ERICA Pack af Cande fd Category Sales Category Sales S Graph Cost of Goods Cost of Goods P Cost of Goods Cost of Goods S Cart af Candee AN EN I hd gt In the Add pane enter a name for the new group no more than 40 alphanumeric characters Use the left right arrows to select the streams you want to add to the new group Use the up down arrows to arrange the order of the streams when the new group is displayed The up down arrows located between the Table and Graph boxes move streams into and out of the Graph select box This allows you to display groups in the Table that may not appear in the Graph However any group
178. B The tory Crit2 04 12 02 Mixed Pisquatuck Rx at 50 00 62 00 1200 Q 416671300002 9 Ative Low Dna be E uts Boston Inventory 5 You can perform all the operations that can be performed in the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen Viewing exceptions See Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View to view the value that triggered the individual exception click the colored dot under the View this exception icon You can view the exception in either table mode or graph mode The data stream containing the exception is displayed and the figure that produced the exception is highlighted in table mode with a blue square in the appropriate cell Viewing criteria See Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria column to view the details of the criteria that triggered the selected exception The 5 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen appears as a read only display a Viewing status history Viewing a Group Exception s Status History Changing exception status Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually Viewing editing an exception comment Creating and Viewing Exception Comments 6 Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Viewing a Group Exception in Collapsed View To view a
179. C Client IE 60 2 Sun JRE Plugin 1 5 Application Container EJB Container p Sy VCC Supported Platforms A 1 Supported Platforms Table A 1 Platforms supported by Oracle Retail VCC Supporting Component OS Software OS Language Oracle Retail VCC Database UNIX Oracle 10g R2 English Sun Solaris 8 Oracle 10g R2 English Windows 2000 or XP Oracle 10g R2 English Japanese Server Oracle Retail VCC Integrator Sun Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Windows 2000 or XP Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Japanese Server OLAP Cube Builder Sun Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English ActivePerl 5 6 x Windows 2000 or XP Java 2 SDK 1 4 x Server ActivePerl 5 6 x Eneli nglish Japanese Oracle Retail VCC Server Sun Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Windows 2000 or XP Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Japanese Server Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler Sun Solaris 8 Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Windows 2000 or XP Java 2 SDK 1 4 x English Japanese Server Web Server Sun Solaris 8 Microsoft Internet English Explorer 5 5 6 0 and higher Sun JRE plugin 1 5 Windows 2000 or XP Microsoft Internet Server Explorer 5 5 6 0 Enelish Japanese and higher ere J9p Sun JRE plugin 1 5 Client Windows 2000 Pro IE 5 5 Sun JRE English japanese Spanish Plugin 1 5 Frnch Korean Acrobat 5 0 Windows XP Microsoft Internet Professional Explorer 5 5 6 0 Enelish and higher 3 Sun JRE plugin 1 5 Acrobat 5 0 A 2 Oracle
180. Click Save Managing Company General Information and Preferences 15 11 Configuring E mail Alerts 15 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 16 Master Data This chapter contains the following topics About Master Data About Entering Master Data Managing Company Locations Managing Company Products Managing Product Hierarchies a Guidelines for Creating Product Folders Managing Time Period Hierarchies Managing Company Trading Partners Removing Hierarchy Nodes through the Recycle Bin Managing Master Data Folders About Master Data Hierarchies Working With Tree Hierarchies About Master Data A company s master data includes its product hierarchies and leaf nodes partner hierarchies and leaf nodes location hierarchies and leaf nodes and period hierarchies and leaf nodes It does not include the time series data associated with leaf nodes only the hierarchy folder names and leaf names and other leaf level data such as UOM conversion factors A superuser can create master data for any company a superadmin or an admin can create master data for their own company only For example a product hierarchy might contain the topmost folder called Shampoo Shampoo could have subfolders called Normal and Extra Body Each of those subfolders could contain leaf items called 16 ounce and 24 ounce All hierarchies are built in this manner a topmost folder multiple subfolder
181. Criteria History lt Planters Mixed Mabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active E 9 Sroupi 04 12 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston o 19 00 31 peda 9 Q Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 atve 8 Groupi 04 11 02 huts Pisquatuck Boston 49 00 31 Active 9 Q Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Aae ig 9 Groupi 04 14 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston o 19 00 31 Activa o o Planters Mixed Mabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 active El 9 ehea 04 10 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 9 19 00 31 aaie 9 o a Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at 10 15 02 Active 9 Groupi 04 13 02 Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 9 19 00 31 Active 9 Q Viewing Exceptions in the Period Only Subtab The Exceptions Inbox Group Period Only screen displays exceptions that are triggered by a group criteria with a comparison type set to Period Only Viewing a Group Exception in Group Expanded View The Expanded view shows each group exception individually at or below a given context To view a group exception and the individual exceptions that triggered the group exception 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Expanded for details see Setting List Screen Preferences 2 Select your context 3 Select Exceptions Inbox Group The Context Only subtab is selected by default The group exceptions for the context you selected appear Exceptions 5 17 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 19 Group Exceptions for the Context
182. Criteria LiSt oonnnicicnnininnnononcononnnnononconononnononcnno ronca E A 6 2 Creating Individual Exception Criteria ocococicionnnnoninnnnononnnnoncono roo nannnnonancnnnnnonanon co nncnananananonons 6 6 Creating Group Exception Criteria ccccccccescesssessssessscsssecssseeeecseseecssneeeseesesessssesesenseesesesseneees 6 16 Group Exception Criteria issnin ariaa ibn ia 6 19 Exception Severity Levels xc oi dt ido 6 20 Viewing Exception Criteria cccccccesssessssesescssseeesecsesecsesesesesssseseseseseseeseseeassescsseeesesseeeeeseeaees 6 20 Viewing Active EXCeptions cccccesesssesesssenssecsssesesenseseecsesesessesssessnsesesensececseseseseessseseneseseesssestees 6 21 Viewing Exception Criteria and Details from the Exceptions Criteria List Screen 6 22 Copying Exception Criteria ici iii irte 6 22 Deleting Exception Criteria coi ide ita 6 22 Viewing an Exception s Status History from the Active Exceptions Scre M ococinininicinnnnnninnes 6 22 Changing an Exception s Status from the Exception Inbox Screen cccccconiononoconinoniccnanincnracnoos 6 23 Processing Exception Criteria on Demand ocinnicnnnninnnnnnnnninnnnnnncnnnnnnororornncno raro ro ronca ro raro rnn coronan 6 24 Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts icono id 6 25 Sample HTML E Mail Alettiin a ltd a a ei de 6 25 Sample Text E SMAILA Loa A a a E a EI e te Sats 6 26 Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas oonnnnnninnnnnnninnnnnnnnninnonocnrnnnn
183. Current to Previous because only then is a Type 2 data stream accessible The Type 2 stream you select is the Previous older stream you are comparing the current Type 1 stream to After selecting the Generational radio button the number of generations you type in determines how far back the compared data stream is located Exception Criteria 6 3 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Figure 6 2 Generation Offset Comparison Current to Current Current to Previous Threshold Type 1 Average Days Past Due Subtype Past Due Days Y Type 1 is Loca Type 2 MECA T Subtype Past Due Days NA Type 245 Local Y Offset O None Generational Generation Offset can be used to go back a number of revisions for a particular data stream with revision history This is especially useful for forecast type streams when determining how accurate the forecast is for each revision Generation Offset is available in the Exceptions Metrics and Reports modules The following examples demonstrate how Generation Offset is applied to a selected data stream Table 6 1 Generation Offset Sample Time Period of Data Stream 10 15 2003 Revision of Data Stream Creation Date Quantity First Revision 10 10 2003 11 00 00 AM 11 5 Second Revision 10 11 2003 11 00 00 AM 12 8 Third Revision 10 13 2003 11 00 00 AM 10 6 Final Revision 10 14 2003 11 00 00 AM 22 4 Oracle Retail VCC arrives at the generation offset quantity by G
184. Days Send E mail A A E mail Language None E none 2 Adjust Local Value to none 2 none 2 Set Status None 2 none 2 Timeout Threshold A Days hn Days Send E mail 7 o 73 E mail Language none E None y Adjust Local Value to None 2 None 2 Set Status none 2 none 2 5 Click Back to return to the read only view of the Exception Criteria Create screen Exceptions 5 15 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data 6 Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Individual screen Viewing an Individual Exception s Status History Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer To view an exception s status history 1 Select your context 2 Select the Exceptions Inbox Individual subtab 3 For an expanded view click the colored dot under Status History for the exception that you want to view Figure 5 17 Status History Context Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Back Status History Displaying 1 1 of 1 Modification Date User Name Old Status New Status 10 28 03 11 57 00 Dave Wilson Active Escalated For collapsed view select the individual exception from the drop down lists and click the colored dot under Status History When the exceptions are in multiple view the Status column displays N A and you are not able to drill down to the Status History screen 4 Click Back to return to Exceptions
185. Defined 23 option Y 1 O Promotion Item User Defined 24 test Y 2 o Promotion Item User Defined 25 optioni Y D o ORACLE Promotion Item User Defined 26 optioni Y 7 o Promotion Item User Defined 27 optiont Y g o Promotion Item User Defined 28 options Y 2 o a Figure 17 10 Promotion Item UDF Text Fields continued Promotion Item User Defined 18 Promotion Item User Defined 19 Promotion Item User Defined 420 Promotion Item User Defined 21 optionl Promotion Item User Defined 22 options Promotion Item User Defined 23 options Promotion Item User Defined 24 test Promotion Item User Defined 25 option1 Promotion Item User Defined 426 option1 Promotion Item User Defined 27 options Promotion Item User Defined 428 options Promotion IternUser Defined 29 options BESS SOBR 00088 oooo0o0o0o00o00000 v v v v v v Y v v v Promotion Item User Defined 30 optioni The remaining User Defined Fields ranging from 21 30 is as shown below 17 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Figure 17 11 UDF Dropdown List Configuration Stream Sets Labels Label Type Promotion Item User Defined21 Y Default Label New Label option1 PUD Op1 option10 PUD21 opt10 option11 PUD21 opt13 option12 null option13 null option14 null Preferences elp option15 t Le optioni option17 option18 option19 option2 option20 option3 options opti
186. Details n 3 R 1 A1 A2 A3 3 R 2 A2 A3 A4 3 n 4 R 6 A6 A5 A4 A3 4 R 7 A7 A6 A5 A4 4 n 5 H 1 L 1 For each 5 period window throw out the highest value and the lowest value and average the remaining three values 8 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Variability Table 8 19 Cont Time Average Example n 7 H 2 L 0 For each 5 period window throw out the two highest values and average the remaining five values This METRIC measures the period to period variability in a data stream using the Mean Absolute Deviation method or the Percent Mean Absolute Deviation method It applies on a rolling basis across some user defined horizon For example if the data stream is 10 17 12 11 15 13 and the horizon is specified as 6 the average is 13 and the MAD is 3 4 1 2 2 0 6 2 In percentage terms this is 100 2 13 15 39 Table 8 20 Variability Metric Item Details Formula R 4 4 where R result Ax Data stream A at period x 4 Average of Data stream A Formula r 100 4 4 n gt x 1 Input Streams Any one stream Result Stream Any measure stream Additional Items Number of Periods To Average text entry box for number of periods must be an integer can go either forward or backward Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes Available at overlay Yes If at an overlay the horizon is automatically set to match the numbe
187. Details Formula Sum of 1 10 streams at base periods Input All streams should have the same accumulation rule Metrics 8 17 Metric Types Time Average Table 8 17 Cont Sum Metric Item Details Output Same accumulation rule as the input streams Leaf Yes Sum No Overlay No Null Zero Handling Nulls are treated as zeros The Time Average metric is the value of a single data stream averaged over a rolling horizon with optional data filtering The filters remove the H highest and L lowest values in the specified horizon before calculating the average of the remaining values Table 8 18 Time Average Metric Item Details Formula R A A n where Rx result at period x Ax y data stream at period x y n number of period to average Formula N A Input Streams Any one stream Output Stream Any stream N of periods to average relative to period x Could be either leading or trailing High Filter H H is an integer such that H L lt n Low Filter L L is an integer such that H L lt n Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Available at overlay Yes n is automatically set to the number of base periods in each overlay item If period overlay is chosen high and low filter options are not available Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values are treated as zeros Examples Table 8 19 Time Average Example Item
188. EE A dada e datan eee 19 6 Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation About Data Stream Disaggregation se sssissesresiestissessertetissesnertensissinentennesstsnesnienisresnesnenteenesnes 20 1 Profile Based Disaggregation siececccessosseccesuseiev sete ccesesebsestese ts sdeasnvece a i Ai 20 1 Proportional Disaggregation e is 20 3 Straight Line Disageteg ations iii donde 20 3 About Disaggregation Profiles onnnninninnnnnnnnnninnnnnonincnoncorcrncncncnrarorornn ono roro ro rnn corona coran cian ro ranas 20 5 Configuring Disaggregation Factors onnicinininnnnnnnnnnnnncnrncncnccnra corno crono ro rnn cnn ro ro ran crono rancios 20 6 Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Disagg Setup Time Only Subtab 20 8 Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab 20 9 Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tabu aaa alados 20 11 Managing Company Collaborations About Collaborations ima sotana nio 21 1 Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen 21 1 22 23 24 25 26 Managing Roles and Users About Rolestan ds Users vii conidios iii lt Weave coved as ana tits 22 1 An Overview of Oracle Retail VCC Roles o oocicnninicncnnncnnnonininanncninonancnonnncononannonon oran crono ar nca nao ninos 22 3 Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display
189. Either right click and select the action Figure 3 3 Cut Copy or Paste Zero Fill US i Vid bore i id bee Cut Ctrl X Copy Ctrl C 30 00 E 30 Paste Gtrl 60 00 Unde Gtrl z 10 00 10 00 10 or use the following keys to perform the actions a Ctrl x Cut a Ctrl c Copy a Ctrl v Paste a Ctrl z Undo 66 186 74 292 85 171 154 180 152 684 169 18 Click into the first editable cell where you want to start the paste and right click paste Click Save VCC s Data Mass Entry screen also provides an option which can automatically Zero Out a specific data stream After you have selected the context the data stream and the period the system presents the Zero Out option that populates that datastream with zero values for all the selected periods Data 3 3 Mass Entry of Data In previous versions Oracle Retail VCC would default all values for a selected period to 0 Now cells default to empty Cells that are not modified remain empty unless Zero Fill is selected To apply Zero Fill to your data streams 1 Set your context 2 Click Data Mass Entry and click the Table mode tab The Mass Entry screen appears 3 Select a leaf level context in the Context Chooser and pick a Start Date and End Date 4 Click Set The table display pane appears 5 Once the stream is created you must select a table cell within the Table display pane The border of the cell you have select
190. Exception Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer However planners and reviewers cannot create or delete group exception criteria The Group screen lets you create one significant exception instead of many independent exceptions in the situation where independent exceptions are meaningless unless all of their thresholds are exceeded This feature eliminates a vast number of unwanted exceptions For example you can create a group exception criteria for All Natural Potato Chips that triggers an exception when sales drop by 7 percent or by 600 cases and 5 percent The Group screen shown below comprises two subscreens List and Create The List screen shows the group exceptions for your selected context The Create allows you create group exception criteria To create group exception criteria 1 Select your context 2 Click Exceptions Criteria Group Create from the Oracle Retail VCC menu and the following screen appears 6 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Figure 6 7 Creating Group Exception Criteria Context Display Mode i ps Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt E Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder a y KAW T Select Bookmark I
191. Guide Collaboration is central to Oracle Retail VCC You can configure VCC to manage collaborations between any company location in your location hierarchy with any trading partner location This chapter describes how to add collaborations using the VCC administrator tasks and how to add the products required for a specific collaboration If you want collaboration items created by your partner to appear in your collaboration hierarchy see Company General Config General Preferences Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To create a collaboration manually using the VCC administrator tasks 1 Click the Company Collaborations from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The Company Collaboration screen appears 2 Select your company from the Company Chooser Managing Company Collaborations 21 1 Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen Figure 21 1 Company Collaboration Screen Location Gall Locations Partner Gall Partners Product Product List Start Editing E All Products 0 Food 0 Pet Foods HHE Planters 3 Click AllPartners and select the leaf level partner or partner category location for the collaboration At the All Partners level all company products are highlighted no matter what the collaborations are So when creating or removing c
192. HS All Periods mS 2005 8 10 ERB 4 4 5 Months_NEW FRE 2005 JAN f 01 02 05 01 08 05 01 09 05 01 15 05 fe 01 16 05 01 22 05 2005 FEB f 01 23 05 01 29 05 f 01 30 05 02 05 05 fe 02 13 05 02 19 05 2005 MAR 02 20 05 02 26 05 02 27 05 03 05 05 fe 03 06 05 03 12 05 03 13 05 03 19 05 2 03 20 05 03 26 05 2005 APR A 03 27 05 04 02 05 f 04 03 05 04 09 05 04 10 05 04 16 05 Enter the Levels Above Leaf 0 leaf level 1 folder level containing the leaf 2 next folder level Note Levels must be entered in ascending order i e 0 1 2 not 2 0 1 Enter Minimum Number of Consecutive Display Buckets that you want to include for each level Select a color that you want your telescoping period overlay to display The color you choose is the color that marks your overlay 9 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout m Green a Blue a Yellow Orange a Purple 11 If you would like to override the column prefix labels that are displayed in Data View Edit table view deselect the use existing period labels check box and the inaccessible fields that previously read N A are now working text fields 12 If you unchecked Use Existing Period Labels you must enter a Column prefix This displays in the data stream table view on the period column heading e g enter Week if the
193. If you are a seller do the reverse 4 From the Display Period select boxes select the start and end dates to be displayed This is for display purposes only You can change the display setting at any time The shipping receiving calendar appears for the date range you selected Figure 17 17 Company Module Config Supply Shipping Calendar Display Periods Screen Company i 2 Sse A Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Receiving Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Display Period Start Date Lo 20 03 EE End Date 12 01 03 Set E Blocked Dates Start Date Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun 10 20 03 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 27 03 27 28 29 30 31 di 2 11 03 03 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 11 10 03 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 17 03 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 11 24 03 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 01 03 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 You now can click any date to block it The date is highlighted in grey If the date selected is in the first row the date can act as a base marker for the Save options if you select Save First Row for All Displayed Periods You have three Save options for the selected date Save First Row for All Displayed Periods Save First Row for All Periods or Save Displayed Periods If you check the Save First Row for All Displayed Periods radio button and click Save all the displayed dates under the selected date are highlighted and marked as blocked If you select Save First Row for All Periods all periods in the entire
194. Interactive screen can be edited as per your access rights and editable rules of the streams The calculation is iterative It begins with the current day and continues forward for the number of days defined in the Plan Horizon parameter of the policy or until the End of Life date occurs The calculation is always done at the base time buckets If an overlay is selected the base values are first calculated then summed by an overlay period The result is placed in the first base period bucked of each overlay period Note If you edit a stream you must click Save prior to clicking Recalculate in order for you edits to be included in the recalculation Using Supply Batch Batch supply jobs allow automated supply for multiple contexts The Supply Batch List tab shows all Batch Supply jobs at and below the currently selected context The list is sortable by any of the data columns Figure 12 6 Supply Batch Screen Context i En ie Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN M Folder a at KAY Select Bookmark x List Create Displaying 1 1 of 1 X oH O Product Local Partner Sum Frequency Created By Last Run O e O NGsc Pilot Supplier None Run Once at 07 07 08 00 00 00 Supplier Supply Batch List displays the following
195. Krotha f Sherry Wood 4 Search results are displayed in a list format if there are multiple results found Select the name from the list by clicking on it and a new tree view with the user s name highlighted in the tree hierarchy appears Their Name Role and Company displayed above the tree If there only one user fits the search criteria VCC goes directly to the tree view with the user name highlighted Figure 22 4 Single Search Result Display Active Users Search El User Dave Bandych Role super_admin Company Food Markets all limited_admin reviewer hB planner supervisor manager admin super_admin server_admin J superuser HA Dave Bandych HA Dave Wilson AS Friar Tuck HS integratoruser Managing Roles and Users 22 5 Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Once a new user is created you must set the access rights for the user Without access rights the user is not able to log in since no access is the default for any newly created user For details on setting the access rights for a new user see Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Roles and Users Screen To create users for a
196. LCONTEXTFACTORY DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY WITH GLOBAL JNDI 4619599 ABILITY TO CONTROL MDBS INITIAL STATE Note This release of VCC is only supported in a managed OC4J instance as part of Oracle Application Server 10g It is not supported on OC4J standalone VCC Supported Platforms A 3 Supported Platforms Web Browser and Client requirements The general requirements for client systems running VCC application include Table A 4 Requirements for client and browser requirements Requirement Version Operating system Windows 2000 or XP Display resolution 1024x768 Processor Minimum 1GHz Memory Minimum of 512MBytes Networking Intranet with at least 10Mbps data rate JVM Sun JRE 1 5 32 bit Web Browser Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 or higher A 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide User and Role Permissions This appendix provides information on the user roles and permissions User Permissions The following table summarizes the various permission for each VCC user role Table B 1 Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Home NONE NONE Company gt Create NONE Master Data ALL Aggregates Create List NONE Collaborations Price Profile ALL Roles amp NONE Users Beta a List Create Context Based Time Only Create Daily New Edit Save Allocation Mo
197. Layout Lists Select the list from the drop down list and that List Preference screen appears Figure 9 24 List Preferences Screen Inbox Filters Lists x O collapsed Expanded Results Per Page Period Configuration Beginning and end of Period v 20 Default Filter None Visible Hidden View Exception A Source A Criteria Name Compared Severity uom Comment Typel A Period 4 gt Type2 w Product Offset Status Status History Partner A Show E Deviation Collapsed Count Percent 24 Shared With v Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Criteria Narne Severity Period Product Status Partner 1 Deviation Percent Created Select your view either Collapsed or Expanded Refer to Table Graph Preferences for details about collapsed and expanded views Enter how many results you want to view by page For the Exceptions Inbox screen you may select a default filter to sort the entries in the Exceptions Inbox See Setting Inbox Filters Preferences for details on how to create an Inbox filter Use the arrow buttons to order or hide columns To order the columns Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to move Click the up or down arrows to move the selected 9 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout column to the Visible list Each click moves the column one
198. Lift Factor Screen Context Local Nabisco at Denver Partner Wall Drugs at J ville Product Planters Cashews reduc name Can Con Pree RO RR Stream Set Name Demand z History Period Start Date 08 01 02 End Date 10 14 02 rmidd yy mrn dd yy Display Period Start Date 10715702 End Date 10 20 02 set mmddyy mmddyy 3 Choose the Stream Selection set from the drop down list 4 Enter the History Period Start Date and History Period End Date in the text boxes or click the calendar icon next to each box and select the dates from the pop up calendar if you want to base the lift factors on history 5 Enter the Display Period Start Date and Display Period End Date in the text boxes or click the calendar icon next to each box and select the dates from the pop up calendar 6 Click Set and the specified Display Periods appear The first row contains normalized historical data for the history period if one was selected The remaining rows contain actual data in lift factor stream cells 11 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Lift Factors Figure 11 16 Demand Lift Factor Calculation Screen Stream Set Name Demand History Period Start Date losfo1f0z End Date 10 14 02 mm dd yy rarmidd yy Display Period Start Date 07 29 02 End Date 10 20 02 Set mm dd yy mm dd yy Start Date Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun Normalize 07 29
199. List The List screen appears Click the check boxes under the Process on Demand column to select the Metrics you wish to process 8 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Processing Metrics List Create Figure 8 5 List Screen Process Selected Items oH Local Partner O Supplier Buyer Fi 0 Supplier Buyer O Supplier Buyer O 9 Supplier Buyer Fi Supplier Buyer a 0 Supplier Buyer Product Department D4 Department D4 Department D4 Department D4 Department 04 Department na Displaying 1 14 of 14 Metric Type Metric Name Processing Order Last Updated By Last Updated Process On Demat Simple Category Math Share Simple Share of Math Market a Share of ae Market Category Share of ami Category Category Vendor Smk Share of Market Vendor Simple Share of Math Market 4 Click Process Selected Items 3 Supplier 3 Supplier Supplier 3 Supplier 3 Supplier 3 Supplier 12 30 06 15 57 00 12 30 06 16 00 51 12 30 06 16 09 09 12 30 06 16 09 50 12 30 06 16 35 27 12 30 06 16 25 58 RH E K 5 You may then view the Monitor screen if you wish to check the progress of your job In the Job Name column you see an entry called Process Metrics On Demand which indicates that your job has begun processing Figure 8 6 Jobs Screen Jobs Usage Current Connections Server Locks Search None Y O Mark entries before 0
200. M Exception Severity Medium High M Name 5 Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Exception Log The Exception Log counts exceptions under a given context and groups at the folder level that is one folder above the leaf level To create an Exception Log report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 Select a Filter if you want to structure your report results based on Creation Date Exception Status or Exception Severity For more information on Filters see Common Report Settings 5 Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Extract The Extract report replaces the Data Retrieval Streams type of data retrieval The format is a flat delimited file that is compatible with the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator for loading back into Xt Delimiters include CSV comma separated values and pipe 1 To create an Extract file 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings 7 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Reports Figure 7 14 Filter and Stream Selections Sections Filter M Creation Date I Revision Status T Reason Code gl Comment I source Streams St
201. Metrics Reports Extracts LOGOUT Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 3 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface To log off from VCC click Logout at the bottom of the menu If you do not log off from VCC using the Logout button your session information is maintained until it expires the default is 15 minutes If you return before your session has expired VCC continues your previous session The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Before you begin using the Oracle Retail VCC user interface familiarize yourself with its basic components and layout which include a Title Bar General Icons a List View Icons Menus and Submenus Context Chooser a Display Pane Required Fields Below is the Oracle Retail VCC user interface including its basic components Context Chooser Menu and Submenus and Display pane and layout Figure 2 4 Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Home Context Chooser ICONS i EIA E Company Scheduler Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Monitor Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Context Display Mode Events Demand Supply Select Bookmark Y Made Default v Links Exceptions UOM EA Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Bree Edit 01 16 05 01 23 05 01 3005 Mass Entry al Revis
202. OA ia Promotion User Defined 12 eae on pron Weer penned Promotion User Defined 14 peice Pam ents Define Promotion User Defined 16 ias PE a Promotion User Defined 18 eee Pe td Promotion User Defined 20 P o ee ne Defined option Promotion User Defined 22 option Pearson veer paired joptionl Promotion User Defined 24 option Pr ai Defined option Promotion User Defined 26 loptiont Pon id optioni_ Promotion User Defined 28 option maton see poced optioni Y Promotion User Defined 30 optioni Metrics 3 These fields are displayed in the columns below in the Promotions Details Screen Figure 10 43 Promotion screen displaying the UDFs Home A le Due Dates cheduler a n Monitor Proposed Planned Active Begin eS End Evento Milestone Date 08 10 08 08 11 08 09 20 08 Overview Promotions Notification Offset Promotion Items Documents Demand Tactics Supply Links No Tactics created Click Add to create Exceptions Add Data Metrics Reports Promotion Items Extracts Preferences No Records Found Help Logout oH View Data Promotion ID Local Location Partner Location Product Begin Date End Date Status Condition Sales Impact Type Sale lt Save Save amp Add Item Cancel Y These fields are displayed in the columns below in the Promotion Items details screen Events 10 45 Promotion Status Changes Figure 10 44 Promotion ltem screen d
203. OOOOOO000000000 11 Demand This chapter consists of the following Introduction Demand Policy Parameters Viewing Demand Policies Creating a Demand Policy Using Interactive Demand Batch Jobs Using Lift Factors Note The Demand module is a separately priced option and access to it as a menu item appears only if you have obtained a Demand license Introduction The Demand module creates base forecasts by applying statistical algorithms to historical time series The module allows you to view and enter overrides to the system generated forecast prior to saving the forecast This module also allows you to create batch forecast jobs that can be run on a routine schedule through Scheduler tasks Because the Demand module provides time series based statistical forecasts it is not appropriate for the following tasks a Generating promotional forecasts a Providing causal forecasting like a rise in sales due to coupons Providing order inventory or price forecasts order forecasting can be accomplished with Oracle Retail VCC Supply Planning Applying supply chain or business constraints to the statistically generated forecast such as production capacity limitations You begin by selecting an aggregate context or a leaf level context If an aggregate context is chosen and no Sum is specified forecasts for all valid leaf level combinations below the aggregates are automatically generate
204. Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Release 13 0 October 2008 ORACLE Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Release 13 0 Copyright 2008 Oracle All rights reserved Primary Author Divya Begur The Programs which include both the software and documentation contain proprietary information they are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are also protected by copyright patent and other intellectual and industrial property laws Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of the Programs except to the extent required to obtain interoperability with other independently created software or as specified by law is prohibited The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice If you find any problems in the documentation please report them to us in writing This document is not warranted to be error free Except as may be expressly permitted in your license agreement for these Programs no part of these Programs may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose If the Programs are delivered to the United States Government or anyone licensing or using the Programs on behalf of the United States Government the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs software databases and related documentation and technical data delivered to U S Government custom
205. POS Forecast Units 18 POS Forecast 19 POS Forecast v 4 Move the streams you want to assign to the company by highlighting a stream in the Available Streams box and moving it to the Accessible Streams box 5 Click Save When you view the stream the company name appears in the Available Streams list box Figure 14 8 Stream Types Tab Assign Section Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods v List Assign Create Companies AB Corp a ABC Corp Test compl comp2 Available Streams Accessible Streams 0 Price 1 POS Prelim Units 2 Retail Sales Units 3 Store On hand 4 Store DC On hand 5 Store Receipts 6 Store Shipments 7 Unsaleables Goal 8 Store Waste 9 Shrink Units 10 Retail Sales KI P 11 POS Retail Sales 12 POS Retail Sales 13 POS Retail Sales Y 14 Lost Sales 15 Open to Buy 12 ES 14 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Links Note Ifa stream type is unassigned from a company and or its users pre existing configurations may be affected For example if the unassigned stream had been defined for an existing Metrics or Report configuration it may be replaced by another stream type by default and results are not as expected Administrators should alert end users to check for and modify their configurations be
206. Partner Exclusivity check box 9 Entera Target Audience optional and provide a URL if so desired Be sure to test any link you provide 10 Click Create Once you have created the Event you are directed to the Examine Event screen This is where you can add Promotions and attach Documents to the new Event For more information on performing these tasks see Adding Promotions and Attaching Documents to Events and Promotions Copying an Event In order to save time Events can be duplicated to create similar Events This can be easily done with the Copy icon Any Event that appears in the Event List screen can be copied and that copy can be modified To copy an Event 1 Select a context 2 Select Event List The List screen appears 3 Click the copy icon under the Copy column for the Event that you wish to duplicate The Copy Event screen appears Figure 10 7 Copy Event Screen Creator Company Last Changed By Food Markets Food Markets Last Changed Date Number Of Promotions O Number Of Items D Copy Event Event Name Event ID System System Generated Item IDs Item ID Prefix Copy of Begin Date 163 O Number of Days O EndDate 6 Create Cancel 4 Enter a new name in the Name field verify Begin Date and select either the Number of Periods you wish the Event to span or a specific End Date If you do not specify an Event ID the system provides one for you 5
207. Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot aer of Promotions 2 add promotion dd Promotion Number of Items 2 Documents 0 y Add Document Select Bookmark Y Examine Event Header Supplier Creator Company Co Created By Created Date Last Changed Date Last Changed By Supplier Last Totaled Date Summary Event Name WK41 Event ID SYNCRA_164 Event Category Holiday v J Begin Date 08 11 08 End Date 09 20 08 Event Theme Columbus Day Event Description Comment Details Stream Set Set Sales Impacts Set Order Impacts Partner Exclusivity J Target Audience URL E Test Link v 2 The context chooser area on this screen gives you access to Items Promotions and Documents associated with this Event If a Promotion has not been created Items are not displayed If Promotions already exist the link after Number of Promotions indicates how many Promotions are attached to the Event at this time To increase that number click Add Promotion To view the list of Promotions that exist for that Event click the numbered link Click Add Promotion The Create Promotion screen appears Events 10 23 Promotions Figure 10 19 Create Promotion Screen Event ID Event Name 4_0_MIG_3 Test Event 3 Creator Company Supplier Co Summary Status Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date Event Description Event Theme Ob
208. Policy Parameters If there is not enough data to calibrate the seasonal factors from Holt Winters method the Double Exponential Smoothing method which is basically the Holt Winters method without seasonal adjustment is automatically substituted Smoothing Pre Filter The smoothing pre filter is a moving median type filter that smooths outliers from the input data stream before it is submitted to the forecasting engine The median pre filters are useful for filtering out short events such as a promotion or a weather related event The number of periods determines the length of the event the filter removes For example a one period event a data stream may look like 100 100 180 100 100 a For period 2 a 3 point median would use 100 100 180 The median value is 100 a For period 3 a 3 point median would use 100 180 100 The median value is 100 a For period 4 a 3 point median would use 180 100 100 The median value is 100 So it has perfectly smoothed out the outlier General rule is the number of points in the filter must be 1 2x where x is the length of the event you want to filter out So a three period median smooths one period events a nine period median smooths four period events etc Seasonal Pre Filter A filter that de seasonalizes the outliers from the input data stream before it is submitted to the forecasting process The Demand module includes the following seasonal pre filters Mov
209. Probability i e 95 Service Level would be expressed as 0 95 A Mean demand Calculated during the lead time Hg Mean demand fora Calculated period u Mean lead time in Read from Supply er terms of periods Policy Reorder Point Calculated For example given Mean demand 2 units per day Mean lead time 3 days Desired Service Level 85 Then Figure G 11 Example for Poisson Formula u ugu 1 5 units day 3 days 4 5 units SL 85 0 85 So find the next highest x that most closely satisfies Figure G 12 Formula that Calculates Highest Reorder Point Solving we find f 6 0 8311 f 7 0 9134 so we choose 7 therefore Figure G 13 Safety Stock Formula Example SS x p 7 45 2 5 gt round up to 3 units Safety Stock Calculation G 7 Safety Stock Logic Periods Forward Periods forward calculates the sum of the specified number of periods forward from the given period For instance if the number of periods of supply were specified as four then the safety stock for each period is the sum of demand for the next four periods Figure G 14 Periods Forward Formula n SS Y Fix NumberPeriodsForward Item Description Source SS Safety Stock Calculated Forecast at period i Read from current_ Pi stream n Number of periods Specified in SS job forward Periods Back Periods back is the average demand per period times the specified number of periods Figure G 15 Periods Bac
210. Promotion Tactics Category Tactic Consumer Incentive Assortment Change Location Change Packaging Trade Funds Other BOGO Buy x Get y Coupon Coupon Book Free Item Gift with Purchase Instant Rebate In Store Sample Demo Mail In Rebate Mailed Samples Major Event Membership Card No Price Change Purchase with Purchase Other Consumer Incentive Scan Special EDLP Event Sweepstakes Temporary Price Reduction Product Introduction Product Retirement Add Locations Drop Locations Bonus Pack Co Branded Item In Pack Item Near Pack Item On Pack Item Pre Priced Item N A N A Additional Categories and Tactics can be added or modified using the Tactics creator Contact a Oracle Tech Support Executive for more details on adding and modifying Categories and Tactics Viewing Promotions There are three ways in which you can view a list of Promotions a A list of Promotions can be access through the VCC menu by selecting Events Promotions This list displays Promotions regardless of the Event they were created for The Events Promotions list is context specific a Any Promotions that exist for an Event can be viewed from within Events Overview By drilling down to examine the Event you see a tabbed view of both Events 10 11 Promotions Promotions and Promotion Items that exist for the selected Event This is useful for finding out which Promotions or Items exist specific to an Event Figure
211. RA_HOME db Oracle script ReleasePurgeLock exe Purging Transaction Data Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Transaction data is the data contained in a company s data streams The transactions that appear on the purge transaction data screen are those transactions that were specified in the Purge Requests pane Prior to purging data jobs must first be created in Company Purge Requests See Creating Purge Requests 14 26 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen To initiate the purge procedure for purge requests 1 Click Purge Data in the VCC menu The Purge Type screen appears Figure 14 26 Purge Type Screen DS Y Purge Type Transaction Data Purge Job Monitor Purge User Activity Purge Event Promotions Purge Exception Purge Collaboration Item Comments Purge Master Data Purge 060000 N Click the Transaction Data Purge check box To view all the Transaction purge requests click the colored dot to view the requests If you want to delete a purge request without purging any transactions data click the check box next to the request you want to delete and click the Delete button Note You can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen Figure 14 27 Purge Data Screen 5 Y Purge Type Transaction Data Purge Job Monitor Purge User Activ
212. Requests All completed scheduled tasks create an entry in the Monitor Jobs screen detailing what the job contained and its completion status Clicking on a scheduled task under the Job ID column brings up the job log for that job detailing the parameters including policies forecasts error counts etc that comprise the job The table below lists the errors that can occur when your job is run Table 11 2 Batch Forecast Job Error Conditions Error Message Triggered When COMPLETION_FAIL_INAD_HIST The number of history periods is less than the number of forecast periods COMPLETION_FAIL_NO_HIST Either the input stream has no history data or the input stream of an aggregate policy has no aggregate context data COMPLETION_FAIL_OTHER An unknown error has occurred which doesn t meet one of the defined error conditions usually during save To determine the cause of the error refer to the Demand log file generated in the Log Directory defined in the VCC Configuration COMPLETION_FAIL_ The method selected is disabled in the policy FORECASTING_DISABLED COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ The offset dates of the demand job fall outside the OFFSET range of periods in the database Demand 11 17 Using Lift Factors Table 11 2 Cont Batch Forecast Job Error Conditions Error Message COMPLETION_FAIL_INVALID_ STREAMS COMPLETION_FAIL_NO_DISAGG_ PROFILE COMPLETION_FAIL_PO_ALL_ PERIODS_IN_SAME_ITEM COMPLETION_FAIL_PO_LE
213. Review Context Based Manual Review Time Factors Save Save and Recalc Done Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base Actual Sales ActualSales Promo Collaboration Item Factor Value Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Mixed Nuts 0 33 IN Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 0 33 joo Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Holiday Pack 0 33 jo 5 Reviewing the collaboration allows you the option of entering a new Value for each collaboration item For Computed data 1 You may check the Override check box The Override check box allows you to enter a new number in the text box displayed under the New Value column 2 When you are finished reviewing the collaboration hit Save to save and view the collaborations or Done to exit to the List screen without saving If you check the Override check box enter a new value and wish to recalculate based on that new number click the Save and Recalc button You may also review time factors from this screen by clicking on the Review Time Factors button For Manually entered data 1 Factors that allocates evenly across all leaves are automatically supplied You may edit those factors for the folder dimension as required This can be changed by typing a new value into the text field 2 Click Save and Recalc or Save 3 Click Done to return to the list screen Configuring Time Only Disaggregation with the Company Di
214. Rx 01 09 03 Base dl sl 13 Medium Inbox Satton Mixed Nuts Pisquatuck atBoston 200 J20 520 38 46 Loro Ate Uate Units POS Units POS 01 12 03 Forecast Seas Forecast Seas Criteria Name Period Product Local Partner Created Status cosPO 01 10 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Active cosPo 01 11 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Active cosPo 01 12 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Active CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Active cosPO 01 11 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Active CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Active CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Active CORPO 01 11 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Active CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Active co Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Active co Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Active co Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 Active PO 01 10 03 01 09 03 12 01 23 Active PO 01 11 03 01 09 03 12 0
215. S Forecast Prom Partner Curr POS Fest Seas Partner Curr POS Forecast Seas Partner Curr POS Fest Total Partner Prev POS Fest Base Partner Prev POS Fest Promo Partner Prev POS Fest Seas Partner Prey POS Fest Total Partner Curr POS Forecast Total Partner Curr Partner Prev P Partner Curr POS Fest Base POS Fest Promo POS Frost Spas ES 1 Click Preferences Layout Inbox Filters and the Inbox Filters screen appears Figure 9 23 Inbox Filters Screen Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Filters Select a Filter v Filter Name DPeriod O Product CO Local C Partner O Severity Percent O Deviation DO created O Status Duom DType1 DOrType2 C criteria Name Doffset C Shared with 9 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide k Layout To create a filter enter a name for the new filter no more than 20 alphanumeric characters and check whichever item s you want to be included in the filter Click Save To edit a filter select an existing filter from the drop down list and make the appropriate changes The following lists the items that can be edited Period Before After or Between a Fixed Rolling Date Period a Product name Local name a Partner name a Severity Low Medium or High a Percent lt gt or and a percentage a Deviation lt gt or and a value Created Before After or Between a Fixe
216. Search Product Name OGIN OLIN MFolder W KAY el Select Bookmark List Create Edit All Displaying 1 20 o0 xX oH Product O O O O O A 9 9 9 Local Partner Method End Of Life Lift Factor Created By Last Updated Process On Demand Last Plan PILL BANANA Expert 07 31 08 CAKE Supplier System No Supplier 06 07 31 PILL GOLDEN Expert 5 07 31 08 BUTTER CAKE Supplier System po Supplier 96 07 31 PILL FRNCH i Expert 07 31 08 VANILL cake Supplier System po Supplier 96 07 31 PILL Expert R 07 31 08 STRAWBERRY Supplier Estan No Supplier 06 07 31 PILL GERMAN E A Expert P 07 31 08 moo Supplier System No Supplier 06 07 31 PILL CHOC i Expert Supplier 97 31 08 FUDGE UTL Supplier System No PP 06 07 31 v 9 a Delete deletes the policy when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Demand 11 5 Creating a Demand Policy a Edit View displays an editable view of the policy when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked a Product displays the product name Local displays the local name Partner displays the partner name Method displays the selected method End of Life displays the date if end of life feature is used or n a a Lift Factor displays Yes if a lift factor is used Creat
217. Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to delete and click Delete Hiding Company Links Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To hide an existing link or make a hidden link visible 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Managing Company General Information and Preferences 15 7 The Period Overlays Tab Figure 15 10 Links Screen Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Visible Hidden pra pT Save Edt Delete Ada 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Highlight the link you want to hide and click the arrow to move it into the Hidden category To make a hidden link visible click the arrow to move it into the Visible category The Period Overlays Tab Period Overlays can be created and configured both in the Company General Config Period Overlays tab as well as in the client s user Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlays screen See Creating and Editing Period Overlays for more details about using period overlays Using the Real Time Extract Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin About Real Time Extracts Real Time Exports affect both period overlays and stream items Each stream item in Configuration Stream Types View Edit superuser server
218. Table Graph View in Promotion temS occnonnnninicnnnnncnnnnnnnncnnononnnnnnnonoronnnnononro ro ron cinco nero rancnnnos 10 38 DP RR RN 10 38 Viewing Documents vicario At as 10 39 Attaching Documents to Events and Promotions occcccncoconononennnnnnnnnnncnrnonennnirananonnnrnrarnnnnnanannnoa 10 39 Removing DOCUMENTS tando tias libri ir 10 40 Promotion Status Changes coi A A a Sa 10 41 Viewing the User Defined Fields cooicicicococionnonononnonononnnennonanananannnonononanonononanarononononoranononoconons 10 42 Accessing the User Defined Fields 00 0 ccesesseeesscssssssesenesssesessesssesesessseesssesens 10 43 Demand Introd UC ON A A A oe ee 11 1 Demand Policy EDO AAA 11 2 Advanced Parametros ie 11 4 Viewing Demand Policies cion 11 5 Creating a Demand Policy cin id 11 6 Using Interactive DeMadd cional id adas 11 10 Time Aggregate Demand Forecasting cccccessesesssesssssesescscsesesesescsesesesescsesesesesescsessenseeceses 11 14 Batch JODA A A it 11 15 Creating Batch Requests iii ce a E A at 11 16 Demand Batch REQquest c once dis iaa 11 16 Lift Pactor Batch Request sis esse iii it A bb a a i eiii 11 17 Running Batch Requests with Scheduler Tasks oonoconcnconincnonnononenennernncnenernrnrnnecnrnnnnnnoos 11 17 Using Lift Factors ici dt ii ds 11 18 Calculated Lift Patterns outra aae a an eat anasa 11 18 O an r ene ae atera ea Lath Os r a ean E etd 11 19 Specifying Litt Patterns sasson aaa e E E E ENA SA 11 19 Supply a A
219. The periods in the period overlay and period overlay items must be continuous in order to be used in Demand All base periods within period overlay items where the user has specified history begin date history end date forecast begin date and forecast end date is considered for time aggregation However forecast data stream items is generated only at those base periods included in the forecast begin and end dates If the history end and forecast begin dates fall within the same period overlay item the history end is adjusted to the previous period overlay item When Lift Factor is used for each time aggregate bucket the total history quantity is divided by the average lift factor for that time aggregate bucket prior to passing the data to the forecasting engine For the purposes of calculating the average lift factor any null values are treated as equal to 1 11 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Batch Jobs Batch Jobs If no lift factor is applied total history quantity at each time aggregate bucket is used Nulls in time aggregated history quantity is treated the same way as at base periods When writing forecast data the time aggregate forecast quantity returned from the Geneva engine is divided by the number of base periods in the aggregate bucket If lift factor is specified the forecast at each base period within the period overlay item is the product of the average forecast quantity at that base perio
220. User Name Password Confirm Password Copy From 3 Click Copy User The Copy User screen appears Figure 14 25 Copy User Screen reviewer Carrie Green Create Cancel 4 Inthe User Name field enter the new user name 5 Inthe Password field enter the new user password 6 Inthe Confirm Password field re enter the user password 7 Click Create Designating a System User To designate a system user the System User check box on the Roles amp Users Examine User screen must be checked Server Level Configuration and Management 14 25 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Note that usage reports do not include users designated as System Users Users can also be loaded and extracted with System User status For more information refer to the Operations Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen You can purge five types of data Transaction Data the data substreams loaded into the Oracle Retail VCC database a Entries in Monitor includes Jobs and User Activity purges a Event Promotions event promotions a Exception Purge purges based on status creation date period and inbox type Collaboration Item Comments context based collaboration item comments a Master Data any product folders and names trading partner locations local company locations forecast time periods Time periods cannot be purged They are hidden from end users when pla
221. VCC Where To Begin Administration Overview The Oracle Retail VCC administrator tasks allow you to create and manage the information required by VCC In most cases the Integrator is the most efficient way to set up the VCC and enter your data You then can use the Administrator to verify and edit your data There are several administrative roles in Oracle Retail VCC including server admin superadmin limited admin and admin Each role has specific functions for Oracle Retail VCC configuration and management For details on the functions each role can perform see Managing Roles and Users or User and Role Permissions In addition a superuser is supplied that allows you to create users and assign them to specific roles The Superuser Oracle Retail VCC is supplied with a superuser account The user name is superuser and the default password is lemonyellow The superuser is charged with setting up the overall environment that affects all companies on the server The superuser screen shown below is the screen every superuser sees when they log in Introduction to VCC Administration 13 1 Administration Overview Figure 13 1 Superuser Welcome Screen ACLE Oradea Value Chain Collaboration Home Company Scheduler Monitor Welcome superuser Purge Data Roles amp Users Configuration Links Preferences Help Logout Copyright 2004 2008 Oracle All rights reserved The superuser role has
222. VCC menu 2 Click Context Chooser Select Context and select your context 3 The Revision History screen for the data stream appears in the Display pane Data 3 17 Viewing Data Stream Revision History Figure 3 17 Revision History Screen Displaying 1 10 of 12 SH Creation Date Stream Type Company User Name o 08 13 20 00 00 Shipment Forecast Speedy Rx Pat White o 08 13 20 00 00 POS Forecast Units Speedy Rx Pat White o 08 13 20 00 00 Shipment Forecast Nabisco Dave Wilson o 08 13 20 00 00 DC Withdrawal Fest Nabisco Dave Wilson o 08 13 20 00 00 POS Forecast Units Nabisco Dave Wilson o 02 04 19 00 00 Shipment Forecast Nabisco integrator o 02 04 19 00 00 POS Forecast Units Nabisco integrator o 02 04 19 00 00 POS Forecast Units Nabisco integrator o 02 04 19 00 00 POS Forecast Units Speedy Rx integrator o 02 04 19 00 00 Shipment Forecast Nabisco integrator 1 2 Next The listings on this screen may be sorted by Creation Date Stream Type Company or User Name by clicking on the column headings Under the View icon click a colored dot to view the corresponding data stream that you want to view 4 The historic dates and values for the time period selected appear in the Display pane You can view the data in table or graph format Figure 3 18 Display Pane Grid with the Return to List link Data Stream created on 11 10 02 05 20 10 by amudha non local buyer AN 11411902 11 1302 11 14 02 naso 11 16 02 1141702 11 1
223. WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 69E 08 EA PK Me EA PK Me AA HEHEHEH HAHAH Base UniteThis is a C 8 3 gt pI Extract gt Ready E a se E E Last Transaction Figure D 5 Last Transaction Report Last Transaction Report gt ee ATA neues See es A eS a e Se eee ee A Sa Te 209 209 50 Habieco at Damer Yall rug at Jackexwille Doggy fag Treats Novenent17 Eso Matis at Demer Wall Drug at Jakerevills ogy Bag Treate Movensnt2 as abiso at Domer Wall Drug at datarmillo toy Bag Treats tri nue Habisco at Comer Wall rug at dackerwille Flavor Saka 2 Batis at Demer Wall Drug at Jaavalle Pamor Sakas 209 abiso at Damer all D at Jakaria Flavor Seka 209 Habisco at Comer Wall Drug at Jakerwille Flavor Seks 26 Babieco at Damse all Drug at atewwitis Flavor Saks ere Mabteco at Damer Wall Drug at SackeuwiNe Flavor Sacks as Batis at Demer all Drug at Jaami Flamr Seka 212 Matis at Demer all Drugs at Sackereyille Original Millares Bisouite 2 Mabteco at Demer Wall Drug at Jaskari llo Crigiral Willie Biacutte Balances 209 Habieco at Demer Yall Drug at Jackerwille Crigiral Wilitcre Biauite Balanoe 203 Batis at Demer Nal Drugs at Sactecewille Original Miller Bisouite Measured 26 Matsson at Homer Wall Drug at Jackei lle Original Millares Biscuits Movenent17 657 Habigco at Damer Wall Drug at Jackerwille Crigiral Wilkt re Blacutte Movenent2 as D 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User G
224. a New Category create new folder Cut temporarily places the selected folder or item on the clipboard for pasting to a new place in the hierarchy You can also cut and paste items or folders into the Recycle Bin Copy allows you to duplicate a folder When you copy a folder and add leaves to it the leaves are reflected only in the copied folder and not in the original Paste used after Cut or Copy to move folders or items to new locations in the hierarchy Create Link links a folder or folder item in the hierarchy to any other folder or folder item This allows you to duplicate any folder and its contents and place it at another location in the hierarchy The link is similar to a copy but does not actually copy the information it creates a link to the original information If the folder link you create has leaves the leaves are also linked If you create a Link to a folder and add leaves to the link the added leaves are reflected in both the linked folder and the original folder When you copy a folder and add leaves to it the leaves are reflected only in the copied folder not in the original a Rename renames a folder or folder item Before attempting to perform any of these operations ensure that you have loaded your company and have selected the appropriate tab Products Partners Locations or Periods from the Company Master Data screen About Master Data Hierarchies Master Data Search The Mas
225. abisco at Rx at 1 098 00 223 00 1 321 00 83 12 OS O active Low pase Forecast Ship q Boston ais SalesFestBase Forecast Base P P shipment Planters Speedy ales orecast O 10 28 03 Mixed Nabisco at Rx at 1 098 00 223 00 1 321 00 83 12 ETS Active F Low pase Forecast Ship Nuts q Boston ad SalesFestBase Forecast Base Shipment Planters Speedy Forecast 3 Click the Status History drilldown dot to view the status history of that exception The Status History screen appears Figure 6 15 Status History Screen Context Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Status History Displaying 1 1 of 1 Modification Date User Name Old Status New Status 10 28 03 11 57 00 Dave Wilson Active Escalated 4 Click Back to return to the Active Exceptions List 5 Click Back again to return to the Criteria List screen Changing an Exception s Status from the Exception Inbox Screen To change an exception s status 1 Click Exceptions Inbox Individual 2 Select a status from the Status drop down list a In Process Exception Criteria 6 23 Processing Exception Criteria on Demand a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismiss a Escalated 3 Click Apply Changes Note If you change an exception s status in the Exceptions Criteria drilldown Active Exceptions link Active Exception list page you must refresh the screen before the new Active Exception Count appears Proc
226. abisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Inventory E Dave 10 15 03 T Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Proj Inventory Proj Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Shipment A Dave 10 15 03 a Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Forecast Roo aos eae HA Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Shipment Ship Forecast Dave 10 15 03 Pisquatucl at Boston 10 07 04 Forecast Promo Wilson 14 06 54 rT 9 k Planters 1077 l Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Shipment A 3 Dave 10 15 03 mo Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Forecast FOOSE ar a A Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Supplier Inv Supplier Inv Dave 10 15 03 n Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 30 07 04 Units Units Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Drug Pet 02 04 02 Sales Dave 10 17 03 CS pee Stores Foods 12 26 04 Forecast GEIR RESO Wilson 17 47 19 Computed C 3 To delete a disaggregation profile click the check box next to the profile and click the Delete button Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 20 11 Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab 4 To edit an existing profile click the colored dot next to the profile The screens used to create the profile are displayed Click the Edit button Make any edits necessary in the same manner you would if you were creating the profile and click Done Figure 20 14 Create Profile Screen Location Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Ef
227. absence of data You may click the grey dot to leave a comment after doing so it becomes blue 2 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Table 2 2 Cont List View Icons Icon Icon Name Description Delete Allows for multi selection of check boxes in its column To select or deselect all items for X deletion click the Delete icon Click the individual check boxes in the column beneath it to select deselect items to be deleted View Edit This column contains blue drilldown dots SY that allow you to view or edit item details Copy This icon appears in only two places the a Promotion List screen and Exceptions Criteria List Click the Copy icon to obtain a duplicate of the selected criterion or promotion The copy can then be modified and renamed View Edit Comment This icon displays a column of drilldown dots that can be clicked to view or add comments about a given item Comments are posted in a discussion thread style Printer Friendly View Drilldown dots can be clicked to access details about the selected item in a S printer friendly format O Override Execute Time Overrides the execution time for job processing when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check boxes in the column beneath it to select deselect items to be ov
228. ad Note If you select the n periods at a time with n periods in the past option in the Preferences Data Defaults screen and there is no current period the periods displayed default to the first period in the data stream Otherwise they are the periods you select Graph Y Axis Scale to fit Min and Max according to the values you enter This lets you choose the best way to view data streams in graph mode Collapse empty columns in the past or in the future Oracle Retail VCC allows you to collapse empty time buckets in table mode to more easily view data without having to scroll to the left or to the right If there are six or more consecutive empty time buckets across all the data streams being retrieved at a context those columns can be collapsed so that they are not displayed This feature can be used for the following cases You and your partner collaborate using uniform weekly data on a Oracle Retail VCC database set up with daily time buckets If there are six or more consecutive empty time buckets across all the data streams being retrieved at a context those columns are collapsed Collapsed periods may be in the past or in the future You and your partner collaborate using daily history information but have data streams with differing time buckets daily weekly monthly or quarterly If there are six or more consecutive empty time buckets in the future across all the data streams being retrieved at a
229. admin only includes a Real Time Export check box where either a subtype or total stream can be selected For Period Overlay Extracts when a change is entered via period overlay the data extracted applies only to the overlay and does not filter down to base periods Real Time Exports always export in UTF 8 encoding This is not configurable Files generated from Real Time Export contains a Creation Date that is in GMT You can configure Real Time Extracts in the Company General Config Real Time Extract tab Extract settings on this screen allow you to specify The file path a File delimiter Precision by setting the number of decimal places Which columns to include Column order a UOM Note Comment Reason and Revision Status are not extracted if a Data Stream is saved using either a Period Overlay or with Total Stream selected for Real Time Extract Additionally data from Real Time Extract has a creation date that is in GMT 15 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Real Time Extract Tab Configuring Real Time Extracts To configure Real Time Extracts 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 Click the Real Time Extract tab The Real Time Extract screen appears Figure 15 11 Real Time Extract Screen Preferences Directory Path Delimiter Set Precision Decimal Places UOM Hide Columns Save Groups Links Period Overlays RealTime Ext
230. ailable whether you wish it to be a percentage or an absolute formula If you have selected a context that contains folders you are offered the option to Aggregate on the folder level s Otherwise for leaf level contexts None is displayed Select the Processing Order you wish to assign the metric Highest priority processing can be set to one Five levels of processing are provided with five being the lowest priority and three being the default If you have chosen a Metric Type that contains period overlays you can select an overlay from the View by Overlay drop down When you select an overlay a check box Set Period Range allows you to specify a fixed or rolling set of periods for your overlay to Begin and End on Whole period overlays is used if Set Period Range is not checked When a Begin and End Date are specified only the intersecting periods is used Oracle Retail VCC defaults to Base Periods whether or not you have period overlays Determine whether the metric occurs during a fixed or rolling Period If the metric should occur during a specific time frame select the Fixed radio button and enter the Start and optionally the End date If you want the metric period to more forward relative to the Start period specified select the Rolling radio button and enter the Start and End periods Entering 0 indicates the current period Metrics 8 5 Deleting Metrics 10 11 The Repeat Frequency section
231. al location for the retrieval file Partner the partner location for the retrieval file Product s name of the product or product folder included by the extracted file Download displays Scheduled or a links to a file download Period shows the time period Last Executed date time stamp for when the Data Extract was last executed Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for job processing Exception Status column can contain multiple exception statuses These include Active Dismissed Escalated In Process Obsoleted Resolved Supersedes Superceded Unresolvable Auto Dismissed Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Auto In Process Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable See Exceptions for status definitions Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Extracts Note You can arrange the order of the columns to suit your needs For details see Setting List Screen Preferences Extracting Master Data To extract specific master data you specify the master data context and the Extracts tool obtains the master data at the time the retrieval event is scheduled When the master data you requested is processed it is available to you as a hyperlink in compressed zip format from the Extracts screen Click the link and save the data file on your computer About Repeat Frequency Each extraction type contains a Rep
232. al secondary Your ordering of selected subtypes should show 9 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout a First sales base primary sales promo primary sales seasonal primary Then sales base secondary sales promo secondary sales seasonal secondary or Actual sales base primary Actual sales promo primary Actual sales base secondary Actual sales promo secondary Actual sales base year ago Actual sales promo year ago 4 Click the Streams Info icon to display your company s assigned data streams in a separate browser For details see Help Stream Info in General Icons 5 Click Save to save the edit s and return to the Groups subtab Click Cancel to cancel the edit s and return to the Groups subtab Add Groups To add groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears If you have created groups already they appear in the list Figure 9 19 Groups Screen CAES a ee Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups salesForecastGroup actualSalesGroup DCGroup finishedGoodsGroup shipFestGroup Edit Delete Add 2 Click Add and the Add pane appears Preferences 9 17 Layout Figure 9 20 Add Pane Group Name Data Stream Sub Types Selected Table P 5
233. alculate exceptions based on a percentage value Figure 6 21 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on a Percentage Value buyer seller Deviation 100 seller When you create a maximum buyer seller to minimum buyer seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an absolute value Deviation max buyer seller min buyer seller When you create a maximum buyer seller to minimum buyer seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an percentage value Figure 6 22 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on a Percentage Value max buyer seller min buyer seller Deviation 100 min buyer seller Exception Criteria 6 27 Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas 6 28 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Reports This chapter contains the following topics Introduction Introduction About Reports Common Report Settings Creating Reports Generating Reports Deleting a Report Deleting a Template Oracle Retail VCC allows you to generate various types of reports to show the progress of the collaboration between you and your trading partners Reports are created by a superadmin admin or manager The report is scheduled to
234. ales impacts have been set for this Event Set Order Impacts Yes or No is displayed depending on whether or not order impacts have been set for this Event Stream Set stream set used by the Event Last Totaled Date date data was last totaled Event Theme Additional descriptive field Target Audience Event s target audience Event User Defined One to three custom fields that are company specific Partner Exclusivity Indicates whether promotion is shared exclusively with one partner company If selected the partner added in the first promotion is the only partner allowed for the event Total Crossdock Order Forecast Allows for total order computation Computed results display in the Promotion Item Examine screen Totals all four order values DC orders DSD orders Crossdock orders and Forward Buy minus the pre ordered quantity Event Data displayed in the List includes Events 10 5 Events Total Actual Sales Total Base Sales Forecast Total Promo Sales Forecast Total DC Order Forecast Total DSD Order Forecast Total Forward Buy Forecast Process Totals Total On Hand Inventory Total Monetary Sales Events Create Tab An Event must be created before any Promotions Items or Documents can be associated with it To create an Event 1 Select Event Overview Create The Create screen appears as shown below Figure 10 6 Create Screen
235. ally edited from the Data View Edit screen 9 Click Save Demand 11 21 Using Lift Factors 11 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 12 Supply This chapter consists of the following Introduction a Creating a Supply Policy a Using Interactive Supply Using Supply Batch Using the Safety Stock Feature Note The Supply module is a separately priced option and access to it as a menu item only appears if you have obtained a Supply license Introduction The Supply module allows customers and buyers to develop supply plans that meet target service levels The resupply function compares current inventory to planned consumption and expected receipts to determine supply needs Ordering rules from the Supply policies are applied to generate a set of forecast orders to fulfill this need The data for starting inventory planned consumption and expected receipts is read directly from the corresponding data streams The particular streams used are configurable in the Company Module Config Supply screen by the superadmin or admin The Supply module consists of six general areas a Policy Business rules that specify parameters to use in both supply and safety stock calculation Stored at leaf or folder level collaboration item a Interactive Planning Interactive what if supply planning of single collaboration items a Batch Automatic supply planning of multipl
236. ange the column prefix or add remove time buckets Click Save to save your edits Figure 9 14 Preferences Layout Screen Name Rolling6 LLF Save Cancel Reference Period 5 Display Bucket Size Number of Consecutive Color Column Prefix Add Remove Display Buckets 1 2 Bue Leaf1 E 1 2 Yellow _ Leafe ti 2 2 Green 5 Leaf3 a A telescoping overlay is displayed showing the period levels above leaf minimum number of consecutive buckets each bucket color and each bucket s column prefix as it appears in the Data View screen You can rename the overlay change the time period change the display bucket size change the 9 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout number of consecutive display buckets change the display bucket color change the column prefix or add remove time buckets Click Save to save your edits Figure 9 15 Preferences Layout Screen Name Tele_overlay OFixed O Rolling Telescoping Save Cancel Period Gall Periods Reference Period lo M Use existing period labels Levels Above Base Minimum Number of Color Column Prefix Add Remove Periods Consecutive Display Buckets 0 t o Bue y E 1 1 Yellow 2 fa Green y E Click Cancel when you are finished viewing the overlay to return to the main Period Overlay subtab view or Save
237. ant to take the Total Lead Time sum of Order Processing Time and Transit Lead Time into account in the supply calculation Usually you will want to apply frozen periods For example if you receive an order and your total lead time is 3 days to process the order and get the physical shipment from here to there then your customer cannot receive it until three days from now This three day period is the frozen period It is frozen because there is no way to change it When you run a supply policy you usually want to apply frozen periods so that the system does not propose new orders inside the frozen period If however there is some way to expedite order processing and your customer was going to be out of stock on this key item you might not want to apply frozen period In this case Transit Lead Time is still applied but Order Processing Time is not Select whether the safety stock type is fixed or stream based from the Safety Stock Type drop down list Alternatively use the safety stock calculator to determine this number If you select Fixed enter the Safety Stock number This number is the target inventory level for the item in terms of base units Enter the maximum inventory value in the Max Inventory text box This is a percent value of safety stock to use as the maximum allowable inventory This is used only to highlight items on the Interactive screen Enter the minimum inventory override value in the Min Invent
238. any level on each dimension more than one can be at the folder level A Time Only profile is created for each leaf level collaboration contained in the context you choose Select a stream type and subtype Select a context for which you want to assign the same daily allocation profiles for each week Click Create 4 For each time period select the daily allocation disaggregation profile you want to use Figure 20 9 Time Period for the Daily Allocation Disaggregation Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base Begin Periods 02 04 02 02 11 02 02 18 02 02 25 02 Profile Standard _y Standard _y Standard x Standard x Day1 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Day2 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Day3 0 20 0 20 0 20 0 20 Day4 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 Day5 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 Day6 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 Day7 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 5 Click Save Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager Note Time buckets must be configured for daily rather than weekly UOM s in order to access this feature Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 20 9 Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab The Daily Allocation screen allows you to specify how your daily data stream is structured It lets you specify how to allocate data across the week You can use the daily allocation setup profiles you create when cr
239. aph Groups see Creating and Editing Groups or Company General Config Groups see Managing Groups for a Company to establish the default available substream selections for the Graph Key 1 Click the Configure icon The Graph Key changes to a series of drop down lists Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 27 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 32 Graph Key Drop down Lists Yr Ago Margin y Yr Ago Lead Time y OK Cancel 2 Choose a subtype from the drop down list The list contains all the subtypes for the group in the Context Chooser Display Mode that you have selected Only the subtypes you select appears in the graph 3 Click OK and the changes appear in the graph Note The subtype names that appear in the drop down lists are the long names that are given to the subtype when the stream is created in Configuration Streams View See Configuration Stream Types Tab for details The names you see in the legend are the short names Required Fields All required fields are marked with a red asterisk If a required field is left blank and an action button is clicked an error message requesting that you fill in the required field appears Carefully check your screen for any required fields you may have missed to avoid getting error messages 2 28 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Data This chapter covers the following topics Introdu
240. are not hard and fast rules As you become familiar with the Administrator you might choose to perform some actions before or after others The guidelines are meant to help and give you a basic road map for getting started They follow the topics detailed in subsequent chapters Superuser Responsibilities On a new VCC installation the superuser is the only user in the System and it is her responsibility to set up VCC and provide the environment in which companies can collaborate As superuser your first duties are to 1 Create all trading partner companies that exist on the server You can create companies only through the Administrator Create tool 2 Create users Company administrators can also create users for their specific companies Introduction to VCC Administration 13 5 Where To Begin gt DNS Up Assign the Oracle Retail VCC modules for each company Configure all data stream types and assign them to specific companies as appropriate Configure the languages that are available to user Configure billing and usage report monitoring Create server level links Execute purge requests that is purge data when submitted by company administrators These tasks are further described in See Server Level Configuration and Management Administrator Responsibilities Administrators superadmin and admin are responsible for company level administration and configuration They do not have access to any superuser fu
241. ased on Sum On attributes 11 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Batch Jobs For each Demand Policy thus qualified the forecast stream is computed based on the stream set the history and forecast dates defined in the policy See Creating a Demand Policy for details on how Demand Batch handles Use Like Item History and Forecast Dates Using Interactive Demand describes how Null values is treated for History and Lift streams Lift Factor Batch Request Lift Factor Batch Requests generate lift factor streams for every policy qualified by the batch Lift Factor request based on Sum On attributes Only Demand policies which have Use Lift Factors selected are considered For each Demand Policy thus qualified the Lift Factor stream is computed based on the stream set the history and forecast dates defined in the policy For details on the math involved in computing Lift Factors see Using Lift Factors Running Batch Requests with Scheduler Tasks Demand Batch Requests can be run with either of the following two Scheduler Tasks a Run Demand Batch Requests a Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests While running the Scheduler Tasks Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests lift factors are generated before going on to generating forecasts Lift Factor Batch Requests can be run with either of the following two Scheduler Tasks a Run Lift Factor Batch Requests a Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch
242. ast Changed Date Last Changed By Last Totaled Date Summary Event Name Test Event 3 be Event ID 4_0_MIG_3 Event Category Location Opening w Begin Date 08 12 08 End Date 08 21 08 Event Theme Event Description Comment Details Stream Set Events Set Sales Impacts Set Order Impacts Partner Exclusivity Target Audience URL i __ _Test Link Commit Date Promotions Promotion Items 4 If you modify the Event click Save If you have viewed the Event and wish to return to the calendar without editing click Cancel Events List Tab Select Events Overview List tab The Events List appears It contains the following columns Figure 10 5 Events List Linnas Display Mode Search End Date M Before Date 4 11 06 Ea J f List No Records Found Event Event Event Event Creator BeginEnd Total ID Name Description Category Company Date Date Actual Sales Total Total Total DC Base Promo Order Sales Sales Forecast Forecast Forecast Total Total Process Copy Number Of Num DSD Forward Totals Promotions Of Order Buy Iter Forecast Forecasi E Holiday E Joint Promotion J wees sone Promoen wees ine Promoen gt Examine drilldown dot provides a more detailed view of the selected Event a Event ID the ID assigned to the Event a Event Name name of the Event 10 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Colla
243. ast Error Forecast Error Rolling Error and Count Missing require you to choose between a Percent formula or an Absolute formula If you select one of these metric types radio buttons appear after the drop down Aggregate On This option shows None unless a folder level Metric is being viewed For any dimension that is un checked the metric is calculated each leaf under the selected folder For any dimension that is checked if the levels below that dimension is left blank the metric is calculated at the selected folder If the levels below control is used the metric is calculated at every folder that is the indicated number of levels below the current context in that dimension Treat Null Value as Zero Check box that allows null values to be treated as zeros Processing Order The order numbers 1 5 assigned for processing Processing begins with Processing Order 1 metrics and is completed for all metrics at this level before beginning Processing Order 2 and processing continues in a stepwise fashion until all metrics have been calculated When using Process on Demand the same order also applies This is useful if you want to use the output of one metric as the input for another Metrics 8 3 Viewing and Editing Metrics a Period Overlay Allows you to select from a list of available company specific fixed period overlays a Periods Select from fixed or rolling periods and enter the Start and
244. ata 1 Select the appropriate Folder level Company Location Partner Location Product from the Context Chooser and Period from the Create Tab for which the Extract request is to be created Click Extracts Create The Create screen appears Select the Master Data radio button for Retrieval Type Figure 4 2 Create Screen Context Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt E Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder a a KAW Select Bookmark v List Create Extract Type Master Data O Other Type Product Hierarchy v include Current Folder Filename Character Set ASCII J Directory Path u00 webadmin product 10 1 3 OracleaS_1 i2ex Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 08 10 08 1 End Date 16 e mm dd yy mm dd yy Recurrence Monthy Y pay ofevery month s OThe First y Sunday Y of every Ea month s Time Start Any Time O Start At HH mm Save Cancel Select the master data Type Location Hierarchy Partner Hierarchy Product Hierarchy Period Hierarchy or Collaboration Products If the Include Current Folder control check box is selected the output includes the specification for the current folder If this check box is not selected the output includes all the items within the current folder but not the folder itself
245. ata View Edit screen has an additional icon that allows you to select two products to compare This feature enables simultaneous viewing of two products data To compare two products 1 Select a context that contains a leaf level Product 2 Select Data View Edit from the menu The View Edit screen appears Figure 2 20 View Edit Screen Context Display Mode i Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers AIl Products gt ES Pilot Select Bookmark v Mode Default 4 UOM EA Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr 01 15 05 01 29 05 02 19 05 02 26 05 a a a a a a a Gross Margin 39 425 41 326 33 970 38 613 39 207 33 608 38 334 Yr Ago Gross Margin a a a a a a a 39 85 3 Click the Compare Products icon in the chooser pane The product tree appears 2 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 21 Product Tree Select Product Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Buyer Non Local Partneri Product Planters Cashews Product Dave Wilson All Products Snacks Planters Planters Cashews E Planters Holiday Pack Planters Mixed Nuts 4 Select the product you wish to compare with the previous product s data by highlighting a new leaf node on the product hierarchy
246. ates Stat Factor Change If the Units Per Load is updated then see new job listing Tag Aggregates Units Per Load Change Adding a Leaf Node From the right click pop up menu select Add Product Add Partner or Add Location to add a new node to the current hierarchy There is no Add Leaf node in the Periods hierarchy Required fields are marked with an asterisk A corresponding Job is listed in the Jobs Monitor for each edit session used in adding new leaf nodes 16 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies Figure 16 6 Right click Menu ERE All Products 3 Food Pet Foods Milk bor 1 Examine ia Dog New Category HAR Flav create Link 9 Org cut ERS Planters Copy HH Planters 3 Planters Holiday Pack HAE Planters Mixed Nuts HOJ Recycle Bin E Adding a Local Location Add Location Location Name Location ID Alternate ID Create Cancel 1 2 3 Select Company Master Data from the VCC menu Select the Location tab Click Start Editing highlight the category folder under which to place the new Local location Right click the category and select Add Location from the pop up menu The Add Location screen appears Figure 16 7 Add Location Screen Type GLN v Type GN y Enter the company Location Name For example
247. ation Database purge functions Each is described below Once you create the companies whose users log on to this server company administrators can perform all company specific configuration and management including 1 Defining master data for the company which includes products your trading partners your company locations time periods You can create master data manually using the administrator tasks or you can load master data from a file see the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide Creating collaborations Creating Price Profiles which sets the base price for each product Creating aggregates if applicable a e o N Creating company roles and users A superuser server admin also can create users and assign them to roles for specific companies To facilitate information loading you have the option of loading your product partner and location information from a file If you have a large amount of data to load you should prepare these files before you begin defining company information For details see the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide Managing Company Creation A superuser or server admin must create all information for all companies using the administrator tasks before you begin using the companies in collaborative relationships Once you create companies you can begin creating the frameworks for the companies you created When your company or trading partner information changes you must make the changes us
248. ation Item Comments ococicinnnconnnnnnnnanananonancnononononcncononarnronononano ro rnn ccoo coran ninos 14 29 Checking the Purge Progress tis coc iia ici tada etileno 14 30 Managing Time Periods for All Companies ooooiocicinnniononnnnnononananananonononananononononananononononoranononononos 14 32 Guidelines for Creating Time Peri dS esmeriussniennsnniminai iisi 14 32 Creating Periods Company Configuration Periods Tab occocicmennnmmmamm 14 32 Creating Time Period FolderSms enonse i Diada datan iia a da eii 14 33 Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab 14 34 Configuration General Tapii snini nnise ia piyaa e E E ira ieSe iaa 14 35 Renaming Labels iio A ade A E E a a a ake 14 35 Setting Export Compression SiZe cccccessccsssecssesescsseseecseseesseesesecseeesescseecesseessssessessanenssseaeees 14 36 Setting the Usage Statistics E mail Notification in the Billing Tab eee 14 37 Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Comments and Master Data 0 ccc eens tees 14 37 Managing Company General Information and Preferences About Your Company General Information 0 0 00 ccc eee ee ceeeeeee eens ceeeneneneteseseseneseseeneees 15 1 Managing Company General PreferenceS oocccnninnninnnnnnnnnnncncnoncncnnacononnn crono ro rornn nooo ro rnn cocoa coran cronos 15 2 Company General Config General Pr
249. ation User Guide 2 Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks This chapter includes the following topics Browser Compatibility Platform Support Logging On to Oracle Retail VCC Logging Off from Oracle Retail VCC The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Browser Compatibility Oracle Retail VCC supports Internet Explorer versions 5 0 5 5 and 6 0 If you experience difficulties when using Oracle Retail VCC set your browser settings according to guidelines provided in Browser Settings Platform Support For a list of what platforms Oracle Retail VCC supports see Oracle VCC Supported Platforms Logging On to Oracle Retail VCC Before you can log on to Oracle Retail VCC you must be previously established as a valid Oracle Retail VCC user know your Oracle Retail VCC username and password have an assigned a role that enables you to specific user privileges dependant on the user group to which you are assigned have a system that is running Contact your system administrator or hosting provider for details To log on to a local Oracle Retail VCC system 1 2 Make sure that the web server is up and running Enter a URL in VCC Configurations that directs the JSP engine to the correct context path This can be done by selecting Start Programs VCC VCC Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 1 Logging On to Oracle Retail VCC Configurations VCC Configuration Select the Clien
250. ator and is allowed to load data for all companies 13 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Administration Overview The Administrators There are three types of company specific administrators in VCC superadmin limited admin and admin The only function to which the superadmin has exclusive access is the VCC Scheduler which is used to schedule various Oracle Retail VCC jobs that cannot be performed in real time The screen shown below is similar to the screen a superadmin sees when they log in For details on the context chooser see Context Chooser Figure 13 2 Context Chooser Area for a Superuser Context Local Lisa Hill All Locations Partner Lisa Hill All Partners Product Liss Hill All Products on A A A O y Welcome Lisa Hill Context Chooser The functions you can perform as a Oracle Retail VCC company administrator include a Editing your local company information including product folders and leaf nodes location folders and leaf nodes and trading partner location folders This is called your master data You can enter master data using the administrator tasks or the VCC Integrator In most cases the Integrator is the most efficient way to enter large amounts of this type of data Creating aggregates Aggregates allow you to group individual leaf nodes in a hierarchy into a single unit so you can treat the individual leaves in the hierarchy as a unit For example if you have a categ
251. be named CASE a Multiplier The conversion factor used to convert the number of individual units into the required unit of measure Example to convert individual units into SIXPACKS the multiplier would be 6 Creating New UOM Factors To access the UOM Factor creation screen 1 Select Company from the menu 2 Choose UOM from the Company sub menu 3 Select the Create tab The Product tree appears Figure 26 3 Product Tree Screen _List Create Product Ball Products Set H All Products HH collab products Collabs 0 NGSC Pilot 3 Syndicated He Dave Wilson All Products SYNCRA_1873 Milkbone SYNCRA_1875 HI Pet Foods SYNCRA_1874 4 Select the Product name from the tree that you wish to create new UOM factors for You cannot create new UOM factors at folder level and must select a leaf level product 5 Click the Set button The Create screen appears Managing Company UOM Factors 26 3 Deleting UOM Factors Figure 26 4 Create Screen List Create Product GIN UOM Other GIN Other UOM New Multiplier Save Cancel 9 Milkbone SYNCRA 1875 3456 number Enter the Other GIN in the text box The parameters you enter here must be unique for each company If Other UOM is new select the check box and enter the information in the text box If the Other UOM is not new select a pre existing Other UOM from the drop down
252. because a local error was discovered If the change is not made partner issue value unchanged A partner s error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle Split the difference The partner and local values were both set to the average of the original values Agree to disagree Partner and local stand by their differing values Not Resolved The issue has not yet been resolved default Local issue value unchanged A local error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle If the change is made local issue changed value The local value was adjusted to match the partner s value because a local error was discovered If the change is not made partner issue value unchanged A partner s error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle Partner issue value unchanged A partner s error was discovered and is expected to be corrected in the next planning cycle Local issue changed value The local value was adjusted to match the partner s value because a local error was discovered In Process Actions 7 Set Time Out Threshold 8 In the Send E Mail text box enter the e mail address of the person s to be notified if the exception has passed the time out threshold and the exception status has not changed to In Process or Auto In Process 9 Inthe E mail Language drop down you can set the language that the
253. boration User Guide Sample PDF Report Screens Reports can be generated in Excel RTF CSV Pipe delimited or PDF format The Extract report is a CSV Microsoft Excel file All remaining sample VCC Reports that follow were generated in PDF format Comment a Data Stream a Distributed Exception a Extract a Last Transaction No Transaction Promotion Detail Comment Figure D 1 Comment Report Product Stream Type Name Stream Item Name AP of Periods from Current Quantity 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 223 80 This is a Comment Nabisco at Pisquetuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movemen ovementa7 10 27 03 13 02 03 1 226 00 Thi Nabisco at Pisquetuck Speedy Rx at Bosto z 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 15 00 Ti Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Bostor 10 27 03 11 02 03 1 20 00 This Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Pl vement17 2 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 6 80 This Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Bostor Movement17 2 10 27 03 12 02 03 1 6 80 This Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Pl EA PK Measure 10 27 03 11 02 03 1 44 00 Thi Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Pl DC Receipts 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 101 00 Thi Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Bostor EA PK Measure 10 20 03 10 26 03 0 33 00 This sent MULTI None maTi None Order policy change None Overstock condition None Price change None Product changeover None Producton issue Accepted Production issue Superceded Revised pr
254. boration User Guide Events Event Description optional description entered for the Event Event Category category the Event belongs to Category indicates the reason for planning the Event i e Holiday Price Change Retailer Promotion etc Creator Company company that created the Event Begin Date date the Event begins End Date date the Event ends Copy duplicate this Event Number Of Promotions number of Promotions contained in this Event Number Of Items total number of Items contained in the Event Promotions View Edit Comment clicking the drilldown dot enables you to view and edit comments Grey dots indicate there is not yet a comment created for the Event Delete allows you to delete Events by checking the check box and then clicking the Process Selected Items button Printer Friendly View view data in format that is suitable for printing Created By name of user who created the Event Created Date date the Event was created Last Changed Date date the Event was last modified Last Changed By name of user who last updated this Event Number Of Locations number of locations included in the Event Number Of Partners number of partners involved in the Event Number Of Products number of products affected by the Event URL The Web site where Event details can be viewed Set Sales Impacts Yes or No is displayed depending on whether or not s
255. buted Sales Impact Value applies to all Promotion Items whether or not they had been previously overridden at the Item level If there are no Items for this Promotion the Sales Impact for all Items that are added is the Sales Impact of the Promotion equally divided among all the Items If there are one or more Items for a given Promotion the Sales Impact for all Items being added is 0 Events 10 13 Promotions Note If you create an Event with Entire Promotion selected and later add edit or remove Promotion Items the Promotion s Sales Impact Value is not automatically readjusted This may result in some numbers to being out of sync Note After Processing Totals two kinds of fields are empty a Each Stream Set data type that has not been selected to Enable Totals Each Stream Set data type that has null values in the Event date range Note Totals displayed in the Event are the sum of the current value of all items in the Event a First Ship Date first available date product can be shipped a Planned Date date Promotion is planned Proposed Due Date due date proposed for Promotion a Planned Due Date due date planned for Promotion Partner Promotion ID collaboration partners ID assigned to the Promotion a E Mail Notification e mail addresses of to be sent notification of promotion a E Mail Language language to be used in e mail notificati
256. cale Visible Zoom In En Disable All Enable Sl BB Configure y N Y Rescale adjusts the vertical scale of the graph to distribute lines as appropriate to the data you are viewing Rescale Visible zooms in to display a more detailed view of the data currently displayed Zoom toggles between Zoom In and Zoom Out mode Disable All hides all points in the stream on the graph Enable All shows all points in the stream on the graph Configure lets you pick the substreams you want to show in the graph in the Graph Key This is especially useful when you have more substreams than keys in the graph View Data Above Arrow appears when there is data available above current view Clicking this arrow adjusts graph view to include data that was previously out of the picture View Data Below Arrow appears when there is data available below current view Clicking this arrow adjusts graph view to include data that was previously out of the picture View Tabs Toggles between Graph and Table Mode The default Oracle Retail VCC graph display is scaled to the highest point in the entire data series whether or not that point is currently in the user s view In the case of very large promotions or when mixed time buckets daily weekly monthly are displayed in the same time series the default view shows data for buckets with smaller quantities compressed near the bottom of the graph This may make it diffic
257. can English Create Cancel 5 Inthe User Name field enter a user name 6 Inthe Real Name field enter the user s real name Enter the user s E Mail Address Telephone Number and Fax Number if desired This contact information appears whenever the username link is clicked and the user is examined See example below Server Level Configuration and Management 14 19 Roles amp Users Search Figure 14 18 Examine User Examine User User Name Dave Wilson Real Name E Mail Address Telephone Number Fax Number 3 Company Name 4B Corp Login Allowed New Password Confirm Password Language American English System User O Update User Done 7 In the Password field enter the password and enter the password again to confirm in the Confirm Password field 8 Select the company to which the user belongs from the Company drop down menu 9 Inthe Language field select the language to which you want to assign the user 10 Click Create The Edit Roles amp Users screen appears Note You cannot use the same browser that was used to create a new user to log in as the new user A new browser new session must be opened in order to log in Wait 50 60 seconds before the new user logs in Once a user is created you can see a reminder to Set Access Control for the users Hierarchy Stream and Module access If you do not assign access control the user
258. cannot be created for a Measure stream Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Movement and Balance aggregates are editable if they adhere to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When Values can be entered manually or can be data loaded using the Integrator AND there is a Disaggregation Profile existing for the specified periods OR if no periods for the specified stream type have a Disaggregation Profile and the Proportional Disaggregation option is set to Yes in Company General Config Preferences Oracle Retail VCC allows you to add a comment to any data stream item in table mode This is useful if you want to add a comment to a field you have changed Comments are attached to a context and data stream item type for that period They remain until explicitly deleted They are not removed automatically when the data item changes Data 3 9 Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments Data stream item comments are designated by a solid blue square in the data stream item cell in table mode When the cursor passes over the blue square the comment appears in a tooltip In graph mode comments are designated by a purple circle When the cursor passes over the purple circle the comment appears in a tooltip text box next to the stream name Note Data stream comments ar
259. cast Promo a a a Ship Forecast Adj y Maf 44 gt gt pil a Table Graph Y In addition to editing the values in the temporary profile you can choose one of the following actions a Save All saves the policy and the displayed streams a Recalculate recalculates the data stream values based on your policy Note The output stream values do not automatically recalculate when you open Supply Interactive To update values based on the current input streams you must click Recalculate a Save Data Stream saves the changes to the displayed data stream s in the table a Restore Policy resets the settings to match those saved in the permanent policy a Save Policy saves the current settings to the permanent policy The supply policy algorithm calculates a receipt forecast a shipment forecast and a projected inventory with the following goals The projected ending inventory for the buyer should be above the minimum safety stock defined in the policy Projected receipt quantities should conform to the minimum and incremental order quantity parameters defined in the policy Projected receipt dates should be allowed by the calendar for the receiving location if applicable a Projected shipping dates should be allowed by the calendar for the shipping location if applicable 12 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Supply Batch Note All the streams in the Supply
260. ced in the recycle bin and period overlays that have been deleted by company administrators and placed in the Oracle Retail VCC recycle bin Purging master data effectively empties the recycle bin of any master data Prior to purging master data you can if necessary recover the contents of the Oracle Retail VCC recycle bin When company administrators want data stream data purged they must submit a purge request by selecting Company Purge Requests from the VCC menu Once a company administrator submits a purge request it appears in the superuser s and server admin s Purge Data screens As superuser server admin you then can execute the purge requests submitted To execute a purge request see Purging Transaction Data A purge request specifies the data stream type the company administrator wants to delete purge from the database and the time frame purge date of the data to be deleted When you execute the purge request all data created in the data stream between the dates specified is deleted Purge requests are not required for Jobs Monitor log purging After executing a purge a log file called purgedata log is created in the SYNCRA_ HOME server directory It contains information about the purge and whether it was successful or not Note If you are unable to restart your server after a Transaction Purge Request fails it may be a result of purge lock settings These can be reset by clicking the following executable SYNC
261. ception Criteria Note When None is selected from the Adjust Local Value drop down list you can manually select Auto Dismissed Auto In Process Auto Resolved or Auto Unresolvable or Auto Escalated from the Set Status drop down list If you select any other Adjust Local Value item is chosen the status is automatically set to Auto Table 3 shows all the possible status options depending the Stream to Adjust and the adjustment method chosen Table 6 2 Auto Status Options Stream Adjust Method Status Code Type 3 Local Ns E gt Streamto 2 g o g Type 1 Source Type 2 Compare Adjust o Per 8 2 Local Current Partner Current 1 S1 S2 S S3 S4 Local Current Partner Current 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Partner Current Local Current 2 Sl S2 8 S3 S4 Partner Current Local Current 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Local Current Local Previous 1 S1 S2 S8 S8 S10 Local Current Local Previous 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Local Current Local Generation Offset 1 S1 S2 S8 S8 S10 Local Current Local Generation Offset 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Local Current Local Period Offset 1 S1 S2 S8 S8 S10 Local Current Local Period Offset 3 S1 S7 S7 S7 S7 Partner Current Partner Previous 3 S1 S9 S9 S9 S9 Partner Current Partner Generation Offset 3 S1 S9 S9 S9 S9 Partner Current Partner Period Offset 3 S1 S9 S9 S9 S9 Local Current Threshold 1 S1 S2 S8 S8 S8 Local Current Threshold 3 S1 S7
262. ception criterion click Exceptions Criteria Individual List Click the check box below the Check column next to the exception criterion and then click Delete The Delete check box is available next to the criteria at or below the current context Criteria above the current context do not have the Delete check box next to them Viewing an Exception s Status History from the Active Exceptions Screen To view the status history of an exception from the Active Exceptions screen 1 Click Exceptions Criteria Individual List 2 Click the number link in the Active Exceptions column This number represents the total of active exceptions contained in that criteria The Active Exception Criteria screen appears 6 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing an Exception s Status History from the Active Exceptions Screen Figure 6 14 Active Exception Criteria Screen Context Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Product Planters Active Exceptions Of Criteria Displaying 1 15 of 15 S Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status Status Severity UOM Typel Type2 Criteria History i i i Shipment Planters A Speedy Sales Forecast 10 28 03 Holiday Nabisco at Rxat 1 098 00 223 00 1 321 00 83 12 Tora moa Ative Low Orie Forecast Ship Pack a Boston Ts SalesFestBase Forecast Base Shipment n Speedy Sales Forecast O 10 28 03 planters N
263. cess Aggregate Actions 6 Process Aggregate Exceptions 7 Process Exception Alerts 8 Process Extract Requests 9 Process Leaf Actions Extracts the current Users from the Oracle Retail VCC database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Extraction Scheduler machine Or to directory path configured in the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator UI Processes In Process and Resolution actions for all leaf and aggregate exceptions Identifies aggregate data revisions Identifies and re synchs aggregate criteria with any folders marked dirty by hierarchy changes Obsoletes any exceptions triggered by items no longer included in folder marked dirty by hierarchy changes Identifies any exceptions resulting from the aggregate stream revisions Identifies any group exceptions Processes Initial actions for all new Aggregate exceptions triggered Sends e mails to supplied e mail addresses in Exceptions Send Alert Requests list Run this task after processing exceptions through these tasks Process Leaf Exceptions Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Leaf Actions Process Aggregate Actions When an extract request has been created in the Extract UI for any all of the options Extracts requested data from theVCC Database Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Retrieval Scheduler machine Or to the File Path File URL as configured in VCC Configuratio
264. ch AAA acetscbesesactchtieehanc cbse dadat che Govssnt ctauevedet tasyepat sexgtnebassevesyeite destined 14 17 Creating Usera ri iets tli loco oia as 14 18 Setting and Editing User Access Control oconiniinnncnnnnnnnnnnnnoncnnncncncnnnconanocornnononono ron cnnonco ro rancnnnos 14 20 Accessing the User Access Control Screens oococononenononncnnncnnnnonnnecarnnnnnnnnannnnenararanannnnnraros 14 20 Hierarchy Access at A ahve edi teats AA iBone aces 14 21 SICA ACCESS n ETS DIA RA A A ca caren iia 14 22 E A te e Wena MasTidi cue va ar e E a aea aaan 14 22 Examining a Usina iodo 14 23 Disabling a Usina ita sa REE AAEE Ea ardid 14 23 Mowving a User to a New Roles cise cle aii eaten Betis aah wane ie 14 24 Changing User Password ccecccassc cecissczeseosssscitcshies Seseanascheseusstadstiresvacadeseyeis sdvataneseresisgehsentss tual 14 24 Copying a USE viniste lade ee tae EE N ote ere AE id 14 25 Designating a System USEF conocnccicncocononnnoncannnrarenncnnnoranannnnanarannnnnnorenacnonorananncn nn aero ia aena iaaa 14 25 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen oociconocinnnnonnononononinnnnnononananananononananonononanos 14 26 Purging Transaction Data acias io aan Eai 14 26 Purging the Job MoONit OT iicartaiocnd ti ra e ba a E a italia 14 28 Purging Master Data irradia cia 14 28 15 16 Purging Event Promotions ccccecsescseesceeesessesesescsseseecseseeeseseecseseececsesessseeseecsseesesesseseneeeeees 14 29 Purging Collabor
265. ch all policies at but not below that context dimension 5 Set the safety stock calculation value Type from the following radio buttons Single Value calculates a single safety stock value for all future periods Stored as a single value in the policy Time Series calculates safety stock as a time series for a defined range of future periods Stored in a stream 6 Select the safety stock calculation Method from the drop down list Normal assumes deviation follows a normal distribution 12 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Safety Stock Feature Poisson assumes deviation follows a Poisson distribution Used for slow moving items Periods Supply Forward calculates safety stock as a fixed number of periods of forecast consumption Periods Supply Back calculates safety stock as a fixed number of periods of actual consumption Select the safety stock calculation Basis from the drop down list Actual Consumption uses mean and deviation of actual consumption as basis of calculation Forecast Consumption uses mean and deviation of forecast consumption as basis of calculation Forecast Error uses the forecast error as the basis of calculation In addition to specifying the type method basis options you must specify certain parameters which vary depending on the options selected The table below outlines valid combinations and the required parameters fo
266. ch you and your partner collaborate Oracle Retail VCC automatically determines which of the contexts you select have collaborations If none of the contexts you select contains a collaboration you get an error screen message To create an aggregate 1 Load the company for which you want to create aggregates using the company chooser superuser serveradmin only 2 Select Company Aggregates from the VCC menu The aggregates screen appears EnsCure that the Create tab is selected to create the aggregate Figure 19 1 Company Aggregates Create Screen Create List Type UOM asiat Locations Mfg Consumption EA Folder Key Select Partners Mfg Org Fest Stat Units Aggregate on Folder Select Products Select Individual Locations CASE C Both Period All Periods Review Selections Create E All Locations E 3 Buyer DCs 3 From the Type selection box select the streams for which you want to create the aggregate You can select multiple contiguous data streams using Shift Click or multiple non contiguous data streams using Control Click 4 From the UOM selection box select the unit s of measure on which you want to aggregate Base Units Stat Units Currency or Load Multiselection is available 19 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab 10 11 12 Click Select Locations Sel
267. cheduler Monitor Examine User Purge Data E 7 Roles amp Users User Name Lauren Gray Configuration Real Name Links E Mail Address Prefi es fee Telephone Number Logout Fax Number Company Name AB Corp Login Allowed New Password Confirm Password Language American English System User O Update User Done 4 Click Done when you are finished to return to the Edit Roles Users screen Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To disable a user 1 Select Company Roles Users from the VCC menu 2 Highlight the user you want to disable and right click the user Click Examine The user s Profile screen appears Figure 22 13 User s Profile Screen Home Company Scheduler Monitor Examine User els pale User Name Lauren Gray Configuration Real Name Links E Mail Address Pref Hae Telephone Number Logout Fax Number Company Name AB Corp Login Allowed New Password Confirm Password Language American English System User oO Update User Done 3 Click the check box next to Login Allowed to deselect it 4 Click Update User 5 Click Done Managing Roles and Users 22 11 Moving a User to a New Role with the Company Roles and Users Screen The user is moved to the Disabled Users tree and is not able to log in Moving a User to a New Ro
268. cification Screen The VCC s Automated Exception Resolution feature automatically adjusts values changes status and notifies individuals based upon rules specified when an exception occurs or after a time out passes Automated resolution expands the range of possible actions associated with each severity level low medium and high of an exception criterion to the following Adjusting a local data stream value The options include matching to local value when a stream to adjust is other than type 1 or type 2 matching to partner value using the higher or lower of the partner and local values using the average of the partner and local values Changing the status of the exception The options include None Auto Auto Dismissed Auto In Process Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Auto Escalated a Sending an e mail message a Selecting an E mail Language Displaying a message in the Exceptions Inbox Automated resolution includes one set of initial actions and two time out action specifications for In Process and Resolution actions One identifies a potentially different set of actions to be taken if the exception was not marked In Process or Auto In Process in a prescribed amount of time The other triggers another selection of actions if the exception were not resolved before the time out expired If an exception is superseded before the time out expires the original exception s creation date time is u
269. cks and Jobs F 1 User Generated Jobs a Integrator Self Lock ISL Integrator Load jobs This blocks the same job for the same Loader type a Database STC Lock DSL Database Stream Type Code Locks operate based on load volume For more information see About Load Volume in the Operations Guide User Generated Jobs Job Job Screen Display Type s Lock Type Job Lock Trigger UI Trigger Create 1 2 CSL Click Create in Co Agg Review Selections Aggregates Create Click Create Agg on Demand from Data Aggregates on Stream gt View Edit Click Create in Demand Co Disagg Setup gt Create Create 1 2 Create Click Create button in Company gt Disaggregation Aggregates Disagg Setup Profile lock Create Edit Event 3 CSL DSL Click Save button in Events Create screen after creating an Event Create Periods 4 None Click Save button in Configuration Periods screen Create Price Profile 1 3 DSL Click Set button in Company Price Profiles Create Edit screen after entering Base Price Delete Aggregates 6 Create Click Delete or Delete All in the Aggregates Aggregate List screen Click Delete or lock Delete All in an Aggregate s View Period screen Modify Access Rights 4 None Click Start Editing button on Roles amp Users Edit Hierarchy Access screen Modify 1 None Click Start Editing button in Company gt Collaborations Create Collaboration screen Modify Location 4 CSL Click Start Editing but
270. cle Retail VCC with daily time buckets rather than weekly you see an additional drop down option when you select the Exception Inbox view This new drop down Period Configuration allows you choose how you wish periods to be displayed in the Exception Inbox The period display options are Beginning of Period a End of Period Beginning and end of Period Preferences 9 23 Layout Figure 9 25 Preferences Layout Screen S e Layout Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Exception Inbox O Collapsed Expanded Results Per Page 20 Default Filter None v Period Configuration Beginning and end of Period x Hide Columns Visible Hidden 4 Multi Column Sort Order Sort Column s 4 Setting Preferences for the User Defined Fields 1 Click Preferences Layout Lists Select Promotion Items Event Promotion Item Sublist Promotion Promotion Item Sublist Promotions promotion Sublist from the drop down list The appropriate Preferences screen appears Figure 9 26 Accessing Preferences for UDFs Home m Company Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Scheduler Monitor Promotion Items du SENS Demand Policy D d supali j Number of columns to freeze o Links Exceptions Visible Hidden Data Delete a Promotion Item Type a Metrics Examine E DSD Order Offset 3 Reports a gt View Data DSD Order Oty Extracts Event Promotion Item Sub
271. columns a Delete deletes the supply batch job when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect the item to be deleted a Edit View displays an editable view at the context of the selected supply batch job when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked a Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for the supply batch jobs when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect the item to be overridden Supply batch jobs are executed based on the frequency you specify for each job By selecting Override Execute Time the job is executed the next time the Scheduler task for processing batch jobs runs regardless of the frequency of the job a Product displays product component of the context Supply 12 9 Using the Safety Stock Feature a Local displays location component of the context Partner displays partner component of the context a Sum displays whether the policy is aggregated on a context dimension If the policy does not aggregate on a dimension displays None a Frequency displays selected frequency a Created By displays the user name a Last Updated displays the last update date and time To create a batch job
272. company superusers and serveradmins must have created superadmin and admin user Note Whenever a new user is created or the Name of an existing user is changed a 40 50 second wait may be necessary prior to logging in as that user Be advised that VCC may also require the new user to log in through a new browser session To create a new user in a specific role 1 Click Company Roles amp Users from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Figure 22 5 Oracle Retail VCC Menu Role admin E al E 3 limited_admin EMB reviewer 5 83 planner ERS supervisor a manager a admir ree la A cuen Dave Wilson HE Friar Tuck Lisa Hill HE Molly Fitz HE Rich Fitz 33 Rishi Krotha 2 Sherry Wood 2 Pick a company from the Company Chooser if necessary 3 Inthe User Name field enter the user name 4 In the Password field enter the password and enter the password again to confirm in the Confirm Password field 5 Click Create The Edit Roles Users screen appears Once you create the user you are directed to the Edit Hierarchy Access screen where you must assign access rights for the user If you do not assign access rights the user is not able to view any data 22 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Copying a User Copying a User You can create a new user based on an existing users profile and access rights by copying the existing user Copying a user copies the following attributes
273. company ID and locations and DUNS plus 4 number or location ID for each of your trading partners and also to add the trading partner to your trading partner list This allows you to configure collaborations between your locations and products and between those of your trading partners Removing Hierarchy Nodes through the Recycle Bin Each of the Master Data hierarchies Products Locations Partners and Periods includes a Recycle Bin category Although nodes cannot be directly deleted from hierarchies items placed Cut Paste in the Recycle Bin for Products Locations Partners or Periods can no longer be seen in any End User hierarchy view though associated data remains in the database In addition items placed in the Products Locations or Partners Recycle Bins are defined for removal upon the next corresponding Master Data Purge After purge these items are removed from the database Note The Period Hierarchy Recycle Bin is not affected by Master Data purge Items placed there will remain Managing Master Data Folders Administrator use folders to manage four different hierarchies Products Partners Locations 16 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide About Master Data Hierarchies a Periods These hierarchies can be accessed in the Company Master Data screen under their respective tabs Administrator options accessed through the hierarchy tree s right click menu include
274. compare any two data streams or substreams using the current to current current to previous or current to threshold comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on percentage value 6 26 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Figure 6 19 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on Percentage Value type 1 type 2 Deviation type 2 100 When you create a seller to buyer data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an absolute value Deviation seller buyer When you create a seller to buyer data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on a percentage value Figure 6 20 Formula to Calculate Exceptions Based on a Percentage Value seller buyer Deviation 100 buyer When you create a buyer to seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on an absolute value Deviation buyer seller When you create a buyer to seller data stream exception criterion based on the current to current comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to c
275. conducted by predicting the last data values provided using the data values from time periods prior to the predicted ones The top level competition is between each combination of a specific type of forecasting method used in conjunction with a specific form of the filtered data series The different forecasting methods include different types of linear and non linear regression methods and exponential smoothing methods The different forms of the data series are generated by the application of smoothing functions and deseasonalization functions to the original series Combinations of these two choices are compared to find the method series model that gives the best fit over the most recent data For each model under consideration a further optimization is conducted to adjust the model internally to its best state Each parameter is allowed to range over a set of values as specified by the user or by system defaults Since all the parameters must be varied concurrently this generally yields a large number of comparisons even within a specific model Therefore although full optimization is a powerful tool it must be utilized with some care as the magnitude of operations requested increases multiplicatively with every augmentation to parameter searching The candidate data filters used are no transformation a moving median filter a moving periodic total MPT filter an MPT filter of the moving median filtered data seasonal adjustment of untran
276. configures how often the calculation is repeated The default is today s Start Date with a recurrence of once which means that the calculation is not repeated If you wish it to repeat change the Recurrence drop down to the desired frequency Other options include always daily weekly and monthly Select the Type Subtype and optionally Creator from the available streams Your options in this portion of the screen varies depending on which metric type and streams you have selected Click Save to create the Metric or Cancel to return to the Metric List screen without saving Deleting Metrics To delete a metric 1 2 Select a context Select Metrics List The List screen appears Figure 8 4 List Screen List Create Process Selected Items Displaying 1 14 of 14 X oH Local Y Supplier Y Supplier O 0 Supplier O O Supplier O Supplier 3 4 Partner Product Metric Type Metric Name Processing Order Last Updated By Last Updated Process On Demat al smote BER o Soa habe se oe a sumir s o Byer paenan e 3 swale BRS e Buyer pgment ampe Cia a suier ZS o Select the individual check boxes under the Delete icon Or click the Delete icon to select all metrics for deletion Click Process Selected Items Processing Metrics Metrics can be processed on demand much like Exceptions To process Metrics on demand 1 2 3 Select a context Select Metrics
277. crono rorornn cnn ro corno cn roro coran cronos 6 26 Reports Introduce AR A So cue eed se 7 1 ADOUERE POrts 2 neei aces ce E A AAA veda A LAA AAA bd EE 7 2 Viewing REpoOT S vicciccooedreo itinere ariadna E Sid a Edo i di 7 2 Creating Reports Templates iii di aida 7 3 Common Report Settings siiin hyrna eaaa isa 7 3 Creating Reports 00 illes lalalala id 7 10 COMMON Einicio 7 10 Data Chase tone ALIS pee Aa eaaa ore ea EEE cad A ad 7 11 Data Stein Seales dabtucsteegesdssuasaonsaganenpdutbutossoannapan Saved vdelosepahaaedsbeiees desta trent desigdotenaed dica 7 12 Distributed Exception ass cai it ed a desu bch tee Ai dades 7 13 O AAA E NO TN NANO 7 14 EXC AA A A EE AA E AAA AAA 7 14 East TAN AC A A Aia 7 15 NO E AA TN 7 15 Promotion Detallado lali bado dba be 7 16 Promotion eni siressa aAA OA EEE R AA 7 16 Generating Reports voii ii ie ain a a a a a 7 17 Deleting a Report lied cold Mele hasta a e Ee Nice LEIA 7 18 Deleting a Template iis See etter E A A 7 18 Metrics AAA TN 8 1 Viewing and Editing Metrics ooioninnnnnconononononononanonononcnonanonononononononononononononon E EEE 8 1 vii 10 viii Creating Metrics codillo ic iach iis IE LE Sets DEE fal A AA 8 5 Deleting Metrics A AAA at A AA a E 8 6 Processing Met cS ic iS ese ad A es Ad Meee E stele teat AAA AAA 8 6 Batch Processing siiin la paisas 8 8 Metrics Error Messages iia taa a et na states dalla 8 8 Metric Ty DES iciceciun toc ie aee ee Sieh svaus iii ia eii en
278. cter Set UTF 8 Save Cancel 14 34 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuration General Tab 3 Click Add In the Language Name field enter the name of the new language in the Language Code field see http java sun com products jdk 1 2 docs guide internat locale doc html enter the code for the new language in the Country Code field enter the country code abbreviation See CountryCode abbreviations in column 2a at http java sun com products jdk 1 2 docs guide internat locale doc html The Language Code and Country Code you use must correspond to codes you used when saving the message bundle files and in the language identifier column of the database files 4 The Language Encoding section allows the selection of different character sets for use in E mail files and attachments sent through Oracle Retail VCC For Asian languages select the appropriate iso 2022 combination Japanese jp Korean kr Note If you would like to use the Export Data icon for Korean you must select MS949 for both the E mail Attachment Character Set and File Character Set drop downs 5 Click Save The language is added and individual users may select this language from their Preferences Localization screen You can view language pack details by selecting View Details Viewing language details allows you to view the language name language code and country code Configuration General Tab Acce
279. ction a Using the Right Click Menu Utility a Mass Entry of Data Viewing Data About Period Overlays a About Accumulation Rules Adding Reading and Deleting Data Stream Comments a Editing a Data Stream Creating Aggregates Working with Aggregates Viewing Data in Expand Mode Viewing Data Stream Revision History Introduction The VCC user interface allows you to view edit and compare data streams You can view data streams and data stream exceptions in Table format or Graph format for individual product data streams or entire product categories Using the Right Click Menu Utility Access to this feature superadmin admin and manager While in Table view there are options available to you through a right click pop up menu You can cut ctrl x copy ctrl c and paste ctrl v all the cells that are currently in view by selecting the cells you want to copy or cut and selecting the action from the right click drop down list You can also Undo ctrl z the previous action zero fill a row ctrl 0 or clear all cells in the table ctrl w Data 3 1 Using the Right Click Menu Utility Note This feature allows you to cut paste zero fill and clear only those cells that you have editing access to You can however copy any cell that is currently in view including cells for which you do not have editing privileges to paste into a cell for which you do have editing privileges Clear All Cells
280. current data stream with local current data stream partner current data stream with local current data stream partner current data stream with partner current data stream and period offset comparisons local current with local period offset local current with partner period offset partner current with local offset partner current with partner period offset When selecting a Percent Formula in Current to Current Comparison mode you can only select formulas 2 3 or 4 if Stream Type 1 Stream Type 2 and Stream Item Types are the same and if both subtypes and Type 1 is and Type 2 is are different e g both are not Local or both are not Partner type 1 type 2 type 2 100 seller buyer buyer 100 buyer seller seller 100 max buyer seller min buyer seller min buyer seller 100 Current to Previous Comparison allows you to compare your local current data stream with your local previous data stream only when offset is set to none your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream only when offset is set to none your local current data stream with your partner s previous data stream only with generational offset your local current data stream with your previous data stream only with generational offset your partner s current data stream with your local previous data stream only with generational offset your current data stream with your local prev
281. d Expired specified effectivity period has passed Show check boxes that when selected allow for consecutive viewing of the exception examine screens Checking the Show check boxes allow you to drilldown once and then click next to page back and forth through the Detail views of each exception you selected in the list Shared with the name of the trading partner company that each exception is shared with or none UOM Unit of Measure used by the exception Creating Individual Exception Criteria Access to this feature Superuser server admin superadmin admin manager and supervisor The Individual Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen allows you to create exception criteria for selected contexts To create a data stream exception criterion 1 2 Select your context Click Exceptions Criteria Individual Create from the Oracle Retail VCC menu and the following screen appears in the Display pane Figure 6 3 Creating Individual Exception Criteria Individual Group List Create Name Group To Display None v Effectivity Dates mm dd yy Start End i 16 Aggregate On O product Number Of Levels Down Product UOM EAM Share with None x Period Base Periods O Period Overlay Call Periods Fixed O Rolling Daggregate On Period Comparison Current to Current Currentto Previous Threshold Type 1 Average Price v Subtype Average Price
282. d Rolling Date Period Sorts by the creation date a Status Active In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Superceding a UOM Type1 Type2 a Criteria Name a Offset Period Offset or Generation Offset a Shared With select company shared with To return a selected existing filter to its pre edited settings click Revert To delete a filter select an existing filter from the drop down list and click Delete Click Save Setting List Screen Preferences The Lists preferences tab allows you to choose how the following lists are displayed Demand Policy Events Events Calendar Exception Criteria Exception Inbox Extracts Metrics Promotion Items Promotion Item Sublist tabbed view appearing on Events Overview Examine Event screen Promotions Preferences 9 21 Layout Promotion Sublist tabbed view appearing on Events Overview Examine Event screen Reports Supply Policy You can set the following preferences for how the list screens appear View Collapsed or Expanded Number of results per page Hide Columns Sets which columns appears in what order and which are hidden Set the Multi Column Sort Order Sets how the items are sorted when you access the Inbox e g items first are sorted by name then period partner product etc You can set as many or as few columns to be sorted as you wish To set the Lists preferences 1 Click Preferences
283. d This is a powerful feature for forecasting a large number of items which avoids explicitly selecting every possible combination Demand 11 1 Demand Policy Parameters You select the historical date range to serve as the input to the statistical forecast a future date range for the forecast series and the forecast method to be used The Demand module submits historical data from each of the selected contexts to the software forecasting engine called Geneva see Geneva Forecast Engine for details to generate a forecast For each historical data series the forecasting engine preprocesses the data using the specified method Next the engine optimizes the forecast model parameters for the selected model and computes the forecasted time series An expert system is available to create a best fit forecast based on your historical data When submitting multiple contexts the expert system optimizes each context individually The user driven forecasting process has the following steps a Choose your demand policy contexts a Choose demand policy parameters a Submit the job An alternate process that automates the task of creating forecasts is also available You can create a batch forecast job with preset parameters that can roll forward as time elapses a This batch forecast job is scheduled to execute using the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler Demand Policy Parameters The demand parameters stored in the permanent policy are used t
284. d admin Comment Many reports share common features and options that are described in Common Report Settings Details on the following report types focus solely on characteristics that are unique to each report Samples of each report type generated PDF format can be found in See Sample PDF Report Screens Note For the Promotion Detail and the Promotion Item Reports the Total columns for Base Sales Forecast Promo Sales Forecast all three Order Forecasts On hand Inventory and Monetray Sales are displayed even if you have not selected these columns in the Data Type filter For Promotion Detail and Promotion Item reports if the Event Promotion and Promotion Items fields that are common to report outputs are hidden in the Module Config screen the report is still generated with these fields Hidden fields are not supported for version 6 1 The Comment report aggregates and displays all data stream comments In addition to the common report settings this report contains a Creation Date Filter and Stream settings To create a Comment report 1 2 3 Set your context Select Reports Create Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency and Layout sections as described in Common Report Settings If you wish to Filter your report data by Creation Date check the Creation Date check box and enter a fixed date rolling period or a combination of the two for Start and End Select up to ten Str
285. d multiplied by the lift factor for that base period If lift factor is not specified the forecast at each base period within the period overlay item is the average forecast quantity at that base period Demand Batch Forecast or Lift Factor jobs are used to create automated forecast or lift factor values for multiple demand policies These jobs are configured through a tabbed screen including List and Create Edit views The Demand Batch List screen shown below lists all batch forecast jobs at and below the currently selected context The list is sortable by any of the data columns Figure 11 11 Demand Batch List Screen Context Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder a ay KAW Select Bookmark x List Create Displaying 1 2 of 2 X oH O Local Partner Product Sum Type Created By Last Run O Oo oO Supplier Department 04 None Demand Forecast Supplier 01 18 07 19 00 00 Delete deletes the batch forecast job when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Edit View displays an editable view at the context of the selected batch forecast job when the colored dot bel
286. d when the exception is triggered a In Process Actions performed after the specified in process time out has passed but the exception is still active For example if an exception s status changes to In Process Auto In Process before the specified time out has passed In Process actions are not performed It the exception s status has not changed to In Process Auto In Process and the specified time out has passed In Process actions are performed Resolution Actions performed when the specified resolution time out has passed and the exception is still not resolved Note All actions are severity specific To configure Automated Exception Resolution 1 Select the stream and substream to be adjusted at the end of Action Processing from the Local Stream to Adjust and Sub Type drop down lists Initial Actions 6 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Check the Put alert in Inbox check box for each exception severity level low medium and high that is to be displayed in the Inbox when that threshold is exceeded The check box is checked by default In the Send E Mail text box enter the e mail address of the person s to be notified if the exception is triggered at the chosen severity level optional When entering more than one e mail address separate each address with either a semicolon or comma To view sample e mail alerts see Exc
287. daily Base periods represent the smallest or leaf level time series buckets to contain your data A period overlay allows data to be viewed in a time series folder or aggregate level bucket For example if you have a daily database and your sales forecast data for next week shows a value of 10 for each day bucket you could create a period overlay named Next Week that includes all of next week s buckets When you view your Sales Forecast data in this period overlay it shows the value at 70 10 x 7 The available base periods are usually be sorted into a hierarchy or tree by the Oracle Retail VCC Administrator consisting of various folder levels like weekly or monthly or quarterly You can use these categories or you can select individual periods to create your period overlays Base Periods is the default view for your data in Data View The View select box in the Chooser Display Mode allows you to choose your view from among Base Periods and any other company or user level period overlays that are listed You can change the default view to one of the period overlays in the Preferences Layout Data Defaults screen 9 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Period overlays allow you to view data from leaf or aggregate contexts location partner product in a leaf base periods or an aggregate period overlay time series view Company level period overlays are set up by the Oracl
288. database displayed or not are highlighted and marked as blocked If you select Save Displayed Periods only the periods highlighted are marked as blocked 17 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company You can select multiple random dates that are not in a row save them as Save Display Periods and they are marked as blocked Figure 17 18 Display Period Start Date Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri 01 06 03 6 7 8 9 10 01 13 03 13 14 15 16 17 01 20 03 20 21 22 23 24 01 27 03 27 28 29 30 31 02 03 03 3 4 5 6 7 02 10 03 10 11 12 13 14 02 17 03 17 18 19 20 21 Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Demand module configuration allows you to specify the streams used to calculate a forecast To calculate this information you must first identify the history stream used for your Demand forecast and the output stream for the demand forecast You can create as many stream sets as required for your Demand calculations To select streams for Demand calculation 1 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu and click the Demand tab 2 Click Add to create a new set of Demand stream sets or Edit to edit an existing one Figure 17 19 Demand Stream Set Configuration Screen Demand Stream Set Configuration Name 1 0 Type Accumulation Rule un Creator History Input None al None None Li
289. ded in purge requests for the hub in the Purge Request screen at the time this task event is executed Purges these items up to the Retain N number initial default 50k specified in the edit screen for the Purge Jobs Monitor option in the Purge Data screen Purges all current connections included in purge requests in the Purge Request screen at the time this task is executed Identifies leaf stream data revisions Identifies and recalculates aggregates created on folders that were affected by a hierarchy change Tags any aggregates affected by the leaf stream revisions Updates the tagged aggregates Identifies any group exceptions Recalculates the Profile factors set in Disagg Profiles Computes the proportion to distribute aggregate values among the aggregates leaves Recalculates all Metrics that are check marked in the Run Override column in the Metrics Ul at the time this task event is executed Also recalculates whenever the Repeat Frequency time has been reached Whenever this event is executed Computes the current collaboration usage status and sends it to Monitor Usage Sends copy of usage status to any email addresses supplied in the Configuration Billing screen when its Send Email check box is checked Roll the Start Date forward and obsolete the exception triggered by the first period for criteria defined with rolling dates Roll Criteria defined using Rolling Pe
290. defined for supply policies Method values from rp_ss_job_requests table Description Constant Number G_SS_ NORMAL 0 G_SS_POISSON G_SS_PER_FORWARD G_SS_PER_BACK OD N e Basis valuesfrom rp_ss_job_request table Description Constant Number G_SS_ACTUAL 0 G_SS_FORECAST 1 G_SS_MAD 2 G_SS_MSE 3 SS_type Values from rp_policy table Description Constant Number G_SS_FIXED 0 G_SS_TIME_SERIES 1 STC_TYPE Values in rp_streams table Description Constant Number G_RP_CONSUMP_FORE 0 Safety Stock Calculation G 9 Safety Stock Constants Description Constant Number G_RP_CONSUMP_ACT 1 G_RP_INVENTORY 2 G_RP_EXPECTED_ 3 ARRIVALS G_RP_SAFETY_STOCK 4 G_RP_PROJECTED_INV 5 G_RP_RECEIPT_FC 6 G 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide H Language Encoding for Files Generated This appendix lists the locations where the language settings are configured Language Setting Locations The following table shows which features can be configured for Language and where to configure them Feature Configured in Export Data using Export button on UI Extracts Module Integrator Extracts Exceptions Email Alert Promotion Email Alert Reports Email Reports Download Reports Extracts Reports FTP Integrator Loaders Real Time Export Configuration Language File Character Set Oracle Retail VCC Extracts Create screen Integrator Extractor Configu
291. delete generated data contained in the data stream but purges only the user defined Event Promotion itself The Transaction purge type is the default when you enter the Company Purge Requests screen Transaction purge purges all data between the start and end dates or periods you enter in the date period fields It is also possible to create a transaction purge request across multiple companies by selecting from the Companies list box superuser serveradmin only Multiple Stream Types can also be selected and both Leaf and Aggregate purge types can be selected together The Event Promotion and Collaboration Item Comments purges allow you to select multiple companies from the select box superuser serveradmin and to enter dates or periods that all related promotions and context comments are purged between Once a purge request is submitted a superuser or serveradmin can execute the actual purge Superusers serveradmins are allowed to purge the following data Transaction a Job Monitor User Activity a Event Promoations Managing Company Data Purges 25 1 Creating Purge Requests Exception Purge Collaboration Item Comments Master Data Creating Purge Requests Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Purging data effectively deletes the transaction data for the data stream from your database To purge transaction data you first must create a purge request A purge request specifies t
292. ding Usage Statistics E mail Notification Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Oracle Retail VCC allows you to send an e mail message to a user or group of users each time VCC recalculates usage statistics To send an e mail in a foreign language ensure the language is loaded for VCC To send an e mail notification 1 Click Configuration in the VCC menu 2 Click the General tab The General screen appears Managing the Monitor 23 5 Monitoring Current Connections Figure 23 4 General Screen Under Configuration Section Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Labels Default Labels Custom Labels Base Periods Weeks i UOM Unit Base Units EA Stat Units Stat Units Stat Factor Currency Loads CASE Units per Case Export Compression Compress file if greater than 11 Mb Events Documents Size Limit Reject file if greater than fi Mb x Billing O send an E mail every time the Usage Report is run Language American English E mail List i mailid mail corn Use to separate consecutive E mail addresses Save 3 Inthe Billing section at the bottom of the screen check the box labeled Send e mail every time the Usage Report is run to send an e mail each time usage statistics are calculated For a usage report to be calculated you must schedule the Report Usage task to run at specific intervals 4 Select a Language for e mail recipients from the Language drop down
293. displayed in all the views where the product hierarchy is accessed Managing Product Hierarchies A product hierarchy contains product master data which includes Name the name of the product a Global Item Number and GIN Type the global item number you assign to the product and the type it is GTIN UPC buyer assigned or seller assigned Local Item Number and LIN Type the local item number of the product and type it is GTIN UPC buy assigned or seller assigned 16 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Guidelines for Creating Product Folders Unit of measure unit of measure used by the product a Weight product unit weight a Volume volume of the product a Stat Factor UOM Consolidates many different units of measure UOM into a common single unit of measure Must be 0 if a common unit of measure factor is not provided This unit of measure conversion factor is usually used to reduce a larger number to a smaller one for example to reduce cases to individual units each If a case has 12 units the UOM conversion factor would be 12 and the forecast number is multiplied by 12 Units per Load allows you to enter a rough cut transportation capacity estimate for this product This is the number of units expected to be shipped per load for this product When the Loads UOM is applied to a data stream each of its values is divided by the maximum load to determine which portion of the load
294. dited Shipments Periods Of Supply Pre Event Periods Of Supply Post Event Location Days Out Of Stock Out Of Stock Service Level Of Promotional Order Consumed Category Lift Actual Sales Lift 9 Sales Forecast Accuracy Sales Forecast Error Order Forecast Accuracy Order Forecast Error Due Dates Milestone Date Notification Offset Proposed Planned Active Begin Date Completed End Date Tactics Promotion User Def Inventory Turns Number Of Expedite Periods Of Supply C4 Periods Of Supply F Location Days Out Out Of Stock Service Level 19 Of Promotional ol Category Lift Actual Sales Lift Sales Forecast Accut Sales Forecast Error Order Forecast Accur Order Forecast Error Milestone Date J Notification Offset Proposed Planned Active Begin Date Completed End Dat null Vi 9 08 908 00 CSCS SECS CSCS CSCS C R n CS CS CSCS SS OOOO OO000000000000 ono UDF Dropdown List Values 1 Each dropdown list value contains an editable textbox to enter a label If this field is blank the default name is displayed Ex Option 1 2 Each dropdown list value contains a Show check box to configure display in the dropdown list 3 The UDF dropdown list values is setup with default values of Option1 Option2 Option3 etc through Option20 4 The default value of the UDF is the value listed as Option1 After setting preferences
295. dmin permits access to all administrative functions except creating price profiles and disaggregation profiles A serveradmin can create companies create users and assign them to roles at any level purge data and access all local trading partners Username superuser is created by default All other subsequent serveradmin users must be created by the superuser and have the same priveleges as superuser except creation of user roles at or above serveradmin level Superadmin permits access to all administrative functions A superadmin however cannot create a company or purge data can only schedule task events and create price profiles and disaggregation profiles for his own company and roles below his own level Admin permits access to all administrative functions except the Scheduler creating a company and purging data An admin can only create price profiles and disaggregation profiles of his own company and roles below his own level Supervisor In addition to planner and manager privileges can create users aggregates and disaggregation profiles Manager permits read and write access to Oracle Retail VCC and allows you to create exception criteria and metrics Planner permits read and write access to Oracle Retail VCC to create and edit data streams and create promotional events A planner has read only access to exception criteria and metrics Reviewer permits read only access to Oracle Retail VCC For deta
296. dule Config 4 Events User and Role Permissions B 1 Table B 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration General IDemand Add Edit Delete Supply Stream Set Add Edit Delete Configuration DAILY Db Shipping Calendar DAILY Db Receiving Calendar Exceptions General Config g Preferences Save Groups Edit Add Delete Links Add Edit Delete Period Create View Delete Overlays Purge Add Delete Requests Requests UOM List Set Create Set Scheduler NONE ALL Monitor NONE Jobs Delete Usage Current Connections Server Locks Purge Data NONE NONE Roles amp Users NONE NONE Configuration NONE Stream Types B 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table B 1 Cont Permissions for Each VCC User Role Main Menu Sub Menu Tabs Subtabs Action List Assign Save Modules Save Links Save Edit Delete Add Language View Details Add Delete General Period Create Events Overview Calendar List View Edit Copy Delete Change Status Status History Upload Documents Download Documents Create Attributes Edit Attributes Upload Download Documents Promotions 4
297. e Select New button Figure 11 4 Select New Button Period Overlay End of Life Date Use Lift Factor Use Like Item Like Item End Date Like Item Multiplier 13 14 15 None z no al ves z ves z Nabisco at Pisquatuck Drug Stores Snacks Select New If you are using a like item enter the Like Item End Date by selecting the date from the pop up calendar or manually enter the date in the text box If you are using a like item enter the Like Item Multiplier a decimal number greater than 0 Determine whether the History and Forecast Start and End dates should be Fixed or Rolling by selecting from the drop downs If you choose Rolling enter the number of periods If you select Fixed select a date from the calendar For a fixed job the period ranges specified below are the actual periods a History Start Any period in database prior to current period First period of history to use a History End Any period in database after History Start and no later than current period Last period of history to use 11 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Demand Policy Forecast Start Any period in database later than current period First period of forecast to output a Forecast End Any period in database later than Forecast Start Last period of forecast to output For a rolling job history and forecast date ranges are entered as offsets from
298. e exception a Status displays the exception status Allows you to change the status of a group exception Exception status can be changed from Active supersedes to Exceptions 5 5 Introduction In Process a Resolved Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated In Process supersedes to a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated Escalated to a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismissed Only exceptions that have a status of Active In Process Escalated or Supersedes are displayed in the Inbox a Status History When the colored dot is clicked drills down to the Status History screen to display the status change history for the group exception View Edit Comment When the colored dot is clicked below the View Comment icon displays the view edit screen for the comments entered for the exception Also allows you to select a resolution code for the comment from a drop down list Note The View Edit Comment dot appears gray when exceptions do not have an associated comment or resolution code Collapsed Count When in collapsed mode shows the number of collapsed exceptions in the row The Exceptions Inbox External screen shows only exceptions loaded through the Exceptions Loader Delete is the only action that can be performed upon these exceptions Figure 5 6 Exceptions Inbox External Screen Context PANES J Local GSuppliers All Locations Partner Sup
299. e standard normal cumulative distribution taking the desired service level SL expressed as a probability i e 99 9 9990 The following table shows examples of k for various service levels Service Level k 99 9 3 08 99 0 2 33 95 0 1 645 90 0 1 28 Safety Stock Logic This section describes the logic used to perform safety stock calculations Note that some data elements are read from the job some are read from the Supply policy and some are read from data streams as configured in Stream Configuration If Safety Stock Type Fixed in the Supply policy then the output value is saved back to the Safety Stock field in the policy If Safety Stock Type Stream then the safety stock values are calculated out in time to the Planning Horizon specified in the Supply policy and are populated back into the configured stream If the Planning Horizon is null then safety stock is calculated for as many periods as there is forecast data Single Value Calculations The Safety Stock value or time series is calculated as follows Normal Figure G 4 Single Value Calculations SS ko Item Description Source SS Safety Stock Calculated output of the formula k Service Level Factor The inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution taking the desired service level from the item profile as a probability This can be calculated using the inverseNormalCdf method in class VisualNumerics math Statistics in the JNL
300. e Accepted Acknowledged New None Rejected and Superceded Checking the Reason Code filter check box allows you to select for data that contains reason codes If there is no reason code that item is excluded from the report Checking the Comment filter check box allows you to select for data containing comments Data lacking a comment is excluded from the report a The Source filter can pull data from specific modules as well as allowing you to select for the data origination source Options include choosing whether the data was loaded or entered manually in addition to selecting for Demand Supply Exceptions and or Metrics module data Numbers in parenthesis to the right of each option are the interger constant codes for the source The Promo Status filter which appears in the Promotions reports allows you to filter by promotion status To specify multiple statuses use Ctrl or Shift click Statuses include 7 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings Active Cancelled Change Request Completed Expired Modified Modified Acknowledged New Planned Proposed Proposed Acknowledged Rejected Terminated The Data Type filter which appears in the Promotions reports allows you to filter your report by the type of data it contains To specify multiple data types use Ctrl or Shift click while selecting Options include Actual Lift Actual Sales Average Base Price Av
301. e Company Aggregates Create Tab Viewing Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab a Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab About Aggregates An aggregate is a convenient way of grouping items that allows you to view totals for the items in the group rather than the individual figures for all the items Rolling up totals is an indispensable way of viewing figures for entire product folders or viewing the figures for large geographic areas that contain many partner locations or many of your own locations For example you can create an aggregate that easily allows you to view the sales figures for a specific product for all your trading partners To obtain a data stream total or aggregate you must indicate to Oracle Retail VCC exactly what it is you are totalling Oracle Retail VCC operates on contexts that include a Your location or location category a Your partner s location or location category a The products on which you and your partner collaborate The time period The data stream except those whose accumulation rule is measure a The unit of measure which can be the base unit of measure a statistical factor currency or loads To aggregate using statistical units or loads you must have supplied a statistical factor or a load factor for the product If you create an aggregate based on currency there must be a base price established or a promotional price for the time period for which you a
302. e Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab About Data Stream Disaggregation Oracle Retail VCC provides three methods for data stream disaggregation Profile based disaggregation Proportional disaggregation Straight Line disaggregation Each is described below Profile Based Disaggregation Profile based disaggregation allows you to select multiple dimensions in a context and time The disaggregation factors indicate the fraction of the total value that is to be applied to the context The factors are applied to the data sequentially to create the disaggregated values For example if you want to convert weekly level data to daily data you can create disaggregation factors for each distribution center East 3 West 2 North 28 South 22 and for each day Monday 1 Tuesday 14 Wednesday 12 etc If the input value is 40 then the east receives 12 which is further disaggregated into 1 2 for Monday 1 68 for Tuesday etc Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 20 1 Profile Based Disaggregation This frees you from the task of updating hundreds or even thousands of individual data stream items each time the data stream for a category changes Moreover the disaggregation or allocation of a single value for a category into individual leaf items is applicable only to the context product location and partner you specif
303. e Format Immfddiyy Y Time Format HH mm ss Detected Time Zone AsiaiCalcutta Time Zone Use Detected Time Zone Product Label Name LIN v Default Context Wegmans Smucker s NGSC Pilot i Default Screen Home v Theme Swan Theme Save Select your Language from the drop down list Select your Number Format from the drop down list Select your Date Format from the drop down list Select your Time Format from the drop down list eo oO F Y NN Oracle Retail VCC detects your time zone and displays it as the Detected Time Zone example EST for Eastern Standard Time If you wish to use this detected time select Detected Time Zone from the drop down list Select your time zone from the drop down list 7 Select how you want the Product pabels to display Click the radio buttons to display product name GIN global item number or LIN local item number 8 Select the Default Context you would like to see directly after login Last Viewed indicates the last context you accessed All other contexts must be bookmarked through the Context Chooser before they appear in the default context drop down list If you have no contexts bookmarked the only option is Last Viewed 9 Select the Default Screen you wish to see after login Options includes any viable module screen or subscreen that can be accessed through the menu Since this is subject to your company configuration and user role options vary in the drop do
304. e Retail VCC Administrator Company General Config Period Overlays A period overlay created at the company level is available to any of that company s users User level period overlays are created through the user Preferences menu Preferences Layout Data Period Overlays A Period Overlay that is created by an individual user can only be accessed by that user Period overlays can be created in a fixed rolling or telescoping format These are described below Note For all overlay formats if the overlay is currently in use it cannot be deleted Creating a Fixed Period Overlay A fixed Period Overlay allows you to group the time periods you select into a single folder to view the accumulated data stream figures for all the fixed time periods within the folder For example you could create a period overlay that contains all the summer months in 2001 and call it Summer 2001 When you apply the overlay to a stream the stream contains time periods in monthly increments that contain the accumulated weekly data streams for each month To create a new fixed period overlay 1 Click Preferences Layout Table Graph Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click Company General Config Period Overlays for company level overlays Any existing period overlays are displayed in the List screen Figure 9 3 Table Graph Period Overlay Screen Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Period Overla
305. e Units 0 Lisa Hill Speedy R gt 30 333 33330 333 333 10 124 11010 124 110 1 69E 08 Balance28 DC Invento SO HAHAHA HHHHHHHHE Base Units 0 Lisa Hill Speedy R gt 30 333 33 30 333 33 10 124 11010 124 11C 1 69E 08 Balance28 DC Invento AD AHEHE HAHAHA Base Units 0 Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11C10 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 101 eAHAHAHE ARRE Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 6 8 MAMARIA HERRIA Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 202 ARRE HAMBRE Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11 10 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 309 0 AEREA HHHHHHH Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 10 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 101 AAA ARRE Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 6 8 AEREA AEREA Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33330 333 337 1 69 08 Movement POS Fest 202 HAHAHA HHHH Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 110 10 124 11030 333 333 30 333 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 309 8 AREA HHHHHHHY Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 101 HHH HHH Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124 11030 333 33230 333 332 1 69E 08 Movement POS Fest 6 0 HHHHHHHE HIHHHHHH Base Units Dave WilscNabisco 10 124 11010 124
306. e With drop down depend on the partner location folder chosen in the context chooser Exceptions cannot be shared with non local partner companies 9 Select whether you would like to use Base Periods or a Period Overlay for the Period With either option you are given the choice to use Fixed or Rolling Time periods a Click Fixed to create an absolute time exception criterion Fixed Base Periods when Base Periods is selected choose a fixed period from the Period tree If you wish to aggregate on that period check the Aggregate On Period check box This reports the aggregate on the selected dimension Fixed Period Overlay when Fixed Period Overlay is selected choose a period overlay from the drop down and optionally set the period Start End Dates Periods by clicking the Set Period Range check box In version 6 1 only 1 criteria is created per fixed Period Overlay where previous versions created a criteria per period overlay item Note Period ranges are evaluated in terms of base periods days ina daily database weeks in a weekly database Click Rolling to create a relative time exception criterion Rolling Base Periods when a Rolling Base Period is selected enter the Start Period and End Period Rolling Period Overlay when a Rolling Period Overlay is selected choose the desired overlay from the drop down The Set Period Range option is not available for Rolling Period Overlays In a Rolling time e
307. e eee pa oe e Dek heehee deh bee aa SN 12 1 Creating a Supply Policy ipd aE a a an a E aE KENE EA AERES h leens es idane REES 12 2 Using Interactive Supplycrec roret erei e a A ta e EE RENE 12 6 Using Supply Batch iii coaliciones E a a e EE E E a A canastas 12 9 Using the Safety Stock Fe t te siisi anioe da ets 12 10 Safety Stock Calculation Rules mic iran daras odia 12 14 Processing Safety Stock Jobs On Demand oococinoncnconcnnnnocncnnnannnnronnnnonnnnnnrnrnonanananonnnrararnnnaranannnoa 12 15 13 14 Introduction to VCC Administration Administration Overview c cccccccecccsscessesssessessesecseescecseessecsecssecsscsssesscsssesscesssssseaseseseeseseeesecsuesaecnes 13 1 THE SU Peruse add dd ita 13 1 SA AAA cA ales ela ER A Se ee ees 13 2 The Integrator Us ii A a etal E AA a da adi 13 2 The Administrators A eS ee Sees Hoist eee Meek ee ees 13 3 About the Company Chooser cciii tccccissaisciccessetiecccessssnsasvcssseottsasassecvtse scutecotonstescatansvorbeativstorsesteetes 13 4 Starting and Stopping Oracle Retail VCC cece ee ceeeceeeneneceneeeneneneseseseneneseeenes 13 4 Where To Be rani icc sou its 13 5 Super ser Responsibilities sc smene e edi lt shove aa 13 5 Administrator Responsibilities s seessessessesseesiestesteseestestsstessnssestentesensnestentesresneneententesnesneneennent 13 6 Server Level Configuration and Management About Server Level Configuration eee cece ce ceceeeeseececessceeenesesesesens
308. e heavily weight the more recent point in the best fit forecasting competition Lower Bound A hard floor on future forecasts expressed as a percentage of the lowest historical value Upper Bound A hard ceiling on future forecasts expressed as a percentage of the highest historical value Seasonality Waves Selects the periodicity of the seasonality waves The system has the capability of modeling multiple nested seasonality waves Allocate Days Only available on databases with daily base periods If set to yes forecasts are generated at a weekly level then allocated to days based on an internally calculated day of week profile If set to No forecasts are generated directly at the daily level Parameter Search Step Size This sets the step size used in the search algorithm for the best fit parameters Small may yield more accurate results but is slower as a larger number of possible parameter values must be considered Viewing Demand Policies The Demand Policy List screen shows all Demand policies at and below the currently selected context The list is sortable by any of the data columns The following default columns are displayed Figure 11 1 Demand Policy List Screen Demand Policy Context Local Suppliers AIl Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt 9 Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt ES Pilot
309. e is a link Click the name to Examine User Figure 12 2 Examine User Examine User User Name Dave Wilson Real Name E Mail Address Telephone Number Fax Number Company Name Nabisco Done Supply 12 3 Creating a Supply Policy a Last Updated the date that the policy was last updated a Last Plan displays the date that the last supply plan for this policy was run a Last Plan By displays the user that ran the last supply plan for this policy a Process on Demand allows you to immediately process supply jobs Not available for planners and reviewers Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Supply Policy Supply policies can be created at leaf level and folder level contexts When creating editing at the folder level an aggregate on selector is displayed for each folder level collaboration item that allows you choose whether the edits apply only to the currently selected folder or to all the contained leaves To create a Supply policy 1 Set your context 2 Click Supply Policy Create and the following screen appears Figure 12 3 Supply Policy Create Screen Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt E Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Fold
310. e items Safety Stock A utility that calculates the required safety stock Stream Configuration Specifies which streams to use in both the supply and safety stock calculations see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company for details a Shipping Receiving Calendar Specifies which days are valid for shipping or receiving This feature is only available when you are using daily time buckets see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company for details Supply 12 1 Creating a Supply Policy The VCC Supply module is collaborative both the buyer and seller have access to what if planning commentary and exception alerts for the products they trade Graph and table displays provide effective decision support and analysis users have a view that is customized to fit their company s perspective and their individual access rights Creating a Supply Policy Supply policies contain collaboration specific data relevant to the resupply calculation Supply policies can apply at leaf level and folder level collaboration items In order to use an aggregate level supply policy disaggregation profiles for each output stream and aggregates for each input stream are required for the period covered by the Plan Horizon Here are some specific rules about creating Supply policies An aggregate Supply policy cannot be created with a Measure stream for an output stream Output streams at aggregate level must be disaggregated
311. e mail is to be generated in The default is whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen 10 Select the Adjust Local Value from the drop down list as in step 5 Exception Criteria 6 15 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 11 Set your status from the Set Status drop down list as in step 6 The Set Status option has the following values Resolution Actions 12 Set Time Out Threshold 13 In the Send E Mail text box enter the e mail address of the person s to be notified if the exception has passed the time out threshold and is still in a status of Active In Process or Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete 14 In the E mail Language drop down you can set the language that the e mail is generated in The default is whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen 15 Select the Adjust Local Value from the drop down list as in step 5 16 Set your status from the Set Status drop down list as in step 6 The Set Status option has the following values 17 Click Finish Note If you have similar entries across multiple severity levels you can save time by clicking the copy buttons located to the left of each action To copy ALL the settings from the low severity column into both the Medium and High columns click the copy icons next to Initial Actions In Process Actions and Resolution Actions Creating Group
312. e not visible in Revision History To add or edit a comment to a data stream item 1 2 Select your context Click the Context Chooser Display Mode and select one of the following data stream comparison types from the Comparison drop down list Local Current Local Previous a Local Current Partner Current Partner Current Partner Previous Click the gray box blue box if comments already exist for the cell in the upper right corner of the cell A comment input area appears in the Display pane Figure 3 8 Comment Input Area on the Display Pane Value Date Comment Reason o 01 23 05 None Cancel Iw The comment screen displays a Value contained in the cell a Current Date Comment text box a Reason drop down list a drop down list of adjustment reasons a Revision Status drop down a drop down status list Note The Revision Status drop down is only available at a leaf level context 3 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Editing a Data Stream 4 Enter a comment and select an adjustment reason from the drop down list Comments are limited to 100 characters 5 Select a Revision Status if applicable 6 Click OK to save changes and return to the Table view Click Cancel to cancel changes and return to the Table view After a comment is added the gray box turns blue 7 Once back in Table view click Save at the top
313. e periods you want to include in the overlay To select more than one consecutive period highlight the first item that you want to include in the overlay and then hold down the Shift key to highlight any additional items To select more than one non consecutive period e g Otr 1 and Qtr 3 highlight the first item that you want to include in the overlay and then hold down the Ctrl key to highlight any additional items 6 Click Save The overlay appears in the Period Overlays screen Creating a Rolling Period Overlay A rolling period overlay is not fixed in time but rolls forward with each new stream period and does not become obsolete once the time period passes For example starting from the current period you can aggregate eight periods into a single period overlay As the current period becomes the past period you still can apply the period overlay to aggregate eight periods into the future It rolls forward with time and continues to aggregate the eight future periods In the figure below a rolling period overlay is defined for six time periods P1 through P6 As P2 becomes the current period and P1 becomes the past period the overlay moves forward in time to meet the new week P7 9 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Figure 9 5 Rolling Period Overlay Rolling Period Overlay v 2 Le v a E 5 3 P2 Rolling Period Overlay To create a rolling period overlay Click Pr
314. e s right click menu provides different options depending on whether or not you have clicked the Start Editing button and are in edit mode or whether you have decided to Stop Editing and are in examine mode only While editing there are more options than while not editing If you simply wish to examine a Root Category or the Recycle Bin there is no need to Start Editing Master Data 16 7 Working With Tree Hierarchies Tree Behavior Figure 16 3 Right click Menu HE All Products Gj Food b Pet Fooc HHO Planters fis Calar HHE Recycle create Link Cut Copy Add Product The only level that cannot be examined when not in edit mode is the leaf nodes on the Period Tree Also all local partners leaf nodes are read only while not in edit mode When Start Editing has been activated you are able to examine create new categories add products partners locations periods create links and cut copy paste categories and leaves Cut and Paste To utilize Cut and Paste 1 Enable edit mode by clicking the Start Editing button 2 Select the folders or leaves you wish to Cut and Paste to another folder then right click and choose Cut from pop up menu The selected items are greyed out to indicate they are ready to be cut from the hierarchy 3 Click the folder into which to Paste the cut items and choose Paste from the right click menu The items are removed from the original cat
315. e superuser serveradmin may give you access to edit your partner s shipping receiving calendar To set shipping receiving Supply blocked dates 1 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu and click the Supply tab Figure 17 15 Company Module Config Supply Screen Company Module Confige Nab CEET gt TA Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Configured Stream Sets es ied Ea 2 Click Shipping Calendar if you are a seller and wish to set blocked dates or Receiving Calendar if you are a buyer and wish to set blocked dates If allowed you can set blocked dates for your partner In this case if you are a seller you can select Receiving Calendar if you are a buyer you can select Shipping Calendar Managing Company Module Configuration 17 11 Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Even if you cannot set blocked dates for your partner you may view them by clicking the appropriate link Figure 17 16 Company Module Config Supply Shipping Calendar Screen Company Mod nfige Nabisco Stream Sets Shipping Calendar Receiving Calendar Shipping Location Ball Locations Display Period Start Date 10 20 03 End Date 12 01 03 E set Sp All Locations USA Sl Nabisco at Denver 3 Ifyou are a buyer for a shipping calendar select a parameter from the partner hierarchy for a receiving calendar select a location from the location hierarchy
316. each to be selected in turn Within a higher category clicking each underlying same level category causes each to be selected a Clicking a category level after a higher category level is selected causes the higher category level to be deselected Clicking a category level after a lower category level is selected causes the lower category level to be deselected Multi Selecting Tree Nodes a To multi select leaf level items select a leaf level item within a category Next shift click another non contiguous leaf level item within the same category All of the leaf level items between the two become selected a To multi select same level category items select a category level item that exists within a higher level category Next shift click a non contiguous category level item within the same category All the same level category items between the two become selected Working With Tree Hierarchies The Master Data Hierarchies include a right click menu that provides access to various aspects of tree functionality To see the pop up menu right click anywhere in the root category or leaf node Note Previous versions of Syncra included an option to Hide Folder If a hidden folder is migrated to version 6 0 or later the hidden folder and its contents are moved to the Recycle Bin of the corresponding hierarchy and is removed at the next Master Data Purge The Start Editing Button and the Right Click Menu The tre
317. eam 3 129 Calculated Stream 4 130 Calculated Stream 5 131 Calculated Stream 6 132 Calculated Stream 7 133 Calculated Stream 8 134 Calculated Stream 9 135 Calculated Stream 10 1 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table l 1 Cont Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 136 DSD Receipt Fest 137 Lost Sales 138 Locations Stocked 2 139 Average POS 2 140 Calculated Stream 11 141 Calculated Stream 12 142 Calculated Stream 13 143 Calculated Stream 14 144 Calculated Stream 15 145 Calculated Stream 16 146 Calculated Stream 17 147 Calculated Stream 18 148 Calculated Stream 19 149 Calculated Stream 20 150 POS Cost 151 Store Mrkdwn Units 152 Store Shpmnt Cost 153 Store Shpmnt Ret Data Stream Type Codes 1 5 1 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Glossary English Term Function Module Definition administrator admin aggregate Alpha Balance Stream base forecast base price Beta buyer collaboration Collaboration Units Role and Users General Demand General General General Demand General General General A type of user role that has access to all administrative functions except the Scheduler creating a company and purging data An admin can only create price profiles and disaggregation profiles for her own company The sum of items in a categor
318. eam Type s and Subtype s Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down lists Click Save The created report appears in the Reports List screen 7 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Reports Filter Figure 7 9 Streams Selection Sections Ml Creation Date Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Save Cancel Data Change Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Save Cancel OFixed ORolling Start End Type Subtype Creator Average Price v Average Price v None he N A N A Y None v N A Y N A None v N A Y N A Y None Mi N A N A Y None v N A Y N A Y None N A Y N A Y Puta None v N A Y N A Y None v N A Y N A Y None v N A Y N A Y Note Ata folder level context Partner comments cannot be reported To create a Data Change report 1 2 3 Set your context Select Reports Create Configure the General Context Detail Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings Select up to five Stream Type s and Subtype s from the drop down lists Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down
319. ease Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Condition Status Status History y E Mo A O Price Total Created Total Total Impact Actual Date Base Promo Sales Sales Sales Forecast Forecast 09 14 06 Late Modified iM 135 00 05 30 00 10 18 06 Late Q New v 135 00 05 30 00 10 11 06 OK New 135 00 05 30 00 11 22 06 OK New Y 135 00 05 30 00 09 14 06 OK Q Change Request Y 135 00 05 30 00 10 06 06 OK New S 12 00 05 30 00 10 06 06 Late Nev 4 12 00 05 30 00 10 05 06 OK New s 12 00 05 30 00 10 06 06 OK New Y 12 00 05 30 00 10 06 06 OK New 12 00 95 30 00 10 06 06 OK New Y 34 00 05 30 00 159 mubuy 9 152 mubuy 159 mybuy 152 mybuy 160 mvbuy F 2 mbwa 2 mbwa o mbwa Mmybuy Y mubuy E e pe p myby oy gt 4 You can select one source promotion at a time by selecting a Copy button Note Consider the following points before selecting a source promotion a Historical and active promotions are valid source promotions a All promotions belonging to the Creator Company are valid source promotions 5 The Copy Promotion Target Event Search screen appears as shown below Figure 10 25 Copy Promotion Target Event Search Screen Creator Company Food Markets Promotion ID SYNCRA_171 Event ID 4_0_MIG_3 Event Name Test Event 3 Created By Te
320. eat Frequency option Setting up a Repeat Frequency involves specifying Dates dates during which the extract is performed Start Date defaults to the current date and End Date is optional A specific time of day can be set or the extract can be run at Any Time Recurrence determines the frequency at which the report is generated The recurrence drop down includes Once Always Daily Weekly and Monthly If you opt to Always extract you are not able to specify a Start At time since the extract runs every time the corresponding scheduler job is run A perpetually running report can be stopped by supplying an End Date at which it expires or by deleting the report from the List 4 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction Time the time of day that you wish to extract data This option does not appear when recurrence is set to Always The default setting Start Any Time allows the extraction to occur as soon as the scheduler is run that day Selecting the Start At radio button allows you to specify an exact time of day to run the extract Note that reports are only processed when the Scheduler runs Figure 4 1 Repeat Frequency Repeat frequency Dates Recurrence Time Start Date 08 10 08 End Date _ mm dd yy mm dd yy Monthy Day of every month s OThe Fist Sunday Y of every month s O Start Any Time O Start at HH mm To request master d
321. eate a product price profile Superusers and ServerAdmins cannot create a price profile because the superuser serveradmin roles are not associated with any specific company The superadmin role however can create a product price profile only for her own company since a superadmin is always associated with a company Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tab To create a product price profile 1 Click the Company PriceProfile in the VCC menu 2 Click the Create tab Creating Product Price Profiles 18 1 Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tab Figure 18 1 Company PriceProfile Create Screen Context N Location Suppliers Partner All Partners Product All Products List Create All Locations Pilot Locations Supplier 3 Select each context level at which you wish to create price profiles 4 Click Edit 5 Enter the base price in the Base Price field Figure 18 2 Base Price Field Context Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product All Products Period All Periods List Create Base Price Set Cancel 6 Click Set to set the base price or click Cancel to return to the List screen 18 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 19 Managing Company Aggregates This chapter contains the following topics About Aggregates Creating a Data Aggregate with th
322. eating disaggregation profiles for databases that use daily time buckets The Daily Allocation profile you create appears in the drop down list of profiles that appears when setting up a disaggregation profile for a company that uses a database based on daily time buckets To specify a data stream daily allocation structure 1 Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu 2 Click the Daily Allocation tab The Daily Allocation screen appears Figure 20 10 Daily Allocation Screen Create Daily Allocation Profile Standard y Default Daily Allocation Standard Dayi 0 20 Day2 0 20 Day3 0 20 Day4 0 10 Day5 0 10 Day6 0 10 Day 0 10 3 Click New In the Name field enter the name for this daily allocation profile Figure 20 11 Daily Allocation Create Profile Screen Create f Daily Allocation Create Profile Name Dayi Day2 Day3 Day4 Day5 Day6 AA Day 4 Enter the new allocation factors for each weekday and click Save You can use the daily allocation setup profiles you create when creating disaggregation profiles for databases that use daily time buckets 5 When you select a Default Daily Allocation from the drop down it appears by default each time you enter the Daily Allocation screen 6 You can edit a profile by selecting it in the drop down menu and clicking Edit 20 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles wit
323. ect your location or locations Highlight individual locations to create an aggregate for each location highlighted Highlight a location category to roll up all the locations under the category into a single aggregate Select Aggregate on Folder purple Select Individual Locations green or Both yellow for the category by clicking on it until it changes to the appropriate color Aggregate on Folder is the default Note Note that you can select multiple folders so be sure to highlight only the category or folders you require Click Select Partners Select a partner location or locations Highlight individual partner locations to create an aggregate for each location highlighted Highlight a partner location category to roll up all the partner locations under the category into a single aggregate Select Aggregate on Folder purple Select Individual Locations green or Both yellow for the category by clicking on it until it changes to the appropriate color Aggregate on Folder is the default Click Select Products Select a product or products Highlight individual products to create an aggregate for each product highlighted Highlight a product category to roll up all the products under the category into a single aggregate Select Aggregate on Folder purple Select Individual Locations green or Both yellow for the category by clicking on it until it chan
324. ected Items after Policies on Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Supply Policy List Purge Collab Item 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen Comments after selecting Collab Items Comments Purge check box Purge Events 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Events Purge check box Purge Exceptions 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Exceptions Purge check box Purge Jobs Monitor 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Jobs Monitor Purge check box Purge Master Data 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen after selecting Master Data Purge check box Purge Transaction 6 None Click Purge button in Purge Data screen Data after selecting Transaction Purge check box Replace Product GIN 6 None Click Save after changing GIN in Product Examine screen Click Start Editing not required here No job if other than GIN is changed TagAggregates Stat 1 2 None Click Save in Master Data Product Factor Change Examine after making change to Stat Factor TagAggregate Units 1 2 None Click Save in Master Data Product Per Load Change Examine after making change to Units Per Load Update 1 2 None Click Process on Demand in Co Disagg Disaggregation Setup List Edit screen after selecting check Factors box for Computed Factors profile orClick Save amp Recalc in Review or Edit screen after entering new val
325. ections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Comments and Master Data Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Note New in 6 1 the User Activity Purge allows you to purge the Current Connections log table To view purge requests submitted by administrators and purge data 1 Select Purge Data from the VCC menu The Purge Data screen appears Figure 14 34 Purge Data Screen amp 000000 Y Purge Type Transaction Data Purge Job Monitor Purge User Activity Purge Event Promotions Purge Exception Purge Collaboration Item Comments Purge Master Data Purge Server Level Configuration and Management 14 37 Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item 2 To execute a purge check the check box next to purge type and click Purge 3 To view Transaction Data purge requests click the colored dot next to Transaction Data Purge A screen displaying all purge requests appears Figure 14 35 Purge Data Screen I Submitted Submitted Submitted Company User Creation Date Status A Name I Nabisco superuser 09 49 03 I Nabisco superuser 09 49 29 I Nabisco superuser 09 40 00 I Nabisco superuser 09 40 20 Submitted Displaying 1 4 of 4 Purge Begin Date 02 04 02 02 04 02 02 04 02 02 04 02 Purge End Date N A N A 10 14 02 10 01 02 Purge Begin N A N A N
326. ed since last time this task event was executed Calculates Lift Factors for each Lift Factor request created since last time this task event was executed Processes all reports that had been flagged at the time this task event is executed Reports are flagged in one of two ways The Run schedule defined in the Report UI has been reached The Override Run Schedule check box for a Report has been checked in the Report List screen Calculates Safety Stock for each Safety Stock Calc Request created since last time this task event was executed Creates a Supply Plan for each Supply Request created since last time this task event was executed Calculates Safety Stock for each Safety Stock Calc Request created since last time this task event was executed Also runs if Run Override is performed on a batch job or if the Repeat Frequency time has been reached Creates a Supply Plan for each Supply Request created since last time this task event was executed Also runs if Run Override is performed on a batch job or if the Repeat Frequency time has been reached For any email addresses notification offsets supplied within any Promotion Sends email notification about Status changes to Promotion Sends email notification about Milestone Due Date changes to Promotion 24 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Adding a Task Table 24 1 Cont Scheduler Task Descriptions Schedule
327. ed By displays the user name of the creator of the policy Last Updated displays the date and time when the policy was last updated Process on Demand this check box enables you to generate forecasts for the selected policies To initiate processing click the Apply Changes button Last Plan displays the date that the last demand plan for this policy was run Last Plan By displays the user that ran the last demand plan for this policy a Period Overlay displays the period overlay name selected Default display is none Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Demand Policy Creating a Demand Policy Demand policies contain collaboration specific data relevant to the forecasting process Demand policies can apply at leaf level and folder level collaboration items You must specify which streams to use in both the demand and lift factor calculations by creating stream sets in Company Module Config Demand For details see Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company When creating Demand policies bear in mind that an aggregate Demand policy cannot be created with a Measure stream for an output stream Output streams at aggregate level must be disaggregated and Measure streams are not disaggregated To create a Demand policy 1 Set your context 2 Select Demand Policy Create and the following screen appears
328. ed Date K Preferences 9 27 Changing Your Password 4 Use the arrow buttons to order or hide the columns To order the columns Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to move Click the up or down arrows to move the selected column to the Visible list Each click moves the column one position When saved the order you choose is how the columns appear To hide a column Scroll up or down the list of Visible columns and select the column you want to hide Click the right arrow to add the selected column to the Hidden list When saved the columns you moved to the Hidden list does not appear in the list To show a column that is hidden Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and select the column you want to show Click the left arrow to add the selected column to the Visible list When saved the columns you moved to the Visible list appear in the list 5 Use the arrow buttons to set the Multi Column Sort Order To add a column to the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of column s on the right and select the column you want to sort Click the right arrow to add the selected column s to the multi column sort list You can add as many columns as you wish When saved items in the list are sorted automatically by the column s you selected To remove a column from the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and se
329. ed Date Promotion Summary Status New Condition Late Promotion ID SYNCRA_171 Partner Company The J M Smucker Company Event Category Location Opening Partner Prornotion ID null Begin Date 08 12 08 End Date 08 21 08 Event Description Event Theme Objective E Mail E Mail Notification E Mail Language Details Price Impact Type Sales Impact Type First Ship Date Store Invoice Date A null American English Absolute Decrease Price Impact 10 00 Absolute Increase Sales Impact Qty 20 00 Entire Promotion No Delivery Date Promotional Itern Definition Date Y v Print Back You can then click Print to send your data to the printer or Back to return to the List view To View a Promotion s Default Screen The screen below shows the default view with future events promotions 10 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Figure 10 15 Promotions Default Screen Home Context Display Mode r a 4 4s Company Scheduler Monitor The Default search displays the future event earch End Date vw after Date 08 16 08 Events z a z Overview Promotions Promotion Items Documents Calendar List Create Demand Supply P A nee Displaying 1 7 of 7 Exceptions s E gt Data HS Event Name Event Category Begin Date End Date Creator Company Process Totals Copy 24 X Y Last Changed Date Numb Metrics
330. ed as a percentage of the exception criteria for the type selected e g a common representation of the formula for calculating percentage value is A B B 100 For more information on the percentage formula see Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas a UOM displays unit of measure Base Units Stat Units Load or Currency Source displays one of the two values used to calculate deviation as a Percentage or an Absolute for any comparison type Compared displays the value that Source is compared to a Created displays the date the exception was created View Comment click the colored dot below the View Comment icon to view edit the comments entered for the exception Also allows you to select a resolution code for the comment from a drop down list a Severity displays the severity level of the exception Low Medium High Note One or more of the columns described above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Exception Inbox Status displays the exception status Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer The Exception Inbox appears in the Display pane containing the exceptions for the context you selected in four tabs Individual Group External and Partner However only three tabs Individual Partner and Group can be examined in detail Exceptions 5 7
331. ed darkens to indicate you have selected it 6 Right click to access the pop up menu Figure 3 4 Zero Fill Save Ez 03 01 03 03 0303 09 05 03 09 06 03 03 07 03 09 09 03 gt a a Cut Ce Copy Ctrl C Copy All Ctrl 4 Paste Ctrl V Undo Ctrl Z Zero Fill Row Ctrl 0 Clear All Cells Ctrl w 7 Select Zero Fill Row from the pop up menu You may also use Zero Fill by using the keystroke combination Ctrl 0 The entire row containing the cell you selected is filled with zeros even if you previously entered other numbers This method zeroes out all data contained in the row If you would like to restore the empty cells and eliminate the zeroes you just added to the table select Clear All Cells ctrl w from the right click menu The zero values are replaced with empty cells For more information see Clear All Cells a The option to Clear All Cells is only available in the Data Mass Entry Table view and is not accessible in View Edit mode Mass Entry of Data Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor and planner Data can be entered for multiple products and multiple folders simultaneously through the Data Mass Entry screen When a folder level product is selected for mass entry all the leaf level products that it contains are automatically selected for mass entry Data Stream Type and SubType can also be selected for mass data entry To use Mass Entry 1 Select Data Mass Entry from the O
332. ee Safety Stock Calculation The Supply Safety Stock List screen shows all Safety Stock calculation jobs at and below the currently selected context 12 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using the Safety Stock Feature Figure 12 8 Supply Safety Stock List Screen Context L e Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt ES Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder 2 LURO Select Bookmark v List Create Displaying 1 1 of 1 Xx oH O Product Local Partner Safety Stock Type Safety Stock Method Safety Stock Basis Created By Last Updated Proc Actual NGSC A a 7 o e o Pilot Supplier Single Value Normal Consumption Supplier O The list can be sortable by any of the data columns The following default columns are displayed a Delete delete button appears if any are checked a Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for the safety stock calculation jobs when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect the item to be overridden Safety stock calculation jobs are executed based on the frequency you specify for each job By selecting Override Execute Time the job is executed the next time the Scheduler
333. eferences Layout Data Period Overlay for individual user overlays or click Company General Config Period Overlays for company level 1 overlays Click the Create button and the create period overlay screen appears in the 2 Display pane Select the Rolling button and the rolling period overlay screen appears in the 3 Display pane Figure 9 6 Rolling Period Overlay Screen Save Cancel OFixed Rolling O Telescoping Name Add Remove Reference Period 0 Display Bucket Size Number of Consecutive Color Column Prefix Display Buckets Bue 7222227 Enter a name for the period overlay no more than 20 alphanumeric characters Your period overlay begins at the current base period defined as daily or weekly in your database unless you specify a reference period number Entering a start 5 reference directs the period overlay to begin before or after the current base Preferences 9 7 Layout 10 period To begin the period overlay before the current base period enter a negative number To begin after the current base period enter a positive number For instance In a daily database if the current date is 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay begins on 9 4 Ina weekly database if the current week begins on 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay begins on 9 28 Enter the Display Bucket Size e g 1 Day 7 We
334. eferences ociosas 15 2 Managing Groups for a COMPANY eoccocicnconocaconinonacinananononononononononononconanncnrnnonann nano nono ona ro raro rnnararnrannnns 15 5 Managing Links for a Company nuis eia ieaiai ro non coro yeiio nsii nacion ro aoaaa 15 5 Creating a Company Link with the Company General Config Links Tab oocnicicin 15 5 Editing a Company Lirio sico cialis ladridos ia tdt Acida 15 6 Deleting a Company LINK snein De bado Diada diana dea ainia a a ieai iesi 15 7 Hiding Company Links iii 15 7 The Period Overlays Tab coi added 15 8 Using the Real Time Extract TaBe riesia oiher non D EA E E E E E EEO 15 8 Configuring Real Time Extracts siis Ao esaiar eerbaar reana i aar skera Seas aeee EKE iana iei rear ciones 15 9 Using the Stream Types Taberresrir titani anr ETE AEREE E TE 15 10 Configuring E mail Alerts 0 0 0 0 cccccscsesceceesesseeseecenenescsnseneseseececesescecenanssesesesenssescecesenessseananeness 15 10 Master Data About Master Data neinei p a a e i A ii S iS 16 1 About Entering Master Data issii id ina 16 1 Managing Company Loc tionis ission iaa at aea a aai 16 2 Managing Company Product oocconnnnnncnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnonnnonononononnnononarn ro ron onano raro rnn ono ro rana E E TS 16 2 Managing Product Hierarchies ccccc ccc cscs cseseseececseeeseseececessesnesesecesessnesesesssesenesesaenenes 16 2 Guidelines for Creating Product Folders ccc cece ce ceeeeseenececeseseeesesesesenenese
335. egins on Monday selecting 7 would result in the calendar seen below In this calendar Jan 1 4 are assigned to the prior year not the new year as indicated by week number 52 in the lefthand column The first week of the year doesn t begin until Monday January 5th It is recommended that you ensure the Start Day of Week and Days in 1st Week of Year work in conjunction Figure 15 4 Pop up Calendar ac Mona 6 Allow Proportional Disaggregation UI only Select whether the factor for Subtypel 2 and 3 is based on Self None or Total from each drop down Self based on value contained in Subtypes1 2 and 3 None no base factor used Total based on total value of Subtypel 2 and 3 Proportional disaggregation allows you to enter a value at the aggregate level and allocate it based on the relative proportions of the current leaf values Proportional Disaggregation has the advantage of not requiring you to maintain disaggregation factors The calculation is dynamic This approach also is useful when the ratios among the component values being adjusted are different than the historical demand for example during a promotional period In this case factors created through an analysis of historical data might 15 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Links for a Company not be accurate and the relative proportions set manually when the pr
336. egory and placed into new the category 4 If you decide that you do not want to Paste the selection disable edit mode by clicking Stop Editing to restore your selection to its original hierarchy location Copy and Paste You can copy a folder but cannot directly copy leaf items If you copy a folder then rename it it retains the different names The underlying leaf items contained in the copied folder behave in the same fashion as a created link See Creating Links for more information To utilize Copy and Paste 1 Click Start Editing to enable edit mode 2 Select the folders you wish to Copy and Paste to another folder then right click and choose Copy from pop up menu The selected items become bold to indicate they are ready to be copied 3 Select the folder into which you want to Paste the copied items and choose Paste from right click pop up menu The items are copied from the original category and placed into the new category The copied items also remain in original category 16 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies Creating Links This option is similar to Copy and Paste except that this allows the same category and leaves to be represented in more than one position in your hierarchy If a linked folder or leaf item attribute is revised in one position the change is reflected in the other position as well For example if you have a category called Muffins with leaf it
337. ek 28 Month 365 Year where 1 Day if your base periods are days 1 Week if your base periods are weeks etc Enter Number of Consecutive Display Buckets Select a color that you want your rolling period overlay to display The color you choose is the color that marks your overlay Green a Blue a Yellow a Orange a Purple Enter a Column prefix This displays in the data stream table view on the period column heading e g enter Week if the overlay is weekly If you want to show more than one display bucket in the same overlay click the button and a new display bucket characteristic entry line appears Enter the characteristics of the new display bucket To remove a display bucket click the button nn For example if you created a rolling period overlay with three bucket displays sizes of 1 7 and 28 that had the number of consecutive display buckets of 7 4 and 4 your rolling period overlay creation screen would appear as below Figure 9 7 Rolling Period Overlay Screen Name Roling6 LLF OFixed ORolling O Telescoping Save Cancel Reference Period lo Display Bucket Size Number of Consecutive Color Column Prefix Add Remove Display Buckets f 2 Bue E Lea aE fa 2 Yelow v Leaf2 2 2 Green Y Leaf E 11 Click Save The new overlay appears in your period overlay list Once an overlay has been created it appears in Period View under the Display Mode tab
338. elow it so you can grant users access to the real root folder To edit or create hierarchy access control 1 Select the Edit Hierarchy Access tab The Edit Hierarchy Access screen appears Figure 14 20 Edit Hierarchy Access Screen Hierarchy Streams Modules Edit Hierarchy Access Dave Wilson Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product All Products Apply Changes Revert Done E a All Products 23 By Brand Eh Brand Perfume 2 Click the Start Editing button to begin editing The Stop Editing button appears 3 Click All Locations All Partners or All Products to assign access to the desired category or folders Any access rights that the user currently has are highlighted in purple 4 Click a location partner or product to highlight it and grant access or click a highlighted location partner or product to unassign access 5 Click Apply Changes to commit the changes you have selected Click Revert to return to the user s current access control Click Preview User Tree to verify the new tree Server Level Configuration and Management 14 21 Roles amp Users Search 6 Click Stop Editing 7 Click Done Stream Access You can assign a user access to any data stream or streams that have been assigned to the company to which the user belongs To assign a user access to a data stream or streams 1 Select the Streams tab The Edit Stream Access screen appears Fi
339. ems Bran and Banana you may want the category listed within two upper level categories Snacks and Baked Goods If you change the Banana name to Banana Nut from the Snacks category it automatically changes to Banana Nut in the Baked Goods category too To create a link 1 Select Start Editing 2 Select the folders or leaves for which you wish to create a link 3 Right click the selected leaves and choose Create Link from the pop up menu The items become italicized to indicate they are ready to be linked 4 Click the folder into which to paste the selected items and choose Paste from Hierarchy menu The items are copied from original category and placed into the new category The items also remain in the original category To remove linked items and restore the tree to its original hierarchy Cut and Paste the linked items into their original position Creating a New Category Enable the Edit select the root node or a category node then choose New Category to add another category folder to your hierarchy The Category node must include a Name and you can also provide a Local ID or it is auto supplied by VCC Figure 16 4 Create New Category New Category Name Local ID N Create Cancel Examine Select Examine to View Edit the current attributes for the node selected Required fields are marked with an asterisk If you Examine while the Edit is enabled see a corresponding Job l
340. en 8 Click Review Selections The screen which allows you to review Collaboration Item selections appears 10 36 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items Figure 10 33 Review Collaboration Item Selections Context Local Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Dave Wilson All Partners Product Dave Wilson All Products Creada Back Cancal Event Name JKEvent Partner Company Speedy Rx Displaying 1 3 of 3 X Local Location Partner Location Product Begin Date End Date O Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 10 01 03 12 12 03 r Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Mixed Nuts 10 01 03 12 12 03 O Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Holiday Pack 10 01 03 12 12 03 9 Configure the Begin and End Dates if needed and remove any unwanted Items in the list by checking the boxes in the Delete Column Click the Delete button to remove items or Create to proceed 10 If date conflicts appear in the Error column during creation resolve them by deleting unnecessary Items from the list or by changing the date range for that Item All errors must be resolved prior to creating the Items Figure 10 34 Item Errors Cancel Delete Event Name JKEvent Partner Company Speedy Rx Displaying 1 3 of 3 X Local Location Partner Location Product Begin Date End Date ERROR Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Planters Holiday fiovoisos fizvazyos z Pis
341. ent Name name of the event the document is attached to a EventID ID of the event the document is attached to Promotion ID ID of the promotion the document is attached to Upload Date Time date and time the document was attached Attaching Documents to Events and Promotions Documents can be attached at either the Event or Promotion level in precisely the same fashion Once the event or the promotion you would like to create the attachment for is selected 1 Click the List screen Examine View Edit drilldown to examine the Event or Promotion to which the document is to be attached The Examine screen appears Events 10 39 Documents 2 Click the Documents link number that appears in the context chooser Figure 10 37 Documents Link in the Context Chooser Area Context Local Dave Wilson All Locations Partner Dave Wilson All Partners Product Dave Wilson All P Number Of Promotions 2 f Add Promotion Number Of Items 2 Examine Event Header Creator Company Nabisco Created By Dave Wilson Created Date 10 29 03 Last Changed Date 10 29 03 Last Changed By Dave Wilson Last Totaled Date Summary Event Name ikevent Event ID ver 18 Event Category Assortment Change Begin Date 10 01 03 End Date 12 12 03 Fuent Da lt rrintinn If the link reads 0 it indicates that there are no documents attached to the Event or Promotion at this time 3 Browse for
342. enter the date directly into the date box be sure to use the defined date format or you can click the Calendar icon and select a date from it Click the Apply Changes icon to add the checkmark to the targeted items click the Delete button to remove the checked items Superusers and serveradmins can delete any job superadmins can delete jobs for their own companies Deleted jobs are removed from the user interface view only To permanently remove jobs from the VCC database run the Scheduler task Purge Jobs Monitor 6 Integrator jobs and some Scheduler jobs contain additional information Click the active link under the Job ID column A separate simple browser window opens displaying the first link to the Job details Click the first bullet to expand Click the sub bullets to drill to desired information Be precise when clicking a bullet to expand or contract the XML file Clicking near the bullet could cause the opposite of the intended action Managing the Monitor 23 3 Monitoring Usage Statistics Figure 23 2 Job Details Window E https messor2 syncrasystems com xt jsp monitor job_detail jsp row 1 amp amp col 2 h skopput 1008184475129 Parameters Integration_Adapter o Parameters o Configuration_Settings Parameters o CompletionCode Parameters TotalDataltems 0 Errors 1 RejectedDataltems 20 CompletionCode 7 ControlFile o Parameters o Configuration_Settings o DataFile o CompletionCode
343. entered FTP Provide the full path to an FIP server directory or IP address and the appropriate ID and password Extract Any user can select this option but users under super_admin role would be able to provide override Directory Path By default the Directory Path display the Path provided in Report Directory Path on Client tab in VCC Configuration Super admin can override this path either by providing an Absolute path or Relative path relative path should be relative to the Syncra_Home server reportemp directory and only those reports that have the overridden path would be extracted to the overridden directory path all other reports is extracted to the directory path provided in the VCC Configuration Download If the Destination is set to Download the user is able to download reports from the Download column on the Reports List screen Multiple file formats can be generated for the same report To change the report s location from the default directory use the standard OS syntax current location lt DIRECTORY_NAME gt move one directory level up etc Reports reside on the machine where Scheduler is running Note Reports are not extracted if the directory path is incorrect Figure 7 2 Reports Create General section Comment Y Date Format mmidafyy we F ae Number Format 123 456 78 v Decimal Places 2 Dexcel ORT Ocsv DPipe Deo Language American E
344. eption Inbox E Mail Alerts Note The from e mail address used for all e mail notifications for example exception alerts or usage reports shows the E Mail address that was set in Configuration Server Messaging Sender E Mail For details see the Oracle Retail VCC Installation and Configuration Guide In the E mail Language drop down you can set the language that the e mail is to be generated in The default is whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen Select the Adjust Local Value from the drop down list None makes no change Type 1 Type 2 depending on your criteria local current to partner current or partner current to local current adjusts your local value to your partner s value For example local current to partner current Type 2 adjusts local value to match your partner s partner current to local current Type 1 adjusts local value to match your partner s Higher changes your local value to your partner s value if your partner s value is higher Lower changes your local value to your partner s value if your partner s value is lower Average changes to an average of your partner s and your values Set the status from the Set Status drop down list The Set Status option has the following values None Auto Dismissed Auto In Process Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Auto Escalated Exception Criteria 6 13 Creating Data Stream Ex
345. er Select Bookmark List Create Aggregate On Stream Set Name Safety Stock Type Max Inventory Inventory Period Order Processing Time Periods Lead Time Average Periods Receiving Lead Time Periods Min Order Quantity Service Level Telescoping Overlay Order Interval Days Safety Stock Rules Rounding Rules Transportation Strategy Description Cancel O Product SupplyStreamSet Y Apply Frozen Period No Fixed v Safety Stock 0 150 Min Inventory Override 100 A Previous Unavailable Stock o 1 Transit Lead Time Periods 1 J 1 Lead Time Variability Periods D 7 D 1 Order Increment Qty El 99 o End of Life Date No None Planning Horizon Periods 0 IK 3 For each context dimension that is at folder level an Aggregate On check box appears Select the check boxes to determine the dimension s you want to aggregate on 4 Select your stream set from the Stream Set Name drop down list The stream selections referred to are stream sets created in Company Module Config Supply see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company for details 12 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Supply Policy 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Select Yes from the Apply Frozen Period drop down list if you w
346. er Day Movement Stored beginfend BeginiEnd FER Not Allowed HA proportiona O A pose HA se Dynamic proportional Balance Stored yin Dynamic Note If Period is at Aggregate level and Context is at leaf level you should read the table as if the context column did not exist About Disaggregation Profiles Note When you create a disaggregation profile the associated aggregates are created as well that is aggregates are created for the same location partner product context and stream_type for each period in the effectivity period of the disaggregation profile This is specifically for use by the Demand module A data stream disaggregation profile is a set of factors you enter for a specific context product partner or location category time period and stream type and subtype that permits any value entered for a category to be allocated disaggregated among leaves in it The disaggregation factor is a percent of the total aggregate value for the category in the context For example if a product category has two leaves and you enter a disaggregation factor of 5 for each when you load a forecast value of 100 for the category each leaf is allocated 50 For disaggregation profiles based on existing data for the period if you subsequently change any leaf level quantity in the period range used for the disaggregation profile calculation new disaggregation factors ratios are calculated for the o
347. er inbox 5 20 period only subtab 5 17 view group exception collapsed view 5 19 group expanded view 5 17 view group exception status history 5 20 WwW weighted average forecast error 8 19 Index 6
348. er understanding of the underlying processes and architecture supporting Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration VCC functionality will find valuable information in this guide There are three audiences in general for whom this guide is written Business analysts looking for information about processes and interfaces to validate the support for business scenarios within VCC and other systems across the enterprise System analysts and system operations personnel Who are looking for information about VCC s processes internally or in relation to the systems across the enterprise Who operate on VCC regularly xvii Integrators and implementation staff with overall responsibility for implementing VCC Related Documents For more information see the following documents in the Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Release 13 0 documentation set a Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Release Notes a Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Installation Guide Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Operations Guide a Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Online Help Customer Support https metalink oracle com When contacting Customer Support please provide a Product version and program module name a Functional and technical description of the problem include business impact a Detailed step by step instructions to recreate a Exact error message received a Screen shots of each step you take Review Patch Docume
349. eractive Demand If there are nulls at the beginning of the series i e the data starts at some point after the specified begin date the series is truncated so that it starts when the data starts If the nulls are internal to the series they are converted to zeros before passing the series to the forecasting engine Ifthe nulls are at the end of the series the nulls are truncated Nulls in lift factors are given the value of 1 Nulls are handled the same way for batch forecast jobs Context Chooser Parameter tab contains the date ranges and the default parameters from the forecast policy The default parameters can be modified according to the same rules used in the forecast policies The date range is specified as described under Creating a Demand Policy Figure 11 7 Context Chooser Parameter Tab Context Parameters f 1 E ei y 9 History Start bsso1702 History End 10 14 02 Method Expert System El Forecast Start 10 15 02 Forecast End 10 20 02 Smoothing Pre Filter Determined By Expert System History Data Count Forecast Data Count Completion Status Seasonal Pre Filter Method enter the method for the policy Smoothing Pre Filter enter the smoothing pre filter if any for the policy Seasonal Pre Filter enter the seasonal pre filter if any for the policy Note Demand calculations may ignore your seasonal pre filter selection set either in the policy or
350. erage Promo Price Base Sales Forecast DC Order Forecast DSD Order Forecast Forward Buy Forecast Monitor Sales On Hand Inventory Percent Sell Planned Lift Promo Sales Forecast Note When the Report has a Period Overlay is at an Aggregate Context or includes Data Stream Totals the filter is in use even if the filter finds only one underlying individual data stream item However the reported quantity count treats the appropriate Period Overlay Aggregate Context or Data Stream Total as if every underlying data stream item qualified for the filter Streams Stream selections vary depending on report type Some reports contain up to 10 stream selectors while others have no streams Note that a selection of both for the Creator option makes the selection of local or partner invalid if all other components are the same Reports 7 9 Creating Reports Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Save Cancel Figure 7 8 Stream Selections Section Type Subtype Creator Average Price v Average Price v None v N A Y N A None v N A N A Y None N A N A Y None N A N A Y None v N A Y N A Y None he N A Y N A Y None de N A Y N A Y None v N A Y N A None a NjA Y NjA Y Creating Reports Access to this feature superadmin an
351. erefore do not need to be accessed by you This feature lets you combine streams that you need into user defined groups In Groups you can a Edit Groups Add Groups a Remove Groups Previewing Groups Edit Groups To edit user defined groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears Figure 9 17 Groups Screen CAE A Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups salesForecastGroup actualSalesGroup DCGroup finishedGoodsGroup shipFestGroup Edit Delete Ada 2 Select the group you want to edit Click Edit and the Edit pane appears Preferences 9 15 Layout Figure 9 18 Edit Pane Group Name shipFestGroup Rename Group shipFestGroup Data Stream Sub Types Selected Table P 5 Average Days Past Due Past Due Days P Average Days Past Due Past Due Days S Average Payment Days Average Payment Days P Average Payment Days Average Payment Days S Average Price Average Price P Average Price Average Price S Average Price Average Price Y Case Fill Rate Case Fill Rate P Case Fill Rate Case Fill Rate S Case Fill Rate Goal Case Fill Rate Goal P Case Fill Rate Goal Case Fill Rate Goal S Category Growth Category Growth P Categor
352. erridden Menus and Submenus Menus and Submenus open screens in the Display pane Depending on the modules and menu items accessible to you Menus and Submenus allow you to Create and edit events VCC Events Create demand forecasts VCC Demand Create supply plans VCC Supply Display data streams in table or graph mode VCC Platform Create values for a data stream VCC Platform Display a data stream revision history VCC Platform Display exceptions in the Exceptions Inbox VCC Platform Display exception criteria VCC Platform Create exception criteria VCC Platform Create and display metrics VCC Platform Make extract requests VCC Platform Generate reports VCC Platform Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 9 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface a Create and edit display preferences VCC Platform Change Password VCC Platform a Open custom links VCC Platform a Display Help options which consist of an online user manual access to the Support web site and the software s About screen information Xt Platform Log off from Oracle Retail VCC Platform You can hide show the Menu by clicking the left arrow image above the Context Chooser To show the menu again click the right arrow in the upper left corner of the screen Note The Menu items available to you depend on the role and modules you are assigned For details see User and Role Permissions Context Cho
353. ers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt ES Pilot Search Name Select Bookmark v List Create Displaying 1 1 of 1 oH O Product Local Partner Safety Stock Type Safety Stock Method Safety Stock Basis Created By Last Updated Proc NGSC A 3 Actual O e o Pilot Supplier Single Value Normal tar Supplier O 3 Check the Process On Demand box next to the Safety Stock job that you want to process 4 Click Process Selected Items 12 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Part Ill Value Chain Collaboration Administration Part III consists of the following chapters Introduction to VCC Administration Server Level Configuration and Management Managing Company General Information and Preferences Master Data Managing Company Module Configuration Creating Product Price Profiles Managing Company Aggregates Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation Managing Company Collaborations Managing Roles and Users Managing the Monitor Managing the Scheduler Managing Company Data Purges Managing Company UOM Factors 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 13 Introduction to VCC Administration This chapter includes the following topics Administration Overview a About the Company Chooser Starting and Stopping Oracle Retail
354. ers Fiscal 2002 2004 Nabisco at Denver Nabisco at Denver USA Nabisco at Denver 10 Nabisco at Denver 11 Nabisco at Denver 12 Nabisco at Denver 13 Nabisco at Pisquatuck 14 Nabisco at Pisquatuck 15 Nabisco at Denver 16 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Drug Stores Drug Stores Buyer Non Local Partner Wall Drugs at Redwing Wall Drugs at St Cloud Drug Stores Wall Drugs at J ville Drug Stores Speedy Rx at Boston Drug Stores Quick Stop at Manhattan Planters Mixed Nuts tt Flavor Snacks Original Milkbone Biscuits Planters Cashews Planters Planters Doggy Bag Treats Planters Planters Mixed Nuts Planters Planters Mixed Nuts Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 Fiscal 2002 2004 0i0 40 040 0 140 40 10 01 0 ae sl If there are no valid aggregates to be created an error screen appears Note You can also create aggregates without Reviewing Selections by clicking the Create button on the Company Aggregates Create 13 14 15 screen Click the check box in the Delete column next to any aggregate you do not want to create and click Delete or enter the Start ID and End ID in the Mark Entries field to mark entries to be deleted Note You ca
355. ers are commercial computer software or commercial technical data pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the Programs including documentation and technical data shall be subject to the licensing restrictions set forth in the applicable Oracle license agreement and to the extent applicable the additional rights set forth in FAR 52 227 19 Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights June 1987 Oracle USA Inc 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood City CA 94065 The Programs are not intended for use in any nuclear aviation mass transit medical or other inherently dangerous applications It shall be the licensee s responsibility to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of such applications if the Programs are used for such purposes and we disclaim liability for any damages caused by such use of the Programs Oracle JD Edwards PeopleSoft and Siebel are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners The Programs may provide links to Web sites and access to content products and services from third parties Oracle is not responsible for the availability of or any content provided on third party Web sites You bear all risks associated with the use of such content If you choose t
356. essing Exception Criteria on Demand Access to this feature superadmin admin manager and supervisor Exception criteria processing occurs as a background task controlled by the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler see Managing the Scheduler You can however process a single exception criterion on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the scheduler This is called on demand exception criteria processing It allows you to process one exception criterion and view the results immediately Note If you create a criterion at the aggregate level that uses a Sum the criterion is created with a Pending status One must first run Complete Criteria Creation through the Scheduler before the criterion becomes Valid and available for on demand processing To process a single exception criterion on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the Scheduler 1 Set your context 2 Click Exceptions Criteria Individual from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The individual exception criteria are listed in the Display pane 3 Click the Process On Demand radio button next to the exception criteria that you want to process You may only select one criteria to process at a time Figure 6 16 Process On Demand Displaying 1 2 of 2 Absolute Threshold Percent Threshold Comparison Product Local Partner Process On Demand Status Sum Local Current To NGSC Local Pilot Current 1 00 Change Wegmans
357. existing Events they are listed 24 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Adding an Event Figure 24 1 Events Window Scheduler is running localhost Pause 2A y Events Tasks Add Event Displaying 1 5 of 5 xX oH Name Task Name Company Name Execute Time Repeats O 9 Extracting Users Extract Users ABC Corp 08 22 08 03 36 07 Every 5 Days Fi 0 Process Actions Process Aggregate Actions ABC Corp 08 20 08 03 36 39 Every 24 Hours n e Process Alerts Process Exception Alerts ABC Corp 11 17 08 03 34 29 Every 3 Months p 9 Process Leaves Process Leaf Exceptions Food Markets 08 20 08 01 40 39 Every 1 Days DO e Process Leaves Process Leaf Exceptions All Companies 08 21 08 03 29 25 Every 1 Days Adding an Event Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin To add an event 1 Click the Add Event button The Add Event screen appears Figure 24 2 Add Event Screen Add Event Name Task Complete Criteria Creation Company All v Execute Time 08 17 08 03 38 17 C Repeats Create Cancel 2 Inthe Name field enter the name for your Event 3 In the Task field select a Process to run from the drop down menu 4 If you are a superuser or serveradmin select a specific company from the Company drop down or select All to schedule an event for all companies Managing the Scheduler 24 3 Adding an Event Figure 24 3 Add Event Screen with selected compan
358. f 1 then the comparison is this month to last month Table 8 2 Metrics that Calculate on the Basis of Period Overlays o Available o 5 o c a f 3 3 8 A Cas z 59 Metri Description a etric esc pt o 2 E 10 2 Average Averages a single data stream for all leaf values under a selected context Count Missing Counts leaves with missing values Exception Count Count of exceptions at or below a context Forecast Forecast error or accuracy between forecast and Error Accuracy actual streams Y Y Y Growth Difference of B to A either absolute or percent Inventory Ratio of Annualized Consumption to Inventory Turns Average Consumption is the average across a Y Y Periods Of Supply user defined range Period to Date For each base period the result is the sum of that base period plus all prior base periods in the overlay period The sum resets with each overlay period lt lt Periods of Supply Number of periods of consumption that the given inventory call Supply Y Y Perpetual Inventory The current balance of inventory is maintained daily by adding to the inventory account when Y Y goods are received and deducting when they are used Rolling Error MAD of the error over a rolling horizon Simple Math Simple math operation types consisting of sum Sum ratio product and difference Simple Math Ratio Simple math operation types c
359. f Oracle Retail VCC Roles a Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display a Roles amp Users Search a Creating a New User for a Company with the Company Roles and Users Screen Copying a User Setting or Editing User Hierarchy Access Rights with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access Control Assigning Modules to the Users a Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen a Moving a User to a New Role with the Company Roles and Users Screen Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen About Roles and Users Oracle Retail VCC manages read write access through different levels of security built into the application These different levels of security are defined by a list of Roles User roles can be viewed and edited through two separate menu options at two different administrative levels See Company Level Roles amp Users See Hub Level Roles amp Users Company Level Roles amp Users The Company Roles amp Users screen displays all user roles for a given company Managing Roles and Users 22 1 About Roles and Users Figure 22 1 Company Roles Users Screen Home Company Scheduler Monitor Display active Users Y Purge Data Configuration I amp Links Preferences Help Logout 2 limited_admin Gj reviewer As a company administrator you can assign users the following roles admin manager a supervisor p
360. fectivity Disagg Week Edit Context Based Manual Review Time Factors Save Aggregate Target Type Subtype Actual Sales ActualSales Base Factor Type C Manual Computed Source Data Type Actual Sales z Sub Type actualsales Base z Source Time Type Fixed Rolling Source Time Range Start Date fgjEnd Date 22 mm dd yy mm dd yy Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 10 20 03 C Time Any Time mm dd yy HH mm Recurrence Once x Collaboration Item Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Holiday Pack Source is Partner z TT End Date mm dd yy Factor Value 0 33 bo 0 33 0 0 0 33 0 0 The number of items displayed on the disaggregation list page is controlled by The Results per page field under the Company Preferences screen 20 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 21 Managing Company Collaborations This chapter contains the following topics About Collaborations Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen About Collaborations Oracle Retail VCC allows you to bulk load your collaborations using the VCC Integrator or to enter them manually using Oracle Retail VCC administrator tasks For details on bulk loading collaborations see the Oracle Retail VCC Operations
361. fined30 Promotion Item User Defined21 Promotion Promotion Item User Defined22 Promotion Item User Defined23 Promotion Promotion Item User Defined24 Promotion Item User Defined25 Promotion Item User Defined26 Event Nam Promotion Item User Defined27 Condition Promotion Promotion Item User Defined28 The figure below shows the 30 User defined fields available for the Promotion Items Module Managing Company Module Configuration 17 7 Configuring Labels in the Events Module Figure 17 9 Promotion Item UDF Text Fields Promotion Item User Defined 1 al o a Promotion Item User Defined 2 0 o Promotion Item User Defined 3 M O Promotion Itern User Defined 4 7 o Promotion Item User Defined 5 O O Promotion Item User Defined 6 Y O Promotion Item User Defined 7 a o Promotion Item User Defined 8 1 Promotion Item User Defined 9 Yes Y a o Promotion Item User Defined 410 Yes Y g o Promotion Item User Defined 11 Y O Promotion Item User Defined 412 7 o Promotion Item User Defined 13 a o Promotion Item User Defined 14 0 g Promotion Item User Defined 15 DO O Promotion Item User Defined 16 2 O Promotion Item User Defined 417 10 o Promotion Item User Defined 18 1 O Promotion Item User Defined 419 a o Promotion Item User Defined 20 B O Promotion Item User Defined 21 options Y 2 o Promotion Item User Defined 22 options Y 0 Promotion Item User
362. for Oracle Retail Data Warehouse and MicroStrategy for Oracle Retail Planning amp Optimization applications iii the SeeBeyond component developed and licensed by Sun MicroSystems Inc Sun of Santa Clara California to Oracle and imbedded in the Oracle Retail Integration Bus application iv the Wavelink component developed and licensed by Wavelink Corporation Wavelink of Kirkland Washington to Oracle and imbedded in Oracle Retail Store Inventory Management v the software component known as Crystal Enterprise Professional and or Crystal Reports Professional licensed by Business Objects Software Limited Business Objects and imbedded in Oracle Retail Store Inventory Management vi the software component known as Access Via licensed by Access Via of Seattle Washington and imbedded in Oracle Retail Signs and Oracle Retail Labels and Tags vii the software component known as Adobe Flex licensed by Adobe Systems Incorporated of San Jose California and imbedded in Oracle Retail Promotion Planning amp Optimization application viii the software component known as Style Report developed and licensed by InetSoft Technology Corp of Piscataway New Jersey to Oracle and imbedded in the Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration application ix the software component known as DataBeacon developed and licensed by Cognos Incorporated of Ottawa Ontario Canada to Oracle and imbedded in the Oracle Retail Value Cha
363. for these fields they can be viewed in the Events module Promotions sections as shown below 17 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Labels in the Events Module Figure 17 7 UDF Dropdown List Values Configuration Events Stream Sets Labels Label Type Promotion User Defined21 v Save Default Label New Label Show option1 optionlis very big si E option10 null a My option11 null option12 null a option13 null Mw option14 null option15 null E option16 null option17 null E option18 null M option19 null Mw option2 null j E option20 null i ea option3 nun o option4 null M options null option6 null O option7 null E options null Mw option null E ConfiguringUDFs in Promotion Items Configuration of UDFs in the Promotion Items module is exactly the same as configuration of UDFs in the Promotions module Please see the Configuring UDFs in Promotions section above for details Figure 17 8 Accessing the Promotion ltems UDF Configuration Stream Sets Labels Label Type Promotion Items 7 v Default Header Promotions Tactics Creator CAET Event Category piangadia Promotion User Defined21 Planned D Promotion User Defined22 Promotion User Defined23 Last Chandpromotion User Defined24 Last Chand Promotion User Defined25 Promotion User Defined26 Summary Promotion User Defined27 Promotion User Defined28 Status Promotion User Defined29 Promotion User De
364. fore unassigning a stream type Creating Data Stream Types Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin If the existing stream types are not sufficient additional stream types can be created This is accessed through Configuration gt Stream Types gt Create All the parameters described above can be set for the new stream type Stream names must be unique and stream ID s are automatically assigned by the system Once a new stream is created it can be assigned to companies and users in the same way as any other stream Managing Links Access To This Feature Superuser Server Admin SuperAdmin Admin A superadmin can create a link for any company on the Server to any Web site which then appears under Links in the VCC menu Configuring Links with the Configuration Links Tab To create a link for a company 1 Select Company Configuration from the Syncra Xt menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary To add a link click Add The Add a New Link screen appears Figure 14 9 Add a New Link Screen Link Name URL _ Test Link Save Cancel 4 Inthe Link Name field enter a name for the link that appears under Links in the VCC menu 5 Inthe URL field enter the URL for the link Be sure you have entered the entire URL including http otherwise the link fails To avoid problems click Test Link to make
365. ft Factor Both None al None S None Forecast Output None zj None Local ESE 3 If you are creating a new stream set for the Demand module enter its name in the Name field When you are creating the Demand Policy for this module the stream set name appears in the Demand Policy screen in the Stream Set drop down list Note that if a yellow triangle with a black exclamation point appears next to the creator column for a stream it means you have selected a creator who does not have edit access to the stream For example if only a buyer company is allowed to edit a stream and the partner you have selected is the seller company you must change your creator Alternately though less likely the supervisor for the hub may need to change the configuration for whomever edits that stream 4 Select the stream type from the Type drop down 5 Select the subtype from the Subtype drop down Managing Company Module Configuration 17 13 Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module 6 Select whether the Creator is local or partner 7 Click Save Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module Within Exceptions during criteria creation you can elect to send e mail alerts to specific users when exceptions are triggered by that criteria for more information on setting up e mail alerts see lt CROSS REF gt The specific format or layout of these e mail alerts is configurable in the Company Module Config Exceptions tab as seen below
366. g it in Enter a comment for the Promotion optional Enter the Due Date information for the Promotion Select Proposed and Planned Milestone Dates and enter the number of days to offset notification Under Metrics you can assign values to metrics you would like to use during the promotion optional Figure 10 21 Create Promotion Screen Metrics Section Stream Set Target Audience URL Comment 10 11 12 13 14 15 Metrics Inventory Turns Periods Of Supply Pre Event Location Days Out Of Stock Service Level Category Lift Sales Forecast Accuracy Order Forecast Accuracy 16 Number Of Expedited Shipments Periods Of Supply Post Event Out Of Stock Of Promotional Order Consumed Actual Sales Lift Sales Forecast Error Order Forecast Error Enter Milestone Dates and Notification Offset in the Due Dates section optional Figure 10 22 Create Promotion Screen Due Dates Section Due Dates Milestone Date Notification Offset Completed End Proposed Planned Active Begin Date bate 08 12 08 08 21 08 Events 10 25 Promotions 17 If you wish to add tactics at this point click the Add button in the Tactics section If you do not want to create tactics at this time click Create to create and return to the List screen Cancel to return to the List screen without saving or Create amp Add Item t
367. g to your needs Each data stream is comprised of up to 3 substreams and a total substream You can request new data streams from Oracle Retail VCC and maintain revision histories for all data streams Events allows Admin and end users to create Promotions on Products between trading partners Metrics allow you to track key performance indicators Exceptions allow you to be notified when a data stream varies beyond user defined thresholds Extract allows you to extract information from your database and export it into a third party application Demand creates base forecasts by applying statistical algorithms to historical time series Supply allows customers and suppliers to develop supply plans that meet target service levels Modules Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To specify which modules a specific company can use 1 2 As superuser click Configuration from the VCC menu The Configuration screen appears Click the Modules tab The Modules screen appears 14 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuration Modules Tab Figure 14 2 Modules Screen Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods gt AB Corp ABC Corp Procter and Gamble Test The J M Smucker Company Wegmans Food Markets compl comp2 ES Events Demand Supply Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Save 3 Highlight a
368. gation Arrows Navigation arrows allow you to navigate the currently displayed time period data in the Table Area 2 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Table 2 4 Navigation Arrows Beginning If the first column in the current display period is Ka not in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the current display period data If the first column in the current display period is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the previous period data If there are no more previous periods to retrieve clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferences Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Back a page clicking this button brings you to the previous page of the display period data you are viewing Forward a page clicking this button brings you to the next gt gt page of the display period data you are viewing End If the last column in the current display period is not in gt gt the view clicking this button brings you to the end of the current display period data If the last column in the current display period is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the next period data If there are no more next periods to retrieve clic
369. ge Collaboration Item Comments Purge Master Data Purge 000000 OWOOOW Purge Note Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen Purging Master Data Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Oracle Retail VCC allows you to empty folders that you have moved to your recycle bin Company administrators also can place aggregate folders into a recycle bin to be 14 28 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen purged When you superuser server admin purge the recycle bin all folders and subfolders are purged Note Time periods cannot be purged They are hidden from end users when placed in the recycle bin Placing Periods and Period Folders in the recycle bin removes those periods from the user s view only It does not remove the Periods for the company This is because Periods are shared across all companies If an item is placed in the recycle bin that has links to folders or leaves in the main parent tree those relationships are broken during the purge process Purging items from the recycle bin does not affect related linked or copied items in the parent tree but only removes those items placed directly in the recycle bin To purge the recycle bin of master data 1 Log in as superuser serveradmin 2 Click Purge Data from the VCC menu
370. ges to the appropriate color Aggregate on Folder is the default Click All Periods Select the period category for which you want to create the aggregate You cannot select a leaf level period but all aggregates you create are created on leaf level periods For example if you highlight March and there are four weekly periods in March four aggregates are created one for each period Note An aggregate does not sum the figures for multiple periods It sums the figures for the items in the context for each individual period Click Review Selections The Selected Aggregations screen appears showing the aggregates you are about to create Stream types and UOMs are listed at the top of the screen Each row in the list represents a distinct context but not a distinct context stream type uom Aggregates are created for each stream type uom combination for each context in the list Managing Company Aggregates 19 3 Viewing Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab Figure 19 2 Selected Aggregations screen Selected Stream Types Actual Sales DC Inventory DC Receipts DC Shipments Selected UOMs Base Units Stat Units Currency Loads Start ID End ID Mark Entries Create Back Delete Displaying 1 70 of 70 ID Location Partner Product Period Nabisco at Pisquatuck Drug Stores tt Fiscal 2002 2004 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partnerl Planters Fiscal 2002 2004 USA Drug Stores Plant
371. gregate streams for combinations of context leaf levels and category levels View across time by establishing an overlay of groups of the periods contained in your time series Period overlays can be used to view across time for leaf or aggregate forecasts Any kind of exception criteria can be created for a movement stream A Balance Stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local but not across time dimensions View across the context by establishing aggregate streams for combinations of context leaf and category levels When a balance stream is viewed in a period overlay the value displayed is the value listed in either the first or the last period contained in the range of the periods specified in the period overlay Value entered into Balance Stream Period Overlays is disaggregated to 1st or last The Balance Stream first or last configuration is defined in Company General Config Preferences See Managing Company General Preferences Admins override the First Last configuration in Company General Config Stream Type by selecting its Fill Bucket The value entered into period overlays is placed in each underlying period A sum exception criteria on Periods cannot be created for a balance stream Note Movement and Balance aggregates may be editable if there is a Disaggregation Profile existing for the specified periods or if no periods for the specified stream type have a Disag
372. gregation Profile and the Proportional Disaggregation option is set to Yes in Company General Config Preferences You must also adhere to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When You can load values manually or can get data using the Integrator Server Level Configuration and Management 14 7 Configuration Stream Types Tab A Measure stream cannot accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local nor across time dimensions period overlays Unlike the aggregates formed for Movement and Balance streams Measure stream aggregates are not computed by summing the individual items included in the selected aggregate level folder They are simply values that exist at the folder level Measure stream aggregates are editable according to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When You can enter values manually or by using the Integrator Similar to the aggregates stored for Movement and Balance streams both current and previous values are stored at the aggregate level for Measure streams When a Measure stream is viewed in a period overlay there are no values displayed A sum exception criteria on Periods cannot be created for a Measure stream Disaggregation profiles cannot be created for Measure streams Configuration Stream Types Tab Access To This Feature Superuser server admin To modify stream type attributes
373. guration settings pertain to Individual Exception alerts Group Exception format uses the same Default Format and the same localization settings i e Number Date Time Formats and Time Zone Columns are not sortable or allowed to be hidden for the Group Exceptions displayed in e mail alerts Sample Exception Inbox E Mail Alerts Links contained in the HTML and plain text e mail returns you to VCC s Exception Inbox screen and Exception Detail views The Group Inbox links takes you to the Group Inbox screen that displays the selected context and exceptions Figure 17 21 Sample HTML E Mail Alert Criteria Group Exceptions Go To Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Group Inbox Individual Exceptions Name Severity Go To Go To Product Local Partner Variance Source Compared Percent Created Status UOM Typel Type2 Offset Period 3 POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Medium Inbox a eax Banari a Nabisco at speccune 20 0 62 0 42 0 47 62 PEER Active des Units POS Units POS 01 12 03 Exception Y E 19as Forecast Seas Forecast Seas z POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 High Inbox pa aon Plantare Nabisco at Speedy Ex 30 0 52 0 22 0 136 36 oarmans Active E Units POS Units POS 01 12 03 AS a Forecast Seas Forecast Seas POS Forecast POS Forecast view Planters Nabisco at Speedy
374. gure 14 21 Edit Stream Access Screen _ Hierarchy Streams Modules Edit Stream Access Andy Platt Available Streams 4 Read Only a xi Full Access 106 d P 111 113 Save Done D Price A 10 Retail Sales 100 103 Average Price Inventory Target On time Delivery Time 114 121 126 Lead Time Days Avg gt Case Fill Rate Goal Sales Goal Total Market v 2 Highlight a stream in the Available Streams list box and click the left arrow to add it to the Full Access or Read Only list box 3 Click Save Module Access Oracle Retail VCC modules can be turned on or off for specific users To enable or disable a user s access to certain modules 1 Select the Modules tab The Edit Module Access screen appears 14 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Figure 14 22 Edit Module Access Screen 2 3 Examining a User Hierarchy Streams Modules Edit Module Access Andy Platt Events Demand Supply Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Save Done Enable disable modules by checking the check boxes Click Save to save changes Done to exit without saving Note To expand or collapse the entire tree see Working With Tree Hierarchies Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Examining a user allows you to view and update the login status and to change a u
375. h the Company Disagg Setup List Tab Figure 20 12 Daily Allocation Edit Screen List Create Daily Allocation Edit Profile Name Standard Dayi ozo Day2 0 20 Day3 0 20 Day4 0 10 Day5 0 10 Day6 0 10 Day 0 10 Listing Viewing and Editing Disaggregation Profiles with the Company Disagg Setup List Tab Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager To delete or edit an existing profile 1 Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu 2 Click the List tab The disaggregation profiles defined are displayed Figure 20 13 Disaggregation Profiles Display 120 124 1107 Context Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product All Products List Daily Allocation Displaying 1 10 of 10 E Location Partner Product Effectivity Type Sub Type User Creation Factor Type Process On fs Period Date Demand Nabisco at Speedy RX planters 10 01 04 Actual ActualSalesiBase Dave 10 15 03 manual D e Pisquatuck at Boston 10 07 04 Sales Wilson 14 06 54 Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Actual 3 Dave 10 15 03 m Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Sales ActualSales Promo wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 DC A Dave 10 15 03 O 9 Pisquatuck at Boston Planters 10 07 04 Shipments De shipmants Wilson 14 06 54 Manual Nabisco at Speedy Rx 10 01 04 Finished aur Dave 10 15 03 B Pisquatuck at Boston enters 30 07 04 Goods Inv MMished Goods Inu Wilson 14 06 54 Manual N
376. h trading partner Status Buyer or Seller is able to create and edit in the Data Stream u Name Name of the stream a Description Description of the stream There is a third designation called Year ago that becomes accessible for each substream when the Edit By attribute has been defined to be either Buyer or Seller Under that condition a check box for Year Ago appears next to each substream If you select the option then a data stream containing year ago data for the subtype can be viewed by the end user 14 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide About Accumulation Rules Note When established as a trading partner in Oracle Retail VCC each company is assigned a trading status of either Seller or Buyer depending on its position in collaborations About Accumulation Rules The Accumulation Rule is a fixed attribute of the Stream type that indicates how data in a Data Stream behaves if and when its context and or time series is aggregated and how that affects the types of exception criteria you can create for it See Managing Company Aggregates for additional details regarding context aggregates There are three accumulation rules that can apply to a Stream Type Data Stream Movement Balance and Measure A Movement stream can accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local and across time dimensions period time series View across the context by establishing ag
377. hat they maintain the same ratio to one another If Normalize is selected for a lift factor and the sum of the values in a row total 0 0 the normalized values is all of the initial values incremented by 1 0 In such an instance the average is 1 0 This feature allows you to enter a week s worth of actual sales and then normalize the numbers instead of having to calculate the normalized ratios For example if you entered the following actual sales for the week Table 11 3 Actual Sales for the Week M T WwW T F S S 192 164 157 185 124 329 401 Normalized to Demand 11 19 Using Lift Factors Table 11 3 Cont Actual Sales for the Week M T Ww T F S S 0 87 0 74 0 71 0 83 0 56 1 49 1 81 There are cases where you may not want to normalize the values for instance a promotion week shown in bold Table 11 4 Promotion Week 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 0 3 0 1 0 Finally there are two date ranges entered on this page The Display Period indicates which weeks to display Since a database may contain several years worth of weeks this allows you to limit the display to the range of interest Also the History Period indicates which periods to use for calculating the lift patterns based on history The history calculation uses data from the stream set you specify To specify a lift pattern 1 Set your context 2 Click Demand Lift Factor and the following screen appears Figure 11 15 Demand
378. he Demand Interactive feature 1 2 Set your context Select Demand Interactive and the following screen appears 11 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Interactive Demand Figure 11 9 Demand Interactive Screen Parameters Trial Data History Start bs o1 02 History End 10 14 02 Method Expert System x 014 147 3 Forecast Start 10 15 02 Forecast End 20 20 02 Smoothing Pre Filter Determined By Expert System Y History Data Count Completion Status Seasonal Pre Filter Forecast Data Count 10 1503 10 1603 10 17 03 10 18 03 10 19 03 10 2103 SalesFestBase SalesFestProm Ship Forecast Adj 3 Make your additions changes You can change add values in the table as well as reconfigure parameters in Context Chooser Parameters 4 Click the appropriate button a Save All saves the policy and the displayed streams Recalculate recalculates the data stream values based on your policy and history Save Data Stream saves the changes to the displayed data streams in the table a Restore Policy resets the settings to match those saved in the permanent policy Save Policy saves the current settings to the permanent policy Additional validations on date ranges include a comparison of the number of data points a If number of forecast periods is greater that the number of history periods no forecast is generated If number of history
379. he View Collapsed button is displayed This button functions as a toggle between the collapsed and expanded inbox views The initial list display collapsed or expanded depends on your preference settings For more information on selecting a display mode in user preferences see Setting List Screen Preferences The third button Apply Changes on the Exception Inbox screen does not affect viewing and is used to apply status changes made on the screen Exceptions 5 3 Introduction List Columns The following are descriptions of the columns in the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen View Exception click the colored dot below the View icon to view the data streams that triggered the exception Criteria Name displays the name of the causal exception criteria Severity displays the severity level of the exception Low Medium or High View Edit Comment click the colored dot below the View Edit Comment icon to view edit the comments entered for the exception Also allows you to select a resolution code from a drop down list Note The View Edit Comment dot appears grey when individual exceptions do not have an associated comment or resolution code Show check boxes that allow the consecutive viewing of Exceptions Data Data View Edit screens for each checked exception can be paged forward or backward without the need to return to the List screen Shared with the name of the trading partner
380. he data stream to be purged and the creation dates between which all data is to be purged Once you have created the purge request it appears in Purge Data screen with all other purge requests where you can start the purge process or reject the request In addition any master data product partner or location hierarchy you cut and paste into the recycle bin can be purged by a superuser serveradmin Placing it in the recycle bin effectively submits a purge request similar to a purge request for transaction data You can purge data between specific creation dates static data purge or you can create a purge request for data that is a specified number of periods old To create a Transaction purge request 1 Select Company Purge Requests from the Oracle Retail VCC menu The Purge Requests screen appears Figure 25 1 Purge Requests Screen Transaction Event Promotions Collaboration Item Comments Exceptions Company Stream Type _ Purge Type Range Based On Dates AB Corp All A Leaf O Time Period Start Fixed ABC Corp Average Days Past Due Aggregate MNO Comp Average Payment Days O Creation Date End UR Average Price nd Fixed Kl w case Fill Rate vi mm dd yy Add Request Current Requests No Records Found Company Name User Creation Date Purge Begin Date Purge End Date Purge Begin Offset Purge End Offset Is Period Purge Status Las A gt 2 Transaction is the default
381. he report is created at folder level To create a Last Transaction report 1 2 3 No Transaction The Set your context Select Reports Create Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen No Transaction report identifies products that never had any transactions for any data streams To create a No Transaction report 1 Set your context Reports 7 15 Creating Reports 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Promotion Detail To create a Promotion Detail report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Horizon and Filter sections as described in Common Report Settings Figure 7 15 Filter and Streams Selections Section Filter Change Request Completed Expired Modified M Promo Status Modified Acknowledged New Planned Proposed Proposed Acknowledged Rejected Actual Lift Actual Sales Average Base Price Average Promo Price Base Sales Forecast DC Order Forecast M Data Type DSD Order Forecast Forward Buy Forecast Monitory Sales On Hand Inventory Percent Sell Planned Lift Pro
382. he stream set associated with the Demand policy you are not allowed access to the interactive functionality You can edit all the streams as per your access rights and editable rules of the streams in the Demand Interactive screen but access to the interactive screen is not allowed if you have Read Only access to the Output Forecast stream If the output stream is a measure stream and an aggregate Policy is processed through Interactive or Batch the following error message is displayed No Disag Profile exists for one or more Periods The Demand Interactive screen is where the historical and forecast data is displayed and edited It functions the same as Data View Edit in both table and graph mode with the following exceptions Only streams configured in the demand stream set are displayed This helps limit the vertical size of the window All interactive changes are stored temporarily until the user chooses Save All Save Data Stream or Save Policy Individual cells can be manually locked by the user For instance they make an override to a forecast value and then lock the cell If the statistical forecast is re run the new results overwrite all the existing forecast results except for the locked cell s Locked cells are visually highlighted as locked The user can also manually unlock the cell Nulls are treated as follows 11 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Int
383. hip Fost T 2 000 1 000 Oct Now L 2003 J Do D alt Ee a Rescale Visible Zoom In Disable All Enable All Configure sl 5 Click Back and the viewed exception is highlighted in yellow as shown below Figure 5 14 Exception Highlighted in Yellow Individual Group External Partner Apply Changes View Exceptions View Expanded Displaying 1 3 of 3 KI Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status Criteria History Planters M bleco at Speedy e multiple Mixed Bisquatudk Rx at multiple al multiple multiple e multiple multiple z 16 Nuts q Boston Planters EEDE Speedy e multiple Holiday Divauscdal Rx at multiple multiple multiple zj e multiple multiple Q Pack a Boston Planters Nabisco at Speedy e 11 01 03 Rx at 6 510 00 41 00 6 551 00 e 99 37 10 27 03 17 21 46 e Cashews Pisquatuck Bostan Note Viewing an exception from the Exception Inbox changes the context to that of the selected exception Clicking the Back button returns you to the Exception Inbox and automatically restores your context Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer 5 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data To view an exception s criteria 1 Select your context 2 Select the Exceptions Inbox Individua
384. hoose a smoothing pre filter from the Smoothing Pre Filter drop down list Choose seasonal pre filter from the Seasonal Pre Filter drop down list ene a Select the number of trials 1 through 5 3 is default from the Trials drop down list 9 Select a Period Overlay if you have previously created one 10 Choose whether the demand policy has an end of life date by selecting Yes or No from the End of Life Date drop down list If Yes select the date from the pop up calendar or manually enter the date in the text box 11 Choose whether the demand policy uses a lift factor by selecting Yes or No from the Use Lift Factor drop down list 12 Choose whether the demand policy uses a like item by selecting Yes or No from the Use Like Item drop down list If you select Yes click Select and choose the like item context Demand 11 7 Creating a Demand Policy Figure 11 3 Select Like Item Context Screen Select Like Item Context Local Test Buyer Co Partner Test Seller Co Product 2 Pilot I 83 Pilot Locations HS Test Buyer All Locations Click the Apply Changes icon to set the like item context or click the Back to Policy icon to return to the Demand Policy screen The like item can be at an aggregate context while the demand policy is at leaf level and vice versa The Like Item you have selected appears to the right of the drop down You can change your selection by clicking th
385. ht Absolu B SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_375 Queensland POWDER SYNCRA_S92 romo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 Decrea piryt naming Allocation BI LO New DYNAMO he a D 0 0 SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_375 South LIQUID SYNCRA_592 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No poo nook wale MATIC 70 ation e DYNAMO e 3 BI LO South LAUNDRY Absolu O 0 SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_375 51O South LAUNDRY Sera so san 29 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 Absolu CONC REF COLGATE Coles PLAX Absolu O SYNCRA 144 SYNCRA_375 Queensland MOUTHWASH SYNCRA_594 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 Decrea PEPPERMINT maai a BI LO South LAUNDRY test Freight Absol m SYNCRA_ 144 SYNCRA_375 Se ana SYNCRA_595 promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 500 to Table Graph View in Promotion Items The Events Promotion Items list allow you to view both you and your partner s datastream data with the View Data feature You may also edit your data while in this mode To view data 1 Set your context 2 Select Events Promotion Items The Promotion Item screen appears 3 Click the drilldown dot under the View Data column The Table Graph screen appears 4 Edit data and click Save Successfully Saved message appears at the bottom of your display pane 5 Click Back to return to the Item list Documents Documents are attachments that can be associated with either Events or with Promotions Documents must be added to one of these levels in order to be accessible for down
386. hted average forecast error 8 19 monitor VCC jobs 23 1 move user tonew role 22 12 N new role 14 24 P partner location 16 12 period at aggregate level 20 5 period at leaf level 20 4 period offsets 8 9 period overlays 3 8 9 4 edit 9 11 rename 9 11 view 9 11 period overlays tab 15 8 period to date 8 13 periods of supply 8 14 perpetual inventory 8 14 personalize 9 1 platform support 2 1 policy parameters 11 2 process safety stock jobs 12 15 process metrics 8 6 batch 8 8 error messages 8 8 product 16 13 product folders Index 4 guidelines 16 3 product hierarchies 16 2 product price profiles 18 1 profile based disaggregation 20 1 program modules 14 4 promotion items 10 31 create 10 34 delete 10 37 table graph view 10 38 view 10 32 promotional tactics 10 8 promotions 10 8 add 10 22 attach documents 10 39 delete 10 26 delete documents 10 40 documents 10 38 status changes 10 41 view 10 11 proportional disaggregation 20 3 purge collaboration item comments 14 29 collabration item comments 14 37 current connections 14 37 event promotions 14 29 14 37 exceptions 14 37 job monitor 14 28 14 37 master data 14 28 14 37 transaction data 14 26 14 37 R real time extract 15 8 configure 15 9 remove hierarchy nodes 16 4 repeat frequency 7 6 report settings 7 3 context detail 7 5 general 7 4 reports 7 1 comment 7 10 create 7 10
387. iE anna ncr canarias 23 4 Sending Usage Statistics E mail NotificatioN oonicinnnnnnnncinnnnnncnnonacnnncnornnannnn rn cesses roca nncnnn conos 23 5 Monitoring Current Connecti0MS occnicinnnnnoninnoncnninincnnoncnnnacnnnncnnnonnnnnnnn conan nonn a nn ara nar ni nan nos 23 6 Monitoring Server Locks viii ois spate catcsdsovecnShsse souentesgucthig drale dina eiii 23 7 Managing the Scheduler Aboutithe Scheduler ii AAA ais 24 1 Working with the Scheduler Interface oooicininininininnnnnmmmmmmmrracrnarero ron ccroro ron rncorero ran cn ones 24 2 Working with Scheduler EventS ooonncncnninnnnnnninnnnnnncncncncncononorornnononanoronon crono raro ron ona ro ran cn ron ro ran cronos 24 2 Adding an Event anene teoer orase oE E REID EESOICE TVET PLETE TRL PEL EET YS SOISEREY ETETEELEDE SUOPETONT CPD LEE TOPE Rosie 24 3 Deleting events imac dd iden 24 5 Working With Tasks viii aii 24 5 Addi g a Task in da o dll a 24 9 Editing Mask o Ads 24 10 Deleting a Task A a via ev teed vibes AA LAA decisis 24 11 Managing Company Data Purges About Data Purge Request oooininininininnnnnnncncnrnnnonnconoronon on onono ron E E E 25 1 Creatine Purge Requests ciar iii rita ei e o 25 2 Managing Company UOM Factors About UOM EactofS cito ii A das 26 1 Viewing the UOM Lists nrn cocotero aaa epar ia naaa sabria tdi pit 26 2 Creating New UOM Factors cuina 26 3 Deleting VOM Factors iii AAA A a A 26 4 xiii xiv VCC Supported Platforms Suppor
388. iew these fields can be configured as well This is explained in the chapter Preferences in the Layout Preferences section Configuring the User Defined Fields 1 Select Company Module Configuration Events tab Labels This allows the user to access the Promotions Promotion Items and UDF drop down lists configuration 2 Configure the Promotion UDFs by selecting the Promotions tab in the Label Type drop down list 3 Configure the Promotion Item UDFs by selecting the Promotion Items tab in the Label Type drop down list 4 Configure the UDF drop down list values by selecting the UDF field name in the Label Type drop down list Ex Promotion Item User Defined 21 5 UDFs are treated in the same fashion as all other fields on the Promotions or Promotion Items screens 6 New UDFs are listed below the existing ten UDFs in the User Defined section of the Promotions and Promotion Items screen UDF Text Fields a Each UDF contains an editable text box to enter a label If this field is blank the default name is displayed For example Promotion Item User Defined 11 a Each UDF contains a text box to enter a default value If this field is blank the field is displayed with a null value a Each UDF contains a Show check box to configure display on the appropriate Create Edit screen a Each UDF contains a Mandatory check box to configure required usage on the appropriate Create Edit screen Events 10 43
389. ify a list of E mail Notification recipients optional Separate multiple entries with a semi colon Select the E mail Language that has to be used when E mail is sent In the Details section a Price Impact and Sales Impact Qty must be entered The default Price Impact Type is Absolute Decrease The Sales Impact Type defaults to Absolute Increase If you want the Impact entered to affect the Entire Promotion select the Entire Promotion check box 10 24 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Figure 10 20 Create Promotion Screen Details Section Details Price Impact Type Sales Impact Type First Ship Date Store Invoice Date Absolute Decrease Y Price Impact Absolute Increase Sales Impact Qty O Entire Promotion Delivery Date 6 Promotional Item Definition Date Events Ordering Policy O Test Link Note Price and Sales Impacts both allow you to enter positive negative and fractional numbers Select a First Ship Date that displays the first available date product can be shipped optional You can also enter a Delivery Date Store Invoice Date and Promotional Item Definition Date if desired Enter an Ordering Policy if any Enter the URL associated with the new event optional This feature is useful if there is an online Promotion with a direct URL that displays the advertised product etc Be sure to test the link after pastin
390. ill Bucket Mfg Consumption 34 Movement No Buyer Past 2 2 Mfg Org Fest 53 Movement Yes Seller Future al 2 3 Configure Decimal Places UOMs and Fill Buckets for each stream type 4 Click Save Configuring E mail Alerts Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin 15 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring E mail Alerts The Company General Config E mail tab allows for the format and number and localization configurations of e mail alerts These settings apply to Exception E mail Alerts as well as any alerts generated by the Events Module To configure E mail settings 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 Click the E mail tab The E mail Alert Configuration screen appears Figure 15 13 E mail Alert Configuration Screen Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays RealTime Extract Stream Types E mail E mail Alert Configuration Default Format OHTML Plain Text Number Format 123 456 78 Y Date Format mm dd yy Time Format HH mm ss Y Time Zone GMT 6 Y Decimal Places null Save 3 Default format can be either HTML or Plain Text 4 Localization settings Number Format Date Format and Time Format as well as Time Zone that you wish the e mail to contain These drop downs appear disabled if you do not have the necessary columns in the Visible list 5 Select the number of Decimal Places you wish the e mail alerts to contain 6
391. ils on the functions each role can perform see User and Role Permissions Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin The user tree defaults to show Active Users which are users who currently have access control and can log in to Oracle Retail VCC Users who have been disabled appear in a separate user tree In order to access the disabled user tree 1 2 Select Company Roles amp Users from the menu Choose Disabled Users from the Display drop down The Disabled Users tree appears 14 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Figure 14 14 Disabled Users Tree Display Disabled Users Search a a hS all ae viewer planner 23 limited_admin upervisor Ss ER admin manager HB3 super_admin HS Chris Stone HA Jane Smith Michael Ronald HS Michelle HA Patrick John HS Sandra For details on how to disable a user see Disabling a User Roles amp Users Search Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Roles amp Users Search allows you to find specific users by name You can find users by entering their username or by doing a wildcard search on part of their username For instance if you know the user s first name is Jane and would like to see a list of users with the first name of Jane you would
392. ilter Creation Date Fixed ORolling Start End Filters you can encounter include Reports 7 7 Common Report Settings The Creation Date filter lets you specify a fixed or rolling start and end date that the data was created on The Exception Status filter allows for the selection of specific statuses These include Active Auto Dismissed Auto Escalated Auto In Process Auto Incomplete Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Dismissed Escalated In Process Obsoleted Resolved Superceded Unresolvable You can multi select Exception Statuses by Shift or Ctrl clicking in the select box a The Exception Severity Filter allows you to generate a report displaying only those exceptions with the desired severity level Low Medium or High This is useful if you wish to create a report listing of all high severity exceptions For more information about severity levels see Exception Severity Levels a The Name Filter allows you to filter by exception criteria name You can type part of the name the full criteria name or any combination of characters that appear in the name Your report contains all viable matches for the criteria name so it is best to be as specific as possible Entering the letter t fetches all names that contain that letter The Name filter is not case sensitive a The Revision Status filter allows one or more revision statuses to be selected Statuses includ
393. ime Standard Deviation Base period s LT Formula 2 below is used of Lead Time Formulae Used This section includes all the formulae used for VCC demand forecasting Standard Deviation Formula Standard Deviation of demand is calculated as follows Safety Stock Calculation G 1 Formulae Used Figure G 1 Standard Deviation Formula a f i l s D N where s D Standard Deviation of demand n Number of observations Di Each observation of demand Mean demand D Combined Standard Deviation of Demand and Lead Time Formula Combined standard deviation of demand and lead time is calculated as follows Figure G 2 Combined Standard Deviation of Demand and Lead Time Formula be sDLT ViT sD 2sLT D where s D Standard Deviation of demand Mean demand D Average lead time Ll s LT Standard deviation of lead time s D LT Combined standard deviation Standard Fill Rate Driven Safety Stock Calculation Formula Safety Stock A standard fill rate driven safety stock calculation is used it assumes that the underlying distribution of demand is normal Figure G 3 Standard Fill Rate Driven Safety Stock Calculation Formula SS k s DLT where SS Safety Stock G 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Logic where K Safety Stock Factor s D LT Combined standard deviation Note The safety stock factor is calculated as the inverse of th
394. in Collaboration application Contents PACO a beer rere eR RECT ONS Te ate ARENT CSE MIU Tee EVO eT oC OC AER ANS xvii AUCICN A A id ed ae ee Ae dees xvii Related Documents a A dt eevee xviii CUSTOMER SUP POLE cm st eieaa rd ii Touts e tt iia xviii Review Patch Documentations oi e a aeara aaa a a arasa idea eaaa aE xviii Oracle Retail Documentation on the Oracle Technology Network ococonononononnonnnnncnrnenennarnnnnanaroso xviii CO AA Se Tee we A Cee xviii 1 About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 2 Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks Browser Compatibility cocida e a ia a 2 1 Platform S ppofts amnion he A a a a i Ea 2 1 Logging On to Oracle Retail VCC ocio i r S i a aS iS 2 1 Logging Off from Oracle Retail VCC uu iiipin giari iaiia ariens i 2 3 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface 0 ceccccccesceseeseesceecesessesecaecaseeceaceaeecceecnaeaeeseeeecaeeaeeseeaeeasenes 2 4 IA datas cad tect asses ae desdbt ache rade ed has E E deere Testes E E EA 2 4 General ION it a biel he encanta en aces 2 5 Export Data ora AAA itll lute aud siege deeds SSNs cite eS Stet 2 5 Stream Into ci A A A Selous 2 7 Kist View Icons culito las li a dt 2 8 Men Submenu A a ae en ae ees 2 9 Context Choosetiirns fi hie Gin ein AG ii eink arcu Ana Meet alse 2 10 COM E as 2 10 Display Mode ini 2 19 Display Paine iii it Da a DA aes coeds Dd ie A Sects 2 22 Table Mode cional Aaa ea ibi 2 22 Gtaph Mode n sisien A A A
395. in Documents Documents Olympus 13 43 27 Company13 documentadmin Documents Documents Olympus 94 29 05 Disable the checkboxes based on the User Preferences a f f f lv Promotion Status Changes The figure below illustrates the promotion status lifecycle with all the The figure at the bottom shows the two additional transitions that are allowed when the partner company is non local Events 10 41 Promotion Status Changes Figure 10 40 Promotion Status Changes Status changes made by Partner Siem Acknowledged No forecast change Rejected Mo forecast change Wi Status changes made by ll Change Request 610 forecast change Modified Creator forecast updated Acknowled ued Mo forecast change Expired Viewing the User Defined Fields From Release 12 0 2 the VCC application includes 40 additional user defined fields in the Promotions and Promotion Items modules These 40 new fields are configurable and allow the user to designate labels default values and drop down options The new user defined fields behaves in the same fashion as the existing 20 user defined fields in the Promotions and Promotion Items screens Promotions Ten drop down lists that are configured in the Module Configuration chapter Drop down fields are named Promotion User Defined 21 through 30 a For each of the ten drop down lists twenty configurab
396. in a specified interval of time Used to calculated safety stock for slow moving items The local value in a local to partner comparison or the current value in a current to previous comparison Stimulating demand by advertising displaying and or reducing the price of a product A period in which a promotional advertisement display and or price reduction is offered Business rules that specify parameters to use in both supply and safety stock calculation A type of user role that has only read access to VCC A period overlay that shows data streams summed from the present period onwards for example the next 4 weeks are aggregated into a monthly number A measure of the error between the forecast values and the actual values in the hold out period calculated as the square root of the average squared error The minimum inventory level for a product that is required to maintain a specified service level A utility that calculates the required safety stock Interactive what if supply planning of single collaboration items A Oracle Retail VCC facility that allows users to execute any predefined VCC tasks or any Windows or Unix command on a one time or periodic basis A set of key performance measures including goals and results achieved English Term Function Module Definition Seasonal General A factor that describes the deviation of the forecast forecast for a given period from the average acros
397. in the graph mode a Year Ago stream appears in the Secondary Stream right hand column and the current version of that Year Ago stream appears in the Primary Stream left hand column regardless of whether it is editable by you or your partner a Partner Current to Partner Previous the primary stream is your partner s current stream and the secondary stream is your partner s previous stream In addition each Graph Key item displays a tool tip identifying its associated substream and comparator when the cursor passes over it The Configure icon allows you to assign all or some of the substreams that you want to be included in the Graph Key Simply select the subtype name from the drop down list next to each line and click Save The default substreams initially active in the Graph Key are the first twelve substreams of the defined group See the Group s Preview screen to see how the group s substreams are ordered within the comparison modes Use the Graph s Configure utility to temporarily modify the active substream order or list Graph Key modifications are only retained for the current applet session You can navigate between Table and Graph but applying changes in the Context Chooser or moving to a new screen causes the Graph Key to revert to the default substreams If you want the Display Mode to default to the Streams View Edit Graph view you may want to create a specific graph view group in Preferences Layout Table Gr
398. ing Periodic Total pre filters the data by aggregating weekly data into 52 week moving totals The forecasting engine predicts the moving total of the information and then unravels this aggregate forecast back into weekly buckets Seasonal Adjustment pre filter that calculates seasonal factors with less than a complete year of history as well as calculates seasonal factors that are not unduly influenced by outliers caused by trade or consumer promotion Trials The number of times 1 through 5 3 is default that the calculations are performed to generate a forecast The default number of trials is generally sufficient A higher number may provide more accurate forecasts but requires more processing time End of Life The policy can specify an end of life date which can be any period in the database If specified then the forecast is forced to zero for all periods after the end of life date Use Like Item Since historical data is required to generate a forecast new or replacement SKU s can present a challenge One way around the problem is to allow the use of history data from a like item For example Use like item yes End Date 9 1 2001 Multiplier 1 5 Request a forecast using history range from 6 1 2001 to 10 31 2001 Current item is A Like Item is B The history from item B for the periods 6 1 to 9 1 is multiplied by 1 5 and pre pended to the history from item A from 9 2 through 10 31 yielding a single compos
399. ing the administrator tasks The company information you must define for your company includes 1 Your company name 2 Whether the company is a local company users of this company log on to this server or not 3 Whether your company is a buyer or seller in the collaboration 4 Your company ID a DUNS number or any other ID 5 The name you want to assign to the highest level in your hierarchy root for locations partners products and periods Creating a Company with Company Create Access To This Feature Superuser server admin To create a company 14 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating a Company with Company Create Log in as superuser You can only create company information if you are logged in as superuser Click Company Create from the VCC menu The Create Company screen appears Figure 14 1 Create Company Screen Create Company Local Role Name Company ID Alternate ID Location Root Partner Root Product Root Period Root Create 10 Yes v seller O Buyer ID Type GLN v ID Type GLN__ y All Locations All Partners All Products All Periods From the Local drop down list select Yes if you are creating a company whose users log on to this system Select No if you are creating a partner non local company whose data resides on a separate database In the Role field click Sel
400. io between two values either as a fraction or a percentage Table 8 15 Ratio Metric Item Details Formula Result A B Percent Formula Result 100 A B Input Streams Any one or two stream s A Bis permitted but only if Period Offset or Generation Offset lt gt 0 Output Stream Any stream Offset Type Select radio button period or generational Offset Quantity Text entry box integer gt 0 default 0 Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Available at overlay Yes The inputs are the overlay values Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values is treated as zero Product The product metric multiplies data streams together Table 8 16 Product Metric Item Details Formula Result A B Percent Formula N A Input Streams Any two streams Output Stream Any one stream Offset Type N A Offset Quantity N A Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Available at overlay Yes The inputs are the overlay values Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values is treated as zero Sum The sum metric adds multiple data streams together on a period by period basis You can select up to 10 stream combinations to create the sum All input streams have the same accumulation rule and the output stream also has the same accumulation rule Available only at leaf base periods Table 8 17 Sum Metric Item
401. iod compares to an average period A transportation unit of capacity Local location of your organization business which can include specific stores warehouses distribution centers factories etc or logical regions tiers or other location categories that contain many specific locations Comparison of your current data with your previous data English Term Function Module Definition Local Current Partner Current Local Part Number LPN location Manager Master Data Mean Absolute Deviation MAD Mean Absolute Percent Error MAPE Measurement Stream median minimum order quantity Modules Movement Stream Moving Period Decay No Sell Report order processing time Partner Partner Current Partner Previous Performance Report General General General Role and Users General Demand Demand General Demand Supply General General Demand Report Supply General General Report Comparison of your current data with your partner s current data A company specific identifier for a product part or material A company s place of operation which can include physical locations such as stores as well as logical locations such as regions Used to specify Local and Partner A type of user role where in addition to all the privileges of the Planner role she can create users aggregates and disaggregation profiles Data
402. iod is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the previous period data If there are no more previous periods to retrieve clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferences Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Back a page clicking this button brings you to the previous 4 page of the display period data you are viewing Forward a page clicking this button brings you to the next gt page of the display period data you are viewing 2 24 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Table 2 5 Cont Navigation Arrows End If the last column in the current display period is not in the view clicking this button brings you to the end of the current display period data If the last column in the current display period is in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the next period data If there are no more next periods to retrieve clicking this button brings you to the end of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferences Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Graph Icons Graph Mode also contains the following icons Table 2 6 Graph Icons Ey Rescale 4 Res
403. ion Exception An alert triggered by the deviation of a data stream from another data stream or from a constant threshold by more than a specified tolerance Exceptions indicate misalignment of demand and or supply exception Exception User defined rules that govern how data streams criteria are compared and when exceptions should be generated Exception Exception Summary view in which users review and Inbox manage exceptions Exception Log Report Report that provides a summary for products that Report have promotions planned in the future Exception Exception A level assigned to help prioritize exceptions severity level Exception Report Report that counts exceptions under a given Summary context and groups at the folder level that is one Report folder above the leaf level Filter General A set of user specified values that restrict which items appear in a list view such as the exception inbox The list item only appears if it matches the filter specification Fixed Period General A period overlay that shows data streams Overlay summed for a specific period Jan 4 2002 through Feb 5 2002 for example Forecast Report Report that shows whether forecast accuracy has Accuracy or has not improved over time at both leaf and Report aggregate levels Forecast Report Report that tracks forecast accuracy trends Accuracy Summary By Product Type Report Forecast Error Report Report that shows whether forecast error has or Rep
404. ion History Metrics a a a a a a a a Reports 30 904 39 425 41 326 33 970 38 613 39 207 38 608 38 334 39 85 Extracts Preferences Help E Display Pane Lead Time Days 4wg Yi Ago Lead Time Days Gross Margin Penetration Penetration 3 Title Bar The Title Bar displays the Oracle Retail VCC menu item you have selected at the right of the blue banner at the top of the interface in yellow text 2 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface General Icons The following icons allow you to refresh copy export and print information in the user interface The icons appear in different combinations depending on what menu or submenu is selected Table 2 1 General Icons Icon Icon Name Description Refresh Refreshes the page Get link to this page Copies the URL of your current page to a new window for pasting into another application Use the URL in the new window shown below to paste into an application in order to navigate directly back to this page Email this page Mails a link of the current page electronically to the e mail address of your choice Printer Friendly View Displays a printable version of the current page You must set the paper orientation to Landscape in order to print the entire printer friendly view The Printer Friendly View only prints the page that is currently displayed In order to print multi
405. ion User Def null O Promotion User Defined 413 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 14 Promotion User Def null O Promotion User Defined 415 Promotion User Def null o Promotion User Defined 416 Promotion User Def null O Promotion User Defined 417 Promotion User Def null Mo Promotion User Defined 18 Promotion User Def nul o Promotion User Defined 419 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 20 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 21 Promotion User Def optionlis very big so it may increase window size v ea F Promotion User Defined 422 Promotion User Def 220pt1 v MO Promotion User Defined 23 Promotion User Def option1 v F Promotion User Defined 424 Promotion User Def option1 x MO Promotion User Defined 25 Promotion User Def option1 v MO Promotion User Defined 26 Promotion User Def option1 yv MO Promotion User Defined 27 Promotion User Def opi v MO The remaining 27 30 User Defined Fields are shown below Managing Company Module Configuration 17 5 Configuring Labels in the Events Module Figure 17 6 Promotion UDFs continued Promotion User Def opi vij Promotion User Defined 27 Promotion User Defined 28 Promotion User Def option1 Promotion User Defined 29 Promotion User Def optionl Y Promotion User Defined 30 Metrics Inventory Turns Number Of Expe
406. ion criteria Statuses include a Pending Exception Criteria that have at least one Aggregate On check box selected are created with a status of Pending a Valid when the Complete Criteria Creation task is run the Pending Criteria statuses are updated to Valid a Stale a Criteria status becomes stale whenever any of the Location Partner Product dimensions are at folder level and a hierarchy change affects the folder the Roll Criteria scheduler task is run for all Leaf Rolling Criteria Any is applied to the period dimension of a Rolling Period Overlay and the Roll Criteria scheduler task is run a In Process the status of any stale Criteria in the process of being synched up becomes In Process Status is reverts to Active when the sync up is complete a Copy Criterion duplicate criterion You can copy a given criterion s settings by clicking the blue copy icon This takes you to the Create screen where many fields Exception Criteria 6 5 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria have the same settings as the copied criterion You must however assign the new criterion a name Effective Status effective status of the criterion This column is indicated by an image in the list header There are 3 effectivity states an exception criteria can pass through Inactive the specified effectivity hasn t been reached Active current date is within the specified effectivity perio
407. ions active in process auto in process supersedes escalated auto escalated auto incomplete for that criteria 2 You can perform all the operations view exception view criteria view status history and change exception status that can be performed in the Exceptions Inbox For details see Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Note If you change an exception s status to resolved unresolvable or dismissed and click the Back button taking you back to the Exceptions Criteria List page you must refresh the screen before the new Active Exception Count appears Exception Criteria 6 21 Copying Exception Criteria 3 Click Back to return to the Exceptions Criteria List screen Viewing Exception Criteria and Details from the Exceptions Criteria List Screen To display a read only view of the exception criterion from the Exceptions Criteria List screen click the colored dot below the View icon For details on how the screen looks see Creating Individual Exception Criteria Copying Exception Criteria To copy exception Criteria navigate to the Criteria List screen and select the copy icon for that criterion located in the Copy Criterion column Copying a criterion duplicates the original criterion s settings A name must be entered for the new copy but does not need to be unique Deleting Exception Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager and supervisor To delete an ex
408. ions id o agi eatae aaae ea ite S G 3 OLSSON a EEEE E T EO TEENE E N AET EE EENAA G 6 Periods Forward a a ea a aa aa a E aaa a ea aaae G 8 Periods Br A a a ae eS aE G 8 Time Series Calcula cnn aaa G 8 Safety Stock Constants inc A a ad dE e E E G 9 H Language Encoding for Files Generated Data Stream Type Codes Glossary Index XV xvi Audience Preface The Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide explains the basic configuration procedures of the Value Chain Collaboration Module through the web Graphical User Interface GUI This guide provides an easy intuitive interface that lets anyone to view create edit delete data and share that data in whatever way that is most meaningful It contains procedures To view edit and compare data streams To configure extracts and data stream exceptions To manage exceptions To generate different types of reports To calculate the business metrics To configure events to create visibility and collaboration on Promotions To calculate time series based statistical forecasts To develop supply plans that meet target service levels To configure appropriate roles and User rights to the appropriate level of users To manage read write access through different levels of security To create purge requests To provide the Scheduler user interface that allows user to instruct the Scheduler Server to execute any predefined tasks Anyone with an interest in developing a deep
409. ious data stream only with generational offset Note The last four cases are only possible when a generational offset is chosen Exception Criteria 6 9 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 11 12 13 14 15 Current to Threshold Comparison allows you to compare your local current data stream or your partner s current data stream with an absolute threshold value Set the Absolute Threshold the Percent Threshold field or both Enter the value that the data stream must vary to trigger the exception Choose the type of change Increase Decrease or Change for the exception criterion from the drop down list next to the Percent Threshold or the Absolute Threshold field Note If the comparison type is Current to Threshold only Absolute Threshold is available Also Above Threshold and Below Threshold are the only options in the drop down list a Select Change if the exception applies to any increase or decrease in the threshold value a Select Increase if the exception applies to an increase in the threshold value Select Decrease if the exception applies to a decrease in the threshold value Choose the Severity None Percent or Absolute to match your threshold criteria and enter the values for Medium Severity and High Severity levels For more details on Severity Levels see Exception Severity Levels Note The severity for all Current to Threshold e
410. is useful in viewing where Events overlap and for providing a visual overview of where they begin and end The calendar also allows you to drill down within each date that contains one or more Promotions in order to view or edit the details of that Promotion To edit Events in the calendar 10 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Events 1 Select Events Overview Calendar tab The Events calendar appears If today s date is included in the range of existing Events the calendar opens to the current date Figure 10 2 Events Calendar Ot exc gt E m Page G Tools o Event Display Mode Search Number Of Products L vi 1D E Holiday I Joint Promotion emesos eo Wk 47 Joint Promotion Pre Thanksgiving wks Holiday Thanksgiving Clicking in the Event ID and Event Name lists on the left of the calendar displays the first activity planned for the Event name ID you selected Click the colored cell for the Event you wish to view The colors are determined by the Event Category and are configurable by your company administrator Figure 10 3 Colored Cells in the Events Calendar 3 The Examine Event screen appears Events 10 3 Events Figure 10 4 Examine Event Examine Event Screen Header Creator Company Food Created By Food Markets Markets Created Date L
411. isplaying UDFs Promotion Item User Defined 1 Promotion Item User Defined 2 Promotion Item User Defined 3 Promotion Item User Defined 4 Promotion Item User Defined 5 Promotion Item User Defined 6 Promotion Item User Defined 7 Promotion Item User Defined 8 Promotion Item User Defined 9 Promotion Item User Defined 10 Promotion Item User Defined 11 Promotion Item User Defined 12 Promotion Item User Defined 13 Promotion Item User Defined 14 Promotion Item User Defined 15 Promotion Item User Defined 16 Promotion Item User Defined 17 Promotion Item User Defined 18 Promotion Item User Defined 19 Promotion Item User Defined 20 Promotion Item User Defined 21 Promotion Item User Defined 22 Promotion Item User Defined 23 Promotion Item User Defined 24 Promotion Item User Defined 25 Promotion Item User Defined 26 Promotion Item User Defined 27 Promotion Item User Defined 28 Prarantinn Ttem liser Defined 479 4444444444444444 BAL PI UDF2 BAZ PI UDF3 BAS PI UDF4 Yes x Yes x PI UDF13 12345 PI UDF14 editedp2101 Y p2101 Y UDF 23 p2301 Y UDF 24 p2401 Y PI UDF25 aa Mi optionl Y optionl Y optionl Y hat v 10 46 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 300000888 KEKR RAOR ERR RRAK EOR RRK JOOOOOOOOOOOOO
412. isted in the Jobs Monitor Root Node The Root node is generated during the Create Company process and its label can be revised but must be included Category Node Master Data 16 9 Working With Tree Hierarchies The Category folder node must include a Name and you can also provide a Local ID or it is auto supplied by VCC Leaf Node Local Location The Leaf node displays the current attributes of the item which are different for Location Partners and Products There is no Examine at Leaf node in the Periods hierarchy Figure 16 5 Examine Product Screen Examine Product Name Global Item Number Local Item Number Unit of Measure Stat Factor Units per Case Weight Volume URL Save Cancel Doggy Bag Treats 123456 GIN Type GTIN M SYNCRA_1839 LIN Type GTIN x ea oo 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Test Link Leaf Node Partner Location The Partner leaf attributes are not editable for a Local Partner but these can be changed for a Non Local Partner Leaf Node Product The Product leaf node has special features that if revised place an additional listing in the Jobs Monitor If the Global Item Number is revised then see the GIN Status field in this Examine screen and a new job listing Replace Product GIN When the job has completed the GIN Status field is updated If the Stat Factor is updated then see new job listing Tag Aggreg
413. ite history stream from 6 1 through 10 31 This Demand 11 3 Demand Policy Parameters entire composite stream is passed to the forecasting engine to generate the future forecast for item A If Use Like Item is set to No then Context End Date and Multiplier do not apply Match Option When setting a like item at an folder context by using the edit all functionality or when first creating leaf level policies at a folder the match option sets that dimension of the like item to match that of the leaf level policy while using the other dimensions from the selected like item For example consider there were two demand policies under the All Locations Partner X Product 1 context Location A Partner X Product 1 Location B Partner X Product 1 The user selects edit all and chooses All Locations Partner X Product 2 as the like item and selects Match Location The resulting policies are as follows Table 11 1 Demand Policies Policy Context Like Item Location A Partner X Product 1 Location A Partner X Product 2 Location B Partner X Product 1 Location B Partner X Product 2 Not all combinations of the above selections are valid For instance If Expert System is the method selected then no selection is allowed for either Smoothing or Seasonal The forecasting engine determines them automatically If Holt Winters is the method selected then Seasonal Pre Filter is automatically set t
414. ith any company Role exists solely to load data for all companies Admin permits access to all administrative functions except the Scheduler creating a company and purging data An admin can only create price profiles and disaggregation profiles for their own company Manager In addition to all the privileges of the planner role a manager can create disaggregation profiles and access the Supply Calender Supervisor In addition to all the privileges of the planner role a supervisor can create exception criteria and metrics Managing Roles and Users 22 3 Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display Planner permits read and write access to Oracle Retail VCC to create and edit data streams and create promotional events A planner has read only access to exception criteria and metrics Depending on how VCC is configured access to partner information product folders or specific operations might be restricted by the role or roles to which you belong a Reviewer has read only access to VCC Limited Admin combines admin rights with access to VCC modules Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin The user tree defaults to show Active Users which are users who currently have access rights and can log in to Oracle Retail VCC Users who have been disabled appear in a separate user tree In order to access the disabled user tree 1 Select Company R
415. ith the Company Roles and Users Screen 1 Select Preferences Password from the VCC menu The Change Password screen appears Figure 22 15 Change Password Screen Change Password Password New Password Confirm Password Save 2 Enter your password in the Password field 3 Enter your new password in the New Password field Confirm it by reentering it in the Confirm Password field Managing Roles and Users 22 13 Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen 22 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 23 Managing the Monitor This chapter contains the following topics About the Oracle Retail VCC Monitor Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Monitoring Usage Statistics Sending Usage Statistics E mail Notification Monitoring Current Connections Monitoring Server Locks About the Oracle Retail VCC Monitor The Oracle Retail VCC Monitor screens include Jobs Monitor view filter sort or delete the current and completed list of job actions processed through the VCC user interface Scheduler and Integrator Usage Monitor view and evaluate the current collaboration usage statistics for the companies in the hub Current Connections Monitor observe the activity of users currently logged into Oracle Retail VCC Server Locks Monitor view and or reset the currently active global locks or company locks Each is described belo
416. ity Purge Event Promotions Purge Exception Purge Collaboration Item Comments Purge Master Data Purge 000000 INODODdO Purge 3 Click the Purge button on the Purge Type screen to purge the transaction data for that request Note You may see an error if the server shuts down during the process of a Transaction Purge or a Master Data Purge Error Unmarshalling exception This error can be ignored and does not affect the purge in any way Server Level Configuration and Management 14 27 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Purging the Job Monitor Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin The Job Monitor purge allows you to purge the Job Monitor of all of the jobs or some of the jobs that ran in the VCC Server To purge the Job Monitor 1 Click Purge Data in the VCC menu The Purge Type screen appears 2 Click the colored dot adjacent to the Job Monitor Purge check box 3 In the Retain n Jobs in Monitor field enter the number of most recent jobs to retain after purging The default is 50000 Click Save Figure 14 28 Retain n Jobs in Monitor Field Retain 50000 Jobs in Monitor Save Back 4 Check the Job Monitor Purge check box 5 Click the Purge button on the Purge Type screen to purge the Job Monitor Figure 14 29 Purge Data Screen amp Y Purge Type Transaction Data Purge Job Monitor Purge User Activity Purge Event Promotions Purge Exception Pur
417. j2ee Start Date 08 10 08 End Date Ea mm dd yy mm dd yy MA Y O Day of every month s OThe First v Sunday Yl ofevery month s Start Any Time O Start At HH mm Select the data Type e g Collaboration Items Disagg Profiles Price Profiles Disagg Factors Price Profiles Exception Criteria Event Promotions Exceptions Metrics Supply Policies and Demand Policies For Exception Criteria there is an additional control for Extract Changes Only If selected the output is the net changes including both adds and deletes since the last time the extract was run If un selected the output is all the current exception criteria If you do not enter a Filename your file is given a default filename For example lt username gt _ lt xxxx gt dat where lt username gt would be for example Dave_Wilson and lt xxxx gt would be depending on the Extraction type as follows a Collaboration Data cirt a Price Profile pprt a Exceptions exrt a Exception Criteria ecrt Demand Policy dprt Supply Policy rprt a Events Promotions pert So if you were retrieving a collaboration item the default filename would be dave_wilson_cirt dat and the file would be contained in a zip file named dave_ wilson_cirt zip You can enter a name for the file in the Filename field e g Myfile and the file would be Myfile dat and
418. jective E Mail E Mail Notification E Mail Language Details Price Impact Type Sales Impact Type First Ship Date Store Invoice Date Stream Set Target Audience 3 New x Condition N A System Partner Company The Company v Location Opening Partner Promotion ID 08 12 08 End Date 08 21 08 use to separate consecutive addresses American English Absolute Decrease Price Impact Absolute Increase v Sales Impact Qty Delivery Date 6 16 Promotional Item Definition Date 16 O Entire Promotion Events Ordering Policy Select either New or Proposed from the Promotion Status drop down New is the default status For more details on Promotion status see Changing the Status of a Promotion Enter a Promotion ID The Promotion forms are populated without any predetermined value that is the default value as lt space gt as seen in the screenshot above As this field is mandatory the user is compelled to enter a valid promotion id This alphanumeric ID can be used as a key to synchronize the event with external systems The ID is unique per creator company Select a Partner Company from the drop down list of companies available to you This is the partner location for which the Promotion is defined It may be at leaf or folder level but if at folder level must contain only locations from a single company Enter a Partner Promotion ID if desired Spec
419. k 14 14 metrics 8 1 period overlays 9 4 tasks 24 10 edit groups 9 14 edit user access 14 20 email alerts 15 10 e mail notification for usage statistics 23 5 event promotions 14 29 events 10 2 attach documents 10 39 calendar tab 10 2 create tab 10 6 delete documents 10 40 documents 10 38 list Tab 10 4 events labels 17 3 events module 10 1 events module configurations 17 1 events stream 17 1 examine user 14 23 22 10 exception comments create 5 22 view 5 22 exception count 8 11 exception criteria copy 6 22 delete 6 22 process 6 24 view 6 22 exception inbox filter 5 23 locate individual exception 5 25 search 5 23 exception inbox email alerts 6 25 exception severity levels 6 20 exception status change 6 23 exception statuses 5 21 exceptions inbox view buttons 5 2 list columns 5 4 export aggregates 19 6 extract file formats 4 8 master data 4 2 other data types 4 5 F forecast error 8 11 G generalicons 2 5 general preferences 9 1 general tab rename labels 14 35 generation offset 6 3 group exception criteria create 6 16 delete 6 19 examine 6 19 group exception status history view 5 20 group excepton criteria view 5 19 groups add 9 17 edit 9 15 preview 9 19 remove 9 18 growth 8 12 guidelines for creating stream sets 17 9 H hide company link 15 7 link 14 15 hierarchies 4 4 highlight source 9 13 horizon 7
420. k Formula SS y D x NumberPeriodsSupply i l Item Description Source SS Safety Stock Calculated Demand at period i Read from current_ D i stream n Number of periods of Specified in SS job supply Ma Mean demand per Calculated period for the given range Time Series Calculation Time series calculations work similar to the above but add the element of a rolling horizon Consider the following example G 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Constants User selects Time Series Normal Forecast Consumption for forecast periods 1 through 10 with a 5 period rolling horizon For period 1 use the above equations with a range of periods from 1 5 as the input For period 2 use the above equations with a range of periods from 2 6 as the input for period 3 use the above equations with a range of periods form 3 7 as input etc For Time Series Period Forward calculations For each period in the forecast range the safety stock equals the sum of the forecasts for the next n periods where n is the Periods of Supply So if the period of supply is 4 the safety stock for 1 period 1 is the sum of the forecasts for periods 1 through 4 2 period 2 is the sum of the forecasts for periods 2 through 5 3 period 3 is the sum of the forecasts for periods 3 through 6 until you are out of the specified forecast range Safety Stock Constants The following are safety stock constants
421. king this button brings you to the end of the current display period data The number of Period Display Columns in each period grouping is defined in Preferences Layout Table Graph see Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Back clicking this button moves you one column back in the EN display period Forward clicking this button moves you one column forward gt f in the display period Graph Mode Oracle Retail VCC allows you to view a data stream in Graph Mode Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 23 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 29 Display Pane Graph Mode UOM E Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Graph Key B Loc Sales a i Yr Ago Sales O gt Loc Sales Goal O Navigation Arrows Ht En 2 Rescale Rescale Visible Zoom In Disable All Enable All Configure View Tabs Graph Icons The Graph Mode comprises the following items a Graph Key Shows each substream s short name and the line to which it is assigned Graph Area where the time series data is displayed graphically a Navigation Arrows Navigation arrows allow you to navigate the currently displayed time period data in the Graph Area Table 2 5 Navigation Arrows Beginning If the first column in the current display period is al not in the view clicking this button brings you to the beginning of the current display period data If the first column in the current display per
422. kly search for exceptions Make your selections and click the Set icon Figure 2 27 Exceptions Inbox Display Mode Context Display Mode r ai A C Filter Select A Filter C Search Choose Search Type S9 a Filter Allows you to select previously created filters from a drop down list to display all exceptions within specified ranges from an original data stream For details about filters see Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features For details about creating filters see Setting Inbox Filters Preferences Search Allows you to select search criteria from a drop down list to quickly locate any individual exception without having to manually page through numerous exceptions For details about the search feature see Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features Exceptions Criteria Display Mode allows you to select whether to show criteria at and above your context or at and below your context from a drop down list Make your selection and click the Set icon Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 21 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Display Pane Time Periods Process Indicator Comment Box Substream Name Navigation Arrows View Tabs The Display pane is the primary display area for the Oracle Retail VCC user interface It allows you to display the information you specify in the Context Chooser and Oracle Retail VCC menu You can display data stream data in table or graph mode
423. l Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt ES Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Y Folder a y KAY Select Bookmark b List Create Dates Recurrence Time Aggregate On Job Type Save Cancel Start Date os 14 08 ER End Date 163 mm dd yy mm dd yy Once Start Any Time O Start at HH mm O Product Demand Forecast w If your context has folder level items you see check boxes for Local Partner or Product in the Aggregate On field Aggregating on a context dimension groups into a batch all the policies at but not below that context dimension If you do not check any of the boxes Oracle Retail VCC groups into a batch all policies at and below the context What you select here displays in the Sum column on the Demand Batch List screen If you see None displayed for the Aggregate On option it is because you have selected a leaf level context Select whether you wish the Job Type to be a Demand Forecast job or a Lift Factor job from the drop down Lift Factor is only an option to those users who are using daily time buckets For more information on Lift Factors see Using Lift Factors Click Save Demand Batch Request Demand Batch Requests generate Demand forecast streams for every policy qualified by the Demand Forecast request b
424. l subtab 3 For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria column to view the details of the criteria that triggered the selected exception The Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen appears as a read only display Figure 5 15 Exceptions Criteria Individual Create Screen Status Valid Nama aroupall Effectivity Dates Start End Aggregate On Group To Display an zj Share with none al UOM Period Base Periods Period Overlay Fixed Rolling All Periods Comparison current to Current Currentto Previous Threshold Type 1 is Partner zj Type 2 is Partner ActualSales Base y Subtype ActualSales Base ly Type 2 Actual Sales Subtype Offset None Period Percent Formula type 1 type 2 type2 100 y Percent Threshold 2 00 e hange Medium Severity High Severity Absolute Threshold 12 00 Ch Severity none zj ia Trigger even if part of group ii Treat missing value as zero 4 Click Advanced to view the automated exception resolution settings for the exception criterion Figure 5 16 Automated Exception Resolution Settings for the Exception Criterion Action Specification Local Stream to Adjust ra Subtype Ta Severity Low Medium High Put alert in Inbox Send E mail E mail Language Adjust Local Value to Set Status N None one Timeout Threshold LOO O Days o 7
425. lanner a reviewer a limited admin Hub Level Roles amp Users The hub level Roles amp Users screen displays all user roles regardless of company Hub level Roles amp Users can only be accessed by superuser and superadmin 22 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide An Overview of Oracle Retail VCC Roles Figure 22 2 Hub Level Roles amp Users Screen Home Company Scheduler Monitor Display Active Users Y Purge Data Roles amp Users Configuration Search Q Links Preferences Help Logout all limited_admin 83 reviewer ERS planner Te supervisor manager admin super_admin server_admin Only a superuser or serveradmin can create the user for the superadmin role for a company An Overview of Oracle Retail VCC Roles For details on the functions each role can perform see lt CROSS REF gt Superuser responsible for setting up all companies on the server with access to all administrative functions For more information see lt CROSS REF gt Server Admin access to all administrative functions except creation of superusers or server administrators Super Admin has exclusive rights to the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler is associated with a specific company and has access to both company specific administrative tasks as well as client modules Integrator User no access to the client and not associated w
426. le resemble the image above For more information on selecting Group To Display see Individual Exception Criteria If you have chosen to display All for the Group To Display option you can instead see a table that includes data from the groups you have selected Selecting an individual exception from the following drop down lists in the Exception Inbox Individual screen in collapsed view and clicking the colored dot under the View icon allows you to view only the data stream that triggered the selected exception You can view the individual exception in either table mode or graph mode Exception statuses can also be changed in the Exception Data Stream View The new status is applied to all the exceptions collapsed into the edited row In Graph mode the value that triggered the exception is highlighted by a vertical blue line in graph mode as shown below Exceptions 5 13 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 13 Exception Highlighted by a Vertical Blue Line in Graph Mode None S ES Do Comment Status N A Resolution Code none aj UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr PH Local Current Sales Forecast SalesFostBase To HI Partner Current Shipment Forecast Ship Forecast Base 5700 4 Loc SalesBase a i Loc Sales Prom 0 6 000 Loc SalesSeas IHA Loc SalesTot 5000 HI Part Ship Festa E Fv Part Ship FestP O 4 000 Ed Part Ship Adjstm O 3 000 D Part S
427. le in the Events Promotions screen The Promotion is also given a Status attribute which is tracked This helps determine what stage the Promotion has reached in its life cycle The behavior of the Promotion changes as its status changes For more information on Promotion statuses and changing them see Changing the Status of a Promotion Promotions can also have external unique per creator company IDs which can be used as keys to synchronize events with external system s About Promotional Tactics A Tactic categorizes the type of Promotion being planned Examples of tactics are ads coupons and rebates A Promotion may contain no tactic a single tactic or multiple tactics Tactic attributes enable you to provide more detail on each tactic They can be accessed and configured at the bottom of the Events Promotions create and edit screens The Tactics section includes options for the following Category 10 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions a Tactic a Value a Unit Of Measure Comment Begin and End Date If you are viewing a partner s promotion and there are no comments in the tactics section you cannot click the tactics comment icon The Tactics Category drop down contains the following classifications Ad a Display Consumer Incentive a Assortment Change a Location Change a Packaging a Trade Funds Other Each Category has its own set of tactics attributes
428. le values are provided Ten drop down lists that are configured in the Module Configuration chapter a Text fields are named Promotion User Defined 11 through 20 Each of the twenty fields contain an editable Label field a Show check box field and a Mandatory check box field Changes must be saved to be viewed on other screens 10 42 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Status Changes Promotion Items Ten drop down lists that are configured in the Module Configuration chapter a Drop down fields are named PromotionItem User Defined 21 through 30 a For each of the ten drop down lists twenty configurable values are provided Ten text fields that are configured in the Module Configuration chapter a Text fields are named Promotion Item User Defined 11 through 20 Each of the twenty fields provide an editable Label field a Show check box field and a Mandatory check box field Changes must be saved to be viewed on other screens UDF Drop down Lists The default names of the twenty values are Option1 through 20 a For each UDF drop down value editable Label fields are provided a For each UDF drop down value Show check box fields are provided Changes must be saved to be viewed on other screens Accessing the User Defined Fields Steps to configure the UDFs is explained in the chapter Managing the Company Module Configuration The ability to Hide V
429. le with the Company Roles and Users Screen To move a user to a new role you must cut the user and paste the user under the new role Note that a user cannot move him herself or another user at his own level to a new role Changing a User Password with the Company Roles and Users Screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin As a company administrator you can change any user password for your company Users always have access to change their own passwords To change the password for a user 1 2 3 Select Company Roles and Users from the VCC menu Select a user and right click the highlighted user Click Examine The Examine User screen appears Figure 22 14 Examine User Screen Home Company Scheduler Monitor Examine User RUR gay oes User Name Lauren Gray o Configuration Real Name Links E Mail Address Bites Telephone Number Logout Fax Number i Company Name AB Corp Login Allowed New Password E Confirm Password Language American English System User O Update User Done 4 Inthe New Password field enter the new password Note Quotation marks and apostrophes are valid alphanumeric characters for all password fields 5 Reenter the password in the Confirm Password field 6 Click Update User 7 Click Done To change your own password 22 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Changing a User Password w
430. lect the column s you want to remove Click the left arrow to move the selected column to the Available list When saved items are not sorted automatically by the column you removed 6 Click Save Changing Your Password The Password feature allows you to change your password for Oracle Retail VCC To change your password 1 Select Preferences Password The Change Password screen appears Figure 9 32 Change Password Screen Change Password Password New Password Confirm Password Save 2 Enter your current password in the Password text box 40 alphanumeric character limit 9 28 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Changing Your Password Note Quotation marks and apostrophes are valid alphanumeric characters for all password fields 3 Enter your new password in the New Password text box 4 Reenter your new password in the Confirm Password text box 5 Click Save Preferences 9 29 Changing Your Password 9 30 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Partil Value Chain Collaboration Modules The following modules are separately priced options and access to them as menu items appears only if you have obtained a license for each Part II contains the following chapters Events Demand Supply 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 10 Events This chapter contains the following topics
431. ler or Buyer depending on your company s role with its partner Enter the company name in the Company Name field Enter the company ID or DUNS code DUNS codes are assigned to a company by Dun and Bradstreet in the Company ID field DUNS code are in the following format including hyphens nn nnn nnnn A company ID can be from 1 to 40 alphanumeric characters Select the the type of Company ID you entered in Step 6 from the ID Type drop down Standard options include GLN DUNS DUNS_PLUS_FOUR SCAC SELLER_ASSIGNED BUYER_ASSIGNED UN_LOCATION_CODE Assign an alternate company ID in the Alternate ID field optional If an Alternate ID is entered partners are able to view the ID though its primary purpose is for internal company use If you entered an Alternate ID Select an ID Type from the drop down Enter the Location Partner Product and Period Roots or keep the default roots All Locations Roots are the names assigned to the highest level in the company hierarchy for locations partners products and periods Keep in mind that you are not able to assign user access to the company root folder for locations partners or products If you want to assign access to the highest level folder to a user or users you should create a dummy root folder below the default root folder to which you then can assign user access This allows you for example to create aggregates at the root All level that users can view in the Client Se
432. limit of 120 and a high severity limit of 150 If the deviation is 99 or below no exception is generated If the deviation is between 100 and 119 the exception would be low If the deviation is between 120 and 150 the exception would be medium If the deviation is greater than 150 the exception would be high The same is true for percent deviation exceptions except calculations are done as a percent of the data stream value For example you set the exception percent at 20 the medium threshold at 30 and the high threshold at 50 If the result is between 19 there would be no exception If the result is between 20 and 30 or 20 and 30 the exception would be low If the result is greater than 30 and 49 or 30 and 49 the exception would be medium If the result is greater than 50 or less than 50 the exception would be high Viewing Exception Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer 6 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exception Criteria To view the exception criteria you have created you must set a context and then view exception criteria for that context You then can elect to display all exception criteria at and above the context you selected or at and below the context you selected To view the exception criteria that have been created for a context 1 Set your context 2 Click Exceptions Criteria 3 Click Conte
433. line User needs to enter a Promotion level comment with the requested change Rejected Effect of Promotions zeroed out from partner forecast a Cancelled Effect of Promotion zeroed out from local and partner forecast No further changes are allowed Completed End date of an accepted Promotion has passed No further changes are allowed a Expired End date of a Promotion other than accepted or cancelled has passed No further changes are allowed a Planned Change Request Once in Planned status promotions can be set to Planned Change Request by the partner on request from the creator a Planned Modified Creator can make changes and then set the status to Planned Modified Partner then reviews the promotion and then sets it to Planned again Events 10 17 Promotions a Proposed Acknowledged Partner a Modified Acknowledged Local a Active system a Terminated Local Partner a Active Modified Local Note User cannot edit promotion item detail when promotion is set to an acknowledged status Only certain user initiated changes in status state are allowed as shown in the three tables below Table 10 2 Promotion Status Transitions and Ownership Change Allowed From Change To By Creator ke 5 3 ke D o ke ko o O o z c 2 ke X c o O x E E lt 3 gt 3 3 5 E he ke Ss ke
434. list bl Event ID Forward Buy Offset Promotion Promotion Item Sublist Promotion ID db Forward Buy Oty Preferences Local Location Proposed Due Date General Partner Location Planned Due Date Layout Product Planned By Password Promotion Item ID Planned Date Help Event Name 4 First Ship Date vi Logout E E 2 The above graphic displays the Preferences List screen options 9 24 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Figure 9 27 Setting the UDFs as Visible Pee Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Scheduler Monitor Event Promotion Item Sublist xj Events Pay Results Per Page 20 Number of columns to freeze 0 Links Exceptions Hide Columns Visible Hidden Data DC Order Ot Promotion User Defined 6 A Metrics Comment Promotion User Defined 7 A Reports Created By Promotion User Defined 8 Extracts Created Date Promotion User Defined 9 AY Last Changed Date Promotion User Defined 10 Preferences w Last Changed By Promotion Item User Defined 11 General Event ID S Promotion Item User Defined 12 Layout Promotion Item ID Promotion Item User Defined 13 Password Promotion Item User Defined 4 Promotion Item User Defined 14 Help Promotion Item User Defined 1 Promotion Item User Defined 15 Y Logout i Multi Column Sort Order 3 Move the desired UDFs to the Visible section This allows the user to view the Select DC Order Qty
435. ll Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt ES Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder a a KAW v Select Bookmark g E i x Number Of Promotionsf 1 Add Promotion romotion Number Of Items z Documents 0 y Add Docurnent Examine Event Header Supplier Creator Company Co Created By Created Date Last Changed Date Last Changed By Supplier Last Totaled Date Summary Event Name WK41 Event ID SYNCRA_164 M Event Category Holiday v Begin Date 08 11 08 l End Date 09 20 08 Event Theme Columbus Day Event Description Comment Details Stream Set Set Sales Impacts Set Order Impacts a 5 Az E J_ AAA Events Promotion ltems List The Promotion Items screen displays a list of the following columns and enables the following actions a Delete select a specific Item for deletion or select all to delete a Examine view edit an individual Item s Begin and End Dates Price and Sales Impact Item Type Item ID and Comment a View Data displays data stream data if all the streams in the stream set are accessible a Promotion Name user defined name for the promotion a Event ID the ID assigned to the Event a Promotion ID ID assigned to the Promotion a Local Location local location name Partner Location partner name a Product
436. load File size limitations for document attachments can be configured by the superuser in the Configuration General tab The default maximum file size is 1Mb 10 38 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Documents Viewing Documents Documents attached at the Event level can be viewed by examining the Event and then examining the number of Documents attached to that Event You cannot access Events documents at the Promotion level and vice versa i e these uploaded attachments are saved only to an Event or only to a Promotion and are mutually exclusive You can however view both Event level and Promotion level documents at the same time by accessing the Events Documents list screen The columns that appear in the list screen include Figure 10 36 Events Documents List Screen Local PG All Locations Partner gt 2G All Partners Product gt 2G All Products Eo gt o 23 ALAS All Events Y I al A Dovnload Description Creator Company User Name Event Name EventID Promotion ID Upload Date Time MI Holiday Bi Joint Promotion Pre Thanksiving a Delete remove selected document Download contains the filename of each attachment Each filename is a download link a Description optional description of the file Creator Company company from which the document originates a User Name username of the person who attached the file a Ev
437. ls Formula TAE R n x 1 C 1 such that C I i C et 1 where C Consumption at period x I current inventory R Result Formula n a Input Streams Inventory any balance stream Consumption any movement stream Output Stream Any measure stream Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Available at overlay Yes Report in Overlay The inventory input is the average of each overlay period Nulls should be ignored in the average that is if inventory is only reported for one period in the overlay Xt uses that value and is not divided by the number of base periods in the overlay period Null Zero Handling If Inventory null result zero If Cx null treat Cx as a zero Perpetual Inventory The current balance of inventory is maintained daily by adding to the inventory account when goods are received and deducting when they are used The Perpetual 8 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Rolling Error Inventory metric allows for a company to have more timely and accurate data on inventories as opposed to only reporting inventory when it is actually counted Table 8 12 Perpetual Inventory Metric Item Details Formula If the prior period has a value in actual inventory then calculated inventory this period actual inventory last period consumption this period receipts this period If actual inventory is null for the prior peri
438. lumn you want to sort Click the right arrow to add the selected column s to the multi column sort list You can add as many columns as you wish When saved items in the list are sorted automatically by the column s you selected To remove a column from the Multi Column Sort Order list Scroll up or down the list of Hidden columns and select the column s you want to remove Click the left arrow to move the selected column to the Available list When saved items are not sorted automatically by the column you removed 8 Click Save Preferences 9 25 Layout 9 Select the Save button to save the changes you have made Figure 9 28 Setting the UDFs as Hidden Home Company Scheduler Monitor Events Demand Supply Links Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Preferences General Layout Password Help Logout Home Company Scheduler Monitor Events Demand Supply Links Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Preferences General Layout Password Help Logout a Table Graph Inbox Filters _ Lists Promotions E Results Per Page 20 _ Number of columns to freeze 0 Hide Columns Visible Hidden Copy A Entire Promotion A Delete 3 Commit Date J Process Totals a Objective Examine Promotion User Defined 6 4 Sales Impact Oty 4 gt Promotion User Defined 7 w Event 10 Promotion User Defined 8 Begin Date Promotion User Defined 9
439. ly set when the end period of a Promotion other than accepted or cancelled has passed User cannot edit promotion item detail when promotion is in an acknowledged status Adding Promotions It is only possible to add Promotions once an Event has been created since each promotion is a subset of an Event Promotions are added to Events through the Events Overview Examine Event screen Creation of promotions can be done immediately after Event creation or added later by examining the Event you wish to add Promotions to Promotions can be created for any leaf or folder level context To create an Event you must first have an available stream set selected For more information on creating a stream set see Mass Entry of Data Note Ifa message displaying No stream sets exist Please create a stream set appears at the Events Promotions Create screen you must first create a stream set Event stream sets can be configured by the superuser or server admin in Company Module Config Events Stream Set Configuration To create a Promotion 1 Examine the Event for which you wish to create a Promotion The Examine Event screen appears 10 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Figure 10 18 Examine Event Screen Context ae a Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt
440. m access to some or all of the streams in the All group This is reflected appropriately when users view streams within the All group in Data View Edit Administrators can edit the All group to suit company requirements Managing Links for a Company A superadmin or an admin can create Web links for his or her own company A superuser or serveradmin can create links for any company When you create a link for a company the link appears under Links in the VCC menu You also can make links visible or hidden edit links and remove links Links are a convenience and allow you to link to any Web site you might require from the VCC menu Creating a Company Link with the Company General Config Links Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To create a link for a company 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu 2 From the Configuration pane click the Links tab The Links screen appears Managing Company General Information and Preferences 15 5 Managing Links for a Company Figure 15 5 Links Screen Preferences Groups Links Period Overlays RealTime Extract StreamTypes E mail No Links created Click Add to create Add 3 Select a company from the Company Chooser if necessary To add a link click Add The Add a New Link screen appears Figure 15 6 Add a New Link Screen Link Name URL Test Link Save Cancel 4 Inthe Link Name field enter a name for the
441. ment Retail Sales x Stream2 Y Balance Output Stream Average Days Past Due v Measure Past Due Days Y Save Cancel Local Partner Local 4 After you have made your changes click Save to save and return to the Metric List screen or Cancel to return to the list without saving Note Data derived from Metrics calculations can be displayed in Data View Edit with a highlight color To select for this option see the Preferences Layout Table Graph Highlight Source screen 8 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Metrics Creating Metrics To create new metrics 1 Select a context 2 Select Metrics Create The Create screen appears Figure 8 3 Create Screen List Create Metric Name Metric Type y Aggregate On Product Treat Null Value as Zero Processing Order 3 w Period Overlay Periods OFixed Rolling start o End 1 Repeat frequency Dates Start Date 08 10 08 J End Date mm dd yy mm dd yy Recurrence Once Vv Time Start Any Time O Start At HH mm Type Accumulation Rule Subtype Creator Output Stream Average Days Past Due x Measure Past Due Days x Local Selected Active Exception Status eE 4 m a an a Y D a lt Enter the Metric Name This does not have to be a unique name Select the Metric Type you would like to use and if av
442. mo Sales Forecast Streams Promotion View Local z uom Base Units 4 Select whether the Promotion View should be Local or Partner from the drop down 5 Inthe UOM drop down select which unit of measure the report should use to display data 6 Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Promotion Details Formula Planned Lift Promo POS FC Base POS FC Actual Lift Actual POS Base POS FC Base POS FC Sell Actual Total POS Base POS FC Promo POS FC 100 Promotion Item To create a Promotion Item report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 7 16 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Generating Reports 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout Horizon and Filter sections as described in Common Report Settings 4 Select whether the Promotion View should be Local or Partner from the drop down 5 Inthe UOM drop down select which unit of measure the report should use to display data 6 Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen Promotion Item Report Formula Planned Lift Promo POS FC Base POS FC Actual Lift Actual POS Base POS FC Base POS FC Sell Actual Total POS Base POS FC Promo POS FC 100 Generating Reports Events Tasks Add Event After creating a report you must process the reports in order to send them Send Reports needs to be run
443. multiple collaborations between multiple locations To accomplish this the VCC Client allows you to define location hierarchies for yourself and your trading partners and to create collaborations between any two folders in the location hierarchies For example this allows your northeast region to establish a collaboration with your trading partner s Chicago office while your San Francisco office can establish a collaboration with your trading partner s west coast region Any combination is possible as long as you define the appropriate hierarchies The location hierarchies you define with the VCC Administrator appear in the VCC Client locations tree Managing Company Products It is your responsibility to create the products on which you intend to collaborate with your trading partners This means creating the product folder names and product leaf folder names The Oracle Retail VCC Client allows you to enter product folders manually or in batch mode through a correctly formatted flat file For detail on batch mode refer to the VCC Operations Guide Also for each product you can enter a product price profile that specifies the product price and the time period during which the price is effective A product can have multiple price profiles for multiple time periods that reflect price changes over the product life cycle For more information on price profiles see Creating Product Price Profiles The products and product folders you define are
444. n Client screen If the data_retrieval log file generated in Syncra_ Home integrator logs directory contains errors like FileNotFound or NoSuchFileOrDirectory it could mean the following 1 Either the user who is processing the Extract request does not have permission to the Directroy path where the system integrator is trying to save the extracted file 2 The Directory Path where the system is trying to save the extracted file does not exist Processes In Process and Resolution actions for all leaf exceptions 24 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working with Tasks Table 24 1 Cont Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Process Leaf Exceptions Purge Jobs Monitor Purge User Activity Recalculate Aggregates Recalculate Disaggregation Factors Recalculate Metrics Report Usage Roll Criteria Identifies leaf stream data revisions Identifies and re synchs the any folders marked dirty by hierarchy changes Obsoletes any exceptions triggered by items no longer included in folder marked dirty by hierarchy changes Identifies any exceptions resulting from the leaf stream revisions Tags any aggregates affected by the leaf stream revisions Identifies any group exceptions Processes Initial actions for all new Leaf exceptions triggered Purges all Job Monitor items inclu
445. n select deselect all the aggregates on the page by clicking the Check icon at the top of the Delete column You can sort the list by any of the underlined column headings Click Back if you want to return to the previous screen to change your selections Click Create if you are ready to proceed You can view created aggregates by clicking the List tab or in the data streams view screen Viewing Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To view the aggregates you have created 1 2 Select your company superuser serveradmin only Select Company Aggregates from the VCC menu and click the List tab Set the context for the aggregates you want to view by selecting the location partner and product 19 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab 3 Select the type of data streams you wish to view in the Type selection box The Type selection box allows multiple data streams or a specific set of data streams to be selected 4 Select the units of measure you wish to display in the UOM selection box The UOM selection box allows one or multiple UOMs to be chosen for display 5 Ifyou wish to see a list of aggregates at and below the Location Partner Product folder check the At and below Location Partner Product check box 6 Click the Set button If
446. nctions There is no specific order in which initial administrative functions are performed As a recommendation you might 1 9 ao F Ye PN 10 Configure your company s general preferences This includes revising a company name and ID if applicable managing the automatic creation of collaboration items managing freeze periods managing the display period for balance streams Create users assign them to roles and give them access control Manage company level links Manage company period overlays Configure optional fields for promotional events Add the products on which you intend to collaborate You can add them manually or import them in batch mode Batch mode is the preferred method for large numbers of products For more information about batch mode loading see the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide Once you have added your products you can create product folders and group the products within them Specifying folders creates a hierarchy that you can expand and collapse in the VCC Client Create price profiles for products Create your company locations and trading partner locations You can add them manually or import them in batch mode see the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide For details for adding them manually see Managing Company Collaborations Once you have added your company locations you can create location folders such as Northeast and group all northeast locations within that category Add your t
447. nd at period i either actualor Read from current_stream forecast u Mean demand for a period Calculated If the forecast error is chosen as the basis then you are allowed to pick the estimator used either MAD or MSE For MAD Figure G 8 Formula to Calculate MAD pn 4 A oj 1 25 x MAD n 1 MAD J YF D i l Item Description Source MAD Mean square error per period Calculated 1 time period i Counter n number of time periods Calculated pes Forecast at period i Read from current _ a stream D Demand actual or forecast at period Read from current_ 1 stream Safety Stock Calculation G 5 Safety Stock Logic For MSE Figure G 9 Formula to Calculate MSE MSE 1 y F Dy W Za i i l Item Description Source Standard deviation Calculated d per period MSE Mean square error Calculated per period i time period i Counter n number of time Calculated periods A Forecast at period i Read from current_ s stream D Demand actual or Read from current_ forecast at period i stream Poisson For a Poisson distribution the equation must be solved iteratively SS x such that x satisfies Figure G 10 Poisson Formula H Ugh x i F y y Se a y x x Item Description Source SS Safety Stock Calculated G 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Safety Stock Logic Item Description Source SL Service Level Read from Supply expressed as a Policy
448. ndividual Group List Create Name E mail Trigger if matched on Context and Period v E mail Language American English Effectivity Dates mm dd yy Start End Wegmans_exception BUGNO61 AND OR bb gt gt REMOVE REMOVE AQ Put alert in Inbox Create Cancel 3 Enter a name 40 character maximum in the text box next to Name I lt 4 Inthe E Mail text box enter the e mail of the person s to be notified when a group exception is triggered optional 5 Select the E mail Language you would like to have any e mail sent in if you opted to have group exceptions trigger an e mail alert Note The default E mail Language is whatever language has been selected on the Preferences General screen 6 Select whether you wish to trigger if matched on Context and Period Context Only or Period Only Trigger if matched on options are Context and Period A group exception is triggered only if all the criteria based on the AND or OR rules in the group trigger an exception for the same context and period For example if you create a group criteria with the following rules Criteria A Location 1 Partner 1 Product 1 which is for periods 1 through 5 OR Criteria B Location 1 Partner 1 Product 1 which is for periods 3 through 7 AND Criteria C Location 1 Partner 1 Product 1 which is for periods 2 through 4 The following example condi
449. ned information from one party to a level where it can be compared with the other partner s base data Creating Periods Company Configuration Periods Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To create the time periods for a data stream manually 1 Select Configuration from the VCC menu The company configuration screen appears 2 Click the Periods tab Click Start Editing The Add Periods screen appears 14 32 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Time Periods for All Companies Figure 14 30 Add Periods Screen Stream Types Modules Add Periods Start Date Number of Periods Number of Days Period Create Links Language General Periods Doy mm DD Seven In the Start Date field enter the start date for the periods in the format yyyy mm dd and enter the number of periods you want to create Note that if periods already exist in the database the screen opens with the date of the next period to be created displayed If periods have not been created the screen displays the date format In the Number of Periods field enter the number of periods you want to create beginning from the start date you specified In the Number of Days Period number of days in a period drop down list the superuser or serveradmin with an established time bucket e g 7 days period can add additional buckets of the same size only Click Create The periods appear under All Periods
450. ng The Stop Editing button appears 4 Right click the period category and select New Category from the pop up menu Note that leaf level periods only display the options Create Link and Cut 5 New Category screen appears Figure 14 31 New Category Screen New Category Name Local ID Create Cancel 6 Inthe Name field enter the new category name in the Local ID field enter the company local ID if applicable 7 Click Create Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Once the message bundles have been translated in bundleproperties jar and reinstalled you can add the language by selecting Configuration from the VCC menu and clicking the Language tab In most instances to change languages you should use a language already available If you do need to add a language manually contact Oracle for more information To add the language 1 Log in as superuser or serveradmin Only superuser or serveradmin can add a new language so other users can select it 2 Select Configuration from the VCC menu and then click the Language tab The language screen appears Figure 14 32 Language Screen Co tion A Z American English View Details Add Delete Language Name Language Code Country Code Encoding E mail Body Character Set UTF 8 X E mail Attachment Character Set UTF 8 zj File Chara
451. ng Save Cancel Period Gall Periods Reference Period o lM Use existing period labels Levels Above Base Minimum Number of Color Column Prefix Add Remove Periods Consecutive Display Buckets 0 11 Bue E 4 Enter a name for the period overlay no more than 20 alphanumeric characters Preferences 9 9 Layout Your period overlay begins at the current base period defined as daily or weekly in your database unless you specify a reference period number Entering a start reference directs the period overlay to begin before or after the current base period To begin the period overlay before the current base period enter a negative number To begin after the current base period enter a positive number For instance in a daily database if the current date is 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay begins on 9 4 In a weekly database if the current week begins on 9 7 and the Reference Period number is 3 the Period Overlay begins on 9 28 Deselect the Use existing period labels check box if you do not want to use the existing period labels You are prompted to enter a Column Prefix if this box is not selected Click the Period link and the period tree screen appears in the Display pane Select Base Period a time period folder cannot select at leaf level and click the Close button in the upper right hand corner of the period tree screen to continue Figure 9 10 Period Tree E
452. nglish Y E mail Y delimited list Context Detail Settings Labels Each report contains context elements These are by default the Company Local Partner and Product names However what is displayed in the report can be Reports 7 5 Common Report Settings changed in the Context Details section by selecting a combination of names IDs and URLs from the respective select boxes Each of the select boxes allow for multiple selections Ctrl click but the default is Name Multiple selections appear in the appropriate column of the report Company Local Partner or Product columns separated by a circumflex accent mark Figure 7 3 Reports Create Context Detail section Context Detail Company Label Report At Labels Show Folder Company ID Stream Labels N A Alternate ID Local Partner Product i Leaf only Leaf only Leaves only vi Global ID Global ID Global Itern Number GIN Alternate ID Alternate ID Local Item Number LIN URL URL URL Leaf only Leaf only O Repeat Frequency Dates dates during which the report is generated Start Date defaults to the current date and End Date is optional A specific time of day can be set or the report can be run at Any Time Recurrence determines the frequency at which the report is generated The recurrence drop down includes Once Always Daily Weekly and Monthly If you opt to Always run the report you are n
453. nnnoncncoronnononconororon cn nrorororan cinco ro rancncns 17 2 Configuring the User Defined Fields in Promotions and Promotion Items ociconnm 17 3 ConfiguringUDFs in Promotion Items omciccninnnnonacaninnnnoncnnononnnnnonanonoronnn crono coronan crono ro ran ninio 17 7 Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a COMPANY ooininicnnininnnnninnnininninnnncnncncoronornncnncororancnnnos 17 9 Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply 17 11 Managing Demand Module Stream Set for a Company c ooiccoicnnicnnicnnnnnnninicncnnncnnanororonnnonarorornncnos 17 13 Configuring E Mail for the Exception Module oocociioinnininnnnononncnnononononananononononononononononarononononos 17 14 Sample Exception Inbox E Mail AlertS oonocioinicinoninnnnnnnmonencemcrcrrraroraroraronononorarorononononos 17 15 Creating Product Price Profiles About Product Price Profiles connonicnninoninicicnninacanocininnanananonnanonocononnnnocinoonac ono co s aaea ioes 18 1 Creating a Product Price Profile with the Company Price Profile Create Tab 18 1 Managing Company Aggregates About Agorer atan as da 19 1 Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab oooooccinininicicnn 19 2 Viewing Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab onoonnininnininininnnmnmmmmm 19 4 Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab cece 19 5 Exporting Aggregates neiro edini eiin ia
454. ns Exceptions are displayed in the Exceptions Inbox screen in the Display pane Oracle Retail VCC provides automatic exception management of all exceptions in the inbox and also allows you to manage exceptions manually Exception Statuses Valid Exception Statuses include Active exception is currently active a Dismissed set manually by the user This is removed from the inbox a Escalated set manually by the user This is displayed in Inbox In Process set manually by user This is displayed in Inbox a Obsoleted data no longer meets criteria conditions and is removed from Inbox a Resolved set manually by the user This is removed from Inbox Supersedes new exceptions whose quantities have superceded existing exceptions Exceptions with this status also carry forward the previous comment and reason code from the superceded exception Superceded Existing exceptions whose quantities have been superceded by newly triggered exceptions Any comment and reason codes are passed on to the exception that supercedes them a Unresolvable set manually by the user exception cannot be resolved This is removed from Inbox Auto Dismissed set by auto resolution This is displayed in the Inbox Auto Escalated set by auto resolution and this is displayed in the Inbox Auto Incomplete set by auto resolution and this is displayed in the Inbox Auto In Process set by auto resolu
455. ns o Add Promotion Number Of Items 0 Documents o Add Document The Events Promotions screen displays the list of attributes and tactics that define each Promotion In addition to displaying read only information this screen also allows you to a view a Promotions s history a delete Promotions change the status of a Promotion view and add edit comments for each Promotion a view edit the number of Items in each Promotion a visit a link for each Promotion process totals 10 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions The initial list view shows the default column option selections and order You can change the columns that display in the Events Promotions List screen by revising selection options in the Preferences Layout Lists Promotions screen by selecting the Configure List icon or by going to the Preferences General Layout screen directly For more information on configuring Lists see Setting List Screen Preferences Promotions List The Event Promotions list screen contains many of the same columns that the Event List contains which can also be applied to the Promotion level For more details on columns not included in the list below see column descriptions in the Events List Tab The following column options and actions are unique to the Promotion List Figure 10 10 Columns in the Events Promotions Tab Home Context Display Mode Company Schedule
456. ntation If you are installing the application for the first time you install either a base release for example 13 0 or a later patch release for example 13 0 2 If you are installing a software version other than the base release be sure to read the documentation for each patch release since the base release before you begin installation Patch documentation can contain critical information related to the base release and code changes that have been made since the base release Oracle Retail Documentation on the Oracle Technology Network In addition to being packaged with each product release on the base or patch level all Oracle Retail documentation is available on the following Web site with the exception of the Data Model which is only available with the release packaged code http www oracle com technology documentation oracle_retail html Documentation should be available on this Web site within a month after a product release Note that documentation is always available with the packaged code on the release date Conventions The following text conventions are used in this document xviii Convention Meaning boldface Boldface type indicates graphical user interface elements associated with an action or terms defined in text or the glossary italic Italic type indicates book titles emphasis or placeholder variables for which you supply particular values monospace Monospace type indicates commands wi
457. o None a If disabled is the method selected then no other options are available and this item is not forecast Batch forecast jobs that contain this item skip it and if a user enters the interactive forecast screen for this item they get a message that it has been disabled Disabled policies are essentially saved or stored policies that are inactive until their method is manually changed This method is useful when large batches of pending policies are generated from folder root levels and then stored until further notice The disabled method can also be used to avoid the inconvenience of deleting and recreating policies when you wish some policies to be inactive while others are active and being processed in a batch job With the disabled feature you have a finer degree of control over which policies you wish to affect your data now and which policies you would like to store until needed Advanced Parameters These advanced parameter can be shown or hidden by selecting or clearing the Advanced box a Fit Type All Points calculates the fit against all data points including any outliers in the holdout period Baseline calculates the fit against a moving median smoothed baseline of the data in the holdout period Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Demand Policies Fit Ratio The size of the holdout period expressed as a ratio of the entire history range A smaller fit ratio means mor
458. o 99 9 inclusive expressed as a percentage This is used in the safety stock calculation Supply 12 5 Using Interactive Supply 18 19 20 21 22 Choose whether you want an end of life date for the product by selecting Yes or No from the End of Life Date drop down list When Yes is selected a text box appears where you can enter the end of life date You may enter the date manually or by clicking the calendar icon Select the date from the date editor that appears and double click the day to enter a date If Yes is selected no orders are created beyond the End of Life date Enter the Telescoping Overlay None default or any telescoping overlay you have created or have access to If an overlay is used all results are placed in the first bucket of each overlay period Enter the Planning Horizon in base periods This value is the number of periods to perform supply planning Null is not a valid planning horizon value The planning horizon must be an integer 0 or greater The following four text fields are for user information only and are not used for the supply calculation Enter the Order Interval Days i e number of days between orders This number must be equal to or greater than 0 Enter the Safety Stock Rules This is a textual description of suggested treatment of safety stock for example whether minimum days of supply or service level should be used Enter the Rounding Rules i e round up ro
459. o begin adding Items After clicking the Add button the first Tactics row appears You can then add Tactics to the Promotion For more information on Tactics see About Promotional Tactics To create and manage multiple Tactics click the sign to add each new row of Tactics click the sign to remove any unwanted rows Select a Promotion Category from the drop down optional This gives you the option of specifying a categorical reason for the Promotion Holiday is the default Options include Holiday Inventory Policy Change Jointly Sponsored Retail Promotion Labor Location Closing Location Opening Manufacturer Promotion Other Non Promotional Other Promotional Packaging labeling change Price change Product Discontinuation Product Introduction Retailer Promotion Seasonal Promotion Store Closing Promotion Store Opening Promotion Store Format Change Test Market Weather You can now save the Promotion you created by clicking Create or Cancel to cancel the Promotion and return to the List Click Create amp Add Item to begin adding Items to the Promotion For more instructions on how to add Promotion Items see Creating Promotion Items Deleting Promotions Promotions can be deleted in the Promotions List views To delete a promotion 1 Select a context 10 26 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions 2 Access the Promotions List through the Oracle Retail VCC menu E
460. o copy a Promotion from one event to another existing event Validation of the source promotion and target event occurs to successfully execute the copy promotion process 9 26 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout 1 The Copy field is configurable like all other fields in the Promotions List screen Configurability is set in the Preferences Layout options 2 Select the Preferences Layout Lists tab Move the Copy field to the Visible section The Copy field and copy promotion functionality are then accessible through the Promotions List screen Figure 9 30 Setting preferences for the Copy field in the Promotions List screen Home Company Scheduler Monitor Events Demand Supply Links Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Preferences General Layout Password Help Logout A Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Promotions he Demand Policy fEvents Number of columns to freeze 0 Event Calendar Exception Criteria Visible Hidden Copy A Price Impact Type A Delete 3 Total DC Order Forecast E Event P tion Item Sublist Process Totals a Total Forward Buy Forecast E rom A le on a sth a E ict Examine Total On Hand Inventory OMELO it OTE Sales Impact Qty END Total Monetary Sales Event ID DC Order Offset Begin Date Actual Sales Lift Supply Poh Total DSD Order Forecast Category Lift uppiy Policy Promotion ID Sales Forecast Accuracy Event Ca
461. o grant a user access to any category or leaf level item in a location hierarchy partner hierarchy or product hierarchy You cannot however grant a user access to the company root folder for any hierarchy If you want to do this when creating the company you must create a dummy root folder and then create the real root folder All Products for example below it so you can grant users access to the real root folder For example if you want to set or change a users access rights to a subset of partner companies you can do so If a user s access right had previously encompassed all partner companies as shown in the figure below you can select a subset for example only company 4 the user s access tree would resemble the figure below Figure 22 8 User s Access Tree All Access Rights Modification EN p IES To create access rights for a user 1 Select Company Roles amp Users from the Oracle Retail VCC menu 2 Highlight the user to whom you want to grant access rights and right click In the screen below the user test is highlighted Figure 22 9 Company Roles Users Screen User Test Highlighted User Lauren Grey Role reviewer Company Quick Stop E all B reviewer HAE planner E Lauren E Linda v E Mark Y E Nancy Roger Copy User Edit Stream Access 22 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Access Control 3 Select Edit Acce
462. o initialize the temporary policy in the interactive forecasting screen These permanent policies are also used when processing batch forecasts The parameters include Method The Demand policy uses one of the following methods of time series statistical forecasting Expert System Default tests each of the other methods against the data set and automatically selects the forecast model that best fits your actual data The expert system also automatically optimizes the various parameters required for the best fit model Linear Regression measures the long run trend in the data All historical data points are given the same weight in predicting the policy Nonlinear Regression assumes that trends vary over time The Demand module includes the following Nonlinear Regression transforms Nonlinear Regression 1 x log x y log y Nonlinear Regression 2 x x y In y Nonlinear Regression 3 x log x y y Nonlinear Regression 4 x 1 x y 1 y Nonlinear Regression 5 x x y In y K y Single Exponential Smoothing weights recent data more heavily than older data and also assumes that there is no trend or seasonal pattern in the data Double Exponential Smoothing adds a trend term Holt Winters Exponential adds a seasonal component to the forecast The Holt Winters method is sensitive to outliers 11 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Demand
463. o ove ida EAN Ad Fast bees aa 8 8 Metric Output etre asias la lla dol ele cdas 8 8 Period Overlays with Period OffSetS oooniccnnnnnnnninicnnoncncnnnancanncnrncnnonaroronncononarnro ron ono raro rnn ciao rorannss 8 9 AVE nica a a R lilas 8 10 COUT MISSION AAA A E ad Aa need AA 8 10 Exception Count sr ieee irer aa Sees DS Va E yates E I E ca pasveed sot edita iones 8 11 Forecast Error AcCurac yori sioi o s E E EE REEE R RE E E ONE RRR E 8 11 RN a eee EAE O NN 8 12 Inventory TUTAS Siipi wh ati wali Eine a Ida AE O ERE 8 12 Period t Date danune a alada 8 13 Periods OESUPplV ino liar ltd A 8 14 Perpetilal Oti A A A A e a E 8 14 Roll AS Bro ae ALA oe iia aa coda ee O 8 15 Simple MA dd e AA E E E AAA li 8 16 TAMA VELA SCs ogor aeea Dinos ular sae aseosta ss pave asap vase vestans Ane Sesa iio 8 18 A AN 8 19 Weighted Average Forecast Error viii iii 8 19 Access Controlan da ei ie dida 8 20 Preferences Introduction A A a a he Bee 9 1 General Preferences ii A A IR A es 9 1 Tey OU EEEE esses eee E A EEN A E EA EA E E O 9 2 Fable Graph Preferences nens tev a ada A a i 9 3 Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences ccccecccssesescssescsesnsneeseececesescsnensneseseseeneseseeeees 9 3 Creating and Editing Period OverlayS icicocioioionnonnncnnnnonocincnaninnnoncnonanononon oran ononononananononononos 9 4 Setting Highlight Source Preferences c cccccssescssscsesssesesescseesescsesesesesescsssssesescsessenseeesees 9 13 Creating and Edi
464. o purchase any products or services from a third party the relationship is directly between you and the third party Oracle is not responsible for a the quality of third party products or services or b fulfilling any of the terms of the agreement with the third party including delivery of products or services and warranty obligations related to purchased products or services Oracle is not responsible for any loss or damage of any sort that you may incur from dealing with any third party Value Added Reseller VAR Language Oracle Retail VAR Applications The following restrictions and provisions only apply to the programs referred to in this section and licensed to you You acknowledge that the programs may contain third party software VAR applications licensed to Oracle Depending upon your product and its version number the VAR applications may include i the software component known as ACUMATE developed and licensed by Lucent Technologies Inc of Murray Hill New Jersey to Oracle and imbedded in the Oracle Retail Predictive Application Server Enterprise Engine Oracle Retail Category Management Oracle Retail Item Planning Oracle Retail Merchandise Financial Planning Oracle Retail Advanced Inventory Planning and Oracle Retail Demand Forecasting applications ii the MicroStrategy Components developed and licensed by MicroStrategy Services Corporation MicroStrategy of McLean Virginia to Oracle and imbedded in the MicroStrategy
465. ocations Partners and Periods have the following standard tree behaviors Collapsing and Expanding the Hierarchy Tree a Ctrl click the minus sign next to the root node The whole tree collapses to the root node level a Ctri click the plus sign next to the root node The whole tree expands to the fullest leaf level degree in all underlying nodes a Ctrl click the minus sign next to a category node The whole node collapses to the level clicked a Ctrl click the plus sign next to the category node The whole node expands to the fullest leaf level degree in the node Figure 16 2 Product Tree Products Partners Locations Periods OName OGN OLN MFolder q E 83 All Products EhB By Brand Ei Brandi E Pet Foods ERS Milk bone 0 Doggy Bag Treats 3 Flavour Snacks 3 Original Milkbone Biscuits E Brand2 jes Planters 0 Planters Cashews HOR Planters Holiday Pack HHE Planters Mixed Nuts Single Selecting Tree Nodes a Click the root category or leaf node item to select it It becomes highlighted Click again to deselect it 16 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies a After a category item is selected clicking a leaf item causes the category item to be deselected a After a leaf item is selected clicking a category item causes the leaf item to be deselected a Within a category clicking each leaf level item causes
466. ocess Escalated Auto Escalated Supersedes Auto Incomplete or Auto In Process are displayed in the Inbox a Status History When the colored dot is clicked drills down to the Status History screen to show the status change history for the exception The Exceptions Inbox Group screen shown below provides the following group exception information in the Display pane Figure 5 5 Exceptions Inbox Group Screen Context a L i ak Local EsSuppliers All Locations Partner amp Suppliers All Partners Product Suppliers All Products Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder A W KAW v Select Bookmark Individual Group External Partner Context Only Period Only No Records Found oH Criteria Name Period Product Local Partner View Criteria Created Status Status History ES a View Exceptions When the colored dot is clicked below the View icon displays the individual exceptions that triggered caused the group exception Criteria Name displays the name of the causal group exception criteria Period displays the time period of the data stream exception a Product displays a description of the product Local displays the local location for the exception Partner displays the partner location for the exception a Created displays the date the exception was created a View Criteria click the colored dot to view the group criterion that triggered th
467. od then calculated inventory for this period calculated inventory for the prior period consumption for this period receipts for this period If calculated inventory for the prior period is null treat as zero Formula N A Input Streams Actual Inventory Any one balance stream Nulls treated as nulls Consumption Any one movement stream Nulls treated as zeros Receipts Any one movement stream Nulls treated as zeros Output Stream Any one balance stream Available at leaf Yes Available at N A Overlay Available at sum Null Zero handling Yes Input values are the sum of the leaves If inventory null treat as zero If consumption null or zero result zero Note It is possible that the calculated inventory may not match the actual inventory This metric calculates forecast error over a user defined rolling horizon using the MAD Mean Absolute Deviation or PMAD Percent MAD method Table 8 13 Rolling Error Item Details Error Formula n R n x 1 F 4 where R result Fx Forecast at period x Ax Actual at period x Error Formula where A Average of Datastream A Metrics 8 15 Metric Types Table 8 13 Cont Rolling Error Item Details Accuracy Formula Input Streams Output Stream Generational Offset Rolling Horizon Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Treat Null as Zero Option
468. oduct folder that has three leaves and you 3 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Data in Expand Mode collaborate with your partner on all three leaves each leaf is changed to 20 If however you only collaborate on two items in a product folder that contains three items only the leaves that you collaborate on are changed In this case each collaboration item would change to 30 Note that if your aggregate values add up to zero you receive an error message since it is impossible to aggregate on zero i e Leaf 1 30 Leaf 2 30 and leaf 3 0 In such an instance Oracle Retail VCC displays the following error message Some cell data could not be saved Divide by zero error Click Refresh to get latest stream data To activate Proportional Disaggregation select either Self or Total from the drop down lists in the Proportional Disaggregation section See Managing Company General Preferences for details As with using disaggregation profiles you must first create aggregates see Creating Aggregates Then you can edit the aggregate as you would any other stream see Editing a Data Stream Using Period Overlays Oracle Retail VCC allows you to disaggregate daily databases from week to day when in a fixed weekly period overlay at leaf or folder level contexts However the following conditions apply a You must have already created a disaggregation profile for context Your period overlay
469. oducts Extract Master Data 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Metrics 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Price Profile 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Supply 5 None Extract Supply Blocked Dates Blocked Dates Extract Supply Policy 5 None See Job ID 1115 F 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Scheduler Jobs Extract UOMs Extract Users Process Aggregate Actions Process Exception Alerts amp Send Exception Alerts Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Extract Requests Process Leaf Actions Process Leaf Exceptions Purge Jobs Monitor Recalculate Aggregates Recalculate Disaggregation Factors Recalculate Metrics Report Usage and Send Usage Report Roll Exception Criteria Run and Send Reports Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests Run Demand Batch Requests Run Lift Factor Batch Requests Run Reports 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 152 1 2 3 1 2 p2 1 2 112 3 1 2 3 112 3 1 2 None None CSL None CSL None CSL CSL None CSL CSL CSL DSL CSL CSL CSL CSL DSL CSL DSL CSL DSL CSL Extract UOMs Extract Users Process Aggregate Actions Process Exception Alerts and Send Exception Alerts If recipient e mail address is supplied in Exception Criteria Create and sender e mail address is supplied in VCC Config Server Messaging also see Send Exception Alerts Process Aggregate Exceptions P
470. oing back the number of time periods specified in the Generation Offset m Getting the Latest Revision created on or before the End Date of that time period This process can be understood by applying generation offsets to the sample data in Table 2 above For a generation offset of 1 End date of the previous time period 10 14 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 14 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Final Revision with a quantity of 22 4 Since the Final Revision was created one time period before the data stream time period of 10 15 2003 this final revision also gets picked up as Generation 1 For a generation offset of 2 End Date for 2 time periods previous 10 13 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 13 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Third Revision with a quantity of 10 6 For a generation offset of 3 End Date for 3 time periods previous 10 12 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 12 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Second Revision with a quantity of 12 8 Since there were no revisions dated 10 12 2003 a generation offset of 3 picks up the second revision dated 10 11 2003 11 00 00 AM 6 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria For a generation offset of 4 End Date for 4 time periods previous 10 11 2003 11 59 59 PM Latest Revision before 10 11 2003 11 59 59 PM is the Second Revision with a quantity of 12 8 For a generation offset of 6 End date for 6 time
471. oles amp Users from the menu 2 Choose Disabled Users from the Display drop down The Disabled Users tree appears For details on how to disable a user see Disabling a User with the Company Roles and Users Screen Roles and Users Screen Roles amp Users Search Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Roles amp Users Search finds specific users by name You can find users by entering their full name or by doing a wildcard search on part of their name For instance if you would like to see a list of users with the first name of Jane you would 1 Go to Company Roles amp Users 2 In the Search field type Jane 3 Click the Search button or hit the Enter key If there is only one Jane the tree displays her information immediately If there is more than one Jane in the user tree a list of all the people with the name Jane appear The asterisk can be used for a wildcard search at any point in a person s name The following combinations are all viable searches Jane Smith Jane Smith Smi 22 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Figure 22 3 Multiple Search Results Display Active Users Y Search e User Lisa Hill Role super_admin Company AB Corp limited_admin EHS reviewer EHS planner EHS supervisor EHS manager E83 super_admin HS Dave Wilson HE Friar Tuck He Lisa Hil HE Molly Fitz HS Rich Fitz 2 Rishi
472. ollaborations you must select a lower context If you add a new partner to a partner category that was previously a collaboration partner category you must create the collaboration item for the new partner 4 Click AllProducts and select the leaf level product or product category If you add anew product to a product category that was previously a collaboration product category you must create the collaboration item for the new product 5 Click the Start Editing button The Stop Editing button appears 6 Highlight the items on which you want to collaborate 7 Click Apply Changes to create the collaboration or Revert to return to the last state at which Apply Changes was selected 8 Click Stop Editing Note Any collaborations created when both root nodes All Partners All Locations are selected is ignored The changes appear to be applied when you click Apply Changes but when you click Stop Editing the tree reverts to its previous state You must have one non root node selected in order to add collaborations Also see Company General Config General Preferences for information on the Auto Create Collaborations feature Selecting this option gives your trading partners permission to create collaborations that appears in your hierarchy 21 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 22 Managing Roles and Users This chapter includes the following topics About Roles and Users a An Overview o
473. olumns are set to be Hidden the Report s generation process considers only one of the duplicate rows for the column that is set to be visible i e Output displays one record for each Offset or UOM To create a Data Stream report 1 Set your context 2 Select Reports Create 3 Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout Horizon and Filter sections as described in Common Report Settings 7 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Reports Filter I creation Date M Revision Status Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Figure 7 12 Filter and Stream Selections Sections Superseded Type Subtype Creator UOM Generation Offset Year Ago one d wa wake base units 2 fo False None was NA l Base Units 2 fo False 2 none A wal Base units 2 fo False y None was wat Base Units o False None I wat Base Units fo False None wam Base Units fo False None wal ease units 2 fo False Select up to ten Stream Type s and Subtype s from the drop down lists Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down lists Select the UOM for each stream you have chosen If you want to include a Generation Offset enter a number in the text box This field automatically defaults to 0 indicating no off
474. omatically exported to a file The Real Time Export file is located on the machine where the Server is installed in directory Integrator Exports Realtime or in the directory as configured in the Realtime Export File Path in VCC Configurations Server If you want to modify another data stream select it from the Type drop down list and modify it 14 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Assigning Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types Assign 15 Click Save Assigning Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types Assign Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin You must assign data streams to a company When you assign a stream type to a company a data stream for each subtype becomes available to the end user in both the primary and secondary designations where primary indicates the first of the two comparators to allow data streams viewing and editing within the Comparison modes Local Current to Partner Current Local Current to Local Previous and Partner Current to Partner Previous To assign data streams to a company 1 As superuser or serveradmin click Configuration in the VCC menu The Configuration screen appears that includes all data streams supported by Oracle Retail VCC Click the Stream Types tab On the Stream Types pane click Assign in the upper right hand corner The Assign Streams screen appears Figure 14 6 Assign Streams Screen Stream Types List
475. omment icon The comment screen appears Figure 2 15 Collaboration Comment screen Author Comment Your Comment Post Done 4 Enter a comment and click Post Your comment appears under the Comment column and your name and company under the Author column Figure 2 16 Collaboration Comment Detail screen Author Comment Wegmans 1 116 e da a Posted On 08 16 08 07 16 32 Order more fast This product is flying off the shelves Your Comment Post Done Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 13 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Your partners are able to post new comments on the same context thread which are viewable by once again clicking the Collaboration Comments icon for that given context 5 Click Done when you have finished reading and entering comments Selecting and Removing a Bookmark To view contexts that you have bookmarked you can use the Bookmark quick select drop down menu or the View Bookmarks tool Figure 2 17 Context Tab Bookmark Drop down Menu Context Display Mode Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product gt Suppliers All Products gt 5 Pilot gt Department 04 gt 04 06 FLOUR Search Name OGIN All Events vw Select Bookmark v Select Bookmark Wegmans Smucker s 04 06 FLOUR The Bookmark drop d
476. omotion was set up should be maintained when changes are made at an aggregate value Note that if no data exists for a period the aggregate value is equally allocated across all valid collaboration items under that context See Proportional Disaggregation for details a Allow Straight Line Disaggregation Dataload only enable Straight Line Disaggregation by selecting Yes from the drop down Oracle Retail VCC defaults to No Straight Line Disaggregation distributes an equal percentage of a given value among each of the leaves See Straight Line Disaggregation for details 3 Click Save Managing Groups for a Company A group is a collection of data stream subtypes to which you assign a group name For example you can create a group that includes primary base shipping data streams primary promotional shipping data streams and primary total shipping data streams and call it My Shipments Group When viewing data streams in Oracle Retail VCC s data stream view you can select the group and its components are displayed in either the graph mode or table mode For details on how to add edit rename or preview groups see Creating and Editing Groups The All group is your initial default group Unlike other groups you create yourself the All group is preconfigured to include all of the streams assigned to your company Each time a new stream is assigned to your company it is included in the All group Users may be assigned strea
477. omotion Superceded Sample PDF Report Screens D 1 Data Stream Data Stream Figure D 2 Data Stream Report Data Stream Report Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Start Date 09 29 03 Partner Speedy Rx at Boston End Date 11 02 03 Product Planters Cashews Report Run Date 10 24 03 owe ow ma pre aS ae ae o e a Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Bas Base Units 101 00 101 00 101 00 15 00 20 00 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Bas Base Units co 19 00 19 00 Nabisco at Pisquetuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Pro Base Units Current 6 80 6 80 6 80 6 80 6 80 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Pro Base Units Gen01 6 80 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Pro Base Unts YrAgo Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Ses Base Units Current 202 00 202 00 202 00 20200 202 00 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Sea Base Units Gen02 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi POS Fest Ses Base Units YrAgo Nabisco at Pisquetuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movement17 POS Fest Tot Base Units Current 309 80 309 80 309 80 223 80 228 80 Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fes
478. on To View a Promotion 1 Select your context 2 Select Events Promotions Display the screen appears as shown below 10 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions Figure 10 11 Events Promotion Screen Home Company Scheduler Monitor Events Overview Promotions Promotion Items Documents Demand Supply Links Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Preferences Help Logout Modification Date Context Display Mode dz i En E lt lt E Local Suppliers All Locations Partner amp Suppliers All Partners Product amp Suppliers All Products Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Y Folder a y KAY x x All Events Select Bookrnark K Event ID Event Name Status Copy t Status History Process Totals Y Created By Created Date Last Changer o 4om6s EM new E o o o Supplier 08 1 08 Supplier O 40MG3 ja New F o e O Supplier ae Supplier SYNCRA_164 WK41 New 0 0 9 O Supplier 000 From the Events Promotions Display screen you can view the history of each Promotion To View a Promotion s History 1 Click the colored dot under the Examine History column The screen that appears displays when the Promotion was last modified the user who modified it the prior status and the current or new status Figure 10 12 Promotion History No Records Found User Old Status New Status 2 Click Back to re
479. on Mode Preview Group Name salesForecastGroup Local Curr Local Prev H Local Curr POS Fest Base H Local Curr POS Forecast Base H Local Curr POS Fest Promo Al Local Curr POS Forecast Prom H Local Curr POS Fest Seas Ml Local Curr POS Forecast Seas Local Curr POS Fest Total H Local Prev POS Fest Base Ml Local Prev POS Fest Promo H Local Prev POS Fest Seas Local Prev POS Fest Total E Local Curr POS Forecast Total Local Curr Local Prev P Local Curr POS Fest Base POS Fest Promo POS Fost k Spas Local Curr Partner Curr Local Curr POS Fest Base Local Curr POS Forecast Base Local Curr POS Fest Promo Local Curr POS Forecast Prom Local Curr POS Fest Seas Local Curr POS Forecast Seas Local Curr POS Fest Total Partner Curr POS Fest Base Partner Curr POS Fest Promo Partner Curr POS Fest Seas Partner Curr POS Fest Total Local Curr POS Forecast Total Local Curr Partner Curr P Local Curr POS Fest Base POS Fest Promo POS Frst Seast Setting Inbox Filters Preferences Filters allows you to create and edit filters to sort the exceptions To create or edit an Inbox Filter Legend P Primary S Secondary Y Year Ago Partner Curr Partner Prev Partner Curr POS Fest Base Partner Curr POS Forecast Base Partner Curr POS Fest Promo Partner Curr PO
480. on inbox 26locati 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D0125468712 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 10 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active View Group Inbox https dianat estrella isp commonfframes do screen 3DexceptionInbox 26subscreen 3Dgroup_ exception inbox 26locati 26partner 3D4 26prodleaf 3Dtrue 26product 3D01254687 12 Criteria Name Lang COPO Period 01 11 03 Product Planters Mixed Nuts Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Partner Speedy Rx at Boston Created 01 09 03 12 57 11 Status Active Data Stream Exception Criteria Formulas Oracle Retail VCC generates data stream exceptions based on the specific formula for the data stream exception criteria comparison type you select Oracle Retail VCC provides one general formula that can be used by each comparison type current to current current to previous default and current to threshold default and three formulas that are only options for the current to current comparison mode When you create a data stream exception criterion to compare any two data streams or substreams using the current to current current to previous or current to threshold comparison type Oracle Retail VCC uses the following formula to calculate exceptions based on absolute value Deviation type 1 type 2 When you create a data stream exception criterion to
481. on purge are AGGREGATES CURRENT_STREAM EXCEPTIONS STREAM a STREAM_ITEM COMMENTS The tables affected by a Master data Purge are AGGCRIT AGGREGATES COLLABORATION COLLABORATION_ITEM COMMENTS CONTEXT_COMMENTS a CURRENT_STREAM DATA_EXTRACT_REQUEST_LIST DEMAND_JOB_REQ 14 30 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen DEMAND POLICY DISAGG_EFFECTIVE_PERIODS DISAGG_FACTORS DISAGG_PROFILE EVENT EVENT_COMMENTS EVENT_COMPONENTS EVENT_ITEM EVENT_STATUS_HISTORY EXCPT_CRITERIA EXCPT_EXCEPTION EXCEPTION_STATUS_HISTORY EXCPT_GRP_CRITERIA EXCPT_GRP_CRIT_DETAIL EXCPT_GRP_EXCEPTION GROUP_EXCEPTION_STATUS_HISTORY LOCATION_SET LOCATION_SET_NAMES METRIC METRIC_PARM PARTNER PARTNER_SET PARTNER_SET_NAMES PRODUCT PRODUCT_SET PRODUCT_SET_NAMES PROFILE REP_OUTPUT REP_REPORT REP_REPORT_PARAMS RP_JOB_REQ RP_POLICY RO_SS_JOB_REQ STREAM STREAM_ITEM Server Level Configuration and Management 14 31 Managing Time Periods for All Companies Managing Time Periods for All Companies As superuser server admin you must create the time periods that is used by all companies on the server You can create time periods in weekly or daily increments for as many periods as required Once you create the time periods company specific administrators can organize them into a hierarchy for example of years months and weeks using the Ne
482. ons option6 option7 options OQOOOOOOOOOCOOOCOERFHH88 option Promotion User Defined 23 Promotion User Defined 424 Promotion User Defined 25 Promotion User Defined 26 Promotion User Defined 427 Promotion User Defined 428 Promotion User Defined 29 Promotion User Defined 30 Promotion Item User Defined 41 Promotion Item User Defined 2 t Promotion Item User Defined 3 Promotion Item User Defined 4 Promotion Item User Defined 6 Promotion Item User Defined 47 Promotion Item User Defined 48 E Promotion Item User Defined 9 Yes Y Promotion Item User Defined 10 Yes Y l Promotion Item User Defined 11 Promotion Item User Defined 12 Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Supply module configuration allows you to specify the streams used to calculate safety stock projected inventory receipt forecasts and shipment forecasts To calculate this information you must identify the streams used for your consumption forecast actual consumption inventory safety stock if it is from a stream and up to five expected arrival streams You can create as many stream sets as required for your supply calculations Some guidelines for creating stream sets include the following a All output streams must be unique a Atleast one output stream must be defined a Output streams cannot be the same as any input stream except for the Inventory input
483. onsisting of sum ratio product and difference Simple Math Simple math operation types consisting of sum Product ratio product and difference Y Simple Math Simple math operation types consisting of sum Difference ratio product and difference 138 15 5 IS lt lt Metrics 8 9 Metric Types Average Count Missing Table 8 2 Cont Metrics that Calculate on the Basis of Period Overlays o Available iS G L 5 o c 5 5 Oo g Metric Description g 8 3 Z OS Time Average Average of a single data stream over a rolling 1 horizon Y Y Variability MAD or PMAD of a stream over a rolling 1 horizon Y Y Y Weighted Average Weighted average forecast error or accuracy 2 Forecast Error aggregated for all items under a folder Y Y This Metric calculates the average of a single data stream for all leaf values under the selected context on a period by period basis If the output stream selected is not a measure stream a Disaggregation Profile must first be in place for the appropriate context stream type and period range of the metric Table 8 3 Average Metric Item Details Formula Average of streams for all contexts under folder Input Any Output Any streams If not Measure an aggregate context needs a disaggregate profile in order to disaggregate Leaf No Sum Yes Overlay No Treat Null As Zero Option Null values is treated as 0 This count
484. ontext Optional Along with showing the current context the Context tab includes other functions depending upon what Oracle Retail VCC menu item you have selected When you select Data Mass Entry from the VCC menu shown below Context Chooser Context includes a link to select a time period and a drop down list to select the data stream type Make your selections and click the Set icon 2 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 14 Context Chooser Context Tab Context I Er pe Local Select Local Partner Select Partner Product Selected Products Start Date E End Date El Type MarainGoal SubType Margin Goal v Product Name OGIN OLIN y Folder a Y Collaboration Comments The Collaboration Comments icon allows you to add comments to the context you have selected leaf level contexts only These comments can be viewed by your partners and can contain up to 255 characters per post Comments appear in a threaded discussion style format with many comments and replies to those comments visible on the same screen When there are no comments at a selected context the speech bubble icon appears with no babble inside to indicate an absence of data After a comment has been entered the icon contains filled speech bubbles To enter a comment for a given context 1 Select Context Chooser Context 2 Set your context 3 Click the Collaboration C
485. oration item comments 1 Click Purge Data from the VCC menu The Purge Data screen appears 2 Click the Collaboration Item Comments Purge check box Server Level Configuration and Management 14 29 Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Note that you can perform multiple purges simultaneously by checking any or all of the purge types in the Purge Type screen 3 Click the Purge button to purge comments Checking the Purge Progress The Database Administrator can verify the progress of both Master Data and Transaction purges by querying purge_step table The purge_step has the last step number that was successfully completed Purge stops if it cannot successfully execute a command Errors are logged to purge_ data log file in SYNCRA_HOME server and are also be logged in appropriate purge_log table After correcting the problem you can restart purge by executing appropriate the restart command from sqlplus When the restart is performed purge starts from last unsuccessful command executed On successful completion purge_step table has 0 in the last_step_executed column After a successful purge completion run the following analyze schema command as sys Exec dbms_utility analyze_schema lt SCHEMAOWNER3 gt ESTIMATE NULL 35 Table 14 1 Purge Purge Log Purge Type Table Restart Command Transaction Purge_log Exec transaction_purge Master data Purge_log Exec recycle_purge The tables affected by a transacti
486. ors Lift factors are used to indicate how each period compares to an average period For instance a popular dinner restaurant is typically busier on Friday and Saturday nights than on Monday and Tuesday nights If an average day has a lift factor of 1 0 the busy days Friday and Saturday in this example might have a lift factor of 1 5 while the slow days Monday and Tuesday have a lift factor of 0 7 This indicates that sales on Friday and Saturday are 1 5 times the average while sales on Monday and Tuesday are 0 7 times the average Lift factors are stored as a data stream and can be used on both daily and weekly databases On weekly databases the data stream is edited directly On daily databases there is an additional interface to provide a convenient way to add edit and deploy manually entered lift patterns as well as a way to calculate day of week patterns based on historical data Calculated Lift Patterns Note Time buckets must be configured for daily rather than weekly in order to access this feature 11 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Lift Factors all_periods PAE E E OqQqQqQqIIAAAAOAOAK Count al periods Total number of Days in a given period Example In a 7 Day Period total number of Days 7 Count Total number of Days in a given Period all_periods day 2 DataValues Data stream values for the number of periods for which History is being calculated
487. ort has not improved over time at both leaf and aggregate levels forecast method Demand The model used to generate a statistical forecast Frozen Periods General A period in the future in which data entry or editing is disallowed Companies utilize a frozen period to prevent changes to a forecast in periods where changes would have no effect on delivery or execution of the plan For example if transportation time of a shipment is a week the first future week of the forecast should be frozen because goods covered by the forecast within that period may have already shipped Gamma Demand The seasonal parameter in Holt Winters Glossary 3 Glossary 4 English Term Function Module Definition Generational Offset Geneva Forecast Engine Geneva group Group Exception Group Exception Criteria Hierarchy Individual Exception Individual Exception Criteria Inventory Levels Inventory Turns Period of Supply Report Last Transaction Report Leaf Lift lift factor Load Local Local Current Local Previous General Demand General Exception Exception General Exception Exception Scorecard Report Report General Promotion Demand General General General A offset that allows users to compare a current Data Stream with a previously saved generation of the same Data Stream A comprehensive library of more than 500 different combinations of data
488. ory Override text box This is a percent value of safety stock to use as the minimum allowable inventory Resupply plans are calculated to keep inventory above this value Select the inventory period from the Inventory Period drop down list either Current or Previous Enter the Unavailable Stock number This is the number of inventory items that cannot be used but must be counted as part of the total Enter the Order Processing Time in base periods This value is the Seller s required internal processing lead time to get an order in transit to the buyer Enter the theoretical Transit Lead Time integer in number of base periods This value is the travel time between the seller location and buyer location This is the value used in the resupply calculation Enter the Lead Time Average in base periods This value is the average lead time time between when you ship it and when it arrives over a period range This is the value used in the safety stock calculation Enter the Lead Time Variability in base periods This value is the standard deviation of the lead time over a period range This is used in the safety stock calculation Enter the Min Order Quantity This value is the minimum quantity that may be ordered Enter the Order Increment Qty After the minimum quantity this value is the increment by which an order quantity may be increased Enter the Service Level This is the target service level which is a number from 80 0 t
489. ory called Toothpaste that has several types of individual toothpaste types in it you can aggregate it and treat the category as one unit a Creating collaboration items between your company and a trading partner company a Creating price profiles which allow you to set the base price for products Managing roles and users for your company Creating disaggregation profiles which are used to perform disaggregation the opposite of aggregation The disaggregation profile allows you to set up the ratios used when allocating an aggregate number across individual leaves Configuring links time period overlays and other general configuration parameters for your company a Submitting purge requests that are executed by a superuser or server admin Monitoring job processing For a complete list of user and role assignments see User and Role Permissions Introduction to VCC Administration 13 3 About the Company Chooser About the Company Chooser The Company Chooser screen allows you quick access to any company to which you have access so you can edit or administer its information The Company Chooser screen is available from all administrative screens to a superuser server admin or an administrator by clicking the arrow in the top right hand corner of the screen or by clicking the company name link in the title bar Superusers and server admins can see their own company and partner companies the superadmin role admin
490. oser The inter enterprise supply chain data stored in Oracle Retail VCC is associated with products or product categories moving between seller locations or regions and buyer locations or regions The combination of seller locations buyer locations and products specifies the Context The Context Chooser is divided into tabs that allow you to view search and select your context in different ways The tabs are a See Context a See Display Mode Two other tabs Parameters and Trial Data appear only in VCC Demand see lt CROSS REF gt for details and VCC Supply see Using Interactive Supply for details modules The Context Chooser allows you to navigate through this data by selecting Your company location or location folder category and your trading partner location or location folder category A product or product folder category A bookmarked context that you had saved previously The search option which looks for specific Local Partner or Product identifiers and return search results in a list format Context Context Chooser Context tab displays the current context components local partner and product you have selected and also allows you to select a different context When applicable you are able to see the 3 nearest hierarchy items for each dimension Figure 2 11 Context Chooser Context Tab Context Display Mode Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers
491. ot able to specify a Start Time since the report runs every time the corresponding scheduler job is run A perpetually running report can be stopped by supplying an End Date at which it expires or by deleting the report from the List Time the time of day that you wish the report to run This option does not appear when recurrence is set to Always The default setting Start Any Time allows the extraction to occur as soon as the scheduler is run that day Selecting the Start At radio button allows you to specify an exact time of day to run the report Note that reports are only processed when the Scheduler runs Figure 7 4 Reports Create Repeat Frequency section Repeat frequency Dates Recurrence Time Start Date osf10 08 End Date E _ mm dd yy mm dd yy Monthly Day of every month s O The First M Sunday of every month s Start Any Time O Start At HH mm Layout Page Size paper size that the report is printed on letter legal ledger banner large A4 A3 Orientation printout orientation for the report portrait landscape Hide Show Columns to display or not to display columns in the report Sort Columns the order in which the report displays Visible columns Group Columns columns to group in the report 7 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings Figure 7 5 Reports Create Layou
492. otion Items Labels appearing at the Promotion Items level a Event Categories Labels in the Event Category enumerated list This is also used to configure the color coding of the Event calendar Configuring the User Defined Fields in Promotions and Promotion Items From Release 12 0 2 of VCC onwards the VCC application includes 20 existing and 40 new user defined fields in the Promotions and Promotion Items modules These 60 new fields are configurable and allow the user to designate labels default values and dropdown options Configuring the User Defined Fields 1 Select Company Module Configuration Events tab Labels This allows the user to access the Promotions Promotion Items and UDF dropdown lists configuration 2 Configure the Promotion UDFs by selecting the Promotions tab in the Label Type dropdown list 3 Configure the Promotion Item UDFs by selecting the Promotion Items tab in the Label Type dropdown list Managing Company Module Configuration 17 3 Configuring Labels in the Events Module 4 Configure the UDF dropdown list values by selecting the UDF field name in the Label Type dropdown list Ex Promotion Item User Defined 21 5 New UDFs are listed below the existing ten UDFs in the User Defined section of the Promotions and Promotion Items screens Figure 17 4 Accessing UDF Configuration Events Demand Supply Exceptions i ai Stream Sets Labels Label Type Promotions v Sa
493. ow the Edit icon is clicked Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for batch forecast jobs when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be overridden Batch forecast jobs are executed based on the frequency you specify for each job By selecting Override Execute Time the job is executed the next time the Scheduler task for processing batch jobs runs regardless of the frequency of the job Local local name Partner partner name Product product name Sum sums leaf levels up wherever context was at folder level and Aggregate On was checked in the creation screen Demand 11 15 Batch Jobs Type type of forecast either Lift Factor or Demand Forecast Created By the user name of the user who created it Last Run the last update date and time Creating Batch Requests To create a batch forecast job 1 2 3 4 Set your context Click Demand Batch Create Enter the Date s and or Time during which the Batch Request is run Select the Recurrence from the drop down This indicates the amount of time you wish to pass between each scheduled batch job The default is Once which means this job runs only once Other options include Always Daily Weekly Monthly Figure 11 12 Demand Batch Create Screen Context Loca
494. own menu allows you apply a saved context without having to then click the Set icon Simply select one of the items in the drop down and your context changes to it To remove saved Bookmarks or as another way to apply them you can use the View Bookmarks tool 1 Access the Context Chooser 2 Click View Bookmarks icon and your list of bookmarks appear in the Display pane Figure 2 18 List of Bookmarks Partner Product Compare Product Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Ax at Boston Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Ax at Boston Planters Cashews 1 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Buyer Non Local Partner Planters Holiday Pack Remove Bookmark 3 Select your context from the list and click the Set icon to set the context 2 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface To close the bookmark display pane without selecting a bookmark click the Cancel Context Change icon To remove a bookmark from your bookmark list 1 Select Context Chooser Context 2 Click View Bookmarks icon and your list of bookmarks appear in the Display pane 3 Highlight the bookmark you want to delete 4 Click Remove Bookmark Using the Search Feature To search for a context component 1 Click Context Chooser Context tab 2 Select the context component Local Partner or Product that you want to search for from the drop down list 3 Search local or partne
495. ows you to add a comment to an exception and set a resolution code This is useful if you want to add a comment to an exception Anyone in your company with access to the data stream associated with the exception can read the comment Comments are limited to 100 characters You can also select a resolution code for the exception from a drop down list To add or edit an exception comment 1 Select your context 2 Click the Exceptions Inbox Individual or Group 5 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features 3 In expanded view click the dot below the View Edit Comment icon to open the comment box for the exception In collapsed view you must first select an individual exception Note The dot in the View Edit Comment column is grey if no comment is entered nor resolution code set for an exception Once a comment is entered or a resolution code set for an exception the dot turns blue 4 Enter a comment and select a Resolution Code from the drop down list Comments are limited to 100 characters Any Comments and Resolution Codes that are attached to an exception that becomes Superseded by another exception is carried forward to new exceptions marked with the Supersedes status i e the exceptions that replace or supersede the prior exception retains the comments and reason codes 5 Click OK The comment appears in the Context Chooser Context tab
496. p List Group Exception Criteria To delete a group exception criterion access the Exception Criteria Group List screen Check the box next to the name and click Delete Figure 6 9 Exception Criteria Group List Screen Context r ie amp oo OD Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product Name OGIN OLIN v Folder Select Bookmark x Individual Group List Create Displaying 1 2 of 1 x oH Name Active Exceptions Comparison Show In Inbox O 9 Group1 137 Context and Period Y To examine Group Exception Criteria click the colored dot next to each name The following screen appears showing a detailed list of all the exception criteria that comprise the group exception criteria Figure 6 10 Examine Group Exception Criteria Back Individual Criteria Of Group Displaying 1 2 of 2 oH Name Active Exceptions Typel Type2 Period Absolute Threshold Percent Threshold Comparison Product Average Price Average Local x Price All Current To NGSC Wegmans_exception Average Average Periods 1 00 Change Local Pilot Price Price Current DC BN e i Local Days Al Current To NGSC BUGNO61 ee DC Periods 1 00 Change 2 00 Change Local Pilot Base Inventory Current Days Exception Criteria 6 19 Exception Severity Levels
497. pact QTY Absolute Decrease Promo Qty 1 Impact QTY Promo Price Base Impact QTY Absolute Change Promo Qty Impact QTY Base Promo Price Impact QTY Note If Set Sales Impact and or Set Order Impacts at Event level are not selected the forecast for the ones not selected are not generated Algorithms for optimizing the timing pricing or calculating the expected sales for an event are not included Viewing Promotion Items 10 32 There are two ways in which you can view a list of Promotion Items a A list of Items can be accessed through the Oracle Retail VCC menu by selecting Events Promotion Items This list displays the Items regardless of the Promotion they were created for The Events Promotion Items list is context specific Figure 10 29 Events Promotion Items List Context Display Mode i Las Search End Date v after Date 08 16 08 Y Back Add tem oH View Data Event ID Promotion ID Local Location Partner Location Product Promotion Item ID Event Name Event Category Be a Similarly Promotions can be viewed by accessing the Examine Events screen where a Number of Items link exists in the Context Chooser area Click the number to get a display a list of Promotions for that Event Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items Figure 10 30 Number of Items Link in the Context Chooser Area Context AR A Local Suppliers A
498. pand feature The Default Display mode is called default For details on how to change your Display Mode default settings refer to Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences In the Preferences Layout Table Graph Defaults screen you can select any Display Mode you have saved as default Highlight the display mode you want in the list and close the list in the Display pane The item you selected is now set as the display mode Otherwise follow the steps below 5 Choose your group from the Group drop down list 6 From the View by Period drop down list select Base Periods to display all the base periods for the data stream the base period is the period increment used to create the data stream usually either weekly or daily or select any other period overlay available The periods available depend on how you or your administrator set up the time periods for the selected data stream See About Period Overlays 7 Choose your comparison mode from the Comparison drop down list 8 In the UOM drop down list select the unit of measure you want displayed 9 Click the Set icon Data 3 7 About Period Overlays Note Using the Refresh icon restores the original data stream if you make changes you do not want to save About Period Overlays Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer A period overlay allows you to view data accumulated across time by fixed rolling o
499. pe Default All Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr EA None O Deductions Payment Deductions Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr EA None O Item Sales Detail Monetary Sales Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr EA Product Retail Sales F O Market Share Supplier Penetration Four Week Periods Local Curr Partner Curr EA None O Sales Monetary Sales Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr EA None O Sales Growth Sales Growth Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr EA None O Supplier Service Supplier Service Base Periods Local Curr Partner Curr EA None O Invoice Accuracy Invoice Accuracy Months 4 4 5 Local Curr Partner Curr EA None O Unsaleables Unsaleables Months 4 4 5 Local Curr Partner Curr EA None i lt gt 2 To delete a display mode click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted 3 Click Delete to delete the item s 4 Click the check mark in the upper right corner of the display pane to return to viewing data Expand Allows you to select the folder level context item to show all of its leaf level data When your context contains a folder level component the Display 2 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface pane shows all the items in the folder The Expand function allows you to view each item within the folder a Type Allows you to select the data stream ty
500. pe 1 and Type 2 a Criteria name 5 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 8 Exception Inbox Collapsed View Individual Group External Partner Apply Changes View Expanded Displaying 1 3 of 3 oH Criteria Name Severity Period Product Status Partner Deviation Percent View Criter PILLS ALL Low Margin 7 5 PURPOSE fura il x a 9 Item Sales multiple multiple FLOUR N A Buyer multiple multiple 9 314024 SOFTASILK p Low Margin j CAKE Buyer a a Item Sales multiple i muttiple Siaor NA MIS multiple multiple 9 22805 PILL gt AA n SORTASE lowMagn multiple multiple v CAKE N A v Buyer multiple multiple Item Sales J J J FLOUR 314012 Note Exceptions on period folders are not collapsed When in collapsed view a column called Collapsed Count is displayed The number value in this column represents the number of collapsed exceptions for that entry Viewing Exceptions in the Individual Inbox In the Exceptions Inbox Individual screen you have the options of a Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View a Viewing an Individual Exception s Criteria a Viewing an Individual Exception s Status History Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data in Individual Expanded View The Expanded view shows each excep
501. pe that you want to view e g a forecast actual sales figures or an inventory in the Expand mode a Subtype Allows you to select a substream subtype that you want to view in the Expand mode The substreams that are available are dependent on what data stream type you selected Group Allows you to select the group of stream types you would like to view a View by Period Allows you to select a time period e g Base Periods or any other period overlays that you have access to a Comparison Allows you to choose the data streams that you want to compare Local Current to Local Previous compares your current local data stream with your previous local data stream Local Current to Partner Current compares your current local data stream to your partner s current data stream Partner Current to Partner Previous compares your partner s current data stream with your partner s previous data stream a UOM Allows you to select the unit of measure that you want to display in the Display pane such as base units stat factor loads and currency or any other custom UOMs that may be loaded and are applicable to the product For details about creating custom UOMs refer to the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide Note Custom UOMs appear as a choice only if all three dimensions of a context are at leaf levels Exceptions Inbox Display Mode contains filters and search features to allow you to quic
502. ple pages you must display each page individually and click the Printer Friendly icon Configure List A shortcut that allows you to configure List screen preferences exactly as you would in Preferences Layout Lists Changes made through either route effects the same change and is reflected in both configuration screens Export Data Exports data to either a csv Excel spreadsheet uu format or an HTML file viewable in Internet Explorer This icon is not available on all screens For more information see Export Data Stream Info Opens a new browser window which displays the data stream types available to you based on company and user stream assignments For more information see Stream Info Export Data Some screens export in csv format only When this is the case you are not presented with the above option to select file format Figure 2 5 Export Type 3 Select File Type Web P File Type ME v ok Cancel Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 5 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface All List screens allow exporting in either file format The file is saved to a location that you specify in the Save As dialog box a When you click Export Data the following File Download dialog box appears Figure 2 6 File Download File Download Do you want to open or save this file EN J Name Promotions csy Type Microsoft Office Excel Comma Separated Values File From mspdev40
503. plete solution to allow trading partners with different forecast methods to synchronize their methods quickly and easily and to collaborate 20 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Straight Line Disaggregation Proportional Disaggregation Proportional disaggregation does not employ disaggregation profiles To use proportional disaggregation data must already exist for the selected context Equal distribution is performed if data does not exist for the selected context Proportional disaggregation compares the aggregate value for a specific context with a new aggregate value for the context It then determines the percent change between the old value and the new value and changes each leaf value in the context by the same percentage increase or percentage decrease as the aggregate For example if the original aggregate value is 10 and the new value is 15 the percent change is 50 and all leaf items are increased by 50 Straight Line Disaggregation Straight Line Disaggregation distributes an equal percentage of the given Value among each of the leaves For example if SpeedyRx had selected a context that resembled the tree below and they wished to allocate each type of Snack evenly by period across all locations they would see a distribution similar to the one in See Straight Line Disaggregation below Figure 20 1 North East SpeedyRx Snacks amp North East Waltham Distribution Center Framingham Distribu
504. pliers All Partners Product Suppliers All Products Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder QUAD v Select Bookmark Individual Group External Partner No Records Found Local Partner Product Period Typel Type2 Offset Deviation Percent Severity UOM Source Compared Created Status 5 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Local displays the local location for the exception Partner displays the partner location for the exception Product displays a description of the product Period displays the time period of the data stream exception a Type 1 displays the first source data stream used to calculate the exception a Type 2 displays the second source data stream used to calculate the exception a Offset displays the offset In the current to current comparison type the period of the data stream being compared to the current data stream i e current 0 most recent previous 1 etc A period offset of 2 would appear as Period 2 In the current to previous comparison type the version of the data stream being compared to the current data stream i e current 0 most recent previous 1 etc A generational offset of 5 would appear as Generation 5 a Deviation displays the amount the new data stream varies from the data stream to which it was compared a Percent displays the value of the deviation express
505. promotion status sets to Planned Modified To Delete Change the Promotions Status The circled content shows whether the partner can delete and change the promotion status The delete check boxes are disabled and status change list contains only allowed transitions Figure 10 16 Delete Modify Promotion Status Context Local E Partner Product Searchi Product Name Oem COLIN Folder UNO All Events M Select Bookmark x Displaying 1 6 of 6 Sales Event Begin Total DSD Promotion Event Process Event End Sales Condition Status Status Price Total Created Total Total Number Created Impact ID Date Order ID Name Totals Category Date Impact History Impact Actual Date Base Promo Of By Qty Forecast Type Sales Sales Sales Items Forecast Forecast E Freight Flow Absolute 03 02 06 1 00 SYNCRA_140 04 02 06 SYNCRA_369 ev test apr Miocene 04 20 06 Tree ane 020 28 58 gt reg Freight Flow Absolute 03 08 06 3 00 SYNCRA_140 04 02 06 SYNCRA_377 ev test apr Darn 04 20 06 nace Sar de eg 2 gt A Freight Flow Absolute al 03 02 06 1 00 SYNCRA 142 09 01 06 SYNCRA 371 ev test esis 03 20 06 TPsclute Planned M A se x Freight Flow Absolute Basua E 03 02 06 1 00 SYNCRA_143 05 01 06 SYNCRA_373 ev ma Allocation 05 01 06 Increase Active a 10 35 28 58 e test promo Freight Flow Absolute 03 08 06 5 00 SYNCRA_144 03 08 06 SYNCRA_375 ACID Allacation 03 17 06 Incraase 14
506. ption allows the user to copy a Promotion from one event to another existing event Validation of the source promotion and target event occurs to successfully execute the copy promotion process To copy a promotion 1 Go to Events Promotion The screen appears as shown below 2 Access the Promotions List through the Oracle Retail VCC menu Events Promotions or by drilling down to the Promotions List from an Event Examine screen 3 Promotion attributes include a configurable Copy field Click the Copy button associated with the desired source promotion Events 10 27 Promotions Note You cannot sort by the Copy field Figure 10 24 Promotions List with the new Copy field and buttons ark Y 1234 Testi23 Assortment Change SYNCRA_95 Chaloi23 Assortment Change SYNCRA_87 made C Assortment Change SYNCRA_97 mysell O Assortment Change SYNCRA_13 test12345 Assortment Change SYNCRA_57 kki2 alo Packaging Labelin 1256 22 D change SYNCRA49 oo O Paseo Labeling Packaging Labeling SYNCRA_69 90 D Chenoa Product SYNCRASS OAS O Discontinuation SYNCRA_S1 demo C Retailer Promotion Total Promotion Event Process Event End Sales iD Name Totals Category Date Impact Type 09 21 06 11 16 06 10 20 06 11 28 06 09 29 06 10 20 06 10 15 06 10 15 06 10 15 06 10 27 06 10 22 06 eo a I Displaying 1 20 of 22 Absolute Increase Absolute Increase Absolute Incr
507. ptions and Exception Data in Individual Collapsed View To view an exception s criteria in collapsed view 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Collapsed see Setting List Screen Preferences 2 Select your context 3 Select the Exceptions Inbox Individual subtab The exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane 4 To view the values that triggered all the exceptions for a context click the colored dot under the View this exception icon while multiple is selected in the drop down list under Period You view the exceptions in table mode The data streams containing the exceptions are displayed Cell border highlights appears based on exception severity a Red High a Orange Medium a Yellow Low 5 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 12 Cell Border Highlights Local Curr Sales FostProm Sales FostSeas Sales FostTotl Partner Curr Ship Forecast Base Ship Forecast Promo Ship Forecast Adj 10 3103 110103 11 02 03 132100 Ship Forecast Total 1 321 00 445 00 4 512 00 4 512 00 12 00 6 134 00 6 134 00 a 552 00 a a 552 00 212 00 212 00 a 41 00 a a 41 00 6 551 00 6 551 00 a 62 00 a a 62 00 33 00 33 00 If None is selected for the exception criteria s Group To Display option the tab
508. purge request type selected Other requests include Event Promotions Collaboration Item Comments and Exceptions 3 Select the company or companies to purge data from in the Company select box superuser serveradmin 4 Inthe Stream Type field select the data stream type from the multi select box 25 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Purge Requests 9 In the Purge Type field select the type leaf aggregate or both Select a Range Based On radio button Purge request period or date ranges can begin based on either Time Period or Creation Date If you have selected a Fixed start or end date from the Dates Periods drop down enter the dates between which you want all data purged Dates can be entered in the mm dd yy format or by clicking the calendar icon and selecting a date the calendar icon does not apply to rolling horizon data purges If you are creating a rolling horizon purge request enter the number of periods in the Dates Periods field Click Add Request The request appears in the Current Requests pane below To create Event Promotions or Collaboration Item Comments purge requests select the appropriate radio button and complete steps 3 6 and 8 above Note For Event Promotion Purges a purge request created for a company also purge events created by non local partners for that company To create an Exceptions purge request complete all the steps above except for
509. quatuck Boston Pack 10 01 03 12 12 03 Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Planters Mixed fiovoisos r2r12703 E Pisquatuck Boston Nuts 10 01 03 12 12 03 Nabisco at Speedy Rx at Planters fiovoiyos fazvazyos sty This Promotion Item already exists in a Promotion Vv Pisquatuck Boston Cashews 10 01 03 12 12 03 li for this date range Once you are satisfied with the contents of the list select Create After Item creation you can check the Monitor Jobs screen to verify that the job has been completed Note On the Events Promotions List screen the newly created Promotion is only visible if the context chooser s product is at folder level or if Items exist for the Promotion that match the selected product Because Items are attached to a specific context and Promotions exist independent of context you may need to select a folder level product in order to see the newly created Promotions Deleting Promotion Items To delete Promotion Items select Events Promotion Items from the menu Click the Delete check boxes in the list of Items that you would like to remove and click the Process Selected Items button Events 10 37 Documents Addition and Deletion of promotion items The partners are not allowed to perform add edit and delete operations on the promotion items while the promotion is in certain statuses like Active Complete Planned etc This is shown in the screen below Figure 10 35 Add Delete Promotion Item
510. r 3 Click Examine The Examine User screen appears 4 Inthe New Password field enter the new password 5 Reenter the password in the Confirm Password field 6 Click Update User 7 Click Done To change your own password 1 Select Preferences Password from the VCC menu The Change Password screen appears 2 Enter your password in the Password field Figure 14 23 Change Password Screen Change Password Password New Password Confirm Password Save 3 Enter your new password in the New Password field Confirm it by reentering it in the Confirm Password field 4 Click Save 14 24 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Roles amp Users Search Copying a User User Andy Platt Role reviewer Copying a user allows you to create a new user with all the hierarchy access rights and data stream access rights of the user being copied To create a new user by copying an existing user 1 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC menu 2 Select a user and right click the highlighted user Figure 14 24 Copy an Existing User Company Food Markets Ee all 0 limited_admin EHS reviewer H O planner HE Andy Platt f Ann Joh HE Becca F HE Ben Dris Cut Examine User Access Control Copy User HE Bob May Carie Green Hi Carrie Hall HE Chris Greenfelder HS Christine Park Corey Flasco HE Dale Leibert Copy User Role
511. r telescoping periods A fixed period overlay totals the figures in a data stream based on how the overlay was defined by the Oracle Retail VCC system administrator For example you may have a monthly overlay or quarterly overlay defined for your Oracle Retail VCC A bi weekly overlay would allow you to view figures by two week totals a quarterly overlay would allow you to view figures accumulated on a quarterly basis A rolling period overlay totals the figures in a data stream across time periods specified relative to the current date or current time period For instance if you created a four week rolling period overlay it displays figures that are the sum of the current week and three weeks into the future After the current week ends the rolling period advances and the new current week automatically becomes the first week of the overlay The period overlay in this example always displays figures that are in the current week and three weeks in the future Telescoping period overlays are similar to rolling period overlays except the time buckets are aligned relative to the current date or your period hierarchy For example if your period hierarchy contains days fiscal weeks and fiscal months you can specify an overlay to display the next seven days then three weeks and then six months The number of periods of each size is rounded up to break according to your period hierarchy Period overlays created through Company General Config
512. r Display Mode settings 2 Click the Save this display mode icon and the following screen appears Figure 2 25 Save a Display Mode SubType Context Display Mode e amp SE Expand None v Group all v UOM Stat Units Type View by Period Weeks v Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr EM Y Mode Default Name Save v Group View by Period Comparison UOM Expand Type SubType Default View All Weeks Local Curr Partner Curr Stat Units None Table 3 Enter a name for your display mode in the Name text box 4 Click Save Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 19 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Once a display mode has been saved you can select it from the Mode drop down list The screen automatically refreshes with the display mode settings you have chosen To view the details of or delete your saved display modes 1 Click the View saved display modes icon and a list of your saved display modes shown below appears showing the display modes Name Group View by Period Comparison UOM Expand Type SubType a Default View Figure 2 26 View Saved Display Modes Context Display Mode r 45 EDS Expand None Y Group All UOM EA vj Type View by Period Weeks SubType Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr E a Se Mode Default v je Name Group View by Period Comparison UOM Expand Ty
513. r Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Monitor Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt ES Pilot Events i 1 je RA reia Search Product Name OGIN OLIN Folder a Uy WW i Promotions Select Bookmark Promotion Items Documents Demand Supply Back Links Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Process Totals oH Sales Impact Qty Event ID Begin Date Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion ID Event Category End Date Sales Impact Preferences Help Logout a Promotion Category category the Promotion has been assigned to Partner Company partner company who is collaborating on the Promotion a Status drop down displays the status of the Promotion Includes Proposed and Cancelled options Condition OK displays when Promotion condition is okay a Status History Displays a list status modifications that were made to the Promotion and their dates a Planned By name of user who planned the Promotion a Entire Promotion yes or no value displayed in this column indicating that the Sales Impact Qty is to be distributed among Items for the entire Promotion period Available when Sales Impact Type Absolute Increase Absolute Decrease or Set Value To When selecting to disaggregate type and quantity among the entire Promotion the following rules apply The new equally distri
514. r Tasks Descriptions 27 Send Reports 28 Update Promotions 29 Process Events Totals For each report where the Report s Destination E mail Sends report in defined formats to respective email address supplied For each report where Destination Extract Extracts data to Syncra Integrator Exports Retrieval Scheduler machine Or to directory path configured in the Report UI Performs system updates to Promotion Status Updates Condition based on Milestone Due Dates Process the computation of Totals for Events and Promotions Adding a Task Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Superadmin You can create a new task for any valid Windows or Unix command The Task command is listed and remains available until deleted Note Do not use double quotes in task fields It can cause the Scheduler s List screen Export Data icon to extract a file with incorrectly formatted fields for this Task To add a task Click Scheduler from the VCC menu 1 Click the Tasks tab The Tasks screen appears Note that there are two types of scheduler task that appear only to superuser and serveradmin roles These are Purge Jobs Monitor and Purge User Activity as seen below Managing the Scheduler 24 9 Editing a Task Figure 24 4 Tasks Screen Scheduler is running localhost Pause Events Tasks Add Task x Name Complete Criteria Creation Extract S
515. r each Average Lead Time and Lead Time Standard Deviation are also required parameters where the default values are 1 and 0 respectively Enter the Repeat Frequency or how often you wish the job to run The default is for it to occur only once If the Recurrence is set to repeat supply the specifics for how often and when it runs Table 12 1 Safety Stock Calculation Parameters Type Method Basis Parameters Single Value Single Value Normal Act Cons History Range Forecast Cons Forecast Range Forecast Error History Range Error Estimator Poisson Act Cons History Range Forecast Cons Forecast Range Per Fwd Forecast Cons Forecast Range Periods Supply Per Back Act Cons History Range Periods Supply Time Series Normal Forecast Cons Forecast Range Rolling Horizon Poisson Forecast Cons Forecast Range Rolling Horizon Per Fwd Forecast Cons Forecast Range Periods Supply Per Fwd Actual Cons History Range Per Fwd Forecast Error History Range Error Estimator Descriptions of the parameters are as follows Supply 12 13 Using the Safety Stock Feature Table 12 2 Description of the Safety Stock Calculation Parameters Parameter History Range Forecast Range Error Estimator Periods Supply Rolling Horizon Description Range of historical data values Range of future forecast data Method of estimating the forecast error Target inventory in terms of number of periods Number of periods to
516. r location using any of the following criteria Name or partial name Location ID Search products using any of the following criteria a Product name or partial product name a Global Item Number GIN or Local Item Number LIN With partial name searches you use the wildcard character for example Table 2 3 Wildcard Search Options If You Enter Search Result Any alphanumeric character and Everything starting with the letter N eg NE and any alphanumeric Everything ending with the letter w character e g w any alphanumeric character Everything that contains the letter d and e g d The wildcard search feature applies to all criteria Note If your locale is set to a language that does not use ASCII characters you can search using those characters 4 After selecting your search criteria click the search icon The search returns a sorted list of all leaves that match your search criteria in the Display pane Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 15 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 19 Search Result Screen 04 06 FLOUR 04 06 10 Flour 5 Highlight the item you want in the sorted list and close the list in the Display pane Click the Set icon to set the context The selected item is set for the context Note If the search returns only one item it automatically is chosen for the context Comparing Products The D
517. r of base periods in each overlay item Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values are treated as zeros Weighted Average Forecast Error This Metric calculates forecast error for single periods either on an absolute or percentage basis Available only at folder level it creates aggregated error or accuracy for all collaboration items under that folder Example Category X contains two products A and B Product A had a forecast of 12 and actual sales of 10 Product B had a forecast of 19 and actual sales of 20 Average forecast error at Category X using actual as the weighting factor is Product A abs 12 10 10 20 10 200 Product B abs 19 20 20 5 20 100 Category X 200 100 10 20 300 30 10 Metrics 8 19 Access Control Table 8 21 Weighted Average Forecast Error Item Details Error Formula R TF F 4l W X y 1 where R result Fx Forecast for product x Ax Actual for product x Wx Weighting Factor for product x Error Formula n R 100 gt pees ere where R result Fx Forecast for product x Ax Actual for product x Dx Either Forecast or Actual can be selected for the denominator Wx Weighting Factor for product x Accuracy Formula Result 100 Error Input Streams Any two streams Result Stream Any measure stream Additional Item Generational offset of generations back to take the forecast value Text entry restricted to intege
518. racle Retail VCC menu 3 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Mass Entry of Data 2 Select Local and Partner in the Context tab 3 Select the folders or products to enter data for from the Product tree Figure 3 5 Mass Entry of Data Product Tree Context Local Partner Product Start Date Product Name Ocin OLN Mrolder A DS Select Local Select Partner Selected Products 08 23 08 End Date 93 30 08 Type price lt SubType price Base Y Test Co All Products Hq NGSC Pilot Department 04 04 04 BAKING MIX 3 04 04 10 Cake Mix H E 04 04 40 Brownie Coffee Cake Mix 0 04 04 80 Quickbreads 3 04 04 90 Roll Muffir Mix Category 04 04 04 04 Goals HS 04 06 FLOUR 3 04 06 10 Flour S Category 04 06 04 06 Goals 0 04 07 FROSTING aa 04 09 OIL amp SHORTENING 4 Choose the Start Date and End Date between which you can enter data for these selected products 5 Select data stream Type and SubType optional 6 Click Set The Mass Entry table view appears Data 3 5 Viewing Data Figure 3 6 Mass Entry Table View Context Local Nabisco at Denver Partner vil Product Selected Products Start Date 09 01 03 End Date 09 15 03 Type DC Receipts Iz subtype DC Receipts a Product
519. ract Stream Types E mail u00 webadmin product 10 1 3 Oracleas_1 2ee vccoas2 server jrealtimeex comma O Tab O Other O EA v Visible Hidden Creator Company Id Creator Company Type a Creator Location Id Creator Company Alternate Id Partner Company Id Creator Company Alternate Id Type Partner Location Id Creator Location Id Type Global Itern Number Creator Location Alternate Id Stream Type Code Creator Location Alternate Id Type 4 Period Begin Partner Company Id Type y Period End 4 gt Partner Company Alternate Id Stream Item Type Code Partner Company Alternate Id Type Quantity Partner Location Id Type Creation Date Partner Location Alternate Id Reason Code Partner Location Alternate Id Type Comment Global Item Number Type uom Local Item Number User Name Local Item Number Type Mi 3 Entera File Path if different from the default 4 Select a File Delimiter Options are comma tab or other user specified 5 If you wish to set data precision select the Set Precision check box This enables the Decimal Places text box where you can enter the number of decimal places that is to be displayed 6 Select a UOM from the drop down 7 Hide or show columns by moving items into the Visible and Hidden select boxes 8 Click Save Be advised that saving Data Streams in the above scenario results in file extraction of the following Leaf Stream Data
520. rading partners Create your collaborations This allows you to specify individual collaborations between your company locations and those of your trading partners and includes the products contained in each collaboration Oracle Retail VCC allows you to enter them manually using the Oracle Retail VCC Administrator or bulk load your collaborations using the Oracle Retail VCC Integrator s Collaboration Parser For details see Creating Collaborations Between Trading Partners with the Company Collaborations Screen For details on bulk loading collaborations see the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide 13 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Where To Begin 11 Create aggregates if applicable For details see Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab 12 Schedule your tasks to execute using the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler superadmin only Introduction to VCC Administration 13 7 Where To Begin 13 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 14 Server Level Configuration and Management This chapter contains the following topics About Server Level Configuration Managing Company Creation Creating a Company with Company Create About Oracle Retail VCC Program Modules Configuration Modules Tab About Data Stream Types and Data Streams About Accumulation Rules Configuration Stream Types Tab Managing Links Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level wi
521. ration 1 Configuration Language Email body Character Set 2 Configuration Language Email attachment Character Set 1 Configuration Language Email body Character Set 2 Configuration Language Email attachment Character Set 1 Configuration Language Email body Character Set 2 Configuration Language Email attachment Character Set Configuration Language File Character Set Configuration Language File Character Set Configuration Language File Character Set Integrator Loader Configuration Not configurable UTF 8 encoding is used Language Encoding for Files Generated H 1 H 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Data Stream Type Codes This appendix lists the data stream type codes Data Stream Types The following is a list of data stream type codes Table l 1 Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 0 Price 2 Actual Sales 3 Store On hand 4 Store DC On hand 5 Store Receipts 6 Store Shipments 7 Store Returns 8 Store Waste 9 Shrink Units 10 POS Retail Sales 11 POS Retail Sales i 12 POS Retail Sales 13 POS Retail Sales Y 14 Lost Sales 15 Open to Buy 16 Store Open Orders 17 Sales Forecast 18 POS Forecast 19 POS Forecast i 20 POS Forecast 21 POS Forecast 22 Store Receipt Fest 23 Store Rainchecks 24 Locations Stocked Da
522. re aggregating To create the aggregate you must select the context for the aggregate The combination of selections on these hierarchies creates the aggregate context When you create an aggregate you can create the aggregate based on the sum of all the leaf nodes in the category This is called sum for each and every leaf node in the selected category This is called any for both sum and any Managing Company Aggregates 19 1 Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab By default the aggregate is created for the sum of all entries in the category if you selected a category Clicking on a category changes the category to a specific color You can change the color of a selection to purple green or yellow by successively clicking on it The meaning of each color is as follows Purple aggregate on folder a Green select individual locations a Yellow both Sum Any Both does not apply to time periods Use the period overlay feature in the data streams view to view data summed across time periods Creating a Data Aggregate with the Company Aggregates Create Tab Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin Before you create an aggregate you should be aware of the following a An aggregate must contain at least one category in the context Every element in the context cannot be at the leaf level You can create aggregates only for the products on whi
523. re used as input to calculate the output streams Safety Stock Projected Inventory Receipt Forecast and Shipment Forecast 8 In the Safety Stock drop down list select the stream subtype and creator that you are using as your Safety Stock forecast or select none 9 Inthe Projected Inventory drop down list select the stream and subtype that you are using as your Projected Inventory forecast 10 In the Receipt Forecast drop down list select the stream and subtype that you are using as your Receipt forecast 11 In the Shipment Forecast drop down list select the stream or streams and subtype you are using as your Shipment forecast These streams are used as output from calculations performed on the input streams Consumption Forecast Consumption Actual Inventory and Expected Arrivals The Safety Stock stream is an output stream for the Safety Stock calculation but an input stream for the Supply Policy calculation 12 Click Save Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Setting and Viewing the Shipping Receiving Calendar for Supply Access To This Feature Superadmin Admin Manager The shipping receiving calendar for Supply allows you to block out dates for which you are not available to ship or receive If you are a seller you ship goods if you are a buyer you receive goods You can view your partner s shipping receiving calendar and view blocked dates and if you are using a daily database th
524. ream 05 30 43 Supplier Processed 95 39 24 Supplier Buyer oa ut g e Weekly pan FREU Supplier Processed eae Supplier Buyer ali 2 Financial Data oe prat m Data A 07 28 08 Department O C forecast_111 EESAN Supplier Active 01 33 28 Supplier Buyer 04 Delete deletes the report when checked and Apply Changes is clicked Click the Delete icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be deleted Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be deleted Edit View displays an editable view of the report when the colored dot below the Edit icon is clicked 7 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings Override Execute Time overrides the execution time for the report when checked and Process Selected Items is clicked Click the Override icon to select deselect all items on the current page to be overridden Click the individual check box to select deselect that item to be overridden Reports are executed based on the frequency specified for each report By selecting Override Execute Time the report is executed the next time the Scheduler task for processing report runs regardless of the frequency of the report Name the name of the report Created By the user who created the report Status the status of whether the report has been processed Need To Deliver Delivered Active or Processed Last Updated the date that
525. ream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Last Transaction Fixed Rolling Start End Type Subtype Creator UOM none z1 wa wa Base Units None x N A y N A al Base Units a None x N A y N A Base Units None d wa za 2 Base Units none 1 wa wa Base Units none 1 wa na 7 Base Units none 3 wa WA E Base Units None x N A y N A y Base Units z Select a Filter if you want to structure your report file based on Creation Date Revision Status Reason Codes Comments or Source For more information on Filters see Common Report Settings Select up to ten Stream Type s and Subtype s from the drop down lists Select whether the stream types are local or partner from the Creator drop down lists Choose the UOM from the drop down for each stream type you select If any of the products do not have a Custom UOM defined the Product is selected at Folder Level Leaves Only Custom UOM is selected for a stream and report output displays Quantity as NULL then either Custom UOM is not defined for that Product OR Data stream base units value is NULL for that product Click Save and the created report appears in the Reports List screen The Last Transaction report tries to identify those products that should be purged based on sales activity Note that the report output displays data for each leaf level context if t
526. reams assigned to you Figure 2 8 Stream Info screen VCC Microsoft Internet Explorer Stream Info Displaying 1 20 of 62 oH Stream Name Stream Type Accumulation Rule Revision History Edit by Edit When Substreams Decimal Places Apply UC em 103 Balance No Seller Never 1 2 Yes Buyer Measure No amp Past No Seller o Average Days Past Due Buyer Measure amp Seller Average Payment Days Average Price EE Buyer Case Fill Rate Buyer E Measure Seller Figure 2 9 Stream Info Detail screen VCC Microsoft Internet Explorer Stream Info Name Average Days Past Due Description Average Number of Days that Payment Lagged Expected Payment Date Sub Types Past Due Days Past Due Day No Average Number of Days that Payment Lagged Expected Payment Date Stream Name the name of the stream Stream Type the stream type code Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 7 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Accumulation Rule a fixed attribute of the data stream that indicates how it behaves when aggregated There are three accumulation rules that can apply to a data stream movement balance and measure Movement accumulates across all dimensions product partner local and period balance accumulates across three dimensions product partner and local measure does not accumulate at all Revision History if the stream has a revision history Y Yes if not N
527. reases if you remove Items If the number displayed for a Promotion is 0 this indicates that there are no existing Items at present You can click the 0 link to add Items 10 34 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Items You cannot add Items from the Event level screens Items are created for and associated with a Promotion not Events To view edit create items you must always access them through either the Promotion or the main menu Note After a Promotion Item has been created if any of its included context items Local Partner Product are subsequently removed from their Master Data hierarchies and into the Recycle Bin the Item is removed from the list of Event Promotion Items However the Promotion Item number link is not adjusted to reflect the reduced count until after the next Master Data Purge To add view or edit Items through the Promotion screens 1 Select a context 2 Drill down to examine the Promotion for which you would like to create Items The Examine Promotion screen appears From the Examine Promotion screen click the Number of Promotions link in the chooser area Figure 10 31 Events Overview Screen Examine Promotion Section Event ID SYNCRA_164 Created By On 08 11 08 19 00 00 Event Name WK41 Planned By On Botlments Last Changed By On 08 11 08 19 00 00 Number Of Items o Proposed By On 2 PS Somparry i Last To
528. red usage on the appropriate Create Edit screen Dropdown List UDFs 1 Each UDF contains an editable textbox to enter a label If this field is blank the default name is displayed Ex Promotion User Defined 21 Each UDF contains a dropdown list with twenty configurable values 2 Each UDF contains a Show checkbox to configure display on the appropriate Create Edit screen 3 Each UDF contains a Show checkbox to configure display on the appropriate Create Edit screen 17 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Labels in the Events Module 4 Each UDF contains a Mandatory checkbox to configure required usage on the appropriate Create Edit screen The figure below shows the 30 User defined fields in the Promotions Module Figure 17 5 Promotion UDFs Promotion User Defined 1 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 2 Promotion User Def null O Promotion User Defined 3 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 44 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 45 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 6 Promotion User Def null O Promotion User Defined 7 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 8 Promotion User Def null MO Promotion User Defined 9 Promotion User Def Yes x O Promotion User Defined 10 Promotion User Def Yes MO Promotion User Defined 11 Promotion User Def null MoO Promotion User Defined 12 Promot
529. ree such as the folder Drug Stores and the leaf name Wall Drugs at Jacksonville The asterisk tells Oracle Retail VCC that any letters before or after the word Drug are acceptable If you did a search for Drug your results might turn up Drug Store but would not show Wall Drug To find Wall Drug you would have to search using Drug or Drug Since Wall precedes Drug the asterisk is Exceptions 5 23 Exception Inbox Filter and Search Features placed at the beginning of the word Searching on the word Drug would turn up both Wall Drug and Drug Store because the asterisk is both at the beginning and end of the word meaning that all results with the word Drug in them would be displayed Examples of viable searches are Drug Drug Drug Dru rug rug The asterisk or wildcard search is available only for the following criteria Product Local Name Partner name Type 1 Type 2 and Criteria Name Using either Search or Filter you can locate exceptions based on any of all of the following criteria Period Before After or Between a Selected Period Note The Period Configuration selected in Preferences Layout Lists determines which dates are displayed in the Period column Options include Beginning and end of period End of period or Beginning of period Period Configuration option not available for daily time buckets Product product name a Local name Partner
530. regate Levels ul Dataload Aggregate On Aggregate On Sccumulcton DisAggrenetion Conext Period Context Period Rule Factors Wk gt Day Other Day Wk Day Other Day Proportion movement Stored prore prore MMMM prone prone MMM Beorn Dynamic proportional sraghtino staightine straigttiine Not Allowed Balance Stored profile begivend EEE protie x hz Dynamic prapartionat begivend MOM A Note Although only one of them needs to be at aggregate level choosing to have both at aggregate level is also a possibility Figure 20 3 Context Aggregate level Period Leaf level ul Dataload straightine Straigritine Accumuletion DisAggregation Context TG cote proporti i Proportional Rule Factors EA EA PA Wendua BeoinEnd Movement Stored profile A EE prorise SS A i frit alowed Dynamic proportions ME TY strcignine Si IA Balance Stored A LR TE Dynamic proportiona A O straigttine DT A Note If Context is at aggregate level and Period is at leaf level you should read the table above as if the Period columns did not exist 20 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide About Disaggregation Profiles Figure 20 4 Period Aggregate level Context Leaf level key ul Dataload Aggregate On Aggregate On stralghtline StraightLine Accumulation DisAggregation Period Period pro jal Proportional Rule Factors Wk Day Other Day Wk Day Oth
531. regates see Creating Aggregates a disaggregation profile see Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation Once those exist you can edit the aggregate as you would any other stream see Editing a Data Stream When you save your changes the value of the aggregates are saved and the values of each leaf level item are updated Values for related aggregates are updated when either of the tasks Process Leaves and Update Aggregates of Process Aggregates are run through the Scheduler Using Proportional Disaggregation Proportional disaggregation allows you to create data at a folder level that are proportionally disaggregate to a leaf level without having to create disaggregation profiles This feature determines the proportional value of each leaf to the current aggregate and allocates the new value using the same proportions For example if the original aggregate value is 60 and there are three leaf level items in the aggregate Leaf 1 10 Leaf 2 20 and Leaf 3 30 the proportional value of each leaf is Leaf 1 16 Leaf 2 33 and Leaf 3 50 When you adjust the aggregate value to say 70 the leaf values increase proportionally to the current value i e Leaf 1 11 3 Leaf 2 23 2 and Leaf 3 35 If there is no data in the selected aggregate and you change the aggregate value to say 60 that aggregate value is distributed evenly across all collaboration items in the aggregate So if you are aggregating on a pr
532. request is executed A completed safety stock calculation job creates an entry in the existing monitor with details about what the job contained and the completion status To configure the safety stock calculation 1 Be sure you have created a Stream Set For details see Managing Supply Module Stream Set for a Company 2 Set your context 3 Click Supply Safety Stock Calc Create and the following screen appears Figure 12 9 Supply Safety Stock Calc Create Screen Context Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt E Pilot Select Bookmark L Search Product Y Name OGIN OLIN Folder a W KAY x List Create Aggregate On Type Method Basis History Range Repeat frequency Dates Recurrence Time Save Cancel O Product Single Value Time Series Normal Nj E Actual Consumption Y Number of periods if Start Date 08 14 08 End Date mm dd yy mm dd yy Once Y O Start Any Time O Start At HH mm 4 If your context has folder level items set the Aggregate On check box for Local Partner or Product If None is displayed it is because your context has no folder level items and Oracle Retail VCC groups into a batch all policies at and below the context Aggregating on a context dimension groups into a bat
533. ression 5 x x y In y K y 7 Single Exponential Smoothing 8 Double Exponential Smoothing 9 Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing 2 Forecast with optimal filter i and optimal method j using entire time series y re optimize method specific forecasting parameters E 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide F VCC Locks and Jobs This appendix contains the following topics a About Locks and Jobs User Generated Jobs User Save Action Locks a Scheduler Jobs Loader Jobs a Extractor Jobs About Locks and Jobs Job Types Lock Types Jobs and Locks are divided into category Types that are integral to understanding the tables that follow Each job does one or more of the following 1 Reads hierarchy takes a snapshot of current hierarchy before continuing processing Reads data stream reads information included as of the time processing begins Updates data stream configures the number of retries Updates hierarchy updates the hierarchy Extracts data extracts data from VCC database 2 amargo N Other may read or write to other tables Each job can activate one or more of the 3 types of lock Company Self Lock CSL User and Scheduler jobs This blocks the same job for the same company Example While Scheduler event processing CompanyA Recalc Metrics is active another attempt to run the same task for the same company is blocked VCC Lo
534. ria that triggered the selected exception The Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen appears as a read only display a Viewing status history Viewing a Group Exception s Status History Changing exception status Changing the Status of Data Stream Exceptions Manually Viewing editing an exception comment Creating and Viewing Exception Comments 6 Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Viewing a Group Exception s Criteria Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer To view an exception s criteria Exceptions 5 19 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data 1 2 Select your context Select Exceptions Inbox Group The exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane Figure 5 21 Exceptions Inbox Group Screen Partner Local Nabisco at Pisquatuck Product Planters Mixed Nuts eroava I kame Cen On rR WO RR MT sour ee Context Only Period Only NY Criteria Q Name Groupi Groupi Groupi Groupi 0 0 0 0 0 Groupi Displaying 1 5 of 5 Period Product Local Partner View Created Status Status Criteria History 04 12 02 Planters Mixed Nabisco at Speedy Rx at o 10 15 02 ave E o Q Nuts Pisquatuck Boston 19 00 31 EE A A a o rl ee Se r eo a a For expanded collapsed view click the colored dot under View Criteria for the exception criteria tha
535. rice Profile oO iaa Aggregate Level Data Stream Leaf Level Data Stream Promotional Event Price Profile me e ee e Aggregate Level Data Stream Exceptions Modul o O Exception Action Processing Metrics Module O Metrics Calculation Demand Module Demand Calculation Lift Factor Calculation E EE Migrated from Syncra Demand 2 When the Highlight Source screen appears check the box next to the stream source that you want to highlight 3 Click Save Now when a stream is created or changed by a source you chose to highlight the data appears in the color code for that source Creating and Editing Groups There are two kinds of data stream groups company and user defined Company defined data stream groups are created by an admin user superuser server admin superadmin or admin in the Configuration Groups screen for a selected company The company defined groups can be viewed but not modified by company 9 14 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout users User defined data stream groups are created and modified by the individual user A user defined group can only be viewed by the user who created it Groups allow you to combine data stream subtypes that appears when you select a context As a user you may have access to all streams that have been assigned to your company by the superuser or server admin Some of these streams may not impact your particular duties and th
536. riod Overlays Roll Criteria defined using fixed Period Overlays with Rolling Dates Managing the Scheduler 24 7 Working with Tasks Table 24 1 Cont Scheduler Task Descriptions Scheduler Tasks Descriptions 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Run And Send Reports Run Demand amp Lift Factor Batch Requests Run Demand Batch Requests Run Lift Factor Batch Requests Run Reports Run Safety Stock Batch Requests Run Supply amp Safety Stock Batch Requests Run Supply Batch Requests Send Promotion Alerts Processes flagged reports in each format type defined as created in the Reports UI See Run Reports description on this page For each report where Destination Email Sends report in defined formats to respective email address supplied For each report where Destination FTP Sends report to the IPAddress name with Username Password While processing reports if java lang OutOfMemoryError occurs the java runtime params parameter in the ServerCommon properties file should be modified to increase the JVM size This file is found in Syncra_Home lib directory on the server machine Creates a Demand forecast for each Demand Request created since last time this task event was executed Calculates Lift Factors for each Lift Factor request created since last time this task event was executed Creates a Demand forecast for each Demand Request creat
537. rocess Extract Requests with no pending requests When pending requests are in Extract Module also see job entry for Process Extract Requests Extract Collaboration Items Extract Collaboration Products Extract Demand Policy Extract Disagg Factors Extract Disagg Profile Extract Events Extract Exception Criteria Extract Exceptions Extract Master Data Extract Metrics Extract Price Profile Extract Supply Policy Process Leaf Actions Process Leaf Exceptions Purge Jobs Monitor When there are more jobs listed than the Number n to be retained n defaults to 50k in the UI and can be modified Recalculate Aggregates Recalcualte Disaggregation Factors Recalculate Metrics Report Usage If recipient e mail address is supplied and Send check box is checked in Config Billing and sender e mail address is supplied in VCC Configuration Server Messaging also see Send Usage Report Roll Exception Criteria Run and Send Reports Run Batch Demand amp Lift Factor Requests Run Batch Demand Requests Run Batch Lift Factor Requests Run Reports VCC Locks and Jobs F 5 Loader Jobs Loader Jobs Run Safety Stock 1 2 3 CSL DSL Run Safety Stock Requests Batch Requests Run Supply amp Safety 1 2 3 CSL DSL Run Batch Supply Requests Stock Batch Requests Run Supply Batch 1 2 3 CSL DSL Run Supply Batch Requests Requests Send Exception 6 None See Job ID 1109 Alerts Send Promotion 6 None Send Promotion Alerts Ale
538. role and the manager role can see only their own company For example in the Master Data screen below if you click the arrow in the title bar the Company Chooser screen appears Figure 13 3 Master Data Screen II lt Screen Title Buyer Local Company Start typing company name Last 10 Chosen Buyer Company a Buyer Local Comp Stratforth Shovel Nabisco Non Local Buyer s Compan y Non_Local Seller Seller Company Chooser Quick Stop Wall Drugs Seller Company Ruwer Camnanu gt Set f Products MEE MEN E EFE E Start Editing EHS All Products i Prod Test Gi Prod Test10 A Prod Test11 Gi Prod Test12 HHA Prod Test13 H A Prod Test14 f Prod Test2 La Prod Test3 A Prod Test4 0 Prod Test5 Note To print all the data in the printer friendly view you may have to change the browser page setup to landscape by selecting landscape from the browser s File Page Setup menu Starting and Stopping Oracle Retail VCC To start Oracle Retail VCC 1 Select VCC VCC Server Start from the VCC program group 2 Enter the following URL in your browser http nostname Syncra_instance_name jsp login jsp The following login screen appears 13 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Where To Begin Figure 13 4 Login Screen ORACLE RETAIL Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Version 13 0 Login Copyright 2004 2008 Oracle alll rights reserved 3
539. rom the Type Subtype and Creator drop downs to configure the new stream set If an exclamation point appears next to any given option this indicates that the selection is invalid for your configuration You can select a different option in the drop down to correct the problem To enable a Total row for each stream type when viewing stream data click the Enable Totals check box Click Save The Company Module Config Events Stream Set Configuration screen appears The new stream set appears in the select box It can now be edited or deleted by first selecting the stream set and then the appropriate button Configuring Labels in the Events Module Oracle Retail VCC allows you to tailor custom fields and labels that appears on the Events module screens if you opt to display them The possible configurations for these fields include designating a custom label that displays in conjunction with the text entry box on the screen showing the field you have configured or hiding it from the user altogether adding a default value the field contains To configure labels and fields 1 2 3 4 Select Company Module Config from the VCC menu Pick a company from the Company Chooser if necessary Click the Events tab Select the Labels subtab under Events The Events Labels screen appears 17 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Configuring Labels in the Events Module Figure 17 3 Events Labels Screen
540. rom the VCC menu Click the Partners tab Click the Start Editing button The Stop Editing button appears Highlight All Partners or the appropriate partner folder into which you want to add the new trading partner name and right click it Select Add Partner from the pop up menu The Add Partner screen appears with a list of available partners in the drop down The drop down is organized alphabetically and the first partner appearing in the list determines whether the view is Local or Non Local a Adding a Local partner when you select a local partner from the drop down the following tree appears Figure 16 8 Add Partner Tree Add Partner Company All Locations ES em Create Cancel 16 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Working With Tree Hierarchies Note that if there are no local partners listed it is because your local partners have not yet added locations to their own Master Data Adding a Non Local partner when you select a non local partner to add the following fields are included in the creation process Figure 16 9 Add Non local Partner Tree Add Partner Company Non_Local Seller All al Name Location ID Type GLN X eae Adding a Product 1 2 3 4 5 Inthe Name field enter the company name a Inthe Location ID field enter the trading partner location ID The ID can be a DUNS plus 4 numbers in the format nn nnn nnnn nnnn or any 1 40
541. ross time dimensions View data across context dimensions by establishing aggregate streams see Managing Company Aggregates for combinations of context leaf and folder levels When a Balance stream is viewed in a period overlay the value displayed is the value listed in either the first or the last period contained in the range of the periods specified in the period overlay For each company its administrator specifies whether to use the first or the last period See Creating and Editing Period Overlays A sum exception criteria on Periods cannot be created for a Balance stream A Measure stream can neither accumulate data across context dimensions product partner and local nor across time dimensions period overlays Unlike the aggregates formed for Movement and Balance streams Measure stream aggregates are not computed by summing the individual items included in the selected aggregate level folder Measure stream aggregates are editable according to the current Stream Type configuration attributes for Edit By and Edit When Values can be entered manually or can be data loaded using the Integrator Measure streams aggregates cannot be disaggregated Similar to the aggregates stored for Movement and Balance streams both current and previous values are stored at the aggregate level for Measure streams When a Measure stream is viewed in a period overlay no values are displayed A Sum exception criteria on Periods
542. rs gt 0 default 0 i e current stream Weighting Basis Pick either Actual or Forecast Available at leaf Yes when Period Overlay is used Available at sum Yes Available at overlay Yes When using period overlay computation is for each base period within the period overlay item and not aSUM on periods Treat Null as Zero Option If checked null values are treated as zeros Access Control Access control to the METRIC functions is as follows 8 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Access Control Table 8 22 Access control to the METRIC functions i o fe 5 3 z o g c c o 9 Q Q E amp 5 5 5 N E m Metrics List Create gt Delete gt Process on Demand gt Override Execute Time gt Details gt Copy super user Plan ner Reviewer lt lt S lt S lt S lt S Super Admin S IS IS S admin lt lt lt lt S Manager lt lt lt s Super visor Y P r p a J Edit Edit Edit Edit View View Y Y Y Y Y METRIC definitions are visible and editable to all users of a local company with the appropriate role and hierarchy permissions Metric streams are access controlled the same as any other data stream would be Metrics 8 21 Access Control 8 22 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 9 Preferences This chapter contains the following sections Introduction General Preferences
543. rts Send Reports 6 None Send Reports Send Usage Report 6 None See Job ID 1136 Update Promotion 6 None Update Promotions Job Screen Display Job Lock Type Job Lock Trigger Click Run button on Type Integrator Loader after selecting control file for Int Load Aggregate 1 2 Create Aggregate Definitions Definitions Aggregates Lock Int Load Aggregate 3 ISL DSL Aggregate Stream Data Stream Int Load 6 ISL Collaboration Item Collaboration Item Int Load Demand 1 ISL Demand Policy Policy Int Load Demand 1 ISL Demand Stream Set Stream Set Int Load Disagg 1 Create Disagg Profile Profile Aggregates lock Int Load Events 3 ISL Events Int Load Event 6 None Event Stream Set Stream Set Int Load Exception 6 ISL Exception Criteria Criteria Int Load Exceptions 6 ISL Exception Int Load Leaf 3 ISL DSL Leaf Stream Data Stream Int Load Master 6 ISL The desired Master Data files Location Data Partners Products Periods User s Int Load Metrics 1 2 3 ISL Metrics Int Load Multiple 6 ISL When multiple control files for different loaders are included in the run Int Load Price 1 3 ISL DSL Price Profile Stream Data Profile F 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Extractor Jobs Int Load Supply 6 ISL Supply Blocked Dates Blocked Dates Int Load Supply 6 ISL Supply Policy Policy Int Load Supply 6 None Supply Stream Set Stream Set Int Load UOMs 6 None UOM Int Local Custom 6 None C
544. rver Level Configuration and Management 14 3 About Oracle Retail VCC Program Modules 11 12 Click Create The company name now appears in the Companies list within the Company Chooser screen and you can configure its master data and other company related information To access the newly created company from the Company Chooser click Company Master Data from the VCC menu and then click the triangle icon in the upper right corner of the screen The Company Chooser opens Double click it to set it as the company on which you are working You can also a Click a company name the name is displayed in the text field click Set Begin typing a name in the company name field it is highlighted in the Companies list click Set Once you create a company company administrators can configure company specific parameters About Oracle Retail VCC Program Modules Oracle Retail VCC can implement up to nine modules depending on your company s license The modules include Configuration Reports allows you to generate various types of reports to show the nature of the collaboration between you and your trading partners Data Time series supply chain data The data can represent various metrics such as forecast actual inventory goods in transit etc In addition the data can be provided on a daily weekly or monthly basis Oracle Retail VCC provides over 100 predefined data streams that you can name and customize accordin
545. rveradmin and superadmin have access to the scheduler A superuser or Server Admin has the option to create an Event for either one company or all companies A superadmin created Event affects only superadmin companies You have the option to create edit new Tasks commands that the Scheduler retains for ongoing usage until deleted Additionally to facilitate basic processing needs the Scheduler also includes a number of selectable preloaded Task commands These preloaded tasks work in a Windows or Unix environment Tasks commands initiate the execution of defined Processes You have the option to specify an Event to execute a Task at one particular time or at designated time intervals The Scheduler log provides a view of the processed Events This log shows the times the Processes were executed and if any problems occurred in scheduling or processing the Event The Scheduler log is stored in the bin directory of your application server installation Some of the tasks require more system processing time to process than others These tasks acquire system locks to prevent other processes from interfering until the task Managing the Scheduler 24 1 Working with the Scheduler Interface process completes The superuser serveradmin and superadmin can see active locks in the Server Locks Monitor see Monitoring Server Locks The Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler Server reports the ID and processing information for all the preloaded processes to
546. ry Turns 74 RDC Availability 75 Store In Stock 76 Store Out of Stock 77 Shrink 78 Retail DC Stockout 79 Store Inv Days 80 Raw Mat Inv Days 81 Raw Mat Inv Weeks 82 On Time Delivery 83 Canceled Orders 84 Emergency Orders 85 Store Orders Placed 86 RDC Orders Placed 87 Unit Cost Standard 88 Unit Cost Actual 89 Shipments 90 DC Inventory Days 91 DC Inventory Weeks 92 Open Order Qty 93 Inventory at Cost 94 Store Inv Weeks 95 Store Inventory 96 GMROITI 97 GMROII Forecast 98 Store Markdowns Data Stream Type Codes Table l 1 Cont Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 99 Store Markdown 100 Lead Time Days Avg 101 Lift Factor 102 Inventory Proj 103 Capable to Promise 104 Aged Inventory 105 Shipment Fest Calc 106 Average POS 107 Order Forecast 108 Cust Allocation Fest 109 Cross Docking Fest 110 Forward Buy Fest 111 Inventory Target 112 Inventory Target Max 113 Upside Percentage 114 Downside Percentage 115 Past Due Demand 116 Cumulative Quantity Received 117 Cumulative Quantity Consumed 118 Cumulative Demand 119 Upside Demand 120 Downside Demand 121 Channel Demand 122 Seasonal Demand 123 Committed Quantity 124 Base Unit Factor 125 Promo Unit Factor 126 Calculated Stream 1 127 Calculated Stream 2 128 Calculated Str
547. s EER Proosa O om ON rider Select Bookmark IR Back ada ttem J gt gt jects e pl i test n Partner Company Coles Myer L E E Displaying 1 20 of 58 n Xx Gier Event 1D Promotion Local Bartne Product Promotion Item ID Event Event Beain End Date Status Condition Overridden Entire Sales Price p Data cation Locat Name Category Date Promotion Impact Im H Qty Type L DYNAMO A BI LO New peny test Freight SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_375 South S CRA promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 o o ETR i 06 03 27 foe Wales SOIO MAT naming Allocation BI LO DYNAMO test Freight E SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_375 Nothern LIQUID SYNCRA S86 rome Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 E i caros oara Territory MATIC 70 naming Allocation 2 BI LO New POON tast Freight bola o SYNCRA_144 syNCRA_375 South POWDER SYNCRA_S87 promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 Decrea Wales a naming Allocation DYNAMO moe DO 0 syweras44 SYNCRA_375 rra ae TO promo Fl 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 Absolu naming Allocation BI LO DYNAMO Freight ae D O SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_37 Nothern LIQUID SYNCRA_589 promo Flow 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 00 ocres Territory REGULAR naming Allocation scram BI LO DYNAMO test Freight en o SYNCRA_144 SYNCRA_375 Nothern LIQUID SYNCRA_590 mn 03 08 06 03 17 06 New OK No No 5 005 0 Teritory EUCALYPT naming Allocation scree DYNAMO BI LO LAUNDRY test Freig
548. s Scheduler Monitor Promotions v Events PTa Results Per Page 20 Number of columns to freeze 0 Links Exceptions Hide Columns Visible Hidden Data Process Totals a Commit Date Metrics Examine E Objective g Reports Sales Impact Qty E Promotion User Defined 6 Extracts Event ID Promotion User Defined 7 a Begin Date 4 Promotion User Defined 8 Preferences y Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion User Defined 9 General Promotion ID Promotion User Defined 10 Layout Event Category Promotion User Defined 30 Password End Date Event Name Help Sales Impact Type w Copy Y Logout Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Sales Impact Oty 4 Event ID Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date End Date Sales Impact Type 411 Condition Status Price Impact Total Actual Sales Created Date w Ki 11 The Copy field appears on the Promotions List screen only if it is moved to the Visible section Promotion Items Promotion Items are located at the collaboration level Only one Promotion Item can be defined for the a given product location context and period Promotion Items can be generated for a single period or can span multiple contiguous periods To create and access Promotion Items a leaf level location a partner location and a product must be selected in the context chooser Each Item includes a collection of attributes such as the price point sales forecast and
549. s all periods based upon period seasonal effects Seasonal Demand A filter that smooths seasonal outliers from the Pre Filter input data stream before it is submitted to the forecasting process Secondary General The partner value in a local to partner comparison or the previous value in a current to previous comparison seller General A company that is operating in the role of supplying products to one or more trading partners service level General The percent of time that sufficient inventory exists to meet demand shipping receiv Supply Specifies which days are valid for shipping or ing calendar receiving Smoothing Demand A median type filter that smooths outliers from Pre Filters the input data stream before submittal to the forecasting engine statistical Demand A forecast of future values generated by fitting a forecast statistical model to actual historical values Stream General Another name for a data stream Stream Data General The values in a data stream stream item General The identifier for a substream component stream type in a data stream stream set Supply Sets of streams that specifies which streams to use in demand supply and safety stock calculations Substreams General Another name for a data stream subtype Super Admin Role and Users A user role that has access to all administrative functions supervisor Role and Users A user role that in addition to all the privileges of the Planner role can create
550. s and finally leaf item nodes About Entering Master Data In most instances you can use the administrator tasks to view and edit your hierarchy folders but most companies master data is too voluminous to actually create using the administrator tasks although you can use the administrator tasks to create new Master Data 16 1 Managing Company Locations folder For details on entering master data in bulk mode see the VCC Operations Guide Most often master data is exported from an existing legacy system using a third party tool that extracts the data from the legacy system and formats it in the required master data flat file format for loading If this is the method you initially used to load your master data you must always use this method to load any additional master data Loading additional data using the administrator tasks could cause the primary keys stored in your Oracle Retail VCC database to conflict Also if you create a folder using the administrator tasks you can add children to that folder using the master data hierarchy loader as long as you use the same local ID to reference it Managing Company Locations Oracle Retail VCC allows you to establish a collaboration between your company and a partner If you and your trading partner have only one location the collaboration is simple This is seldom the case It is more likely that you and your trading partner each have multiple locations and you want to establish
551. s such as forecast sales actual inventory goods in shipment etc In addition the data can be provided on a daily weekly or monthly basis Data Stream General A data stream that is a component of a major data Sub Types stream For example the Actual POS data stream has three sub types Base POS Promotional POS and Total POS Data Stream General A configured group of fixed and modifiable Type attributes that define the way data in a VCC data stream can be viewed and manipulated Demand Policy Demand Business rules that specify collaboration specific data relevant to the resupply calculation disaggregation Disaggregation A method that allows the user to convert data entered at an aggregate category level into estimated values at a more detailed level Display Mode General Display options that are available for any given view of the data Distributed Report Report that shows some or all existing system Exceptions exceptions at and below a given context Report Event General 1 An execution of a task both VCC defined and system tasks in the Scheduler 2 A promotional event English Term Function Module Definition Event Plan Report Report that provides detail of planned promotions Report by manufactures and retailers and the discrepancies between the promotions Event Sales Report Report that provides a quick summary of Forecast By promotion sales forecast by week and retailer Ship To Report except
552. s all leaves contained in the specified folder that have no value Table 8 4 Count Missing Item Details Formula Result count all leaves count all leaves with a value Formula Result 100 count all leaves count all leaves with a value count all leaves Input Streams Any one stream Output Stream Any stream Additional Items N a Available at leaf Yes 8 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Table 8 4 Cont Count Missing Item Details Available at sum Yes Available at overlay No Null Zero handling N a Exception Count This provides a count of exceptions that match selected statuses at and below the selected context Table 8 5 Exception Count Item Details Formula Formula Input Streams Output Stream Additional Items Available at leaf Available at sum Available at overlay Null Zero handling Forecast Error Accuracy Result count exceptions that match a status n a n a Any stream Status selection check boxes select one or more status from all available exception statuses Yes No No N a This Metric calculates forecast error for single periods either on an absolute or a percentage basis with forecast accuracy in percentage points Table 8 6 Forecast Error Item Error Formula Error Formula Accuracy Formula Input Streams Output Stream Additional Item Absolute Value Available at leaf De
553. s of each metric View Edit is used to edit the specific details of existing metrics Copy is used to duplicate an existing metric Create is used to build new metrics The list view displays all Metrics that are defined relative to the currently selected context You can select between at and below and at and above the current context in the Context Chooser s Display Mode tab The Display Mode tab also contains a Search option which allows you to search by any of the following criteria Local Partner a Product Metric Name Metric Type The list view contains the following data and available actions a Delete Deletes any selected Metrics Metrics 8 1 Viewing and Editing Metrics a Override Execute Time Resets the execution time of any selected Metrics a Process on Demand Processes any selected Metrics a View Edit Displays a detailed view of the selected Metric a Local The local location for the Metric Partner The partner location for the Metric a Product A description of the product a Metric Type The type of Metric selected such as Ratio Forecast Error etc a Metric Name User entered name of the Metric a Processing Order The order numbers 1 5 assigned for processing Processing begins with Processing Order 1 metrics and is completed for all metrics at this level before beginning Processing Order 2 Processing continues in a step wise fashion until all metrics
554. s that are displayed in the Graph must also be displayed in the Table Click Save to save the new group and return to Groups Click Cancel to cancel the action and return to Groups Remove Groups To remove groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears 9 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Figure 9 21 Groups Screen CAE SA a Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Defaults Period Overlays Highlight Source Groups salesForecastGroup actualSalesGroup DCGroup finishedGoodsGroup shipFestGroup Edit Delete Ada 2 Select the stream you want to remove 3 Click Delete Previewing Groups Access To This Feature Superuser Server Admin SuperAdmin Admin Once you have created groups for your company you can preview how the groups appear To preview your groups 1 Click Preferences Layout Data Groups for individual user groups or click Company General Config Groups for company level groups The Groups screen appears 2 Click the Groups tab The Groups screen appears 3 Select either Add or Edit 4 Click the Preview button The Preview screen appears showing how the defined group displays in the Data View Table Graph for three comparison modes Preferences 9 19 Layout Figure 9 22 Preview Screen Comparis
555. sagg Setup Time Only Subtab Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager Note Time buckets must be configured for daily rather than weekly UOMs in order to access this feature Time only disaggregation allows you to disaggregate weekly time buckets into daily time buckets It is available only if your base time periods are daily A disaggregation profile must have been previously created for the context to access time only disaggregation Create profiles from the Time Only subtab when you and your trading partner collaborate at leaf level contexts but your trading partner generates data in weekly time buckets and you generate data in daily time buckets To configure time only disaggregation 20 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Daily Allocation with the Company Disagg Setup Daily Allocation Tab 1 Select Company Disagg Setup from the VCC menu The disaggregation screen appears 2 Click the Time Only subtab The Time Only disaggregation screen appears Figure 20 8 Time Only Disaggregation Screen Context Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product All Products Effectivity All Periods a Create Daily Allocation Context Based Time Only Create Type Actual Sales Sub Type ActualSales Base z E 83 All Locations EE USA Nabisco at Denver 3 Nabisco at Pisquatuck 3 Inthe Time Only screen select a context at
556. sed as the basis for evaluating the exception action rule if the severity is the same or higher on the exception that superseded the original After you click the Advanced button at the bottom of the Exceptions Criteria Individual Create screen you can set the automated exception resolution options Exception Criteria 6 11 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria Figure 6 6 Automated Exception Resolution Options Context F Local Test Buyer Co Partner Test Seller Co Product Test Product Action Specification Type 1 Partner Current Type 2 Partner Current AA Local Stream to Adjust Dc Inventory Days Subtype DC Inventory Days Severity Low Medium High amp Put alert in Inbox 8 Send E mail SSS 8 E mail Language American English American English American English vw amp Adjust Local Value to None Y None None Y amp Set Status None x None x Noe 4 8 Timeout Threshold Days Days Days 8 Send E mail Er A ara E mail Language American Englist American Englist American English 8 Adjust Local Value to None None None O Set Status None None None lt The screen allows you to set three types of actions Note When actions defined on multiple criteria result in changing the same stream values the actions defined on the criteria created latest overrides the previous criteria actions a Initial Actions performe
557. see the VCC Operations Guide Collaborations which are the products you and your trading partner collaborate on Users and roles Base Price Profiles for products Disaggregation if applicable For details about disaggregations see About Data Stream Disaggregation Aggregates if applicable For details about aggregates see About Aggregates Data purge For details about data purging see About Data Purge Requests Managing Company General Information and Preferences 15 1 Managing Company General Preferences Managing Company General Preferences A company s general preferences can be configured by a superuser serveradmin or by a company administrator superadmin or admin Company general preferences configuration allows you to configure your company to a Change the company name and or ID a Freeze future periods a Set Balance Stream view preferences Set the number of results displayed per page a Set the number of decimal places a Allow or disallow proportional disaggregation a Allow or disallow straight line disaggregation a Allow or disallow partner editing of the company calendar Company General Config General Preferences Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin To configure company general preferences 1 Select Company General Config from the VCC menu The Company Configuration screen appears 2 Click the Preferences tab Figure 15 1 Preferences Tab
558. ser s password To examine a user 1 2 3 4 Disabling a User Select Roles amp Users from the Administrator main page Select a user and right click the highlighted user Click Examine User The Examine User screen appears Click Done when you are finished to return to the Roles amp Users screen Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To disable a user 1 2 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC Administrator main page Highlight the user you want to disable and right click the user Click Examine The user s Examine User screen appears Click the check box next to Login Allowed to deselect it Click Update User Click Done The user remains in the tree but is not able to log in Server Level Configuration and Management 14 23 Roles amp Users Search Moving a User to a New Role Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin To move a user to a new role you must cut the user and paste the user under the new role Note that a user cannot move herself or another user at her own level to a new role Changing a User Password Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin As superuser or server admin you can change any user password Any administrative role can change passwords for subordinate roles All users are allowed to change their own passwords To change the password for a user 1 Select Roles amp Users from the VCC menu 2 Select a user and right click the highlighted use
559. seseenes 16 3 Managing Time Period Hierarchies cccccccccsssscstssseseseeseseseececesescseaeneseseseecesesessaneneseseananenenees 16 4 Managing Company Trading Partners ccc cc cece ce cseees eens ceceeeesnesececeeeseneseseseseseneseseseenes 16 4 Removing Hierarchy Nodes through the Recycle Bin onioioicininiononicinnonnnnnincononnonincnnororionnnnos 16 4 Managing Master Data Folders 0 ccccccce ccc cece ceeseseececeeeesnseececsssssnesesesesessneseseseseseneseseenenes 16 4 About Master Data Hierarchies ooninnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonocncnnncononorornnnnononorororononoro nora rnn cion ran cn rior re rancios 16 5 Master Data Searchin AAA A TA 16 5 Treo Behavioral 16 6 Working With Tree Hierarchles unoniinii ii iia 16 7 xi 17 18 19 20 21 xii The Start Editing Button and the Right Click Menu cee ceeeeee cece seneeeneneneneeees 16 7 Tree BOVINA een Rect eae A en TOS 16 8 Adding a Local LOcat on iii it ii cw tc taa a A c seas 16 11 Adding a Partner Located aia iia 16 12 Adding a Produc timido bata da iii 16 13 Managing Company Module Configuration Managing Events Module ConfigurationS ooonicinnninnnnnnnninnnnnnncnncncorornnnncorororan cion raro rnn rior rancios 17 1 Events Stream Set Configuration ooncncocnnonononinananononcncnonanonononcnconannononcn corona corn rnnona nano rn ori orare rancios 17 1 Configuring Labels in the Events Module onoioninininninicinnnn
560. seseseseneneseseeenes 14 1 Managing Company Creation ccccccceccccsssecsssesescssesessscesessesesesensssescsesesesecseseseseseecsasaeesecaesesneeaees 14 2 Creating a Company with Company Create oiocncinicnonnoninnnnnncnnncncnronnnnnonnoronnnnincn nono ran caco ro ran cnn 14 2 About Oracle Retail VCC Program ModuleS oooononnncicnonononnnnnncncnnncnconnnonononnrornnconro raro ron crn nora rancnnnos 14 4 Configuration Modules Tab ooicnicinninnonicicnnnnnnoncnconononnnccnnorororan corona E nora cion RE ran cronos 14 4 About Data Stream Types and Data StreaMS ooonononconicncnnnnnnncncncnononcnronnn crono nora rnn cnn ro raro rnn conca rancios 14 6 About Accumulation R l sss peseto aerer oeiia e coronan aA a ron anar ranas 14 7 Configuration Stream Types Tab ienesnssssiimesnnesiana siaina 14 8 Assigning Data Streams With Configuration Stream Types ASSigN c ees 14 11 Creating Data Stream Types iii iii ae a a dedito 14 13 EE A tessinentesasithtad 14 13 Configuring Links with the Configuration Links Tab ocicicocococicinnnononononerirnrnccncaririnononos 14 13 Editing alcorcon loca Di svt dessa ii E di dea 14 14 Deleting ainia is 14 14 Hiding Links ios nta abia 14 15 Managing Users and Roles at the Server Level with the Roles and Users Screen 14 15 Selecting the Appropriate Tree Display cooooninicinnnnnnnnnnnnnononcnararoncnonaranonononononononononononononononos 14 16 RoOles Se Users Se ar
561. set For more information on Generation Offset refer to About Generation Offset If you want to include Year Ago streams that is data streams containing year ago data for the subtype select Yes in the drop down Note When selecting a Filter for a Generation Offset stream the Filter is only applied if the latest revision of the Data Stream Item qualifies for the Filter Distributed Exception The Distributed Exception report shows some or all existing system exceptions at and below a given context View all exceptions or only exceptions with a certain status Also choose to see exceptions of all severities or only exceptions of a certain severity To create a Distributed Exception report 1 2 3 Set your context Select Reports Create Configure the General Context Detail Repeat Frequency Layout and Horizon sections as described in Common Report Settings Select a Filter if you want to structure your report results based on Creation Date Exception Status Exception Severity and or Name For more information on filters see Common Report Settings Reports 7 13 Creating Reports Figure 7 13 Filter Section Filter V creation Date Fixed Rolling Start rn 7 Ga Active Auto Dismissed Auto Escalated Auto In Process Auto Incomplete Auto Resolved Auto Unresolvable Dismissed Escalated In Process End lv Exception Status Obsoleted Resolved Superceded Unresolvable Low
562. sformed data and seasonal adjustment of the moving median filtered data The candidate forecasting methods used are linear regression five types of non linear transformation regression single exponential smoothing double exponential smoothing with trend damping and Holt Winters smoothing with trend damping The Holt Winters method incorporates seasonal adjustment and is therefore not valid when used with the MPT filter or with seasonally adjusted data The optimization problem can be restated as follows 1 Find the optimal data filter i and optimal method j by solving Geneva Forecast Engine E 1 t n min E f i y1 t yt 2 v ij t n v 1 where n Length of time series v Length of holdout period usually n 3 y1 Historical data from t 1 to t n v y Historical data f j i y1 Forecast using filter i and method j on input data y1 a Data Filters 1 No data filtering 2 Moving median of window length w 3 Moving periodic total of cycle length p for original data 4 Moving periodic total of cycle length p for data prefiltered by method 2 5 Seasonally adjusted original data 6 Seasonally adjusted data prefiltered by method 2 a Forecasting Methods 1 Regression 2 Nonlinear Regression 1 x log x y log y 3 Nonlinear Regression 2 x x y In y 4 Nonlinear Regression 3 x log x y y 5 Nonlinear Regression 4 x 1 x y 1 y 6 Nonlinear Reg
563. si Y Search None v Roles amp Users as Corrida Configuration Displaying 1 20 of 542 Links Preferences Xx User Name Company Job ID Job Name Start Time End Time Status Help Logout Modify Product 08 16 08 08 16 08 superuser AB Corp 1036 Hierarchy 11 29 19 11 30 36 Completed Modify Partner 08 16 08 08 16 08 superuser AB Corp 1035 hier chy 11 24 13 11 28 50 Completed Modify Location 08 16 08 08 16 08 C superuser AB Corp 1034 Hierarchy 11 21 11 11 23 36 Completed i Modify Product 08 16 08 08 16 08 superuser AB Corp 1033 Hierarchy 11 16 50 11 19 48 Completed Modify Product 08 16 08 08 16 08 C superuser AB Corp 1032 Hierarchy 11 12 43 11 13 49 Completed Modify Product 08 16 08 08 16 08 superuser AB Corp 1031 Hierarchy 11 07 28 11 11 43 Completed Modify Product 08 16 08 08 16 08 superuser AB Corp 1030 Hierarchy 11 05 06 11 07 22 Completed Modify Product 08 16 08 08 16 08 superuser AB Corp 1029 Hierarchy 10 49 33 11 02 54 Completed Modify Product 08 16 08 08 16 08 superuser AB Corp 1028 POSER 10 23 54 10 42 19 Completed 5 Set job list items for deletion in any of three ways a Click in a check box see a checkmark appear see the Delete button appear a Click the X Mark Icon see a checkmark appear in all of the check boxes on the page Click the Delete button to remove the checked items a Click the Mark Entries Before check box to indicate you are setting a date before which you want to delete all items You can
564. ss Aggregate Exceptions or Recalc Aggregates contains links while the status is Active To view the job s current progress click the Job ID link Job Name Expected Job Names Start Time End Time To help differentiate between similarly named Jobs and to establish when results from completed jobs may be expected Status For all Jobs the following Statuses could be displayed Active Waiting on Lock Could not obtain lock Aborted For Scheduler and User jobs the completion status is simply Completed For Integrator jobs completion status could be one of the following Completed with no rejects and no errors Completed with rejects and no errors Completed with no rejects and errors Completed with rejects and errors Note Ifa job is aborted before completion its status may continue to be displayed as Active until the server is restarted 4 Optionally you can filter the job list by User Name Company Job ID Job Name Start Date End Date or Status Simply select a filter criteria from the drop down list and enter the required information for the filter criteria selected Click the Apply Changes icon to see the filtered job list 23 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Figure 23 1 Jobs Pane Home A Company Jobs Usage Current Connections Server Lacks pe a Scheduler a Monitor Mark entries before 08 16 08
565. ss Rights from the pop up menu The Edit Hierarchy Access screen for the selected user appears Figure 22 10 Edit Hierarchy Access Screen Hierarchy Streams Modules Edit Hierarchy Access Linda White Location All Locations Partner All Partners Product All Products Start Editing Preview User Tree All Products F EA Food Pet Foods 0 Planters lt 4 Click the Start Editing button to begin editing The green highlighted Stop Editing button appears 5 Click All Locations All Partners or All Products to assign access to the desired category or folders Any access rights that the user currently has are highlighted in purple 6 Click a location partner or product to highlight it and grant access or click a highlighted location partner or product to unassign access For example to assign the user access rights to the Northeast location and all companies in the Northeast category highlight Northeast 7 Click Apply Changes to commit the changes you have selected Click Revert to return to the user s current access rights Click Preview User Tree to see the user s access rights 8 Click Stop Editing 9 Click Done Access Control Assigning Users Data Stream Access Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin Admin If you do not assign a user to any data streams the user has very limited access to VCC features Managing Roles and Users 2
566. ss To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin Renaming Labels In the Labels section of the General tab you see a list of Default Labels on the left and on the right a corresponding text box for each label given The default in each text box is automatically filled in but by changing the text in the Custom Labels column you can rename them Note The label names like the stream names are language specific If you have selected a language in Preferences create new names and later switch to another language you can not see the names stored for the previous language They can however be accessed by switching back to the original language they were created in To rename a label 1 Select Configuration in the left menu 2 Select the General tab The General configuration screen appears Server Level Configuration and Management 14 35 Configuration General Tab Figure 14 33 General Configuration Screen Stream Types Modules Links Language General Periods Labels Default Labels Custom Labels Base Periods Weeks UOM Unit Base Units EA Stat Units Stat Units Stat Factor Currency Loads CASE Units per Case Export Compression Compress file if greater than 1 mb v Events Documents Size Limit Reject file if greater than fi mb x Billing O Send an E mail every time the Usage Report is run Language American English E mail List matt johnson oracle com
567. st Begin Date 2008 08 12 End Date 2008 08 21 Number Of Items O Copy Promotion Event Search Criteria Search Cancel Event Name Zv 6 After selecting a Copy button the user is directed to the Copy Promotion Target Event Search screen The source promotion details are displayed at the top of the screen including the Creator Company Promotion ID Event ID Event Name Created By Begin Date End Date and Number of Items fields 10 28 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotions The target Event search criteria is based on the Event ID Name and Description fields The user can enter all or part of and Event ID Name or Description When the user selects the Search button a list of valid target events are displayed If an invalid target event is entered a message is displayed stating No records found Select the Search button to execute the target event search or select the Cancel button to cancel the copy promotion process Note The following points are to be remembered before using the search option a Target events must exist before the copy promotion process begins a Target events must belong to the Creator Company a Target events must have a future start date Figure 10 26 Copy Promotion Search Result Screen Creator Company Promotion ID Event ID 3 Event Name Test1234 Created By 604 Begin Date 2006 09 14 End Date
568. step See In the Purge Type field select the type leaf aggregate or both In place of Purge Type select Local Read Only or Both from the Type drop down Managing Company Data Purges 25 3 Creating Purge Requests 25 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 26 Managing Company UOM Factors This chapter contains the following topics a About UOM Factors a Viewing the UOM List Creating New UOM Factors a Deleting UOM Factors About UOM Factors Unit of measure UOM factors allow you to visualize the conversion of product quantities between two different UOMs The UOM List and Create screens in Oracle Retail VCC allow you to add edit and delete conversion factors that affects UOMs Usually the conversion factor is used to convert a product UOM such as Base Units into a UOM such as Case For example a retailer sends you a forecast that uses 6 packs as the unit of measure for soda and you as the supplier need to be able to view the product in 4 different types of packaging single cans 6 packs 12 packs and cases of 32 Your Base Unit is the individual can so you would specify a conversion factor of 6 12 and 32 The conversion factors are multipliers which represent the amount of Base Units required to complete each pack or case The single can UOM could be called EA which represents the Base Unit The new Units of Measure could be labeled 6 pack 12 pack and Case If the forecast co
569. stream is not a Local stream then the safety stock records cannot be created The job errors out Ifthe job is beyond the End of Life EOL period the safety stock value is zero a Nulls at the beginning end and in between the data are ignored for computation of Average and Standard Deviation a Fora Poisson distribution method the number of trials x should not be greater 40 and the computed safety stock quantity is rounded up Apply this method where the data is very small For safety stock formulae descriptions for each type method and basis see Safety Stock Calculation Processing Safety Stock Jobs On Demand Access to this feature superadmin admin manager and supervisor Safety Stock job processing occurs as a background task controlled by the Oracle Retail VCC Scheduler see Managing the Scheduler You can however process a single Safety Stock job on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the scheduler This is called on demand Safety Stock job processing It allows you to process one Safety Stock job and view the results immediately To process a single Safety Stock job on demand without having to schedule and execute the task through the Scheduler 1 Set your context 2 Click Supply Safety Stock List from the Oracle Retail VCC menu Supply 12 15 Using the Safety Stock Feature Figure 12 12 Supply Safety Stock List Screen Context 435 amp Local Suppli
570. sure stream Offset Type Select field either Period or Generation Offset Qty Text entry box integer gt 0 default 1 Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The inputs are the aggregate values Available at overlay Yes Treat Null as Zero Option If value is null it is treated as 0 Inventory Turns The term Inventory Turns refers to the number of times per year than inventory is turned over For example if your average inventory was worth 100 and your annual sales were 600 then you had 600 100 6 turns Likewise if you had average inventory in a particular month of 100 and your sales for that month were 50 your annualized rate of sales for that month was 50 12 600 so again your turns are 6 The key concept is that consumption is always adjusted to an annualized basis So for daily data the consumption for a period is multiplied by 365 for weekly data the consumption is multiplied by 52 and so on Table 8 8 Inventory Turns Item Details Formula Result Average Consumption annualized Inventory same bucket Formula n a Input Streams Consumption any movement stream Inventory any balance stream 8 12 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Metric Types Table 8 8 Cont Inventory Turns Item Details Output Stream Any measure stream Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Report in Overlay The inventory input is the a
571. t section Layout Hide Columns Visible Hidden Creator A Ti A Creator Folders 3 Creator Company 4 gt Y Partner Partner Folders Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Creator A ie Creator Folders a Creator Company 4 8 Partner v Partner Folders A Group Columns Select i Group Creator A Creator Folders a Creator Company 4 Partner bi Partner Folders For the following reports Multi Column Sort Order and Group Columns options are not available For these reports the column order is the implied sort and grouping order a Data Change a Data Stream Exception Log Promotion Detail Promotion Item Horizon a Horizon fixed or rolling start date end date or date span for the reporting period Period Overlay period overlay to apply to the report if any Figure 7 6 Reports Create Horizon section Horizon i Start Fwed_ v os 11 08 d end Fed v os 11 08 Period Overlay None v Filter The report type you select may contain no filter or several types of filters Many report types have filters that are unique to the data they contain Filters allow you to return precise report data Checking a filter check box opens up additional fields in which you can specify creation dates names and status etc Figure 7 7 Reports Create Filter section F
572. t to the stream that you want to delete If you delete it directly from your system directory and try to extract the file again from the Extracts screen an error message is displayed Extracting Other Data Types To extract other types of data e g Collaboration Items Disagg Profiles Price Profiles Disagg Factors Price Profiles Exception Criteria Event Promotions Exceptions Metrics Supply Policies and Demand Policies specify the data s context and the Extracts tool obtains that data at the time the retrieval event is scheduled When the data you requested is processed it is available to you as a hyperlink in compressed zip format from the Extracts screen Click the link and save the data file on your computer Note You must configure the format file to extract data based on the desired file format and configuration in order to extract data Only Event and Exception Criteria do not need this configuration See the Oracle Retail VCC Operations Guide for details To request other data types 1 Set your context 2 Click Extracts Create 3 When the Create screen appears select the Other radio button Extracts 4 5 Introduction Figure 4 4 Create Screen List Create Extract Type Type Filename Character Set Directory Path Repeat frequency Dates Recurrence Time Save Cancel O Master Data Other Collaboration Items ascu u00 webadmin product 10 1 3 OracleaS_1
573. t Context Chooser Context tab 2 Click the links next to the context components Local Partner and Product and a hierarchy tree screen appears in the Display pane Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 11 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 13 Hierarchy Tree ERS All Products ERS collab products 83 prod category prodi SYNCRA_1813 3 prod2 SYNCRA_1814 J prod3 SYNCRA_1815 HS Collabs A Prod0001 Prod0001 23 NGSC Pilot 83 Department 04 5 04 04 BAKING MIX HE 04 04 10 Cake Mix MIXES 143758 H PILL BANANA CAKE 119006 PILL BUTTER CHOC CAKE 153889 H PILL CHOCOLATE CAKE 187404 PILL DARK CHOC CAKE 153253 3 Select the leaf or folder you want for your context Note Once you have selected something other than the current folder or leaf you see the link in the chooser turn bold This indicates that the context in the chooser is in transition or not yet current since you have not yet clicked the Set button You can return to the previous context by selecting the Cancel Context Change button located on the chooser pane 4 Repeat steps 2 amp 3 until the context displayed in the chooser is the one you want 5 Click the Set icon Note You must click either Set or Cancel Context Change before moving to a new screen 6 Click the Bookmark this context icon to save the c
574. t Tot Base Units Gen03 Nabisco at Pisquetuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews Movementi7 POS Fest Tot Base Units YrAgo 19 00 19 00 D 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Distributed Exception Distributed Exception Figure D 3 Distributed Exception Report Distributed Exception Report Exceptions For omer Nebisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx et Boston Planters Cashews 05 05 03 05 11 03 24 Balance28 Balence28 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 12 03 05 18 03 23 Balance28 Balence28 pa 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 04 28 03 05 04 03 25 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco et Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 26 03 06 01 03 21 Belance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 02 03 06 08 03 20 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 06 23 03 06 29 03 17 Balance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 05 03 05 11 03 24 Belance28 Balance28 Threshold 100 00 Exceptions For Reporting Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 05 12 03 05 18 03 23 Balance28 Balence28 Threshold 100 00
575. t have to enter any effectivity dates or you may choose to enter a start date only or an end date only Note The effectivity end date cannot be prior to the current date Add the individual exception criteria to be included in the group exception criteria by highlighting the individual exception criteria in the left window Then click the rule either an And or Or condition to be used for triggering the group exception The exception criteria appears in the right window Note A group exception is triggered only if all the criteria based on the AND or OR rules in the group trigger an exception for the same context same period or same context and period This is determined by the Trigger if matched on option selected For more Trigger if matched on details see Step 6 6 18 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria In previous versions the list of criteria from which you could select was limited to only those criteria that had the same context as the selected context Now all the criteria at and below the selected context are displayed Highlight an exception criteria in the right window and click Remove to remove items from the group exception list 9 Put alert in Inbox displays the group exception in the inbox when checked The default is checked 10 Click Create The group exception criteria appears in the Exceptions Criteria Grou
576. t tab and enter a URL in the File Path field The URL format would resemble http host_name Syncra_virtual_directory_name jsp login jsp For example http odyssey xt jsp login jsp The Oracle Retail VCC login screen appears Figure 2 1 Oracle Retail VCC Login screen ORACLE RETAIL Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Version 13 0 User Name Password Login Copyright 2004 2008 Oracle All rights reserved This step may already have been completed by your administrator For more information refer to the VCC Installation Guide 3 Enter your user name and password You can change your password after entering a valid password See Changing Your Password 4 Once you have logged on the VCC user interface appears 2 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Logging Off from Oracle Retail VCC Figure 2 2 VCC User Interface Context Company Scheduler Local Suppliers Monitor Partner GNGSC Pilot Supplier ep Product PILL BANANA CAKE 119006 Event F pened Search Product Name OGIN Qun Prod amp HAY Supply Select Bookmark sl Links Exceptions Data i Meios Welcome Suppliers Reports Extracts Preferences Help Logout Copyright 2004 2008 Oracle All rights reserved Logging Off from Oracle Retail VCC Figure 2 3 Logging Off from Oracle Retail VCC Home Company Scheduler Monitor Exceptions Data
577. t you want to view From this screen you can view the individual group criteria for the exception by clicking the colored dot under the View Criteria for This Group column Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Viewing a Group Exception s Status History Access to this feature superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer To view a group exception s status history 1 2 Select your context Select Exceptions Inbox Group The exceptions for the context you selected appear in the Display pane For expanded view click the colored dot under Status History for the group exception that you want to view For collapsed view select a group exception from the drop down lists and click the colored dot under Status History Click Back to return to Exceptions Inbox Group Context Only Viewing Exceptions in the Partner Inbox The Partner tab is similar to the Individual tab except that all the exceptions which appear in this list were triggered by partners You are able to see any partner exceptions here that have been shared with you All the actions available in the 5 20 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Managing Data Stream Exceptions Individual Inbox tab are also available in the Partner Inbox tab Refer to Viewing Exceptions in the Individual Inbox for more information on navigating the Inbox views and options Managing Data Stream Exceptio
578. ta Stream Type Codes l 1 Table l 1 Cont Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 25 Locations Promoted 26 Locations Planned 27 DC Withdrawals 28 DC Inventory 29 DC Receipts 30 DC Receipt Fest 31 DC Withdrawal Fest 32 Expected Arrivals 33 Finished Goods Inv 34 Mfg Consumption 35 DC Shipments 36 Unloaded Quantity 37 Unavailable Stock 38 Quality Hold 39 Safety Stock Thresh 40 Raw Matl Inv Units 41 Mfg Consumption Fest 42 Work in Process 43 Actual Shipments 44 Shipment Forecast 45 Scrap Quantity 46 Consignment Inv 47 RMA RTV Inventory 48 Supplier Inv Units 49 Available to Promise 50 Planned Orders 51 Customer Allocation 52 Capacity 53 Mfg Org Fest 54 Logistics Org Fest 55 Sales Org Fest 56 Finance Org Fest 57 Marketing Org Fest 58 Planning Org Fest 59 Working Forecast 60 Consumer Inv Units 61 Consumer Inv Days 1 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Table l 1 Cont Stream Type Codes Stream Code Description 62 Items Processed 63 Items Rejected 64 Downtime 65 Collaboration Units 66 Gross Margin 67 Category Rank 68 Category Share 69 POS Forecast Error 70 Receipt Fest Error 71 Fill Rate 72 Sales Growth Rate 73 Invento
579. tails Result Forecast Actual If Absolute Value is checked the output is in positive units Result 100 Forecast Actual Divisor stream User has the option of picking either Actual Stream or Forecast Stream as the Divisor Stream If Absolute Value is checked the output is in positive units Result 100 ABS Error Any two streams Any measure stream Generational offset of generations back to take the forecast value Text entry restricted to integers gt 0 default 0 i e current stream Can be used to create output datastream items with an absolute value of the forecast error formula Not available with Accuracy Yes Metrics 8 11 Metric Types Table 8 6 Cont Forecast Error Item Details Available at sum Yes Available at overlay No Treat Null as Zero Option Null values are treated as 0 Growth This metric calculates the growth from one value to another either based on a period offset or a generational offset Table 8 7 Growth Metric Item Details Formula Result A2 A1 A2 is the value of the current generation of stream A Al is the value of stream A either the current generation offset by the specified number of periods back or the value of stream A at the current period offset by the specified number of generation back The result goes into the period of A2 Formula Result 100 A2 A1 Al Input Streams Any one stream Output Stream Any mea
580. taled Date Examine Promotion Summary Status New Condition Late Promotion ID SYNCRA_169 Partner Company The Company Event Category Holiday Partner Promotion ID Begin Date 08 11 08 End Date 09 20 08 Event Description Event Theme Columbus Day Objective E Mail E Mail Notification null use to separate consecutive addresses E Mail Language American English Details Price Impact Type Absolute Decrease K Price Impact 10 00 Sales Impact Type Absolute Increase Y Sales Impact Qty C Entire Promotion First Ship Date Delivery Date Store Invoice Date 1 Promotional Item Definition Date 3 Click the Number of Items link in the chooser area The tree view appears Events 10 35 Promotion Items Figure 10 32 Tree View Context Local Partner Select Locations Begin Date mm dd yy 08 11 08 l EndDate mm dd yy 09 20 08 Select Partners e Product Select Products Promotion Item Type Promoted v System Generated ID Event WK41 Partner Company The Company Review Selections Cancel Name OLocationID O Alternate ID V Folder Q E All Locations Locations HHA Pilot Locations 4 Select the context at which to create the Items 5 Enter Start and End dates or leave the default dates 6 Select the Promotion Item Type from the drop down Choices are Promoted and Cannibalized Cannibalization is used when the forecast
581. te is not bound to a specific context On Reports Template Create Edit screens the only validations performed are to check the duplicate selection of stream type and subtypes Context related validations are not performed while creating the report template Common Report Settings Each report is a combination of common and unique settings that you select and save Each report type can have multiple saved settings that can be named and recalled for editing Reports 7 3 Common Report Settings Common settings are described below Unique settings are described in the procedures for creating the individual reports Not all reports contain all of the common settings described below though these settings do appear across multiple reports Common settings include General Settings Report Type the report type drop down allows you to choose which type of report to generate Date Format The Date Format lets you choose how dates are displayed in the report from a drop down list For example dd mon dd mon yy dd mm dd mm yy mm dd mm dd yy mon dd yyyy mm dd yyyymm dd yyyy mm dd Display Period Numbers check box allows you to display period numbers File Name filename for the report Number Format determines how numerical data are displayed in the report from a drop down list Note If you select the number format 123 456 789 do not use Microsoft Excel to view repor
582. ted Platforms a eE iee E E E aai aee A 1 VCC Database OVE e e es ea ee ede en NO DO A 3 VGC A pplication eene r ea aee e eaa eeoa as ie enreda Seder aldea A 3 Web Browser and Client requirements ss sssssessssssssiesiestsssessestestistessetentisstsnentennesnesnesneerienesnes A 4 User and Role Permissions Browser Settings Sample PDF Report Screens COMMENE A ai tt daceotnees D 1 Data Streat iii AA Ad EA At D 2 Distributed Except oi oi dd D 3 Extract cio a dali asteetaten D 4 Last Transactions olona etant eai EEE Dd had eddie D 4 No Transaction A eaa NIE D 5 Promotion Detail A A E ne ee aa e D 5 Geneva Forecast Engine VCC Locks and Jobs About Locks arid TODS cti aaa ie ee ea e aaae a a Eae a EE Rea ah F 1 TOBA PESA AAA A A AA A AE A F 1 A A E EN RR NN F 1 User Generated ToDS ici a F 2 User Save Achon LoS curia llorado eb bid F 4 Scheduler Jobs iia dida E AAA F 4 Loader Jobs rocana NG E ANERE ee es EEEE ee F 6 Extractor TOD ii a 8 F 7 Safety Stock Calculation InputiVariables ii id Siac att It eaaa aA it G 1 Formulae Usd E E G 1 Standard Deviation Formula cccccccsccssessscsscessesscessesscescececcseessecsecssesaecseceaeceeseseeeeseseseeeeaeeeeeesecaes G 1 Combined Standard Deviation of Demand and Lead Time Formula ocooncnnnnninnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnss G 2 Standard Fill Rate Driven Safety Stock Calculation Formula occnicincncononononnonnnnnncnrncnrrnnnnaoos G 2 Safety SOLA A E id G 3 Single Value Calculat
583. tegory Sales Forecast Error be Multi Column Sort Order Select i Sort Column s Sales Impact Qty a Event ID Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date End Date Sales Impact Type Condition a P Status Price Impact Total Actual Sales Created Date E4 v 3 To hide the Copy field move it to the Hidden section The graphic below displays the hidden Copy field Figure 9 31 Setting the Copy field preference to Hidden Home Company Scheduler Monitor Events Demand Supply Links Exceptions Data Metrics Reports Extracts Preferences General Layout Password Help Logout a Table Graph Inbox Filters Lists Promotions v Results Per Page 20 Number of columns to freeze 0 Hide Columns Visible Hidden Process Totals Commit Date A Examine a Objective g Sales Impact Qty E J Promotion User Defined 6 Event ID Promotion User Defined 7 a Begin Date 4 D gt Promotion User Defined 8 v Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion User Defined 9 Promotion ID Promotion User Defined 10 Event Category Promotion User Defined 30 End Date ail Sales Impact Type SA Multi Column Sort Order Select Sort Column s Sales Impact Qty a Event ID Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion ID Event Category Begin Date End Date Sales Impact Type Condition a Status Price Impact Total Actual Sales Creat
584. ter Data Search toolbar appears under the Master Data Tabs The Master Data Search allows you to search the Products Partners and Locations hierarchy trees by entering attributes to locate a specific folder or leaf node No Search options are available on the Period hierarchy The Master Data Search finds the desired folder of leaf by searching on a defined attribute listed below entered exactly or entered as a wildcard search To use a wildcard search enter an asterisk alone before or after a known sequence or set of alphanumeric characters If no items are found No Records Found are displayed along a with instructions for using the wild card search feature Table 16 1 Search Attributes For Each Tab Tree Tree Possible Search Attributes Products Name Global ID Number GIN Local ID Number LIN Partners Name Location ID Alternate ID Company Name Company ID Master Data 16 5 About Master Data Hierarchies Tree Behavior Table 16 1 Cont Search Attributes For Each Tab Tree Tree Possible Search Attributes Locations Name Location ID Alternate ID Company Name Company ID Name search on Folder and Leaf all others are leaf only If search yields only one result it appears highlighted in tree If search yields multiple results the search list screen opens allowing item selection After selection the item appears highlighted in the tree Each of the Master Data hierarchy trees Products L
585. th the Roles and Users Screen Managing Data Purging with the Purge Data Screen Managing Time Periods for All Companies Configuring a Language for Oracle Retail VCC with the Configuration Language Tab Configuration General Tab Renaming Labels Setting Export Compression Size Setting the Usage Statistics E mail Notification in the Billing Tab Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Comments and Master Data About Server Level Configuration Server level configuration includes all tasks that must be performed by the superuser or server admin Server level configuration tasks affect all companies doing business on the server A superuser server admin can perform most functions a company administrator superadmin and admin can perform but a superuser server admin cannot configure price profiles or disaggregation for a company Server level superuser and server admin tasks include Company creation Server Level Configuration and Management 14 1 Managing Company Creation The Configuration screen not to be confused with the specific Company Configuration pane in the VCC menu that allows the role to create data streams available to all companies specify the Oracle Retail VCC program modules that can be used by all companies create links specify the language to be used and configure billing usage report information Time period cre
586. that each exception is shared with or none Collapsed Count number of exceptions that have been collapsed This column is only visible when the Inbox is viewed in collapsed mode Period displays the time period for which the exception was triggered Product displays a description of the product Local displays the local location for the exception Partner displays the partner location for the exception Deviation displays the amount the new data stream varies from the data stream to which it was compared Percent displays the value of the deviation expressed as a percentage of the exception criteria for the type selected e g a common representation of the formula for calculating percentage value is A B B 100 View Criteria the exception criteria that triggered the exception Click the colored dot to view the criteria Created displays the date the exception was created Status displays the exception status You can change the status of an exception Exception status can be changed from Active supersedes to a In Process a Resolved Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated Escalated Auto Escalated supersedes to 5 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction a Resolved Unresolvable a Dismissed In Process Auto In Process to a Resolved a Unresolvable a Dismissed a Escalated Only exceptions that have a status of Active In Pr
587. the zip file would be Myfile zip For Events Promotions and Exception Criteria the following files are extracted a Myfile_pert xml a Mpyfile_ecrt xml a Myfile_pert zip a Myfile_ecrt zip 4 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction Note In case of non ASCII characters in the username the default filename is converted to a temporary filename that contains a time stamp in the format temp1023806054789 dat The zip file temporary filename with time stamp format is temp1023806054789 zip Enter a Time and or an End Date The default Start Date is today s date and is the only required date field Configure the Repeat Frequency section which allows the repetitive processing of the same job The default is Once but the job can also be scheduled to run daily weekly monthly or always For more information on Repeat Frequency see About Repeat Frequency For Disagg Profiles Disagg Factors Price Profiles Exception Criteria Event Promotions and Exceptions select the period by clicking the Period link and selecting the period from the Period Tree screen Figure 4 5 Period Tree E All Periods 5 10 11 12 13 14 EHS 4 4 5 Months_NEW a 2005 HS 01402405 01 08 05 HS 01 09 05 01 15 05 fe 01 16 05 01 22 05 HE 01 23 05 01 29 05 HS 01 30 05 02 05 05 fe 02 13 05 02 19 05 HE 02 20 05 02 26 05 HE 02 27 05 03 05 05 2005 JAN 2005
588. the Interactive screen s parameter pane If you recalculate in Interactive the parameter screen may indicate that no transformation was done even though you specified a seasonal pre filter After generating a forecast the Parameters tab also displays the following information Data Count a read only display containing the total number of Forecast Points Requested the number of Actual Forecast Points the number of History Points Requested and the number of Actual History Points Actual History Points do not include certain periods with Null values See Nulls are treated as follows for information on how Null Points Periods are treated Example History data count 21 19 Forecast data count 6 8 Completion Status a read only display that shows the completion status of the forecast policy OK inadequate history no history less than req history other Context Chooser Trial Data tab displays the results of the policy run If a policy has not yet been run for this context during the current session the values are blank Demand 11 11 Using Interactive Demand Figure 11 8 Context Chooser Trial Data Tab Context Parameters Gamma 0 0 Trend Hold 0 0 Cyclic Decay 0 0 Alpha 0 0 Period Overlay None Trial Data 1 E 3 w RMS 0 0 Moving Period Decay 0 0 MAD 0 0 Method None MAPE 0 0 Smoothing None Beta 0 0 Transform None There are no user actions on this tab it is for display only The
589. the Jobs Monitor that is available for any user by selecting Monitor on the Oracle Retail VCC menu Working with the Scheduler Interface The Scheduler allows you to schedule the execution of VCC predefined tasks A scheduled task is called an event The Scheduler also allows you to create and schedule any other valid system command Note The Scheduler Server must be running before access is allowed from the user interface To access the Scheduler click Scheduler from the VCC menu If the Scheduler is not running or if there is a problem with the configurations a message informs you of this These issues must be resolved before the Scheduler screen opens The interface provides these utilities Pause and Resume the Scheduler processing a Work with Tasks and Events Be aware of all event scheduling and task command processing recommendations when working with the preloaded tasks The Scheduler List screens contain combinations of icons that allow you to a Refresh the screen to view updates a Access a Printer Friendly view of the current list a Export data as an an HTML file or as a CSV file For a detailed explanation of icons and their uses see The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Working with Scheduler Events Events List Events allow you to schedule the execution of VCC predefined tasks or other tasks system commands that you have created Clicking the Events tab opens the Events window If there are
590. the Local Current Partner Current or Local Current Local Previous Comparison modes only the Local Current comparator is in effect This can be used when you want to view edit folder items in a data stream where you have edit privilege Data 3 15 Viewing Data in Expand Mode For your active items you can view edit the data and enter comments Some items can be just viewed but not edited To expand a folder level item 1 Click Data View 2 Select your context Click the Set icon 3 Click Context Chooser Display Mode When the Display Mode screen appears select the folder level item Local Partner or Product from the Expand drop down list Figure 3 14 Context Chooser Display Mode Context Display Mode Expand None Group All xj UOM Type View by Period Weeks v rer or SubType Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr Y E ca Mode Default x CASE 4 Choose the data stream Type and Subtype from the drop down lists 5 Click the Set icon 6 Click OK and your data stream view in the Display pane shows all the items in the folder component of your context Note Make sure to select the appropriate comparison mode for viewing the selected data stream Oracle Retail VCC allows you to compare Partner Curr Partner Prev Local Curr Local Prev and Local Curr Partner Curr data with the Display Mode tab s Comparison drop down list Figure 3 15 Display Pane Grid
591. the document you would like to attach or enter a path for the file Figure 10 38 Browse for the Document to Attach Event ID VCC 16 Event Name JKEvent Attach Document Browse Description calcio dc x Download Description Creator Company User Name Event Name Event ID Promotion ID Upload Date Time 4 Enter a Description for the file optional 5 Click Upload The new attachment appears in the upload screen s list as well as the Events Documents list screen Removing Documents To delete a document 1 Select Events Documents 2 Check the delete check box of the document or documents you wish to remove 3 Click Process Selected Items 10 40 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Promotion Status Changes 4 The user can configure VCC to disable documents delete option for collaborative partners This would disable the collaborative partner from deleting the documents created The screen below shows how the user can disable the delete column option to certain documents based on the User preferences Figure 10 39 Delete a Document o Oem Oum E LLY Displaying 1 7 of 7 01 26 05 Standard Document Companyi3 __vadmin Documents DS 11 27 50 reaieP Company 3 documentadmin Documents Documents Olympus 15 09 00 metro Company13 documentadmin Documents Documents Olympus 15 97 94 O Compania documentado Documents Documents Olympus 15 08 08 Company13 decumentadm
592. the stream when changing a stream name Use the existing subtype descriptions and review the other attributes to discover the purpose of the stream In the Description field enter a new description name if the current one does not apply In the Subtypes fields you can enter a new long name short name and description in the fields provided For example if you have a stream type called Sales you may want to have a subtype called Store Sales and another called Catalog Sales After saving name changes areas where the stream substream is listed immediately reflect the revisions If the data stream subtype supports totals you can rename the Totals field by entering an alternate name in the Totals field and you can enter a new description name For example if you have a stream type called Sales a subtype called Store Sales and another called Catalog Sales you might want to rename the total substream to Total Sales Check the Maintain a Revision History check box if you intend to keep a record of each time changes are made manually or by data loading to the Data Stream and or if you want allow end user ability to create exception criteria based on a generational offset A generational offset allows end users to compare a current Data Stream with any with any previously saved Data Stream histories A list and details of the histories are accessible in the Revision History screen In the Created Edited by section choose the
593. ther product leaves For example if you change one of the two leaves in the previously mentioned example to 60 the aggregate total for the category becomes 110 The disaggregation profiles are recalculated as 50 110 454 and 60 110 545 when you run the recalculation tool The context location partner product stream type and subtype and the disaggregation factors are referred to as the disaggregation profile A profile is only valid for the specified time period or effective date You can develop disaggregation profiles in any one of the following ways a manually computed based on existing data Manually entered disaggregation profiles are appropriate for new products or for special events that do not reflect historical behavior More frequently however you want to utilize automated factors based upon historical analysis of forecast behavior Historical analysis takes the historical values for any data stream type you choose by context or period sums the data for each item and derives the percentage of each item relative to the category that contains it Oracle Retail VCC allows you to generate disaggregation profiles based on a data stream s history For details on creating disaggregation profiles see Configuring Disaggregation Factors Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 20 5 Configuring Disaggregation Factors Configuring Disaggregation Factors Access To This Feature SuperAdmin Admin Manager 1
594. thin a paragraph URLs code in examples text that appears on the screen or text that you enter xix XX Part Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration Part I contains the following chapters About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks Data Extracts Exceptions Exception Criteria Reports Metrics Preferences 1 About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Due to the modular nature of the Oracle Retail VCC many of the images contained in the user guides may be different than what appears on your screen The options that appear in the VCC s left menu are determined by the user role you are assigned which modules you have access to and whether or not your company has obtained a license for those modules Therefore there may be some menu options displayed in the screenshots that may not be accessible to you The Swan Theme color scheme has been introduced in the 13 0 version of Oracle Retail VCC Current screenshots display both the Swan Theme and the Tea Leaves color scheme which is configured in Preferences General Theme The other schemes that are available are Evening Sky Rocket Fuel and Olive Branch Some instructions and screenshots contained in this document may vary slightly from the final product release of Oracle Retail VCC About the Value Chain Collaboration User Guide 1 1 1 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collabor
595. ting Groups occccccoconononanononononononononononononononononcnnonnoncncononn nn corn cono nn nora rncnna raciones 9 14 Setting Inbox Filters Preferences sensisse in Er ei aba debo dio dios daran 9 20 Setting List Screen Preferences miii ia aa 9 21 Setting Preferences for the User Defined Fields cceseececcccceesestenetesesesneneeseecesesesssnenaneneaes 9 24 Setting Preferences for Copy Promotions cccccesesessssssesesesesessnesesescsesesesesescsssssesescsessseseecsees 9 26 Changing Your AAA 9 28 Events INTO UCHOM A A dies 10 1 Er Ae 10 2 Events Calendar Tab A A tds 10 2 Events List Tabs A ib 10 4 Events Create Tabula ea iia 10 6 Copying art Eventi ipis a aes pa ipara a a e a 0 ever acgegn Svar suede Ean Teen A AEE 10 7 Pr mot oS 00 eon lb ea seein een A eh ai See as 10 8 11 12 About Promotion Attributes ses a a a A r dt ideada ibas 10 8 About Promotional actes A iad OA tances 10 8 Viewing PLOMOLONS iesenii acs ed sess e iei eaae E eia ease eae Ae NE A 10 11 Changing the Status of a Promotion ococicicicoconocnnnoninnnnnononananananononanananononanananononononanononononono 10 17 Adding PromotiOns israel 10 22 Deleting Promo tons iis scciee 3222 series A a A i n 10 26 Copy Promo Ons diia tina lei e dada 10 27 Promotor MMS a AA a aaa e aaa tao 10 31 Viewing Promotion MEMS castillos a a a na E a i a a a 10 32 Creating Promotion Hemso iersinii iinn a a e a Sie a a 10 34 Del ting Promotion Tem ia in ida seat 10 37
596. tion and this is displayed in the Inbox Auto Resolved set by auto resolution This is not displayed in the Inbox Auto Unresolvable set by auto resolution This is not displayed in the Inbox Managing Data Stream Exceptions Automatically Oracle Retail VCC automatically manages exceptions in the Exceptions Inbox in order that old obsolete or redundant exceptions do not clutter the inbox Oracle Retail VCC does the following for active exceptions New exceptions replace older exceptions if they are for the same context Obsolete exceptions are deleted from the inbox An exception is obsolete if it no longer applies to a viable context Oracle Retail VCC does the following for exceptions marked as Active In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes or Auto In Process Exceptions 5 21 Creating and Viewing Exception Comments a Ifa change in a data stream affects an Active In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete exception it is marked superseded in the database It then disappears from the Inbox A new active exception with a status of Supersedes is generated in its place a AndActive In Process Auto In Process Escalated Auto Escalated Auto Incomplete Supersedes exception is marked Obsolete in the database if the exception criterion that triggered the exception is dismissed The exception then disappears from the Inbox An active auto
597. tion Center E Snacks Cashews Almonds Walnuts Table 20 1 Straight Line Disaggregation Periods Sept 1 7 Sept 8 14 Sept 15 21 Value 600 492 300 Waltham SpeedyRx 100 82 50 Cashews Waltham SpeedyRx 100 82 50 Almonds Waltham SpeedyRx 100 82 50 Walnuts Framingham 100 82 50 SpeedyRx Cashews Framingham 100 82 50 SpeedyRx Almonds Framingham 100 82 50 SpeedyRx Walnuts In the example above each week in September has a designated forecast value to be distributed amongst the leaves in equal parts In order to apply Straight Line Disaggregation to your collaboration profiles you must first enable it Managing Company Data Stream Disaggregation 20 3 Straight Line Disaggregation To enable Straight Line Disaggregation 1 Click Company in the menu 2 Select General Config The Preferences tab view appears 3 Change the drop down called Enable Straight Line Disaggregation to yes 4 Click Save You may then create a new Disaggregation Profile in Company Disagg Setup Create which uses Straight Line Disaggregation The following tables illustrate the options available for each method when contexts are at various levels of leaf and folder Table 20 2 Options available for Disaggregation Context Level Period Level Refer To Aggregate Aggregate Figure 20 2 Aggregate Leaf Figure 20 3 Leaf Aggregate Figure 20 4 Figure 20 2 Context and Period Agg
598. tion individually at or below a given context To set your Exception Inbox view to Expanded see Setting List Screen Preferences To view an individual exception and the data stream that produced it in Expanded view 1 Make sure you have set your Exception Inbox view to Expanded see Setting List Screen Preferences 2 Select your context 3 Select Exceptions Inbox Individual The individual exceptions at or below the current context you selected appear in the Display pane 4 To view the value that triggered the individual exception click the colored dot under the View this exception icon You can view the exception in either table mode or graph mode The data stream containing the exception is displayed and the figure that produced the exception is highlighted in table mode with a blue square in the appropriate cell Cell highlights Both base and comparison value are highlighted in the same color Note that the border of some table cells is highlighted to indicate the severity of the exception Colors include Red high severity Exceptions 5 9 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data a Orange medium severity a Yellow low severity Figure 5 9 Cell Highlights Context JP oon EE Mode None S bo Comment Status N A x Resolution Code none zj UOM Base Units Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr 12 00 552 00 41 00 3 a a 445 00 12 00 552 00 41 00 4512 00 1 321 00 4 512 00 6 134
599. tion triggers a group exception Criteria A triggered in period 3 Criteria B triggered in period 4 and Criteria C triggered in periods 2 3 and 4 In this condition you receive two group exceptions for periods 3 and 4 Exception Criteria 6 17 Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria 7 The following example condition does not trigger a group exception Criteria A triggered in period 1 Criteria B triggered in period 5 and Criteria C triggered in period 3 In this condition you will not receive any group exceptions Context Only A group exception is triggered only if all the criteria in the group trigger an exception for the same context Periods Only A group exception is triggered only if all the criteria in the group trigger an exception for the same period Note When Context and Period is selected the OR AND and REMOVE options are accessible If Periods Only or Context Only are selected OR is not available Only AND and REMOVE are accessible Enter the Start and End Effectivity Dates manually or through the calendar icon Click the calendar icon and the following calendar pops up to help you choose the dates Double click a date and it automatically appears in the Start or End Effectivity Date text box Figure 6 8 Calendar 17 18 19 24 25 26 ani This is an optional feature You do no
600. ton on Master Hierarchy Data Locations Modify Product 4 CSL Click Start Editing button on Master Hierarchy Data Products Modify Partner 4 CSL Click Start Editing button on Master Hierarchy Data Partners Modify Period 4 CSL Click Save button in Hierarchy Configuration Periods Process Demand 2 3 CSL Click Process Selected Items after Forecast On Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Demand Policy List Process Event Totals 2 None Click Process Selected Items after on Demand checking box for Process Totals in Events List or in Promotions List Process Exceptions 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Selected Items after on Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Exceptions List F 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide User Generated Jobs Job Job Screen Display Type s Lock Type _Job Lock Trigger UI Trigger Process Lift Factoron 1 2 3 DSL Click Save after clicking Set in Lift Demand Factor screen Only available for Daily database Process Metrics on 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Selected Items after Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Metrics List Process Reports on 1 2 None Click Process Selected Items after Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Reports List screen Process Safety Stock 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Selected Items after on Demand checking box for Process on Demand in Supply Stream Set List Process Supply 1 2 3 DSL Click Process Sel
601. tory End 10 14 02 Method Single Exponential Smoothing Forecast Start 10 15 02 Forecast End 10 20 02 Smoothing Pre Filter 3 Period Moving Median History Data Count Y Completion Status Seasonal Pre Filter Seasonal Adjustment Forecast Data Count Save All Recalculate Save Data Stream Restore Policy Save Policy Ml Locked Cells Warning Adjusted History periods Adjusted Forecast periods Warning M essage 10 13 03 10 14 03 10 15 03 10 16 03 10 17 03 10 18 03 a a a SalesFestBase 15 00 20 00 30 00 a a ua a a a SalesFestProm a a a a a a a Ship Forecast Adj Any settings that are different than the permanent profile are highlighted as different Time Aggregate Demand Forecasting Time Aggregate Demand Forecasting is designed to allow the user to specify time aggregate granularity forecasting on any Oracle Retail VCC database When this is specified the base period history is aggregated to the specified period overlay prior to being passed to the forecasting engine The forecasting engine forecasts in terms of the period overlay buckets and then logic in Oracle Retail VCC allocates the time aggregate level forecast back into days This is a useful approach for forecasting items where the history is intermittent for instance DC withdrawals which only tend to occur a few times per week or per month The period overlay used has all periods included in the History Begin to Forecast End
602. tree 5 Click the Set button To return to the previous screen instead click the Back button A new table containing three sets of data appears The first data set contains the two products combined totals Planters Cashews Planters Mixed Nuts as seen in See Viewing and comparing Product data sets with the Context Chooser below The second Cashews Planters and third Cashews Mixed Nuts sets contain each individual product s data Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 17 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface Figure 2 22 Viewing and Comparing Product data sets with the Context Chooser 05 03 02 05 0402 05 0502 05 0602 05 0702 Planters Cashews Planters Mixed Nuts JS Forecast Base 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 A ia A 15 Forecast From IS Forecast Seas 5 Forecast Total 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 ner Curr 5 Forecast Base 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 JS Forecast Prom 15 Forecast Seas IS Forecast Total 45 00 47 00 47 00 44 00 48 00 47 00 50 00 48 00 al Curr AX ip Forecast Base 45 00 45 00 45 00 48 00 48 00 48 00 ip Forecast Promo ip Forecast Adj ip Forecast Total 45 00 45 00 45 00 48 00 48 00 48 00 a 04302 050102 05202 0503az Saz esse 5 0507az Receipts Planters Cashews 15 Forecast Base 29 00 31 00 31 00 30 00 32 00 29 00 31 00 31 00 JS Forecast Prom 1
603. ts Microsoft Excel s proprietary formatting may conflict with this number format and the data is not displayed as expected Report Name report title that is displayed in the report header Decimal Places maximum decimal places to be allowed in the report Default is UN Format Select at least one of the following formats Excel RTF PDF PIPE delimited facilitates commas in description fields CSV comma separated values 7 4 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Common Report Settings General Report Type Template File Name Report Name Format Destination E mail Addresses Note If the Scheduler and Server are running on different machines and you want to use the E mail FTP Extract and Download features you have to make sure of the following a The directory and directory path found in VCC Configurations as Report Directory Path exist on the Server as well as on the Scheduler machine b Once processing is completed all report files are physically moved to the same directory from Scheduler machine to Server machine Language language report is generated in Destination a drop down list allows you to select and save the report s destination type Options are E mail Provide a valid e mail addresses to which the report is sent as an e mail attachment A single e mail address or multiple addresses can be
604. ts POS ERE omar po IS quan ee oston dnd nits Forecast Seas Forecast Seas a i POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 High Inbox EH ion planter Sen Speadyi Rx 30 0 52 0 22 0 136 36 0103 08 Active Pase Units POS Units POS Eset corer Forecast Seas Forecast Seas A 4 POS Forecast POS Forecast 13 Medium Inbox 2 on Planters Nabisco ak Speedy Rx 20 0 72 0 52 0 38 46 pos Active Dase Units POS Units POS Exception q ia Forecast Seas Forecast Seas Group Exceptions Go To Criteria Name Period Product Local Partner Created Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox COBPO 01 11 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Holiday Pack Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 11 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Cashews Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 10 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 11 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01 22 Group Inbox CORPO 01 12 03 Planters Mixed Nuts Nabisco at Pisquatuck Speedy Rx at Boston 01 09 03 12 01
605. turn to the Promotions screen You can view and add or edit comments for your Promotion The Comments are for each event are located under the dialogue bubble icon Each event has a white dot if there is no comment You can click this dot and add a comment the dot changes color to indicate it now holds a comment A comment can be up to 255 characters for each event Comments can be added overwritten and deleted on the Comment screen only To add a comment to a Promotion 1 Select your context 2 Select the Events Promotions List screen 3 Click the dot that appears under the comments icon The comment screen appears Events 10 15 Promotions 4 Enter your comment in the Comment field provided Figure 10 13 Events Promotions Comment Screen Author Comment Your Comment Post Done 5 Click Post to save your comment or Done to quit without saving and return to the Events Promotions screen To access a printer friendly version of the Promotion you are interested in printing click the appropriate blue drilldown dot under the Printer Friendly icon This displays the Printer Friendly view of the Promotion Figure 10 14 Printer friendly View of the Promotion Event ID 4_0_MIG_3 Created By Supplier Co On 08 11 08 19 00 00 A Event Name Test Event 3 Planned By On Documents a Last Changed By Supplier Co On 08 13 08 19 00 00 Number Of Items N Proposed By On Creator Company Supplier Co Last Total
606. ty It shows when the last transaction occurred for any given products See No Transaction report identifies products with no transactions for any data streams See Promotion Detail provides the details of each promotion See Promotion Detail displays key promotion item information from multiple promotions Note All of the above reports may not be available to you Access to each of the reports is determined by the modules your company has purchased and which ones you have been assigned orts are divided into three screens List Template and Create Reports List screen allows you to view sort and delete the reports you have created Figure 7 1 Reports List screen Context 2 E ph Ee Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product v Name Ocin Qun Mercer la JU RAY Select Bookmark v List Template Create Displaying 1 10 of 10 X oH O Name Type Last Processed Created By Status Last Updated Location Partner Product Download m Syndicated Data i o 07 27 08 Department Oo e alpa Shean Supplier Active 23 02 27 Supplier Buyer 04 Measures_qqq m Data 01 25 07 i 01 25 07 A oo Operational etean 05 34 12 Supplier Processed 95 33 05 Supplier Buyer Department x Measures 04 Data 01 25 07 01 25 07 7 Denartment Hye 0 Era St
607. ty may vary depending on the Creator Company and User stream and hierarchy access privileges For instance a Creator Company s superadmin can edit any events created by the company s users while a manager can only edit promotions they create themselves Likewise Trading Partners can view comment on and change the promotion status of events not created by them User and Role Permissions B 7 B 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide C Browser Settings This appendix describes the recommended settings for your Web browser Internet Explorer Settings If you experience browser issues when using Oracle Retail VCC the following steps help you configure your Internet Explorer version 5 5 or 6 0 for optimal use 1 2 Select Tools Internet Options Click the General tab In the Temporary Internet files section click Settings Under Check for newer version of stored pages select the Automatically radio button If you are experiencing problems running Internet Explorer click the Advanced tab Under Browsing make sure that Reuse windows for launching shortcuts is not checked This ensures that downloads appear in a new window and do not interfere with your use of Oracle Retail VCC Also under Browsing be sure that the Display a notification about every script error check box is likewise not checked Click OK to save browser configuration Browser Settings C 1 C 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Colla
608. ue Chain Collaboration User Guide Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Connections Event Promotions Exceptions Collaboration Item Setting the Usage Statistics E mail Notification in the Billing Tab Oracle Retail VCC allows you to send an e mail message to a user or group of users each time Oracle Retail VCC recalculates usage statistics To send an e mail in a foreign language first ensure the language is loaded for Oracle Retail VCC To send an e mail notification 1 Click Configuration in the VCC menu 2 Click the General tab The General screen appears 3 Under the Billing section in the E Mail list box enter the e mail address or addresses separated by a semicolon to the users to be notified 4 Select the Language you wish e mail to be generated in 5 Check the check box labeled Send e mail every time the Usage Report is run to send e mail every time usage statistics are calculated For a usage report to be calculated you must schedule the Report Usage task to run at specific intervals Note that usage reports does not include System Users in the active user count This setting is configured by the superuser or serveradmin in Roles amp Users Examine User screen by checking the System User check box Users can also be loaded and extracted with System User status For more information refer to the Operations Guide 6 Click Save Purging Transaction Data the Job Monitor Log File Current Conn
609. ue for checked override for Computed Factors profile VCC Locks and Jobs F 3 User Save Action Locks User Save Action Locks Save Data Stream Job Type Lock Type Lock Trigger STEEN UI Trigger Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save button after entering data Data Mass Entry Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save button after entering data Data View Edit Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save or Save All button after entering Demand Interactive data Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save on a Lift Factor Set up Demand Lift Factor Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save button after entering data Event Promotion Item View Data Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Save or Save All button after entering Supply Interactive data Save data stream in 3 DSL Click Process on Demand on a Safety Stock Supply Safety Stock Time Series listing Scheduler Jobs Job Screen Display Job Type Lock Type Job Lock Trigger Execute a task event through the Scheduler Complete Exception 1 2 CSL Complete Exception Criteria Creation Criteria Creations Extract Collaboration 5 None See Job ID 1115 Items Extract Demand 5 None See Job ID 1115 Policy Extract Disagg 5 None See Job ID 1115 Factors Extract Disagg 5 None See Job ID 1115 Profile Extract Events 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Exception 5 None See Job ID 1115 Criteria Extract Exceptions 5 None See Job ID 1115 Extract Collaboration 5 None See Job ID 1115 Pr
610. uide Promotion Detail No Transaction Figure D 6 No Transaction Report No Transaction Report Local Dee Wit Partner Dave Wileon A11 Paxtnoes Tave Wilecn All Products rears oer eee See See a peas catas Ea a an a ee eee A AA AS apy ae SP a e ar a Ss a Re et ee a a a A AAA HA AAA AS te ie eee ae ee a ae er Se La ee E Sa eS as AA AAA A AAA ee ee eee HA A o eT A AS A AA ees o as e ln Promotion Detail Figure D 7 Promotion Detail Report Promotion Detail Report Local Dave WLisen All Locations Partner Dave Wilsen A11 Partners Product Dave Wilmn All producta ps tal Monetary VCC_I2 mont Report ment Report Description Assortment Change 10 01 03 10 31 03 793 00 193 00 1 261 00 Ey Je TE ootis satia stat nap arase rorecen rca wormed May MOTEROS ata Ge HAD RENEDO 102 00 1 181 00 3 030 00 Event Raport Comment 2003 10 24 20 29 38 Total Monetary Salesfrotal actual Sales Total sales Forecast frotal Promo Sales Forecast Total DC Order Forecast rotal DSD Order Forecast VCC_12 Modified 793 00 793 00 1 181 00 102 00 1 181 00 Total Forward Buy Forecast Total Gn Hand Inventory rirat ship De 2003 10 24 paon 16 32 13 a ee ee ee eee Jerome Mabiaos at Pisquatuck Epeoty Rx at Boston Planters Cashews 09 29 03 10 27 03 This ts Iten Coment VECI Matiass at Pipquatuck Spoady Rx at Boston planters Mixed Nute 09 20 03 10 27 02 This la Iten Camant
611. ult to Introduction to Oracle Retail VCC Day to Day Tasks 2 25 The Oracle Retail VCC User Interface distinguish the lines from one another Oracle Retail VCC allows you to readjust the scale to meet your needs Note Oracle Retail VCC automatically rescales the graph after you make any changes to the active items in the Graph Key To rescale a graph 1 Click Rescale and the following text boxes and buttons appear Figure 2 30 Rescale a Graph Min Max OK Cancel Scale To Fit 2 Adjust the vertical scale of the graph to distribute lines as appropriate to the data you are viewing by entering the maximum and minimum values for the vertical scale on the graph into the edit boxes labeled Min and Max 3 Click OK and the graph is rescaled Note In some instances the graph scale only approximates the Min and Max values you entered to rescale the graph For example if the Min and Max values are 0 and 10 respectively the graph rescales to those values However if the Min and Max values are 4 and 12 respectively the graph may rescale to 0 and 20 The Graph Key shown below to the right of the graph indicates which lines are assigned to which substreams for your selected context By clicking the colored buttons next to each substream you can show hide that substream When a substream is hidden the box turns grey Although more than 12 streams can be selected for a group
612. und down Enter the Transportation Strategy Description a textual description of suggested transportation strategy e g preferred carrier customer pickup etc Click Save to create the Supply Policy Using Interactive Supply Interactive Supply allows you to create edit and view supply plans interactively The Supply Interactive screen shows the results of the resupply calculations and allows you to edit a temporary policy that supersedes the permanent supply policy values Temporary policies are not saved as changes to the permanent profile unless you click the Save Policy or Save All buttons they are transient values for the current interactive session only The temporary policy is initially populated with values from the permanent supply policy Note If you do not have access to all the streams in the stream set associated with the Supply policy or if you have read only access to one or more of the input streams you are not allowed access to the interactive functionality When you are using Supply Interactive the Context Chooser Display Mode screen displays the permanent supply policy values at the start of your interactive session which can be changed 12 6 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Using Interactive Supply Figure 12 4 Permanent Supply Policy Values Context Parameters 1 Fr 3 O Order Proc Lead Time Periods 1 Min Order Qty 1 00 Min Inventory 100 09
613. upply Blocked Dates Extract UOMs Extract Users Process Aggregate Actions Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Event Totals Process Exception Alerts Process Extract Requests Process Leaf Actions Process Leaf Exceptions Purge Jobs Monito Purge User Activity Recalculate Aggregates Displaying 1 29 of 29 Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Internal Command Recalculate Disaggregation Factors Internal Command 2 Click the Add Task to create a new task Figure 24 5 Add Task Screen Add Task Name Command Create Cancel 3 Inthe Name field enter the task name 4 Inthe Command field enter the task command 5 The new task is listed It can be selected edited and deleted Click the Cancel button to exit this dialog without saving Editing a Task Access To This Feature Superuser ServerAdmin SuperAdmin User created Task names and commands can be modified at any time Preloaded Tasks cannot be changed To edit a user created task 24 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Deleting a Task 1 Click the Edit button colored dot next to a task 2 The Edit a Task screen opens and allows you to revise the Task name and command
614. use in rolling average Allowable Values One Time Any range of periods in the DB prior to the current period Repeating Integer number of periods gt 0 One Time Any range of periods in the DB from the current period forward Repeating Integer number of periods gt 0 MAD Mean Absolute Deviation MSE Mean Square Error Value gt 0 Integer number of periods gt 0 and lt number of periods in the Forecast Range 10 Click Save Time Series Periods Forward and Actual Consumption jobs calculate future safety stock values based on automatic Periods of Supply The Periods of Supply value is computed using the Single Value Normal Actual Consumption method Figure 12 10 Formula to Calculate Periods of Supply Periods of Supply Safety Stock Average Demand Time Series Periods Forward and Forecast Error jobs calculate future safety stock values based on automatic Periods of Supply Periods of Supply value is computed using the Single Value Normal Forecast Error method Formula used is the same as seen above Example Figure 12 11 Example for Periods of Supply Service Level 95 Service Level Factor 1 6449 Lead Time Average 3 0 Lead Time Variability 2 0 Period 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 POS FC 109 98 91 94 105 104 109 108 102 Actual POS 104 95 92 100 102 ABS FC Error 5 3 1 6 3 MAD 1 5 sum ABS FC Error for periods 5 to 1 3 6 Mean Demand avg Act POS for periods 5 to 1 98 6 Sigma d 1 25 MAD
615. ustom Tasks Tasks Extractor Jobs Job Screen Display Job Type Job Lock Trigger Click Run button on Integrator Extractor after selecting control file for Int Extract All 5 All Stream Changes Stream Changes Int Extract Current 5 Current Aggregate Stream Aggregate Stream Int Extract Current 5 Current Leaf Stream Leaf Stream Int Extract Manual 5 Manual Stream Changes Stream Changes VCC Locks and Jobs F 7 Extractor Jobs F 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide G Safety Stock Calculation This appendix describes the safety stock calculations used in the application This contains the following sections Input Variables Formulae Used a Safety Stock Logic a Safety Stock Constants Input Variables Variable Units Symbol Notes Service Level SL Static input value chosen by user from list Average Product Units per base period Consumption in units per day Demand Calculated choice of generation basis Actual Calculated or Forecasted and choice of date range Standard Deviation Units per base period s D Consumption Formula 1 below of Demand is used Average Order Base period Defaults to the value specified in Processing Time the Profile may be manually edited by the user Average Transit Time Base period Manually input by user Average Lead Time Base period Average delivery lead time calculated as sum of Average Order Processing Time and Average Transit T
616. ve Default Lab ans New Label Default Value Mandatory Header Promotions Tactics Creator Colpromotion Items Event Category Event Nam omotion User Defined21 Event 10 Promotion User Defined22 Promotion User Definad23 Created By promotion User Defined24 Created D Promotion User Definad25 Promotion User Definad26 Last ChangPromotion User Definad2 Promotion User Definad28 Last Chand promotion User Defined29 Promotion User Defined30 Promotion Item User Defined21 Planned By Promotion Item User Defined22 Promotion Item User Defined23 Planned Dipromotion Item User Defined24 Promotion Item User Defined25 Promotion Item User Defined26 Proposed Promotion Item User Definad27 Promotion Item User Definad28 Documenti Promotion Itam User Definad29 Promotion Item User Defined30 Number Of eq e999 Summary cil Status Last Totald Proposed Y ae O UU CS Y CSE CS Y Y Y YE Y CS Y Y Y Y El 7 Condition Promotion ID Configuring UDFs in Promotions UDF Text Fields 1 Each UDF contains an editable textbox to enter a label If this field is blank the default name is displayed Example Promotion User Defined 11 2 Each UDF contains an editable textbox to enter a default value If this field is blank the field is displayed with a null value 3 Each UDF contains a Show check box to configure display on the appropriate Create Edit screen 4 Each UDF contains a Mandatory check box to configure requi
617. vents Promotions or by drilling down to the Promotions List from an Event Examine screen 3 Check the Promotions you wish to remove in the Delete column Deleting a Promotion from the Events Promotions screen is shown below Figure 10 23 Delete a Promotion from the Events Promotions Screen nts Promotions Context Display Mode i zal bol Mo Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers AIl Products gt amp Pilot Search Product Y Name OGIN OLIN Folder ae URNA a All Events Select Bookmark Process Selected tems x Process Totals oH Sales Impact Qty Event ID Begin Date Total DSD Order Forecast Promotion ID Event Category End Date S cd O o 20 00 4_0_MIG_3 08 12 08 SYNCRA_171 ca 08 21 08 4 Location a O o 20 00 4_0 MIG_3 08 12 08 SYNCRA_173 a 08 21 08 4 O O o 20 00 SYNCRA_164 08 11 08 SYNCRA_169 Holiday 09 20 08 To delete select the check box 4 Select the check box under the Delete icon 5 Click Process Selected Items Note The Promotion Items list screen continues to list Items even if the collaboration is removed or deleted for existing Promotion Items You may wish to delete such Promotion Items See User and Role Permissions for Permissions and Accessibility for deleting Promotions and Promotion Items Copy Promotions This o
618. verage of each overlay period Nulls should be ignored in the average that is if inventory is only reported for one period in the overlay Xt uses that value and is not divided by the number of base periods in the overlay period Available at overlay Yes The input for consumption is the overlay value The input for inventory is the average of each overlay period Treat Null as Zero If value is null it is treated as 0 Option Average Periods Of Supply The Average Periods Supply metric is a measure of how long the current inventory would last at the periodic consumption rate Example If 4 were the of periods specified your past period consumption was 100 160 180 120 and your current inventory is 168 your periods of supply would be 1 27 periods for the current period This is similar to the Periods Back safety stock calculation in the Supply module Table 8 9 Average Periods of Supply Item Details Formula Result Inventory Average Consumption Formula n a Input Streams Inventory any balance stream Consumption any movement stream Output Stream Any measure stream Additional Item Text entry of periods to average Use a negative integer for periods back and positive integer for periods forward Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Available at overlay Yes The input for consumption is the overlay value the input for inventory is the average of each o
619. verlay period Null Zero handling If inventory null treat as zero If consumption null or zero result zero Period to Date The Period to Date metric calculates that for each base period the result is the sum of that base period plus all prior base periods in the overlay period Table 8 10 Period to Date Metric Item Details Formula For each base period the result is the sum of that base period plus all prior base periods in the overlay period Metrics 8 13 Metric Types Table 8 10 Cont Period to Date Metric Item Details Formula N A Input Streams Any one stream Output Stream Any balance stream Available at leaf Yes Available at sum Yes The input values are the aggregates Available at overlay A fixed overlay must be specified but the results are written to base periods Null Zero handling Nulls are always treated as zero Periods of Supply The Periods of Supply metric is a measure of how long the current inventory lasts given the current consumption forecast Example Your forecast consumption for the next four periods is 100 160 180 120 and your current inventory is 332 The first two periods consume a total of 260 leaving 70 units available for the third period This covers 70 180 0 4 of the third period So your periods of supply is 2 4 This is similar to the Periods Forward safety stock calculation in the Supply module Table 8 11 Periods of Supply Item Detai
620. vers 1000 cans of soda out of that number they are packaged as follows fifteen cases conversion factor of 32 twenty 12 packs conversion factor of 12 thirty 6 packs conversion factor of 6 a forty EA units Units of Measure using the conversion factors above allow you to view data from the perspective of each type of package You can see how many 6 packs have been forecasted in the Data View Edit Table which may display thirty 6 packs If you then want to find out how many individual units that equates to you can change the table view to the EAUOM to find that a total of 180 cans of soda have been forecasted for the retailer using the 6 pack UOM Units of Measure allow conversion up or down depending on the business requirement Managing Company UOM Factors 26 1 Viewing the UOM List Viewing the UOM List The List screen contains a product only context selector and has an at and below list To access the Company UOM List screen 1 Click Company in the menu 2 Select UOM The UOM List screen appears Figure 26 1 UOM List Screen Company UOM Wegmans Food Markets _List Create SS Sie Product Ball Products Set Displaying 1 3 of 3 oH Product Global Item Number Local Item Number UOM Other GIN Other UOM Multiplier MIXES 143758 0 00001 43758 143758 EA unit_mix unit 50 00 F e PILL BUTTER CHOC CAKE 153889 0 51500 70180 153889 EA unit_pill butter unit 10 00 O Y PILL BUTTER CHOC
621. view by selecting the location partner and product 3 Select the type of data streams you wish to view in the Type selection box The Type selection box allows multiple data streams or a specific set of data streams to be selected 4 Select the units of measure you wish to display in the UOM selection box The UOM selection box allows one or multiple UOMs to be chosen for display 5 If you wish to see a list of aggregates at and below the Location Partner Product folder check the At and below Location Partner Product check box 6 Click the Set button after choosing your context 7 If aggregates are available for the selected context they appear in a list To delete specific aggregates under a context you may 8 Check each aggregate you want to delete or enter a range by entering the ID of the first aggregate you want to delete in the Start ID text box and the ID of the last aggregate you want to delete in the End ID text box Click the Mark Entries button Check marks are automatically placed in the delete column for all the aggregates with IDs in the range specified Managing Company Aggregates 19 5 Deleting Aggregates with the Company Aggregates List Tab 9 Click the Delete button You can select deselect all the aggregates on the page by clicking the icon at the top of the Delete column Clicking the Delete button eliminates all the selected aggregates for that particular page You may only select up to 1
622. w Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs Access To This Feature All A tab to this screen is available to all users A read only view of the Oracle Retail VCC jobs for the user s company is displayed Additional functionality in this screen is available to superusers serveradmins and superadmins a superadmin can delete his company s jobs from the list a superuser serveradmin can delete jobs for any company in the collaboration in addition to server wide jobs There are three categories of Oracle Retail VCC jobs reported in the Jobs Monitor Integrator loader jobs Scheduler event processing jobs User generated jobs Managing the Monitor 23 1 Monitoring Oracle Retail VCC Jobs For a complete list of jobs refer to Appendix VCC Locks and Jobs To monitor VCC jobs 1 Login as a superuser or serveradmin 2 Click Monitor from the VCC menu 3 Click the Jobs tab The Jobs pane appears which contains a list of all jobs currently in process or completed The Jobs List contains the following User Name Each User Job displays the User Name of the actual user who generated the job The Loader and Scheduler job use respectively integratoruser and superuser Company Name of individual company affected by job or All companies Job ID The Job ID is automatically generated in sequence by the VCC Server Each Integrator Job has a link to a Details page on its Job ID All Job IDs with a Job Name of Process Leaf Exceptions Proce
623. w Category tool A period hierarchy contains period master data which includes period name a begin date end date Company specific administrators can create period overlays A period overlay allows you to group the time periods you select into a single category allowing you to view the accumulated forecast figures for all the time periods within the category For example you can create a period overlay that contains all the months in 2002 and call it Monthly 2002 When you apply the overlay to a forecast the forecast contains time periods in monthly increments that contain the accumulated weekly or daily forecasts for each month Only superusers serveradmins and superadmins can modify periods Guidelines for Creating Time Periods To be effective the time periods or time buckets must match the business s regular cycle of sales or supply activities A retailer who runs promotions on a weekly schedule probably forecasts the promotion as a unit aligned by the promotional week A supplier who makes daily store deliveries forecasts stores in daily time buckets Account level forecasts on the other hand may be for fiscal months 4 individual weeks that can be grouped into a monthly period overlay reflecting the focus of the sales organization on corporate financial targets It is recommended that one or both parties in a collaboration change their time buckets to match one another An alternate method would be to aggregate finer grai
624. wn The default is Home 10 Select the color Theme from the drop down list Choices available are Evening Sky default Tea Leaves Rocket Fuel Olive Branch and Swan Theme 11 Click Set Layout Access to these features superadmin admin manager supervisor planner and reviewer The Preferences Layout screen controls the content and display of the following Oracle Retail VCC components a Data Table Graph a Inbox Filters List Screens 9 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Layout Table Graph Preferences The Table Graph preferences allow you to modify the following subscreens Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences Creating and Editing Period Overlays Setting Highlight Source Preferences Creating and Editing Groups Setting Table Graph Defaults Preferences The Table Graph Defaults screen allows you to set the following items that define how data streams appear Display Mode Choose the default display mode from those created in the Data View Edit or use the Default display mode which consist of the following for details see Display Mode Screen View Table Period View Base Period Comparison Local Curr Partner Curr UOM Base Units Group All Stream Period Display Begin Date or End Date Start Period Current Period n periods in the past n periods in the future Number of Period Display columns number of periods that appear per uplo
625. xception criterion zero indicates the current period 1 indicates begin one period from the current period For example if you enter 0 in the start period and 2 in the end week the exception criterion applies to the current week and two periods into the future The exception criterion moves forward automatically with each passing period That is after the first period ends in which the rolling time exception criterion applies the start period that was period 1 becomes period 0 and so forth Figure 6 5 Rolling Time Exception Criterion Week 1 Week2 Week 3 Week 4 LU lt gt L0 1 2 To roll a relative criteria you must schedule the Roll Criteria task See Working with Tasks Every time the Roll Criteria task is run it obsoletes the exception triggered by the first period For instance in the example given above the exceptions triggered by the Week 1 0 period would be obsoleted 10 In the Comparison section you can determine a what comparison type you wish to use 6 8 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria what data streams and substreams are to be compared whether the streams are local or partner whether there is an offset what formula is used in the calculation There are three comparison modes as follows Current to Current Comparison allows you to compare no offset local current data stream with partner current data stream local
626. xceptions Typel Type2 Period Absolute Threshold Percent Threshold Comparison Product Local DC so Inventory Local a Days All 3 F Current To NGSC Fj BUGNOG1 BRS DC Periods 1 00 Change 2 00 Change Local Pilot Wegmar Base Inventory Current Days This displays the current individual exception criteria for a given context Information about each exception criteria are shown in the following columns Note You can arrange the order of the columns to suit your needs For details see Setting List Screen Preferences 6 2 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria View Criteria Details displays a read only view of the Exceptions Criteria Create screen when the colored dot below the View icon is clicked For details see Creating Individual Exception Criteria Name the name of the exception criteria Process On Demand allows you to process immediately an individual exception criterion See Processing Exception Criteria on Demand Not available for planners and reviewers Typel the first source data stream used to calculate the exception Type2 the second source data stream used to calculate the exception Period the time period of the data stream exception AbsoluteThreshold the absolute value of the deviation that must be exceeded to trigger an exception Also indicates whether the exception is triggered if the value is an increase only
627. xceptions is based on the base quantity and not on the deviation All exceptions that are generated from criteria where the medium and high thresholds were not provided always trigger exceptions with a Low severity Check the Trigger even if part of group box if the exception is to be triggered even if itis part of a group exception For example if the exception you are creating is to be part of a group exception and you want the exception to be triggered as a lone exception in addition to being triggered as part of the group check the box Check the Treat missing value as zero box if you wish to treat a null value in a data stream as a zero for comparison purposes When a criteria has the Treat missing value as zero option checked trading partners are allowed to identify new promotions even when they have not planned them themselves Note If not used carefully value vs null exceptions can lead to many spurious exceptions Click Advanced to set automated resolution options or click Create If you click Create the exception criterion appears in the Exceptions Criteria Individual List screen in the Display pane You may also click Cancel to cancel the creation of exception criterion and return to the Exceptions Criteria Individual List screen 6 10 Oracle Retail Value Chain Collaboration User Guide Creating Data Stream Exception Criteria About Automated Exception Resolution with the Action Spe
628. xt Chooser Display Mode and from the drop down list select Show criteria at and above this context to display all exception criteria created at and above the selected context or select Show criteria at and below this context to display all exception criteria created at and below the selected context For example to display all exception criteria created for all locations all partners and all products at and below a context 1 Click Context Chooser Select Context and select All Locations All Partners and All Products Figure 6 12 Context Chooser Select Context Context Display Mode i m Local Suppliers All Locations gt Pilot Locations gt Suppliers Partner Suppliers All Partners gt Pilot Suppliers gt Pilotcker s Product Suppliers All Products gt amp Pilot Search Product v Name OGIN OLIN MFolder a MY 2 Click Context Chooser Display Mode and select Show criteria at and below this context Figure 6 13 Context Chooser Display Mode Context Display Mode o g i Local Suppliers Partner Pilotcker s Product Pilot Show criteria at and below this context Y 3 Click the Set button Viewing Active Exceptions To view the active exceptions associated with a criterion for a context listed in the Exceptions Criteria List screen 1 Click the number in the Active Exceptions column which takes you to an inbox view that contains only the active except
629. y You can enter data streams using any of the usual data entry methods manually or bulk loading using the VCC Integrator and Oracle Retail VCC automatically allocates the correct values to each of the leaf items in the hierarchy Prior to entering your data stream data however you must define the disaggregation profile that tells Oracle Retail VCC how to allocate the data among the leaf items in a category For details about the disaggregation profile see About Disaggregation Profiles Data stream disaggregation provides the following benefits a Allows you to allocate values from higher level folders to leaf items without having to change each leaf item individually a Allows you to collaborate with trading partners who use leaf level forecasts even though your forecasts are not entered at their level of detail sometimes called the level of abstraction a Allows you to disaggregate on a time only basis taking data that are based on a weekly schedule and disaggregating it into daily data This allows you to collaborate with partners who forecast on a daily basis This feature is available only if your forecasts are based on daily time periods Disaggregation profiles are easy to set up The ability to enter a single value for a category and to calculate and assign values to all leaf items in a hierarchy provides increased flexibility when you are comparing data streams with a trading partner Often trading partners operate at
630. y Local Partner Product or Time Period in a given context For example a user can aggregate all data ina product category as one number The level parameter in Single Exponential Smoothing Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing A data stream that measures counts of inventory open orders or other quantities that are reported as an ending balance Balance Streams can be aggregated across products and locations but not time The projection of future demand or supply not including any special one time events such as promotions Depending upon the situation the base forecast may or may not include a seasonal profile which tracks the typical variation of demand at different times of the year A price of a product for a specific time period for a specific collaboration not including any one time changes such as a promotion The trend parameter in Double Exponential Smoothing and Holt Winters Exponential Smoothing A company that is operating in the role of receiving products from one or more trading partners A trading relationship between a specific buyer location and seller location over which information about products may be exchanged in Oracle Retail VCC A count of a company s utilization of Oracle Retail VCC measured by the number of buyer location seller location product combinations collaboration items that are being collaborated upon Glossary 1 Glossary 2
631. y Growth Category Growth S Category Growth Goal Category Growth Goal P Category Growth Goal Category Growth Goal S Category Sales Category Sales P Category Sales Category Sales S DC Inventory Days DC Inventory Days P DC Inventory Days aC Inventory Days 5 Mata Crmehwanisation ff Y Dats Mineria tion nf A MA a bo POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas P POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Total P POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Base S POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Prom S POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Seas S POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Total S POS Fest Promo P POS Fest Seas P POS Fest Total P POS Fest Base S POS Fest Promo S POS Fest Seas 5 POS Fest Total S Units POS Forecast Base P EA A A A a aa ea 162 Units POS Forecast Prom P K a v Graph Cost of Goods Cost of Goods P POS Forecast Units POS Forecast Base P Cnet nf Gande net nf Gande ft 10 Legend P Primary S Secondary Y Year Ago Oy Streams can have the designation of Primary Secondary and Year Ago as shown in the legend Depending on the comparison type these designations apply to different streams For example
632. y editable when the Inbox is expanded Status drop down As a convenience these fields can be modified from the Data View Edit screen while viewing and updating data All three fields are also available through the Inbox List screen where you can enter a comment and resolution code by drilling down in the Comment column or by changing the exception status by modifying the Status drop down on the List screen 5 Click Back and the viewed exception is highlighted in yellow as shown below Exceptions 5 11 Viewing Exceptions and Exception Data Figure 5 11 Viewed Exception Highlighted in Yellow Apply Changes View Exceptions View Expanded Displaying 1 3 of 3 E Period Product Local Partner Deviation Source Compared View Percent Created Status gt Sy Criteria History Planters A Speedy O multiple 2 mixed Nabisco st gt multiple 2 multiple multiple multiple 2 multiple 3 9 Pisquatuck Nuts Boston Planters A Speedy O multiple Holiday Nabisco at Ry at multiple multiple multiple multiple gt multiple 3 Pisquatuck Pack Boston Speedy Rx at 6 510 00 41 00 6 551 00 99 37 10 27 03 17 21 46 9 Boston Planters Nabisco at o 11 01 03 Cashews Pisquatuck Note Viewing an exception from the Exception Inbox changes the context to that of the selected exception Clicking the Back button returns you to the Exception Inbox and automatically restores your context Viewing Exce
633. y for printing a Overridden Yes if any of the following fields for that Item are modified Price Impact Type Price Impact Sales Impact Type Sales Impact Oty are modified a Edit All check boxes allow for selection of Promotion Items in order to change Attributes Changes take effect for all the Items selected under Edit All Note One or more of the columns seen above may be hidden depending on your settings in Preferences Layout Lists Promotion Items You can view edit comment on and delete Items from the Event Promotion Items screen The comment column allows you to leave comments on individual Items by clicking on the dot beneath the speech bubble icon Comment dots appear white when they are empty When they contain a comment the color changes If you have access rights to delete an Item the delete column contain check boxes which you can select for deletion and then hit the Process Selected Items button To view the details for a particular Item click the drilldown dot under the View Edit icon Creating Promotion Items Promotion Items can be viewed within the Event Promotions list screen They appear under the Number of Items column If there are any Items for a particular Promotion the exact number of Items that exist appears in the column Click the numeric link to add edit and examine the Items If you add more Items to the Promotion the number on the List screen increases and dec
634. y name 5 Add Event Name Task Complete Criteria Creation a Company Complete Criteria Creation Extract Supply Blocked Dates Execute Time Extract UOMs C Repeats Extract Users Process Aggregate Actions _Create Ca Process Aggregate Exceptions Process Event Totals Process Exception Alerts Process Extract Requests Process Leaf Actions The Execute Time appears as a date time combination The date field initially displays the current date in the default date format dd mm yy You can revise the date format by selecting from options available in Preferences General The Time field always displays the time in military format HH mm ss and is not affected by time format changes made in Preferences General Note It is recommended that all installation and user machines be synchronized to avoid apparent discrepancies in reading processing times In the Execute Time field you can leave the date time as displayed to schedule the processing to run or begin immediately or you can edit to schedule the processing to begin later Be sure to revise the date using the current Date Format defined in Preferences General Enter the time in the military format HH mm ss The Execute Time field initially displays the same time as the selected time zone s local time If the Repeats box is not selected the Event executes only one time Itis on the Events screen only until its processing has completed
635. you give your partner permission to edit your calendar you are not able to make changes but you can still view Freeze Future Periods Affects actions in Data View Edit In the Freeze Future Periods field enter the number of periods from the current period in which you want to disallow data entry or editing Enter 0 if you do not want to freeze future periods When you make a change to this field it does not take effect until the next logon In the Auto Create Collaborations field select Yes if you want collaboration items created by your partner to appear in your collaboration hierarchy If you select No any Collaboration Items created by your partner does not appear in your hierarchy You must contact the partner manually to determine if new Collaboration Items were created This feature applies to trading partners located on the same server machine only Display period for Balance Streams Applies when Balance streams are viewed in a period overlay in Data View Edit In the Display period forBalance Streams field select First to view the value contained in the first period of the period overlay select Last to view the value contained in the last period of the period overlay Since Balance streams are not accumulated over time you must select a specific period to display For details see About Accumulation Rules Results per page Applies to aggregate and disaggregate lists In the Results per page field enter the maximum
636. ys Highlight Source Groups Create Displaying 1 1 of 1 X lt oH Name Type o roll123 Rolling 2 Click the Create button and the screen to create period overlays appears in the Display pane 3 Enter the period overlay name in the Name field no more than 40 alphanumeric Characters text box For example if you highlighted the individual Summer months in a year or Qtr 3 you could call the overlay Summer 2001 4 Select the Fixed radio button default A period tree appears Preferences 9 5 Layout Figure 9 4 Period Tree ERS All Periods a a 4 4 5 Months_NEW 23 2005 EE 2005 JAN f 01 02 05 01 08 05 E 01 09 05 01 15 05 f 01 16 05 01 22 05 2005 FEB fs 01 23 05 01 29 05 3 01 30 05 02 05 05 3 02 13 05 02 19 05 Hq 2005 MAR HS 02 20 05 02 26 05 Lf 02 27 05 03 05 05 03 06 05 03 12 05 f 03 13 05 03 19 05 f 03 20 05 03 26 05 ERS 2005 APR E 03 27 05 04 02 05 ER asana aa inn iam 55 8 Ara cr 5 Select the time period s Open the period folder only to the level at which you want to create the overlay For example if you created categories not overlays for each month and you want to create a period overlay called Monthly open the period folder only to the monthly level so the weekly buckets do not display To create a Quarterly period overlay open the period folder only to the quarterly level Do not display the monthly or weekly levels Select the tim

User Guide - Oracle Documentation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents